File: | clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp |
Warning: | line 10250, column 7 Called C++ object pointer is null |
Press '?' to see keyboard shortcuts
Keyboard shortcuts:
1 | //===--- SemaOverload.cpp - C++ Overloading -------------------------------===// | ||||
2 | // | ||||
3 | // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions. | ||||
4 | // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. | ||||
5 | // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception | ||||
6 | // | ||||
7 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||||
8 | // | ||||
9 | // This file provides Sema routines for C++ overloading. | ||||
10 | // | ||||
11 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||||
12 | |||||
13 | #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" | ||||
14 | #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" | ||||
15 | #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" | ||||
16 | #include "clang/AST/DependenceFlags.h" | ||||
17 | #include "clang/AST/Expr.h" | ||||
18 | #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" | ||||
19 | #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h" | ||||
20 | #include "clang/AST/TypeOrdering.h" | ||||
21 | #include "clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h" | ||||
22 | #include "clang/Basic/DiagnosticOptions.h" | ||||
23 | #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" | ||||
24 | #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" | ||||
25 | #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" | ||||
26 | #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" | ||||
27 | #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" | ||||
28 | #include "clang/Sema/Overload.h" | ||||
29 | #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" | ||||
30 | #include "clang/Sema/Template.h" | ||||
31 | #include "clang/Sema/TemplateDeduction.h" | ||||
32 | #include "llvm/ADT/DenseSet.h" | ||||
33 | #include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h" | ||||
34 | #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h" | ||||
35 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h" | ||||
36 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" | ||||
37 | #include <algorithm> | ||||
38 | #include <cstdlib> | ||||
39 | |||||
40 | using namespace clang; | ||||
41 | using namespace sema; | ||||
42 | |||||
43 | using AllowedExplicit = Sema::AllowedExplicit; | ||||
44 | |||||
45 | static bool functionHasPassObjectSizeParams(const FunctionDecl *FD) { | ||||
46 | return llvm::any_of(FD->parameters(), [](const ParmVarDecl *P) { | ||||
47 | return P->hasAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>(); | ||||
48 | }); | ||||
49 | } | ||||
50 | |||||
51 | /// A convenience routine for creating a decayed reference to a function. | ||||
52 | static ExprResult | ||||
53 | CreateFunctionRefExpr(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *Fn, NamedDecl *FoundDecl, | ||||
54 | const Expr *Base, bool HadMultipleCandidates, | ||||
55 | SourceLocation Loc = SourceLocation(), | ||||
56 | const DeclarationNameLoc &LocInfo = DeclarationNameLoc()){ | ||||
57 | if (S.DiagnoseUseOfDecl(FoundDecl, Loc)) | ||||
58 | return ExprError(); | ||||
59 | // If FoundDecl is different from Fn (such as if one is a template | ||||
60 | // and the other a specialization), make sure DiagnoseUseOfDecl is | ||||
61 | // called on both. | ||||
62 | // FIXME: This would be more comprehensively addressed by modifying | ||||
63 | // DiagnoseUseOfDecl to accept both the FoundDecl and the decl | ||||
64 | // being used. | ||||
65 | if (FoundDecl != Fn && S.DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Fn, Loc)) | ||||
66 | return ExprError(); | ||||
67 | DeclRefExpr *DRE = new (S.Context) | ||||
68 | DeclRefExpr(S.Context, Fn, false, Fn->getType(), VK_LValue, Loc, LocInfo); | ||||
69 | if (HadMultipleCandidates) | ||||
70 | DRE->setHadMultipleCandidates(true); | ||||
71 | |||||
72 | S.MarkDeclRefReferenced(DRE, Base); | ||||
73 | if (auto *FPT = DRE->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { | ||||
74 | if (isUnresolvedExceptionSpec(FPT->getExceptionSpecType())) { | ||||
75 | S.ResolveExceptionSpec(Loc, FPT); | ||||
76 | DRE->setType(Fn->getType()); | ||||
77 | } | ||||
78 | } | ||||
79 | return S.ImpCastExprToType(DRE, S.Context.getPointerType(DRE->getType()), | ||||
80 | CK_FunctionToPointerDecay); | ||||
81 | } | ||||
82 | |||||
83 | static bool IsStandardConversion(Sema &S, Expr* From, QualType ToType, | ||||
84 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||
85 | StandardConversionSequence &SCS, | ||||
86 | bool CStyle, | ||||
87 | bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion); | ||||
88 | |||||
89 | static bool IsTransparentUnionStandardConversion(Sema &S, Expr* From, | ||||
90 | QualType &ToType, | ||||
91 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||
92 | StandardConversionSequence &SCS, | ||||
93 | bool CStyle); | ||||
94 | static OverloadingResult | ||||
95 | IsUserDefinedConversion(Sema &S, Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||
96 | UserDefinedConversionSequence& User, | ||||
97 | OverloadCandidateSet& Conversions, | ||||
98 | AllowedExplicit AllowExplicit, | ||||
99 | bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit); | ||||
100 | |||||
101 | static ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind | ||||
102 | CompareStandardConversionSequences(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||
103 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1, | ||||
104 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2); | ||||
105 | |||||
106 | static ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind | ||||
107 | CompareQualificationConversions(Sema &S, | ||||
108 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1, | ||||
109 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2); | ||||
110 | |||||
111 | static ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind | ||||
112 | CompareDerivedToBaseConversions(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||
113 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1, | ||||
114 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2); | ||||
115 | |||||
116 | /// GetConversionRank - Retrieve the implicit conversion rank | ||||
117 | /// corresponding to the given implicit conversion kind. | ||||
118 | ImplicitConversionRank clang::GetConversionRank(ImplicitConversionKind Kind) { | ||||
119 | static const ImplicitConversionRank | ||||
120 | Rank[(int)ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds] = { | ||||
121 | ICR_Exact_Match, | ||||
122 | ICR_Exact_Match, | ||||
123 | ICR_Exact_Match, | ||||
124 | ICR_Exact_Match, | ||||
125 | ICR_Exact_Match, | ||||
126 | ICR_Exact_Match, | ||||
127 | ICR_Promotion, | ||||
128 | ICR_Promotion, | ||||
129 | ICR_Promotion, | ||||
130 | ICR_Conversion, | ||||
131 | ICR_Conversion, | ||||
132 | ICR_Conversion, | ||||
133 | ICR_Conversion, | ||||
134 | ICR_Conversion, | ||||
135 | ICR_Conversion, | ||||
136 | ICR_Conversion, | ||||
137 | ICR_Conversion, | ||||
138 | ICR_Conversion, | ||||
139 | ICR_Conversion, | ||||
140 | ICR_Conversion, | ||||
141 | ICR_OCL_Scalar_Widening, | ||||
142 | ICR_Complex_Real_Conversion, | ||||
143 | ICR_Conversion, | ||||
144 | ICR_Conversion, | ||||
145 | ICR_Writeback_Conversion, | ||||
146 | ICR_Exact_Match, // NOTE(gbiv): This may not be completely right -- | ||||
147 | // it was omitted by the patch that added | ||||
148 | // ICK_Zero_Event_Conversion | ||||
149 | ICR_C_Conversion, | ||||
150 | ICR_C_Conversion_Extension | ||||
151 | }; | ||||
152 | return Rank[(int)Kind]; | ||||
153 | } | ||||
154 | |||||
155 | /// GetImplicitConversionName - Return the name of this kind of | ||||
156 | /// implicit conversion. | ||||
157 | static const char* GetImplicitConversionName(ImplicitConversionKind Kind) { | ||||
158 | static const char* const Name[(int)ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds] = { | ||||
159 | "No conversion", | ||||
160 | "Lvalue-to-rvalue", | ||||
161 | "Array-to-pointer", | ||||
162 | "Function-to-pointer", | ||||
163 | "Function pointer conversion", | ||||
164 | "Qualification", | ||||
165 | "Integral promotion", | ||||
166 | "Floating point promotion", | ||||
167 | "Complex promotion", | ||||
168 | "Integral conversion", | ||||
169 | "Floating conversion", | ||||
170 | "Complex conversion", | ||||
171 | "Floating-integral conversion", | ||||
172 | "Pointer conversion", | ||||
173 | "Pointer-to-member conversion", | ||||
174 | "Boolean conversion", | ||||
175 | "Compatible-types conversion", | ||||
176 | "Derived-to-base conversion", | ||||
177 | "Vector conversion", | ||||
178 | "SVE Vector conversion", | ||||
179 | "Vector splat", | ||||
180 | "Complex-real conversion", | ||||
181 | "Block Pointer conversion", | ||||
182 | "Transparent Union Conversion", | ||||
183 | "Writeback conversion", | ||||
184 | "OpenCL Zero Event Conversion", | ||||
185 | "C specific type conversion", | ||||
186 | "Incompatible pointer conversion" | ||||
187 | }; | ||||
188 | return Name[Kind]; | ||||
189 | } | ||||
190 | |||||
191 | /// StandardConversionSequence - Set the standard conversion | ||||
192 | /// sequence to the identity conversion. | ||||
193 | void StandardConversionSequence::setAsIdentityConversion() { | ||||
194 | First = ICK_Identity; | ||||
195 | Second = ICK_Identity; | ||||
196 | Third = ICK_Identity; | ||||
197 | DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr = false; | ||||
198 | QualificationIncludesObjCLifetime = false; | ||||
199 | ReferenceBinding = false; | ||||
200 | DirectBinding = false; | ||||
201 | IsLvalueReference = true; | ||||
202 | BindsToFunctionLvalue = false; | ||||
203 | BindsToRvalue = false; | ||||
204 | BindsImplicitObjectArgumentWithoutRefQualifier = false; | ||||
205 | ObjCLifetimeConversionBinding = false; | ||||
206 | CopyConstructor = nullptr; | ||||
207 | } | ||||
208 | |||||
209 | /// getRank - Retrieve the rank of this standard conversion sequence | ||||
210 | /// (C++ 13.3.3.1.1p3). The rank is the largest rank of each of the | ||||
211 | /// implicit conversions. | ||||
212 | ImplicitConversionRank StandardConversionSequence::getRank() const { | ||||
213 | ImplicitConversionRank Rank = ICR_Exact_Match; | ||||
214 | if (GetConversionRank(First) > Rank) | ||||
215 | Rank = GetConversionRank(First); | ||||
216 | if (GetConversionRank(Second) > Rank) | ||||
217 | Rank = GetConversionRank(Second); | ||||
218 | if (GetConversionRank(Third) > Rank) | ||||
219 | Rank = GetConversionRank(Third); | ||||
220 | return Rank; | ||||
221 | } | ||||
222 | |||||
223 | /// isPointerConversionToBool - Determines whether this conversion is | ||||
224 | /// a conversion of a pointer or pointer-to-member to bool. This is | ||||
225 | /// used as part of the ranking of standard conversion sequences | ||||
226 | /// (C++ 13.3.3.2p4). | ||||
227 | bool StandardConversionSequence::isPointerConversionToBool() const { | ||||
228 | // Note that FromType has not necessarily been transformed by the | ||||
229 | // array-to-pointer or function-to-pointer implicit conversions, so | ||||
230 | // check for their presence as well as checking whether FromType is | ||||
231 | // a pointer. | ||||
232 | if (getToType(1)->isBooleanType() && | ||||
233 | (getFromType()->isPointerType() || | ||||
234 | getFromType()->isMemberPointerType() || | ||||
235 | getFromType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || | ||||
236 | getFromType()->isBlockPointerType() || | ||||
237 | First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer || First == ICK_Function_To_Pointer)) | ||||
238 | return true; | ||||
239 | |||||
240 | return false; | ||||
241 | } | ||||
242 | |||||
243 | /// isPointerConversionToVoidPointer - Determines whether this | ||||
244 | /// conversion is a conversion of a pointer to a void pointer. This is | ||||
245 | /// used as part of the ranking of standard conversion sequences (C++ | ||||
246 | /// 13.3.3.2p4). | ||||
247 | bool | ||||
248 | StandardConversionSequence:: | ||||
249 | isPointerConversionToVoidPointer(ASTContext& Context) const { | ||||
250 | QualType FromType = getFromType(); | ||||
251 | QualType ToType = getToType(1); | ||||
252 | |||||
253 | // Note that FromType has not necessarily been transformed by the | ||||
254 | // array-to-pointer implicit conversion, so check for its presence | ||||
255 | // and redo the conversion to get a pointer. | ||||
256 | if (First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer) | ||||
257 | FromType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType); | ||||
258 | |||||
259 | if (Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion && FromType->isAnyPointerType()) | ||||
260 | if (const PointerType* ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<PointerType>()) | ||||
261 | return ToPtrType->getPointeeType()->isVoidType(); | ||||
262 | |||||
263 | return false; | ||||
264 | } | ||||
265 | |||||
266 | /// Skip any implicit casts which could be either part of a narrowing conversion | ||||
267 | /// or after one in an implicit conversion. | ||||
268 | static const Expr *IgnoreNarrowingConversion(ASTContext &Ctx, | ||||
269 | const Expr *Converted) { | ||||
270 | // We can have cleanups wrapping the converted expression; these need to be | ||||
271 | // preserved so that destructors run if necessary. | ||||
272 | if (auto *EWC = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Converted)) { | ||||
273 | Expr *Inner = | ||||
274 | const_cast<Expr *>(IgnoreNarrowingConversion(Ctx, EWC->getSubExpr())); | ||||
275 | return ExprWithCleanups::Create(Ctx, Inner, EWC->cleanupsHaveSideEffects(), | ||||
276 | EWC->getObjects()); | ||||
277 | } | ||||
278 | |||||
279 | while (auto *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Converted)) { | ||||
280 | switch (ICE->getCastKind()) { | ||||
281 | case CK_NoOp: | ||||
282 | case CK_IntegralCast: | ||||
283 | case CK_IntegralToBoolean: | ||||
284 | case CK_IntegralToFloating: | ||||
285 | case CK_BooleanToSignedIntegral: | ||||
286 | case CK_FloatingToIntegral: | ||||
287 | case CK_FloatingToBoolean: | ||||
288 | case CK_FloatingCast: | ||||
289 | Converted = ICE->getSubExpr(); | ||||
290 | continue; | ||||
291 | |||||
292 | default: | ||||
293 | return Converted; | ||||
294 | } | ||||
295 | } | ||||
296 | |||||
297 | return Converted; | ||||
298 | } | ||||
299 | |||||
300 | /// Check if this standard conversion sequence represents a narrowing | ||||
301 | /// conversion, according to C++11 [dcl.init.list]p7. | ||||
302 | /// | ||||
303 | /// \param Ctx The AST context. | ||||
304 | /// \param Converted The result of applying this standard conversion sequence. | ||||
305 | /// \param ConstantValue If this is an NK_Constant_Narrowing conversion, the | ||||
306 | /// value of the expression prior to the narrowing conversion. | ||||
307 | /// \param ConstantType If this is an NK_Constant_Narrowing conversion, the | ||||
308 | /// type of the expression prior to the narrowing conversion. | ||||
309 | /// \param IgnoreFloatToIntegralConversion If true type-narrowing conversions | ||||
310 | /// from floating point types to integral types should be ignored. | ||||
311 | NarrowingKind StandardConversionSequence::getNarrowingKind( | ||||
312 | ASTContext &Ctx, const Expr *Converted, APValue &ConstantValue, | ||||
313 | QualType &ConstantType, bool IgnoreFloatToIntegralConversion) const { | ||||
314 | assert(Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "narrowing check outside C++")((Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "narrowing check outside C++" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && \"narrowing check outside C++\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 314, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
315 | |||||
316 | // C++11 [dcl.init.list]p7: | ||||
317 | // A narrowing conversion is an implicit conversion ... | ||||
318 | QualType FromType = getToType(0); | ||||
319 | QualType ToType = getToType(1); | ||||
320 | |||||
321 | // A conversion to an enumeration type is narrowing if the conversion to | ||||
322 | // the underlying type is narrowing. This only arises for expressions of | ||||
323 | // the form 'Enum{init}'. | ||||
324 | if (auto *ET = ToType->getAs<EnumType>()) | ||||
325 | ToType = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); | ||||
326 | |||||
327 | switch (Second) { | ||||
328 | // 'bool' is an integral type; dispatch to the right place to handle it. | ||||
329 | case ICK_Boolean_Conversion: | ||||
330 | if (FromType->isRealFloatingType()) | ||||
331 | goto FloatingIntegralConversion; | ||||
332 | if (FromType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType()) | ||||
333 | goto IntegralConversion; | ||||
334 | // -- from a pointer type or pointer-to-member type to bool, or | ||||
335 | return NK_Type_Narrowing; | ||||
336 | |||||
337 | // -- from a floating-point type to an integer type, or | ||||
338 | // | ||||
339 | // -- from an integer type or unscoped enumeration type to a floating-point | ||||
340 | // type, except where the source is a constant expression and the actual | ||||
341 | // value after conversion will fit into the target type and will produce | ||||
342 | // the original value when converted back to the original type, or | ||||
343 | case ICK_Floating_Integral: | ||||
344 | FloatingIntegralConversion: | ||||
345 | if (FromType->isRealFloatingType() && ToType->isIntegralType(Ctx)) { | ||||
346 | return NK_Type_Narrowing; | ||||
347 | } else if (FromType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType() && | ||||
348 | ToType->isRealFloatingType()) { | ||||
349 | if (IgnoreFloatToIntegralConversion) | ||||
350 | return NK_Not_Narrowing; | ||||
351 | const Expr *Initializer = IgnoreNarrowingConversion(Ctx, Converted); | ||||
352 | assert(Initializer && "Unknown conversion expression")((Initializer && "Unknown conversion expression") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Initializer && \"Unknown conversion expression\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 352, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
353 | |||||
354 | // If it's value-dependent, we can't tell whether it's narrowing. | ||||
355 | if (Initializer->isValueDependent()) | ||||
356 | return NK_Dependent_Narrowing; | ||||
357 | |||||
358 | if (Optional<llvm::APSInt> IntConstantValue = | ||||
359 | Initializer->getIntegerConstantExpr(Ctx)) { | ||||
360 | // Convert the integer to the floating type. | ||||
361 | llvm::APFloat Result(Ctx.getFloatTypeSemantics(ToType)); | ||||
362 | Result.convertFromAPInt(*IntConstantValue, IntConstantValue->isSigned(), | ||||
363 | llvm::APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven); | ||||
364 | // And back. | ||||
365 | llvm::APSInt ConvertedValue = *IntConstantValue; | ||||
366 | bool ignored; | ||||
367 | Result.convertToInteger(ConvertedValue, | ||||
368 | llvm::APFloat::rmTowardZero, &ignored); | ||||
369 | // If the resulting value is different, this was a narrowing conversion. | ||||
370 | if (*IntConstantValue != ConvertedValue) { | ||||
371 | ConstantValue = APValue(*IntConstantValue); | ||||
372 | ConstantType = Initializer->getType(); | ||||
373 | return NK_Constant_Narrowing; | ||||
374 | } | ||||
375 | } else { | ||||
376 | // Variables are always narrowings. | ||||
377 | return NK_Variable_Narrowing; | ||||
378 | } | ||||
379 | } | ||||
380 | return NK_Not_Narrowing; | ||||
381 | |||||
382 | // -- from long double to double or float, or from double to float, except | ||||
383 | // where the source is a constant expression and the actual value after | ||||
384 | // conversion is within the range of values that can be represented (even | ||||
385 | // if it cannot be represented exactly), or | ||||
386 | case ICK_Floating_Conversion: | ||||
387 | if (FromType->isRealFloatingType() && ToType->isRealFloatingType() && | ||||
388 | Ctx.getFloatingTypeOrder(FromType, ToType) == 1) { | ||||
389 | // FromType is larger than ToType. | ||||
390 | const Expr *Initializer = IgnoreNarrowingConversion(Ctx, Converted); | ||||
391 | |||||
392 | // If it's value-dependent, we can't tell whether it's narrowing. | ||||
393 | if (Initializer->isValueDependent()) | ||||
394 | return NK_Dependent_Narrowing; | ||||
395 | |||||
396 | if (Initializer->isCXX11ConstantExpr(Ctx, &ConstantValue)) { | ||||
397 | // Constant! | ||||
398 | assert(ConstantValue.isFloat())((ConstantValue.isFloat()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ConstantValue.isFloat()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 398, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
399 | llvm::APFloat FloatVal = ConstantValue.getFloat(); | ||||
400 | // Convert the source value into the target type. | ||||
401 | bool ignored; | ||||
402 | llvm::APFloat::opStatus ConvertStatus = FloatVal.convert( | ||||
403 | Ctx.getFloatTypeSemantics(ToType), | ||||
404 | llvm::APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven, &ignored); | ||||
405 | // If there was no overflow, the source value is within the range of | ||||
406 | // values that can be represented. | ||||
407 | if (ConvertStatus & llvm::APFloat::opOverflow) { | ||||
408 | ConstantType = Initializer->getType(); | ||||
409 | return NK_Constant_Narrowing; | ||||
410 | } | ||||
411 | } else { | ||||
412 | return NK_Variable_Narrowing; | ||||
413 | } | ||||
414 | } | ||||
415 | return NK_Not_Narrowing; | ||||
416 | |||||
417 | // -- from an integer type or unscoped enumeration type to an integer type | ||||
418 | // that cannot represent all the values of the original type, except where | ||||
419 | // the source is a constant expression and the actual value after | ||||
420 | // conversion will fit into the target type and will produce the original | ||||
421 | // value when converted back to the original type. | ||||
422 | case ICK_Integral_Conversion: | ||||
423 | IntegralConversion: { | ||||
424 | assert(FromType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType())((FromType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType()) ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("FromType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 424, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
425 | assert(ToType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType())((ToType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType()) ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ToType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 425, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
426 | const bool FromSigned = FromType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); | ||||
427 | const unsigned FromWidth = Ctx.getIntWidth(FromType); | ||||
428 | const bool ToSigned = ToType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); | ||||
429 | const unsigned ToWidth = Ctx.getIntWidth(ToType); | ||||
430 | |||||
431 | if (FromWidth > ToWidth || | ||||
432 | (FromWidth == ToWidth && FromSigned != ToSigned) || | ||||
433 | (FromSigned && !ToSigned)) { | ||||
434 | // Not all values of FromType can be represented in ToType. | ||||
435 | const Expr *Initializer = IgnoreNarrowingConversion(Ctx, Converted); | ||||
436 | |||||
437 | // If it's value-dependent, we can't tell whether it's narrowing. | ||||
438 | if (Initializer->isValueDependent()) | ||||
439 | return NK_Dependent_Narrowing; | ||||
440 | |||||
441 | Optional<llvm::APSInt> OptInitializerValue; | ||||
442 | if (!(OptInitializerValue = Initializer->getIntegerConstantExpr(Ctx))) { | ||||
443 | // Such conversions on variables are always narrowing. | ||||
444 | return NK_Variable_Narrowing; | ||||
445 | } | ||||
446 | llvm::APSInt &InitializerValue = *OptInitializerValue; | ||||
447 | bool Narrowing = false; | ||||
448 | if (FromWidth < ToWidth) { | ||||
449 | // Negative -> unsigned is narrowing. Otherwise, more bits is never | ||||
450 | // narrowing. | ||||
451 | if (InitializerValue.isSigned() && InitializerValue.isNegative()) | ||||
452 | Narrowing = true; | ||||
453 | } else { | ||||
454 | // Add a bit to the InitializerValue so we don't have to worry about | ||||
455 | // signed vs. unsigned comparisons. | ||||
456 | InitializerValue = InitializerValue.extend( | ||||
457 | InitializerValue.getBitWidth() + 1); | ||||
458 | // Convert the initializer to and from the target width and signed-ness. | ||||
459 | llvm::APSInt ConvertedValue = InitializerValue; | ||||
460 | ConvertedValue = ConvertedValue.trunc(ToWidth); | ||||
461 | ConvertedValue.setIsSigned(ToSigned); | ||||
462 | ConvertedValue = ConvertedValue.extend(InitializerValue.getBitWidth()); | ||||
463 | ConvertedValue.setIsSigned(InitializerValue.isSigned()); | ||||
464 | // If the result is different, this was a narrowing conversion. | ||||
465 | if (ConvertedValue != InitializerValue) | ||||
466 | Narrowing = true; | ||||
467 | } | ||||
468 | if (Narrowing) { | ||||
469 | ConstantType = Initializer->getType(); | ||||
470 | ConstantValue = APValue(InitializerValue); | ||||
471 | return NK_Constant_Narrowing; | ||||
472 | } | ||||
473 | } | ||||
474 | return NK_Not_Narrowing; | ||||
475 | } | ||||
476 | |||||
477 | default: | ||||
478 | // Other kinds of conversions are not narrowings. | ||||
479 | return NK_Not_Narrowing; | ||||
480 | } | ||||
481 | } | ||||
482 | |||||
483 | /// dump - Print this standard conversion sequence to standard | ||||
484 | /// error. Useful for debugging overloading issues. | ||||
485 | LLVM_DUMP_METHOD__attribute__((noinline)) __attribute__((__used__)) void StandardConversionSequence::dump() const { | ||||
486 | raw_ostream &OS = llvm::errs(); | ||||
487 | bool PrintedSomething = false; | ||||
488 | if (First != ICK_Identity) { | ||||
489 | OS << GetImplicitConversionName(First); | ||||
490 | PrintedSomething = true; | ||||
491 | } | ||||
492 | |||||
493 | if (Second != ICK_Identity) { | ||||
494 | if (PrintedSomething) { | ||||
495 | OS << " -> "; | ||||
496 | } | ||||
497 | OS << GetImplicitConversionName(Second); | ||||
498 | |||||
499 | if (CopyConstructor) { | ||||
500 | OS << " (by copy constructor)"; | ||||
501 | } else if (DirectBinding) { | ||||
502 | OS << " (direct reference binding)"; | ||||
503 | } else if (ReferenceBinding) { | ||||
504 | OS << " (reference binding)"; | ||||
505 | } | ||||
506 | PrintedSomething = true; | ||||
507 | } | ||||
508 | |||||
509 | if (Third != ICK_Identity) { | ||||
510 | if (PrintedSomething) { | ||||
511 | OS << " -> "; | ||||
512 | } | ||||
513 | OS << GetImplicitConversionName(Third); | ||||
514 | PrintedSomething = true; | ||||
515 | } | ||||
516 | |||||
517 | if (!PrintedSomething) { | ||||
518 | OS << "No conversions required"; | ||||
519 | } | ||||
520 | } | ||||
521 | |||||
522 | /// dump - Print this user-defined conversion sequence to standard | ||||
523 | /// error. Useful for debugging overloading issues. | ||||
524 | void UserDefinedConversionSequence::dump() const { | ||||
525 | raw_ostream &OS = llvm::errs(); | ||||
526 | if (Before.First || Before.Second || Before.Third) { | ||||
527 | Before.dump(); | ||||
528 | OS << " -> "; | ||||
529 | } | ||||
530 | if (ConversionFunction) | ||||
531 | OS << '\'' << *ConversionFunction << '\''; | ||||
532 | else | ||||
533 | OS << "aggregate initialization"; | ||||
534 | if (After.First || After.Second || After.Third) { | ||||
535 | OS << " -> "; | ||||
536 | After.dump(); | ||||
537 | } | ||||
538 | } | ||||
539 | |||||
540 | /// dump - Print this implicit conversion sequence to standard | ||||
541 | /// error. Useful for debugging overloading issues. | ||||
542 | void ImplicitConversionSequence::dump() const { | ||||
543 | raw_ostream &OS = llvm::errs(); | ||||
544 | if (isStdInitializerListElement()) | ||||
545 | OS << "Worst std::initializer_list element conversion: "; | ||||
546 | switch (ConversionKind) { | ||||
547 | case StandardConversion: | ||||
548 | OS << "Standard conversion: "; | ||||
549 | Standard.dump(); | ||||
550 | break; | ||||
551 | case UserDefinedConversion: | ||||
552 | OS << "User-defined conversion: "; | ||||
553 | UserDefined.dump(); | ||||
554 | break; | ||||
555 | case EllipsisConversion: | ||||
556 | OS << "Ellipsis conversion"; | ||||
557 | break; | ||||
558 | case AmbiguousConversion: | ||||
559 | OS << "Ambiguous conversion"; | ||||
560 | break; | ||||
561 | case BadConversion: | ||||
562 | OS << "Bad conversion"; | ||||
563 | break; | ||||
564 | } | ||||
565 | |||||
566 | OS << "\n"; | ||||
567 | } | ||||
568 | |||||
569 | void AmbiguousConversionSequence::construct() { | ||||
570 | new (&conversions()) ConversionSet(); | ||||
571 | } | ||||
572 | |||||
573 | void AmbiguousConversionSequence::destruct() { | ||||
574 | conversions().~ConversionSet(); | ||||
575 | } | ||||
576 | |||||
577 | void | ||||
578 | AmbiguousConversionSequence::copyFrom(const AmbiguousConversionSequence &O) { | ||||
579 | FromTypePtr = O.FromTypePtr; | ||||
580 | ToTypePtr = O.ToTypePtr; | ||||
581 | new (&conversions()) ConversionSet(O.conversions()); | ||||
582 | } | ||||
583 | |||||
584 | namespace { | ||||
585 | // Structure used by DeductionFailureInfo to store | ||||
586 | // template argument information. | ||||
587 | struct DFIArguments { | ||||
588 | TemplateArgument FirstArg; | ||||
589 | TemplateArgument SecondArg; | ||||
590 | }; | ||||
591 | // Structure used by DeductionFailureInfo to store | ||||
592 | // template parameter and template argument information. | ||||
593 | struct DFIParamWithArguments : DFIArguments { | ||||
594 | TemplateParameter Param; | ||||
595 | }; | ||||
596 | // Structure used by DeductionFailureInfo to store template argument | ||||
597 | // information and the index of the problematic call argument. | ||||
598 | struct DFIDeducedMismatchArgs : DFIArguments { | ||||
599 | TemplateArgumentList *TemplateArgs; | ||||
600 | unsigned CallArgIndex; | ||||
601 | }; | ||||
602 | // Structure used by DeductionFailureInfo to store information about | ||||
603 | // unsatisfied constraints. | ||||
604 | struct CNSInfo { | ||||
605 | TemplateArgumentList *TemplateArgs; | ||||
606 | ConstraintSatisfaction Satisfaction; | ||||
607 | }; | ||||
608 | } | ||||
609 | |||||
610 | /// Convert from Sema's representation of template deduction information | ||||
611 | /// to the form used in overload-candidate information. | ||||
612 | DeductionFailureInfo | ||||
613 | clang::MakeDeductionFailureInfo(ASTContext &Context, | ||||
614 | Sema::TemplateDeductionResult TDK, | ||||
615 | TemplateDeductionInfo &Info) { | ||||
616 | DeductionFailureInfo Result; | ||||
617 | Result.Result = static_cast<unsigned>(TDK); | ||||
618 | Result.HasDiagnostic = false; | ||||
619 | switch (TDK) { | ||||
620 | case Sema::TDK_Invalid: | ||||
621 | case Sema::TDK_InstantiationDepth: | ||||
622 | case Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments: | ||||
623 | case Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments: | ||||
624 | case Sema::TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure: | ||||
625 | case Sema::TDK_CUDATargetMismatch: | ||||
626 | Result.Data = nullptr; | ||||
627 | break; | ||||
628 | |||||
629 | case Sema::TDK_Incomplete: | ||||
630 | case Sema::TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments: | ||||
631 | Result.Data = Info.Param.getOpaqueValue(); | ||||
632 | break; | ||||
633 | |||||
634 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatch: | ||||
635 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatchNested: { | ||||
636 | // FIXME: Should allocate from normal heap so that we can free this later. | ||||
637 | auto *Saved = new (Context) DFIDeducedMismatchArgs; | ||||
638 | Saved->FirstArg = Info.FirstArg; | ||||
639 | Saved->SecondArg = Info.SecondArg; | ||||
640 | Saved->TemplateArgs = Info.take(); | ||||
641 | Saved->CallArgIndex = Info.CallArgIndex; | ||||
642 | Result.Data = Saved; | ||||
643 | break; | ||||
644 | } | ||||
645 | |||||
646 | case Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch: { | ||||
647 | // FIXME: Should allocate from normal heap so that we can free this later. | ||||
648 | DFIArguments *Saved = new (Context) DFIArguments; | ||||
649 | Saved->FirstArg = Info.FirstArg; | ||||
650 | Saved->SecondArg = Info.SecondArg; | ||||
651 | Result.Data = Saved; | ||||
652 | break; | ||||
653 | } | ||||
654 | |||||
655 | case Sema::TDK_IncompletePack: | ||||
656 | // FIXME: It's slightly wasteful to allocate two TemplateArguments for this. | ||||
657 | case Sema::TDK_Inconsistent: | ||||
658 | case Sema::TDK_Underqualified: { | ||||
659 | // FIXME: Should allocate from normal heap so that we can free this later. | ||||
660 | DFIParamWithArguments *Saved = new (Context) DFIParamWithArguments; | ||||
661 | Saved->Param = Info.Param; | ||||
662 | Saved->FirstArg = Info.FirstArg; | ||||
663 | Saved->SecondArg = Info.SecondArg; | ||||
664 | Result.Data = Saved; | ||||
665 | break; | ||||
666 | } | ||||
667 | |||||
668 | case Sema::TDK_SubstitutionFailure: | ||||
669 | Result.Data = Info.take(); | ||||
670 | if (Info.hasSFINAEDiagnostic()) { | ||||
671 | PartialDiagnosticAt *Diag = new (Result.Diagnostic) PartialDiagnosticAt( | ||||
672 | SourceLocation(), PartialDiagnostic::NullDiagnostic()); | ||||
673 | Info.takeSFINAEDiagnostic(*Diag); | ||||
674 | Result.HasDiagnostic = true; | ||||
675 | } | ||||
676 | break; | ||||
677 | |||||
678 | case Sema::TDK_ConstraintsNotSatisfied: { | ||||
679 | CNSInfo *Saved = new (Context) CNSInfo; | ||||
680 | Saved->TemplateArgs = Info.take(); | ||||
681 | Saved->Satisfaction = Info.AssociatedConstraintsSatisfaction; | ||||
682 | Result.Data = Saved; | ||||
683 | break; | ||||
684 | } | ||||
685 | |||||
686 | case Sema::TDK_Success: | ||||
687 | case Sema::TDK_NonDependentConversionFailure: | ||||
688 | llvm_unreachable("not a deduction failure")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("not a deduction failure", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 688); | ||||
689 | } | ||||
690 | |||||
691 | return Result; | ||||
692 | } | ||||
693 | |||||
694 | void DeductionFailureInfo::Destroy() { | ||||
695 | switch (static_cast<Sema::TemplateDeductionResult>(Result)) { | ||||
696 | case Sema::TDK_Success: | ||||
697 | case Sema::TDK_Invalid: | ||||
698 | case Sema::TDK_InstantiationDepth: | ||||
699 | case Sema::TDK_Incomplete: | ||||
700 | case Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments: | ||||
701 | case Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments: | ||||
702 | case Sema::TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments: | ||||
703 | case Sema::TDK_CUDATargetMismatch: | ||||
704 | case Sema::TDK_NonDependentConversionFailure: | ||||
705 | break; | ||||
706 | |||||
707 | case Sema::TDK_IncompletePack: | ||||
708 | case Sema::TDK_Inconsistent: | ||||
709 | case Sema::TDK_Underqualified: | ||||
710 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatch: | ||||
711 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatchNested: | ||||
712 | case Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch: | ||||
713 | // FIXME: Destroy the data? | ||||
714 | Data = nullptr; | ||||
715 | break; | ||||
716 | |||||
717 | case Sema::TDK_SubstitutionFailure: | ||||
718 | // FIXME: Destroy the template argument list? | ||||
719 | Data = nullptr; | ||||
720 | if (PartialDiagnosticAt *Diag = getSFINAEDiagnostic()) { | ||||
721 | Diag->~PartialDiagnosticAt(); | ||||
722 | HasDiagnostic = false; | ||||
723 | } | ||||
724 | break; | ||||
725 | |||||
726 | case Sema::TDK_ConstraintsNotSatisfied: | ||||
727 | // FIXME: Destroy the template argument list? | ||||
728 | Data = nullptr; | ||||
729 | if (PartialDiagnosticAt *Diag = getSFINAEDiagnostic()) { | ||||
730 | Diag->~PartialDiagnosticAt(); | ||||
731 | HasDiagnostic = false; | ||||
732 | } | ||||
733 | break; | ||||
734 | |||||
735 | // Unhandled | ||||
736 | case Sema::TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure: | ||||
737 | break; | ||||
738 | } | ||||
739 | } | ||||
740 | |||||
741 | PartialDiagnosticAt *DeductionFailureInfo::getSFINAEDiagnostic() { | ||||
742 | if (HasDiagnostic) | ||||
743 | return static_cast<PartialDiagnosticAt*>(static_cast<void*>(Diagnostic)); | ||||
744 | return nullptr; | ||||
745 | } | ||||
746 | |||||
747 | TemplateParameter DeductionFailureInfo::getTemplateParameter() { | ||||
748 | switch (static_cast<Sema::TemplateDeductionResult>(Result)) { | ||||
749 | case Sema::TDK_Success: | ||||
750 | case Sema::TDK_Invalid: | ||||
751 | case Sema::TDK_InstantiationDepth: | ||||
752 | case Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments: | ||||
753 | case Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments: | ||||
754 | case Sema::TDK_SubstitutionFailure: | ||||
755 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatch: | ||||
756 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatchNested: | ||||
757 | case Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch: | ||||
758 | case Sema::TDK_CUDATargetMismatch: | ||||
759 | case Sema::TDK_NonDependentConversionFailure: | ||||
760 | case Sema::TDK_ConstraintsNotSatisfied: | ||||
761 | return TemplateParameter(); | ||||
762 | |||||
763 | case Sema::TDK_Incomplete: | ||||
764 | case Sema::TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments: | ||||
765 | return TemplateParameter::getFromOpaqueValue(Data); | ||||
766 | |||||
767 | case Sema::TDK_IncompletePack: | ||||
768 | case Sema::TDK_Inconsistent: | ||||
769 | case Sema::TDK_Underqualified: | ||||
770 | return static_cast<DFIParamWithArguments*>(Data)->Param; | ||||
771 | |||||
772 | // Unhandled | ||||
773 | case Sema::TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure: | ||||
774 | break; | ||||
775 | } | ||||
776 | |||||
777 | return TemplateParameter(); | ||||
778 | } | ||||
779 | |||||
780 | TemplateArgumentList *DeductionFailureInfo::getTemplateArgumentList() { | ||||
781 | switch (static_cast<Sema::TemplateDeductionResult>(Result)) { | ||||
782 | case Sema::TDK_Success: | ||||
783 | case Sema::TDK_Invalid: | ||||
784 | case Sema::TDK_InstantiationDepth: | ||||
785 | case Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments: | ||||
786 | case Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments: | ||||
787 | case Sema::TDK_Incomplete: | ||||
788 | case Sema::TDK_IncompletePack: | ||||
789 | case Sema::TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments: | ||||
790 | case Sema::TDK_Inconsistent: | ||||
791 | case Sema::TDK_Underqualified: | ||||
792 | case Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch: | ||||
793 | case Sema::TDK_CUDATargetMismatch: | ||||
794 | case Sema::TDK_NonDependentConversionFailure: | ||||
795 | return nullptr; | ||||
796 | |||||
797 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatch: | ||||
798 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatchNested: | ||||
799 | return static_cast<DFIDeducedMismatchArgs*>(Data)->TemplateArgs; | ||||
800 | |||||
801 | case Sema::TDK_SubstitutionFailure: | ||||
802 | return static_cast<TemplateArgumentList*>(Data); | ||||
803 | |||||
804 | case Sema::TDK_ConstraintsNotSatisfied: | ||||
805 | return static_cast<CNSInfo*>(Data)->TemplateArgs; | ||||
806 | |||||
807 | // Unhandled | ||||
808 | case Sema::TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure: | ||||
809 | break; | ||||
810 | } | ||||
811 | |||||
812 | return nullptr; | ||||
813 | } | ||||
814 | |||||
815 | const TemplateArgument *DeductionFailureInfo::getFirstArg() { | ||||
816 | switch (static_cast<Sema::TemplateDeductionResult>(Result)) { | ||||
817 | case Sema::TDK_Success: | ||||
818 | case Sema::TDK_Invalid: | ||||
819 | case Sema::TDK_InstantiationDepth: | ||||
820 | case Sema::TDK_Incomplete: | ||||
821 | case Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments: | ||||
822 | case Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments: | ||||
823 | case Sema::TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments: | ||||
824 | case Sema::TDK_SubstitutionFailure: | ||||
825 | case Sema::TDK_CUDATargetMismatch: | ||||
826 | case Sema::TDK_NonDependentConversionFailure: | ||||
827 | case Sema::TDK_ConstraintsNotSatisfied: | ||||
828 | return nullptr; | ||||
829 | |||||
830 | case Sema::TDK_IncompletePack: | ||||
831 | case Sema::TDK_Inconsistent: | ||||
832 | case Sema::TDK_Underqualified: | ||||
833 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatch: | ||||
834 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatchNested: | ||||
835 | case Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch: | ||||
836 | return &static_cast<DFIArguments*>(Data)->FirstArg; | ||||
837 | |||||
838 | // Unhandled | ||||
839 | case Sema::TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure: | ||||
840 | break; | ||||
841 | } | ||||
842 | |||||
843 | return nullptr; | ||||
844 | } | ||||
845 | |||||
846 | const TemplateArgument *DeductionFailureInfo::getSecondArg() { | ||||
847 | switch (static_cast<Sema::TemplateDeductionResult>(Result)) { | ||||
848 | case Sema::TDK_Success: | ||||
849 | case Sema::TDK_Invalid: | ||||
850 | case Sema::TDK_InstantiationDepth: | ||||
851 | case Sema::TDK_Incomplete: | ||||
852 | case Sema::TDK_IncompletePack: | ||||
853 | case Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments: | ||||
854 | case Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments: | ||||
855 | case Sema::TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments: | ||||
856 | case Sema::TDK_SubstitutionFailure: | ||||
857 | case Sema::TDK_CUDATargetMismatch: | ||||
858 | case Sema::TDK_NonDependentConversionFailure: | ||||
859 | case Sema::TDK_ConstraintsNotSatisfied: | ||||
860 | return nullptr; | ||||
861 | |||||
862 | case Sema::TDK_Inconsistent: | ||||
863 | case Sema::TDK_Underqualified: | ||||
864 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatch: | ||||
865 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatchNested: | ||||
866 | case Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch: | ||||
867 | return &static_cast<DFIArguments*>(Data)->SecondArg; | ||||
868 | |||||
869 | // Unhandled | ||||
870 | case Sema::TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure: | ||||
871 | break; | ||||
872 | } | ||||
873 | |||||
874 | return nullptr; | ||||
875 | } | ||||
876 | |||||
877 | llvm::Optional<unsigned> DeductionFailureInfo::getCallArgIndex() { | ||||
878 | switch (static_cast<Sema::TemplateDeductionResult>(Result)) { | ||||
879 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatch: | ||||
880 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatchNested: | ||||
881 | return static_cast<DFIDeducedMismatchArgs*>(Data)->CallArgIndex; | ||||
882 | |||||
883 | default: | ||||
884 | return llvm::None; | ||||
885 | } | ||||
886 | } | ||||
887 | |||||
888 | bool OverloadCandidateSet::OperatorRewriteInfo::shouldAddReversed( | ||||
889 | OverloadedOperatorKind Op) { | ||||
890 | if (!AllowRewrittenCandidates) | ||||
891 | return false; | ||||
892 | return Op == OO_EqualEqual || Op == OO_Spaceship; | ||||
893 | } | ||||
894 | |||||
895 | bool OverloadCandidateSet::OperatorRewriteInfo::shouldAddReversed( | ||||
896 | ASTContext &Ctx, const FunctionDecl *FD) { | ||||
897 | if (!shouldAddReversed(FD->getDeclName().getCXXOverloadedOperator())) | ||||
898 | return false; | ||||
899 | // Don't bother adding a reversed candidate that can never be a better | ||||
900 | // match than the non-reversed version. | ||||
901 | return FD->getNumParams() != 2 || | ||||
902 | !Ctx.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FD->getParamDecl(0)->getType(), | ||||
903 | FD->getParamDecl(1)->getType()) || | ||||
904 | FD->hasAttr<EnableIfAttr>(); | ||||
905 | } | ||||
906 | |||||
907 | void OverloadCandidateSet::destroyCandidates() { | ||||
908 | for (iterator i = begin(), e = end(); i != e; ++i) { | ||||
909 | for (auto &C : i->Conversions) | ||||
910 | C.~ImplicitConversionSequence(); | ||||
911 | if (!i->Viable && i->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_deduction) | ||||
912 | i->DeductionFailure.Destroy(); | ||||
913 | } | ||||
914 | } | ||||
915 | |||||
916 | void OverloadCandidateSet::clear(CandidateSetKind CSK) { | ||||
917 | destroyCandidates(); | ||||
918 | SlabAllocator.Reset(); | ||||
919 | NumInlineBytesUsed = 0; | ||||
920 | Candidates.clear(); | ||||
921 | Functions.clear(); | ||||
922 | Kind = CSK; | ||||
923 | } | ||||
924 | |||||
925 | namespace { | ||||
926 | class UnbridgedCastsSet { | ||||
927 | struct Entry { | ||||
928 | Expr **Addr; | ||||
929 | Expr *Saved; | ||||
930 | }; | ||||
931 | SmallVector<Entry, 2> Entries; | ||||
932 | |||||
933 | public: | ||||
934 | void save(Sema &S, Expr *&E) { | ||||
935 | assert(E->hasPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast))((E->hasPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast)) ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("E->hasPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast)" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 935, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
936 | Entry entry = { &E, E }; | ||||
937 | Entries.push_back(entry); | ||||
938 | E = S.stripARCUnbridgedCast(E); | ||||
939 | } | ||||
940 | |||||
941 | void restore() { | ||||
942 | for (SmallVectorImpl<Entry>::iterator | ||||
943 | i = Entries.begin(), e = Entries.end(); i != e; ++i) | ||||
944 | *i->Addr = i->Saved; | ||||
945 | } | ||||
946 | }; | ||||
947 | } | ||||
948 | |||||
949 | /// checkPlaceholderForOverload - Do any interesting placeholder-like | ||||
950 | /// preprocessing on the given expression. | ||||
951 | /// | ||||
952 | /// \param unbridgedCasts a collection to which to add unbridged casts; | ||||
953 | /// without this, they will be immediately diagnosed as errors | ||||
954 | /// | ||||
955 | /// Return true on unrecoverable error. | ||||
956 | static bool | ||||
957 | checkPlaceholderForOverload(Sema &S, Expr *&E, | ||||
958 | UnbridgedCastsSet *unbridgedCasts = nullptr) { | ||||
959 | if (const BuiltinType *placeholder = E->getType()->getAsPlaceholderType()) { | ||||
960 | // We can't handle overloaded expressions here because overload | ||||
961 | // resolution might reasonably tweak them. | ||||
962 | if (placeholder->getKind() == BuiltinType::Overload) return false; | ||||
963 | |||||
964 | // If the context potentially accepts unbridged ARC casts, strip | ||||
965 | // the unbridged cast and add it to the collection for later restoration. | ||||
966 | if (placeholder->getKind() == BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast && | ||||
967 | unbridgedCasts) { | ||||
968 | unbridgedCasts->save(S, E); | ||||
969 | return false; | ||||
970 | } | ||||
971 | |||||
972 | // Go ahead and check everything else. | ||||
973 | ExprResult result = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(E); | ||||
974 | if (result.isInvalid()) | ||||
975 | return true; | ||||
976 | |||||
977 | E = result.get(); | ||||
978 | return false; | ||||
979 | } | ||||
980 | |||||
981 | // Nothing to do. | ||||
982 | return false; | ||||
983 | } | ||||
984 | |||||
985 | /// checkArgPlaceholdersForOverload - Check a set of call operands for | ||||
986 | /// placeholders. | ||||
987 | static bool checkArgPlaceholdersForOverload(Sema &S, | ||||
988 | MultiExprArg Args, | ||||
989 | UnbridgedCastsSet &unbridged) { | ||||
990 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = Args.size(); i != e; ++i) | ||||
991 | if (checkPlaceholderForOverload(S, Args[i], &unbridged)) | ||||
992 | return true; | ||||
993 | |||||
994 | return false; | ||||
995 | } | ||||
996 | |||||
997 | /// Determine whether the given New declaration is an overload of the | ||||
998 | /// declarations in Old. This routine returns Ovl_Match or Ovl_NonFunction if | ||||
999 | /// New and Old cannot be overloaded, e.g., if New has the same signature as | ||||
1000 | /// some function in Old (C++ 1.3.10) or if the Old declarations aren't | ||||
1001 | /// functions (or function templates) at all. When it does return Ovl_Match or | ||||
1002 | /// Ovl_NonFunction, MatchedDecl will point to the decl that New cannot be | ||||
1003 | /// overloaded with. This decl may be a UsingShadowDecl on top of the underlying | ||||
1004 | /// declaration. | ||||
1005 | /// | ||||
1006 | /// Example: Given the following input: | ||||
1007 | /// | ||||
1008 | /// void f(int, float); // #1 | ||||
1009 | /// void f(int, int); // #2 | ||||
1010 | /// int f(int, int); // #3 | ||||
1011 | /// | ||||
1012 | /// When we process #1, there is no previous declaration of "f", so IsOverload | ||||
1013 | /// will not be used. | ||||
1014 | /// | ||||
1015 | /// When we process #2, Old contains only the FunctionDecl for #1. By comparing | ||||
1016 | /// the parameter types, we see that #1 and #2 are overloaded (since they have | ||||
1017 | /// different signatures), so this routine returns Ovl_Overload; MatchedDecl is | ||||
1018 | /// unchanged. | ||||
1019 | /// | ||||
1020 | /// When we process #3, Old is an overload set containing #1 and #2. We compare | ||||
1021 | /// the signatures of #3 to #1 (they're overloaded, so we do nothing) and then | ||||
1022 | /// #3 to #2. Since the signatures of #3 and #2 are identical (return types of | ||||
1023 | /// functions are not part of the signature), IsOverload returns Ovl_Match and | ||||
1024 | /// MatchedDecl will be set to point to the FunctionDecl for #2. | ||||
1025 | /// | ||||
1026 | /// 'NewIsUsingShadowDecl' indicates that 'New' is being introduced into a class | ||||
1027 | /// by a using declaration. The rules for whether to hide shadow declarations | ||||
1028 | /// ignore some properties which otherwise figure into a function template's | ||||
1029 | /// signature. | ||||
1030 | Sema::OverloadKind | ||||
1031 | Sema::CheckOverload(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *New, const LookupResult &Old, | ||||
1032 | NamedDecl *&Match, bool NewIsUsingDecl) { | ||||
1033 | for (LookupResult::iterator I = Old.begin(), E = Old.end(); | ||||
1034 | I != E; ++I) { | ||||
1035 | NamedDecl *OldD = *I; | ||||
1036 | |||||
1037 | bool OldIsUsingDecl = false; | ||||
1038 | if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { | ||||
1039 | OldIsUsingDecl = true; | ||||
1040 | |||||
1041 | // We can always introduce two using declarations into the same | ||||
1042 | // context, even if they have identical signatures. | ||||
1043 | if (NewIsUsingDecl) continue; | ||||
1044 | |||||
1045 | OldD = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)->getTargetDecl(); | ||||
1046 | } | ||||
1047 | |||||
1048 | // A using-declaration does not conflict with another declaration | ||||
1049 | // if one of them is hidden. | ||||
1050 | if ((OldIsUsingDecl || NewIsUsingDecl) && !isVisible(*I)) | ||||
1051 | continue; | ||||
1052 | |||||
1053 | // If either declaration was introduced by a using declaration, | ||||
1054 | // we'll need to use slightly different rules for matching. | ||||
1055 | // Essentially, these rules are the normal rules, except that | ||||
1056 | // function templates hide function templates with different | ||||
1057 | // return types or template parameter lists. | ||||
1058 | bool UseMemberUsingDeclRules = | ||||
1059 | (OldIsUsingDecl || NewIsUsingDecl) && CurContext->isRecord() && | ||||
1060 | !New->getFriendObjectKind(); | ||||
1061 | |||||
1062 | if (FunctionDecl *OldF = OldD->getAsFunction()) { | ||||
1063 | if (!IsOverload(New, OldF, UseMemberUsingDeclRules)) { | ||||
1064 | if (UseMemberUsingDeclRules && OldIsUsingDecl) { | ||||
1065 | HideUsingShadowDecl(S, cast<UsingShadowDecl>(*I)); | ||||
1066 | continue; | ||||
1067 | } | ||||
1068 | |||||
1069 | if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD) && | ||||
1070 | !shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(*I, New)) | ||||
1071 | continue; | ||||
1072 | |||||
1073 | Match = *I; | ||||
1074 | return Ovl_Match; | ||||
1075 | } | ||||
1076 | |||||
1077 | // Builtins that have custom typechecking or have a reference should | ||||
1078 | // not be overloadable or redeclarable. | ||||
1079 | if (!getASTContext().canBuiltinBeRedeclared(OldF)) { | ||||
1080 | Match = *I; | ||||
1081 | return Ovl_NonFunction; | ||||
1082 | } | ||||
1083 | } else if (isa<UsingDecl>(OldD) || isa<UsingPackDecl>(OldD)) { | ||||
1084 | // We can overload with these, which can show up when doing | ||||
1085 | // redeclaration checks for UsingDecls. | ||||
1086 | assert(Old.getLookupKind() == LookupUsingDeclName)((Old.getLookupKind() == LookupUsingDeclName) ? static_cast< void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Old.getLookupKind() == LookupUsingDeclName" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 1086, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
1087 | } else if (isa<TagDecl>(OldD)) { | ||||
1088 | // We can always overload with tags by hiding them. | ||||
1089 | } else if (auto *UUD = dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(OldD)) { | ||||
1090 | // Optimistically assume that an unresolved using decl will | ||||
1091 | // overload; if it doesn't, we'll have to diagnose during | ||||
1092 | // template instantiation. | ||||
1093 | // | ||||
1094 | // Exception: if the scope is dependent and this is not a class | ||||
1095 | // member, the using declaration can only introduce an enumerator. | ||||
1096 | if (UUD->getQualifier()->isDependent() && !UUD->isCXXClassMember()) { | ||||
1097 | Match = *I; | ||||
1098 | return Ovl_NonFunction; | ||||
1099 | } | ||||
1100 | } else { | ||||
1101 | // (C++ 13p1): | ||||
1102 | // Only function declarations can be overloaded; object and type | ||||
1103 | // declarations cannot be overloaded. | ||||
1104 | Match = *I; | ||||
1105 | return Ovl_NonFunction; | ||||
1106 | } | ||||
1107 | } | ||||
1108 | |||||
1109 | // C++ [temp.friend]p1: | ||||
1110 | // For a friend function declaration that is not a template declaration: | ||||
1111 | // -- if the name of the friend is a qualified or unqualified template-id, | ||||
1112 | // [...], otherwise | ||||
1113 | // -- if the name of the friend is a qualified-id and a matching | ||||
1114 | // non-template function is found in the specified class or namespace, | ||||
1115 | // the friend declaration refers to that function, otherwise, | ||||
1116 | // -- if the name of the friend is a qualified-id and a matching function | ||||
1117 | // template is found in the specified class or namespace, the friend | ||||
1118 | // declaration refers to the deduced specialization of that function | ||||
1119 | // template, otherwise | ||||
1120 | // -- the name shall be an unqualified-id [...] | ||||
1121 | // If we get here for a qualified friend declaration, we've just reached the | ||||
1122 | // third bullet. If the type of the friend is dependent, skip this lookup | ||||
1123 | // until instantiation. | ||||
1124 | if (New->getFriendObjectKind() && New->getQualifier() && | ||||
1125 | !New->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && | ||||
1126 | !New->getDependentSpecializationInfo() && | ||||
1127 | !New->getType()->isDependentType()) { | ||||
1128 | LookupResult TemplateSpecResult(LookupResult::Temporary, Old); | ||||
1129 | TemplateSpecResult.addAllDecls(Old); | ||||
1130 | if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(New, nullptr, TemplateSpecResult, | ||||
1131 | /*QualifiedFriend*/true)) { | ||||
1132 | New->setInvalidDecl(); | ||||
1133 | return Ovl_Overload; | ||||
1134 | } | ||||
1135 | |||||
1136 | Match = TemplateSpecResult.getAsSingle<FunctionDecl>(); | ||||
1137 | return Ovl_Match; | ||||
1138 | } | ||||
1139 | |||||
1140 | return Ovl_Overload; | ||||
1141 | } | ||||
1142 | |||||
1143 | bool Sema::IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, | ||||
1144 | bool UseMemberUsingDeclRules, bool ConsiderCudaAttrs, | ||||
1145 | bool ConsiderRequiresClauses) { | ||||
1146 | // C++ [basic.start.main]p2: This function shall not be overloaded. | ||||
1147 | if (New->isMain()) | ||||
1148 | return false; | ||||
1149 | |||||
1150 | // MSVCRT user defined entry points cannot be overloaded. | ||||
1151 | if (New->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) | ||||
1152 | return false; | ||||
1153 | |||||
1154 | FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = Old->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); | ||||
1155 | FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); | ||||
1156 | |||||
1157 | // C++ [temp.fct]p2: | ||||
1158 | // A function template can be overloaded with other function templates | ||||
1159 | // and with normal (non-template) functions. | ||||
1160 | if ((OldTemplate == nullptr) != (NewTemplate == nullptr)) | ||||
1161 | return true; | ||||
1162 | |||||
1163 | // Is the function New an overload of the function Old? | ||||
1164 | QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); | ||||
1165 | QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); | ||||
1166 | |||||
1167 | // Compare the signatures (C++ 1.3.10) of the two functions to | ||||
1168 | // determine whether they are overloads. If we find any mismatch | ||||
1169 | // in the signature, they are overloads. | ||||
1170 | |||||
1171 | // If either of these functions is a K&R-style function (no | ||||
1172 | // prototype), then we consider them to have matching signatures. | ||||
1173 | if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(OldQType.getTypePtr()) || | ||||
1174 | isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewQType.getTypePtr())) | ||||
1175 | return false; | ||||
1176 | |||||
1177 | const FunctionProtoType *OldType = cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldQType); | ||||
1178 | const FunctionProtoType *NewType = cast<FunctionProtoType>(NewQType); | ||||
1179 | |||||
1180 | // The signature of a function includes the types of its | ||||
1181 | // parameters (C++ 1.3.10), which includes the presence or absence | ||||
1182 | // of the ellipsis; see C++ DR 357). | ||||
1183 | if (OldQType != NewQType && | ||||
1184 | (OldType->getNumParams() != NewType->getNumParams() || | ||||
1185 | OldType->isVariadic() != NewType->isVariadic() || | ||||
1186 | !FunctionParamTypesAreEqual(OldType, NewType))) | ||||
1187 | return true; | ||||
1188 | |||||
1189 | // C++ [temp.over.link]p4: | ||||
1190 | // The signature of a function template consists of its function | ||||
1191 | // signature, its return type and its template parameter list. The names | ||||
1192 | // of the template parameters are significant only for establishing the | ||||
1193 | // relationship between the template parameters and the rest of the | ||||
1194 | // signature. | ||||
1195 | // | ||||
1196 | // We check the return type and template parameter lists for function | ||||
1197 | // templates first; the remaining checks follow. | ||||
1198 | // | ||||
1199 | // However, we don't consider either of these when deciding whether | ||||
1200 | // a member introduced by a shadow declaration is hidden. | ||||
1201 | if (!UseMemberUsingDeclRules && NewTemplate && | ||||
1202 | (!TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), | ||||
1203 | OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), | ||||
1204 | false, TPL_TemplateMatch) || | ||||
1205 | !Context.hasSameType(Old->getDeclaredReturnType(), | ||||
1206 | New->getDeclaredReturnType()))) | ||||
1207 | return true; | ||||
1208 | |||||
1209 | // If the function is a class member, its signature includes the | ||||
1210 | // cv-qualifiers (if any) and ref-qualifier (if any) on the function itself. | ||||
1211 | // | ||||
1212 | // As part of this, also check whether one of the member functions | ||||
1213 | // is static, in which case they are not overloads (C++ | ||||
1214 | // 13.1p2). While not part of the definition of the signature, | ||||
1215 | // this check is important to determine whether these functions | ||||
1216 | // can be overloaded. | ||||
1217 | CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); | ||||
1218 | CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); | ||||
1219 | if (OldMethod && NewMethod && | ||||
1220 | !OldMethod->isStatic() && !NewMethod->isStatic()) { | ||||
1221 | if (OldMethod->getRefQualifier() != NewMethod->getRefQualifier()) { | ||||
1222 | if (!UseMemberUsingDeclRules && | ||||
1223 | (OldMethod->getRefQualifier() == RQ_None || | ||||
1224 | NewMethod->getRefQualifier() == RQ_None)) { | ||||
1225 | // C++0x [over.load]p2: | ||||
1226 | // - Member function declarations with the same name and the same | ||||
1227 | // parameter-type-list as well as member function template | ||||
1228 | // declarations with the same name, the same parameter-type-list, and | ||||
1229 | // the same template parameter lists cannot be overloaded if any of | ||||
1230 | // them, but not all, have a ref-qualifier (8.3.5). | ||||
1231 | Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), diag::err_ref_qualifier_overload) | ||||
1232 | << NewMethod->getRefQualifier() << OldMethod->getRefQualifier(); | ||||
1233 | Diag(OldMethod->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); | ||||
1234 | } | ||||
1235 | return true; | ||||
1236 | } | ||||
1237 | |||||
1238 | // We may not have applied the implicit const for a constexpr member | ||||
1239 | // function yet (because we haven't yet resolved whether this is a static | ||||
1240 | // or non-static member function). Add it now, on the assumption that this | ||||
1241 | // is a redeclaration of OldMethod. | ||||
1242 | auto OldQuals = OldMethod->getMethodQualifiers(); | ||||
1243 | auto NewQuals = NewMethod->getMethodQualifiers(); | ||||
1244 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && NewMethod->isConstexpr() && | ||||
1245 | !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewMethod)) | ||||
1246 | NewQuals.addConst(); | ||||
1247 | // We do not allow overloading based off of '__restrict'. | ||||
1248 | OldQuals.removeRestrict(); | ||||
1249 | NewQuals.removeRestrict(); | ||||
1250 | if (OldQuals != NewQuals) | ||||
1251 | return true; | ||||
1252 | } | ||||
1253 | |||||
1254 | // Though pass_object_size is placed on parameters and takes an argument, we | ||||
1255 | // consider it to be a function-level modifier for the sake of function | ||||
1256 | // identity. Either the function has one or more parameters with | ||||
1257 | // pass_object_size or it doesn't. | ||||
1258 | if (functionHasPassObjectSizeParams(New) != | ||||
1259 | functionHasPassObjectSizeParams(Old)) | ||||
1260 | return true; | ||||
1261 | |||||
1262 | // enable_if attributes are an order-sensitive part of the signature. | ||||
1263 | for (specific_attr_iterator<EnableIfAttr> | ||||
1264 | NewI = New->specific_attr_begin<EnableIfAttr>(), | ||||
1265 | NewE = New->specific_attr_end<EnableIfAttr>(), | ||||
1266 | OldI = Old->specific_attr_begin<EnableIfAttr>(), | ||||
1267 | OldE = Old->specific_attr_end<EnableIfAttr>(); | ||||
1268 | NewI != NewE || OldI != OldE; ++NewI, ++OldI) { | ||||
1269 | if (NewI == NewE || OldI == OldE) | ||||
1270 | return true; | ||||
1271 | llvm::FoldingSetNodeID NewID, OldID; | ||||
1272 | NewI->getCond()->Profile(NewID, Context, true); | ||||
1273 | OldI->getCond()->Profile(OldID, Context, true); | ||||
1274 | if (NewID != OldID) | ||||
1275 | return true; | ||||
1276 | } | ||||
1277 | |||||
1278 | if (getLangOpts().CUDA && ConsiderCudaAttrs) { | ||||
1279 | // Don't allow overloading of destructors. (In theory we could, but it | ||||
1280 | // would be a giant change to clang.) | ||||
1281 | if (!isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(New)) { | ||||
1282 | CUDAFunctionTarget NewTarget = IdentifyCUDATarget(New), | ||||
1283 | OldTarget = IdentifyCUDATarget(Old); | ||||
1284 | if (NewTarget != CFT_InvalidTarget) { | ||||
1285 | assert((OldTarget != CFT_InvalidTarget) &&(((OldTarget != CFT_InvalidTarget) && "Unexpected invalid target." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(OldTarget != CFT_InvalidTarget) && \"Unexpected invalid target.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 1286, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
1286 | "Unexpected invalid target.")(((OldTarget != CFT_InvalidTarget) && "Unexpected invalid target." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(OldTarget != CFT_InvalidTarget) && \"Unexpected invalid target.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 1286, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
1287 | |||||
1288 | // Allow overloading of functions with same signature and different CUDA | ||||
1289 | // target attributes. | ||||
1290 | if (NewTarget != OldTarget) | ||||
1291 | return true; | ||||
1292 | } | ||||
1293 | } | ||||
1294 | } | ||||
1295 | |||||
1296 | if (ConsiderRequiresClauses) { | ||||
1297 | Expr *NewRC = New->getTrailingRequiresClause(), | ||||
1298 | *OldRC = Old->getTrailingRequiresClause(); | ||||
1299 | if ((NewRC != nullptr) != (OldRC != nullptr)) | ||||
1300 | // RC are most certainly different - these are overloads. | ||||
1301 | return true; | ||||
1302 | |||||
1303 | if (NewRC) { | ||||
1304 | llvm::FoldingSetNodeID NewID, OldID; | ||||
1305 | NewRC->Profile(NewID, Context, /*Canonical=*/true); | ||||
1306 | OldRC->Profile(OldID, Context, /*Canonical=*/true); | ||||
1307 | if (NewID != OldID) | ||||
1308 | // RCs are not equivalent - these are overloads. | ||||
1309 | return true; | ||||
1310 | } | ||||
1311 | } | ||||
1312 | |||||
1313 | // The signatures match; this is not an overload. | ||||
1314 | return false; | ||||
1315 | } | ||||
1316 | |||||
1317 | /// Tries a user-defined conversion from From to ToType. | ||||
1318 | /// | ||||
1319 | /// Produces an implicit conversion sequence for when a standard conversion | ||||
1320 | /// is not an option. See TryImplicitConversion for more information. | ||||
1321 | static ImplicitConversionSequence | ||||
1322 | TryUserDefinedConversion(Sema &S, Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||
1323 | bool SuppressUserConversions, | ||||
1324 | AllowedExplicit AllowExplicit, | ||||
1325 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||
1326 | bool CStyle, | ||||
1327 | bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion, | ||||
1328 | bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit) { | ||||
1329 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS; | ||||
1330 | |||||
1331 | if (SuppressUserConversions) { | ||||
1332 | // We're not in the case above, so there is no conversion that | ||||
1333 | // we can perform. | ||||
1334 | ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::no_conversion, From, ToType); | ||||
1335 | return ICS; | ||||
1336 | } | ||||
1337 | |||||
1338 | // Attempt user-defined conversion. | ||||
1339 | OverloadCandidateSet Conversions(From->getExprLoc(), | ||||
1340 | OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal); | ||||
1341 | switch (IsUserDefinedConversion(S, From, ToType, ICS.UserDefined, | ||||
1342 | Conversions, AllowExplicit, | ||||
1343 | AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit)) { | ||||
1344 | case OR_Success: | ||||
1345 | case OR_Deleted: | ||||
1346 | ICS.setUserDefined(); | ||||
1347 | // C++ [over.ics.user]p4: | ||||
1348 | // A conversion of an expression of class type to the same class | ||||
1349 | // type is given Exact Match rank, and a conversion of an | ||||
1350 | // expression of class type to a base class of that type is | ||||
1351 | // given Conversion rank, in spite of the fact that a copy | ||||
1352 | // constructor (i.e., a user-defined conversion function) is | ||||
1353 | // called for those cases. | ||||
1354 | if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor | ||||
1355 | = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ICS.UserDefined.ConversionFunction)) { | ||||
1356 | QualType FromCanon | ||||
1357 | = S.Context.getCanonicalType(From->getType().getUnqualifiedType()); | ||||
1358 | QualType ToCanon | ||||
1359 | = S.Context.getCanonicalType(ToType).getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||
1360 | if (Constructor->isCopyConstructor() && | ||||
1361 | (FromCanon == ToCanon || | ||||
1362 | S.IsDerivedFrom(From->getBeginLoc(), FromCanon, ToCanon))) { | ||||
1363 | // Turn this into a "standard" conversion sequence, so that it | ||||
1364 | // gets ranked with standard conversion sequences. | ||||
1365 | DeclAccessPair Found = ICS.UserDefined.FoundConversionFunction; | ||||
1366 | ICS.setStandard(); | ||||
1367 | ICS.Standard.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||
1368 | ICS.Standard.setFromType(From->getType()); | ||||
1369 | ICS.Standard.setAllToTypes(ToType); | ||||
1370 | ICS.Standard.CopyConstructor = Constructor; | ||||
1371 | ICS.Standard.FoundCopyConstructor = Found; | ||||
1372 | if (ToCanon != FromCanon) | ||||
1373 | ICS.Standard.Second = ICK_Derived_To_Base; | ||||
1374 | } | ||||
1375 | } | ||||
1376 | break; | ||||
1377 | |||||
1378 | case OR_Ambiguous: | ||||
1379 | ICS.setAmbiguous(); | ||||
1380 | ICS.Ambiguous.setFromType(From->getType()); | ||||
1381 | ICS.Ambiguous.setToType(ToType); | ||||
1382 | for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = Conversions.begin(); | ||||
1383 | Cand != Conversions.end(); ++Cand) | ||||
1384 | if (Cand->Best) | ||||
1385 | ICS.Ambiguous.addConversion(Cand->FoundDecl, Cand->Function); | ||||
1386 | break; | ||||
1387 | |||||
1388 | // Fall through. | ||||
1389 | case OR_No_Viable_Function: | ||||
1390 | ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::no_conversion, From, ToType); | ||||
1391 | break; | ||||
1392 | } | ||||
1393 | |||||
1394 | return ICS; | ||||
1395 | } | ||||
1396 | |||||
1397 | /// TryImplicitConversion - Attempt to perform an implicit conversion | ||||
1398 | /// from the given expression (Expr) to the given type (ToType). This | ||||
1399 | /// function returns an implicit conversion sequence that can be used | ||||
1400 | /// to perform the initialization. Given | ||||
1401 | /// | ||||
1402 | /// void f(float f); | ||||
1403 | /// void g(int i) { f(i); } | ||||
1404 | /// | ||||
1405 | /// this routine would produce an implicit conversion sequence to | ||||
1406 | /// describe the initialization of f from i, which will be a standard | ||||
1407 | /// conversion sequence containing an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (C++ | ||||
1408 | /// 4.1) followed by a floating-integral conversion (C++ 4.9). | ||||
1409 | // | ||||
1410 | /// Note that this routine only determines how the conversion can be | ||||
1411 | /// performed; it does not actually perform the conversion. As such, | ||||
1412 | /// it will not produce any diagnostics if no conversion is available, | ||||
1413 | /// but will instead return an implicit conversion sequence of kind | ||||
1414 | /// "BadConversion". | ||||
1415 | /// | ||||
1416 | /// If @p SuppressUserConversions, then user-defined conversions are | ||||
1417 | /// not permitted. | ||||
1418 | /// If @p AllowExplicit, then explicit user-defined conversions are | ||||
1419 | /// permitted. | ||||
1420 | /// | ||||
1421 | /// \param AllowObjCWritebackConversion Whether we allow the Objective-C | ||||
1422 | /// writeback conversion, which allows __autoreleasing id* parameters to | ||||
1423 | /// be initialized with __strong id* or __weak id* arguments. | ||||
1424 | static ImplicitConversionSequence | ||||
1425 | TryImplicitConversion(Sema &S, Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||
1426 | bool SuppressUserConversions, | ||||
1427 | AllowedExplicit AllowExplicit, | ||||
1428 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||
1429 | bool CStyle, | ||||
1430 | bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion, | ||||
1431 | bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit) { | ||||
1432 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS; | ||||
1433 | if (IsStandardConversion(S, From, ToType, InOverloadResolution, | ||||
1434 | ICS.Standard, CStyle, AllowObjCWritebackConversion)){ | ||||
1435 | ICS.setStandard(); | ||||
1436 | return ICS; | ||||
1437 | } | ||||
1438 | |||||
1439 | if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | ||||
1440 | ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::no_conversion, From, ToType); | ||||
1441 | return ICS; | ||||
1442 | } | ||||
1443 | |||||
1444 | // C++ [over.ics.user]p4: | ||||
1445 | // A conversion of an expression of class type to the same class | ||||
1446 | // type is given Exact Match rank, and a conversion of an | ||||
1447 | // expression of class type to a base class of that type is | ||||
1448 | // given Conversion rank, in spite of the fact that a copy/move | ||||
1449 | // constructor (i.e., a user-defined conversion function) is | ||||
1450 | // called for those cases. | ||||
1451 | QualType FromType = From->getType(); | ||||
1452 | if (ToType->getAs<RecordType>() && FromType->getAs<RecordType>() && | ||||
1453 | (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType) || | ||||
1454 | S.IsDerivedFrom(From->getBeginLoc(), FromType, ToType))) { | ||||
1455 | ICS.setStandard(); | ||||
1456 | ICS.Standard.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||
1457 | ICS.Standard.setFromType(FromType); | ||||
1458 | ICS.Standard.setAllToTypes(ToType); | ||||
1459 | |||||
1460 | // We don't actually check at this point whether there is a valid | ||||
1461 | // copy/move constructor, since overloading just assumes that it | ||||
1462 | // exists. When we actually perform initialization, we'll find the | ||||
1463 | // appropriate constructor to copy the returned object, if needed. | ||||
1464 | ICS.Standard.CopyConstructor = nullptr; | ||||
1465 | |||||
1466 | // Determine whether this is considered a derived-to-base conversion. | ||||
1467 | if (!S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType)) | ||||
1468 | ICS.Standard.Second = ICK_Derived_To_Base; | ||||
1469 | |||||
1470 | return ICS; | ||||
1471 | } | ||||
1472 | |||||
1473 | return TryUserDefinedConversion(S, From, ToType, SuppressUserConversions, | ||||
1474 | AllowExplicit, InOverloadResolution, CStyle, | ||||
1475 | AllowObjCWritebackConversion, | ||||
1476 | AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit); | ||||
1477 | } | ||||
1478 | |||||
1479 | ImplicitConversionSequence | ||||
1480 | Sema::TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||
1481 | bool SuppressUserConversions, | ||||
1482 | AllowedExplicit AllowExplicit, | ||||
1483 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||
1484 | bool CStyle, | ||||
1485 | bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion) { | ||||
1486 | return ::TryImplicitConversion(*this, From, ToType, SuppressUserConversions, | ||||
1487 | AllowExplicit, InOverloadResolution, CStyle, | ||||
1488 | AllowObjCWritebackConversion, | ||||
1489 | /*AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit=*/false); | ||||
1490 | } | ||||
1491 | |||||
1492 | /// PerformImplicitConversion - Perform an implicit conversion of the | ||||
1493 | /// expression From to the type ToType. Returns the | ||||
1494 | /// converted expression. Flavor is the kind of conversion we're | ||||
1495 | /// performing, used in the error message. If @p AllowExplicit, | ||||
1496 | /// explicit user-defined conversions are permitted. | ||||
1497 | ExprResult Sema::PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||
1498 | AssignmentAction Action, | ||||
1499 | bool AllowExplicit) { | ||||
1500 | if (checkPlaceholderForOverload(*this, From)) | ||||
1501 | return ExprError(); | ||||
1502 | |||||
1503 | // Objective-C ARC: Determine whether we will allow the writeback conversion. | ||||
1504 | bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion | ||||
1505 | = getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && | ||||
1506 | (Action == AA_Passing || Action == AA_Sending); | ||||
1507 | if (getLangOpts().ObjC) | ||||
1508 | CheckObjCBridgeRelatedConversions(From->getBeginLoc(), ToType, | ||||
1509 | From->getType(), From); | ||||
1510 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS = ::TryImplicitConversion( | ||||
1511 | *this, From, ToType, | ||||
1512 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, | ||||
1513 | AllowExplicit ? AllowedExplicit::All : AllowedExplicit::None, | ||||
1514 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, | ||||
1515 | /*CStyle=*/false, AllowObjCWritebackConversion, | ||||
1516 | /*AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit=*/false); | ||||
1517 | return PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, ICS, Action); | ||||
1518 | } | ||||
1519 | |||||
1520 | /// Determine whether the conversion from FromType to ToType is a valid | ||||
1521 | /// conversion that strips "noexcept" or "noreturn" off the nested function | ||||
1522 | /// type. | ||||
1523 | bool Sema::IsFunctionConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, | ||||
1524 | QualType &ResultTy) { | ||||
1525 | if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType)) | ||||
1526 | return false; | ||||
1527 | |||||
1528 | // Permit the conversion F(t __attribute__((noreturn))) -> F(t) | ||||
1529 | // or F(t noexcept) -> F(t) | ||||
1530 | // where F adds one of the following at most once: | ||||
1531 | // - a pointer | ||||
1532 | // - a member pointer | ||||
1533 | // - a block pointer | ||||
1534 | // Changes here need matching changes in FindCompositePointerType. | ||||
1535 | CanQualType CanTo = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType); | ||||
1536 | CanQualType CanFrom = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType); | ||||
1537 | Type::TypeClass TyClass = CanTo->getTypeClass(); | ||||
1538 | if (TyClass != CanFrom->getTypeClass()) return false; | ||||
1539 | if (TyClass != Type::FunctionProto && TyClass != Type::FunctionNoProto) { | ||||
1540 | if (TyClass == Type::Pointer) { | ||||
1541 | CanTo = CanTo.castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); | ||||
1542 | CanFrom = CanFrom.castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); | ||||
1543 | } else if (TyClass == Type::BlockPointer) { | ||||
1544 | CanTo = CanTo.castAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); | ||||
1545 | CanFrom = CanFrom.castAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); | ||||
1546 | } else if (TyClass == Type::MemberPointer) { | ||||
1547 | auto ToMPT = CanTo.castAs<MemberPointerType>(); | ||||
1548 | auto FromMPT = CanFrom.castAs<MemberPointerType>(); | ||||
1549 | // A function pointer conversion cannot change the class of the function. | ||||
1550 | if (ToMPT->getClass() != FromMPT->getClass()) | ||||
1551 | return false; | ||||
1552 | CanTo = ToMPT->getPointeeType(); | ||||
1553 | CanFrom = FromMPT->getPointeeType(); | ||||
1554 | } else { | ||||
1555 | return false; | ||||
1556 | } | ||||
1557 | |||||
1558 | TyClass = CanTo->getTypeClass(); | ||||
1559 | if (TyClass != CanFrom->getTypeClass()) return false; | ||||
1560 | if (TyClass != Type::FunctionProto && TyClass != Type::FunctionNoProto) | ||||
1561 | return false; | ||||
1562 | } | ||||
1563 | |||||
1564 | const auto *FromFn = cast<FunctionType>(CanFrom); | ||||
1565 | FunctionType::ExtInfo FromEInfo = FromFn->getExtInfo(); | ||||
1566 | |||||
1567 | const auto *ToFn = cast<FunctionType>(CanTo); | ||||
1568 | FunctionType::ExtInfo ToEInfo = ToFn->getExtInfo(); | ||||
1569 | |||||
1570 | bool Changed = false; | ||||
1571 | |||||
1572 | // Drop 'noreturn' if not present in target type. | ||||
1573 | if (FromEInfo.getNoReturn() && !ToEInfo.getNoReturn()) { | ||||
1574 | FromFn = Context.adjustFunctionType(FromFn, FromEInfo.withNoReturn(false)); | ||||
1575 | Changed = true; | ||||
1576 | } | ||||
1577 | |||||
1578 | // Drop 'noexcept' if not present in target type. | ||||
1579 | if (const auto *FromFPT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FromFn)) { | ||||
1580 | const auto *ToFPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(ToFn); | ||||
1581 | if (FromFPT->isNothrow() && !ToFPT->isNothrow()) { | ||||
1582 | FromFn = cast<FunctionType>( | ||||
1583 | Context.getFunctionTypeWithExceptionSpec(QualType(FromFPT, 0), | ||||
1584 | EST_None) | ||||
1585 | .getTypePtr()); | ||||
1586 | Changed = true; | ||||
1587 | } | ||||
1588 | |||||
1589 | // Convert FromFPT's ExtParameterInfo if necessary. The conversion is valid | ||||
1590 | // only if the ExtParameterInfo lists of the two function prototypes can be | ||||
1591 | // merged and the merged list is identical to ToFPT's ExtParameterInfo list. | ||||
1592 | SmallVector<FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo, 4> NewParamInfos; | ||||
1593 | bool CanUseToFPT, CanUseFromFPT; | ||||
1594 | if (Context.mergeExtParameterInfo(ToFPT, FromFPT, CanUseToFPT, | ||||
1595 | CanUseFromFPT, NewParamInfos) && | ||||
1596 | CanUseToFPT && !CanUseFromFPT) { | ||||
1597 | FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo ExtInfo = FromFPT->getExtProtoInfo(); | ||||
1598 | ExtInfo.ExtParameterInfos = | ||||
1599 | NewParamInfos.empty() ? nullptr : NewParamInfos.data(); | ||||
1600 | QualType QT = Context.getFunctionType(FromFPT->getReturnType(), | ||||
1601 | FromFPT->getParamTypes(), ExtInfo); | ||||
1602 | FromFn = QT->getAs<FunctionType>(); | ||||
1603 | Changed = true; | ||||
1604 | } | ||||
1605 | } | ||||
1606 | |||||
1607 | if (!Changed) | ||||
1608 | return false; | ||||
1609 | |||||
1610 | assert(QualType(FromFn, 0).isCanonical())((QualType(FromFn, 0).isCanonical()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("QualType(FromFn, 0).isCanonical()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 1610, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
1611 | if (QualType(FromFn, 0) != CanTo) return false; | ||||
1612 | |||||
1613 | ResultTy = ToType; | ||||
1614 | return true; | ||||
1615 | } | ||||
1616 | |||||
1617 | /// Determine whether the conversion from FromType to ToType is a valid | ||||
1618 | /// vector conversion. | ||||
1619 | /// | ||||
1620 | /// \param ICK Will be set to the vector conversion kind, if this is a vector | ||||
1621 | /// conversion. | ||||
1622 | static bool IsVectorConversion(Sema &S, QualType FromType, | ||||
1623 | QualType ToType, ImplicitConversionKind &ICK) { | ||||
1624 | // We need at least one of these types to be a vector type to have a vector | ||||
1625 | // conversion. | ||||
1626 | if (!ToType->isVectorType() && !FromType->isVectorType()) | ||||
1627 | return false; | ||||
1628 | |||||
1629 | // Identical types require no conversions. | ||||
1630 | if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType)) | ||||
1631 | return false; | ||||
1632 | |||||
1633 | // There are no conversions between extended vector types, only identity. | ||||
1634 | if (ToType->isExtVectorType()) { | ||||
1635 | // There are no conversions between extended vector types other than the | ||||
1636 | // identity conversion. | ||||
1637 | if (FromType->isExtVectorType()) | ||||
1638 | return false; | ||||
1639 | |||||
1640 | // Vector splat from any arithmetic type to a vector. | ||||
1641 | if (FromType->isArithmeticType()) { | ||||
1642 | ICK = ICK_Vector_Splat; | ||||
1643 | return true; | ||||
1644 | } | ||||
1645 | } | ||||
1646 | |||||
1647 | if (ToType->isSizelessBuiltinType() || FromType->isSizelessBuiltinType()) | ||||
1648 | if (S.Context.areCompatibleSveTypes(FromType, ToType) || | ||||
1649 | S.Context.areLaxCompatibleSveTypes(FromType, ToType)) { | ||||
1650 | ICK = ICK_SVE_Vector_Conversion; | ||||
1651 | return true; | ||||
1652 | } | ||||
1653 | |||||
1654 | // We can perform the conversion between vector types in the following cases: | ||||
1655 | // 1)vector types are equivalent AltiVec and GCC vector types | ||||
1656 | // 2)lax vector conversions are permitted and the vector types are of the | ||||
1657 | // same size | ||||
1658 | // 3)the destination type does not have the ARM MVE strict-polymorphism | ||||
1659 | // attribute, which inhibits lax vector conversion for overload resolution | ||||
1660 | // only | ||||
1661 | if (ToType->isVectorType() && FromType->isVectorType()) { | ||||
1662 | if (S.Context.areCompatibleVectorTypes(FromType, ToType) || | ||||
1663 | (S.isLaxVectorConversion(FromType, ToType) && | ||||
1664 | !ToType->hasAttr(attr::ArmMveStrictPolymorphism))) { | ||||
1665 | ICK = ICK_Vector_Conversion; | ||||
1666 | return true; | ||||
1667 | } | ||||
1668 | } | ||||
1669 | |||||
1670 | return false; | ||||
1671 | } | ||||
1672 | |||||
1673 | static bool tryAtomicConversion(Sema &S, Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||
1674 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||
1675 | StandardConversionSequence &SCS, | ||||
1676 | bool CStyle); | ||||
1677 | |||||
1678 | /// IsStandardConversion - Determines whether there is a standard | ||||
1679 | /// conversion sequence (C++ [conv], C++ [over.ics.scs]) from the | ||||
1680 | /// expression From to the type ToType. Standard conversion sequences | ||||
1681 | /// only consider non-class types; for conversions that involve class | ||||
1682 | /// types, use TryImplicitConversion. If a conversion exists, SCS will | ||||
1683 | /// contain the standard conversion sequence required to perform this | ||||
1684 | /// conversion and this routine will return true. Otherwise, this | ||||
1685 | /// routine will return false and the value of SCS is unspecified. | ||||
1686 | static bool IsStandardConversion(Sema &S, Expr* From, QualType ToType, | ||||
1687 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||
1688 | StandardConversionSequence &SCS, | ||||
1689 | bool CStyle, | ||||
1690 | bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion) { | ||||
1691 | QualType FromType = From->getType(); | ||||
1692 | |||||
1693 | // Standard conversions (C++ [conv]) | ||||
1694 | SCS.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||
1695 | SCS.IncompatibleObjC = false; | ||||
1696 | SCS.setFromType(FromType); | ||||
1697 | SCS.CopyConstructor = nullptr; | ||||
1698 | |||||
1699 | // There are no standard conversions for class types in C++, so | ||||
1700 | // abort early. When overloading in C, however, we do permit them. | ||||
1701 | if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && | ||||
1702 | (FromType->isRecordType() || ToType->isRecordType())) | ||||
1703 | return false; | ||||
1704 | |||||
1705 | // The first conversion can be an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion, | ||||
1706 | // array-to-pointer conversion, or function-to-pointer conversion | ||||
1707 | // (C++ 4p1). | ||||
1708 | |||||
1709 | if (FromType == S.Context.OverloadTy) { | ||||
1710 | DeclAccessPair AccessPair; | ||||
1711 | if (FunctionDecl *Fn | ||||
1712 | = S.ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(From, ToType, false, | ||||
1713 | AccessPair)) { | ||||
1714 | // We were able to resolve the address of the overloaded function, | ||||
1715 | // so we can convert to the type of that function. | ||||
1716 | FromType = Fn->getType(); | ||||
1717 | SCS.setFromType(FromType); | ||||
1718 | |||||
1719 | // we can sometimes resolve &foo<int> regardless of ToType, so check | ||||
1720 | // if the type matches (identity) or we are converting to bool | ||||
1721 | if (!S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType( | ||||
1722 | S.ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(ToType), FromType)) { | ||||
1723 | QualType resultTy; | ||||
1724 | // if the function type matches except for [[noreturn]], it's ok | ||||
1725 | if (!S.IsFunctionConversion(FromType, | ||||
1726 | S.ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(ToType), resultTy)) | ||||
1727 | // otherwise, only a boolean conversion is standard | ||||
1728 | if (!ToType->isBooleanType()) | ||||
1729 | return false; | ||||
1730 | } | ||||
1731 | |||||
1732 | // Check if the "from" expression is taking the address of an overloaded | ||||
1733 | // function and recompute the FromType accordingly. Take advantage of the | ||||
1734 | // fact that non-static member functions *must* have such an address-of | ||||
1735 | // expression. | ||||
1736 | CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn); | ||||
1737 | if (Method && !Method->isStatic()) { | ||||
1738 | assert(isa<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens()) &&((isa<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens()) && "Non-unary operator on non-static member address") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens()) && \"Non-unary operator on non-static member address\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 1739, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
1739 | "Non-unary operator on non-static member address")((isa<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens()) && "Non-unary operator on non-static member address") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens()) && \"Non-unary operator on non-static member address\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 1739, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
1740 | assert(cast<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())->getOpcode()((cast<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())->getOpcode () == UO_AddrOf && "Non-address-of operator on non-static member address" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("cast<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && \"Non-address-of operator on non-static member address\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 1742, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
1741 | == UO_AddrOf &&((cast<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())->getOpcode () == UO_AddrOf && "Non-address-of operator on non-static member address" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("cast<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && \"Non-address-of operator on non-static member address\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 1742, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
1742 | "Non-address-of operator on non-static member address")((cast<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())->getOpcode () == UO_AddrOf && "Non-address-of operator on non-static member address" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("cast<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && \"Non-address-of operator on non-static member address\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 1742, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
1743 | const Type *ClassType | ||||
1744 | = S.Context.getTypeDeclType(Method->getParent()).getTypePtr(); | ||||
1745 | FromType = S.Context.getMemberPointerType(FromType, ClassType); | ||||
1746 | } else if (isa<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())) { | ||||
1747 | assert(cast<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())->getOpcode() ==((cast<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())->getOpcode () == UO_AddrOf && "Non-address-of operator for overloaded function expression" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("cast<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && \"Non-address-of operator for overloaded function expression\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 1749, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
1748 | UO_AddrOf &&((cast<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())->getOpcode () == UO_AddrOf && "Non-address-of operator for overloaded function expression" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("cast<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && \"Non-address-of operator for overloaded function expression\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 1749, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
1749 | "Non-address-of operator for overloaded function expression")((cast<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())->getOpcode () == UO_AddrOf && "Non-address-of operator for overloaded function expression" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("cast<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && \"Non-address-of operator for overloaded function expression\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 1749, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
1750 | FromType = S.Context.getPointerType(FromType); | ||||
1751 | } | ||||
1752 | |||||
1753 | // Check that we've computed the proper type after overload resolution. | ||||
1754 | // FIXME: FixOverloadedFunctionReference has side-effects; we shouldn't | ||||
1755 | // be calling it from within an NDEBUG block. | ||||
1756 | assert(S.Context.hasSameType(((S.Context.hasSameType( FromType, S.FixOverloadedFunctionReference (From, AccessPair, Fn)->getType())) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("S.Context.hasSameType( FromType, S.FixOverloadedFunctionReference(From, AccessPair, Fn)->getType())" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 1758, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
1757 | FromType,((S.Context.hasSameType( FromType, S.FixOverloadedFunctionReference (From, AccessPair, Fn)->getType())) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("S.Context.hasSameType( FromType, S.FixOverloadedFunctionReference(From, AccessPair, Fn)->getType())" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 1758, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
1758 | S.FixOverloadedFunctionReference(From, AccessPair, Fn)->getType()))((S.Context.hasSameType( FromType, S.FixOverloadedFunctionReference (From, AccessPair, Fn)->getType())) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("S.Context.hasSameType( FromType, S.FixOverloadedFunctionReference(From, AccessPair, Fn)->getType())" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 1758, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
1759 | } else { | ||||
1760 | return false; | ||||
1761 | } | ||||
1762 | } | ||||
1763 | // Lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (C++11 4.1): | ||||
1764 | // A glvalue (3.10) of a non-function, non-array type T can | ||||
1765 | // be converted to a prvalue. | ||||
1766 | bool argIsLValue = From->isGLValue(); | ||||
1767 | if (argIsLValue && | ||||
1768 | !FromType->isFunctionType() && !FromType->isArrayType() && | ||||
1769 | S.Context.getCanonicalType(FromType) != S.Context.OverloadTy) { | ||||
1770 | SCS.First = ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue; | ||||
1771 | |||||
1772 | // C11 6.3.2.1p2: | ||||
1773 | // ... if the lvalue has atomic type, the value has the non-atomic version | ||||
1774 | // of the type of the lvalue ... | ||||
1775 | if (const AtomicType *Atomic = FromType->getAs<AtomicType>()) | ||||
1776 | FromType = Atomic->getValueType(); | ||||
1777 | |||||
1778 | // If T is a non-class type, the type of the rvalue is the | ||||
1779 | // cv-unqualified version of T. Otherwise, the type of the rvalue | ||||
1780 | // is T (C++ 4.1p1). C++ can't get here with class types; in C, we | ||||
1781 | // just strip the qualifiers because they don't matter. | ||||
1782 | FromType = FromType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||
1783 | } else if (FromType->isArrayType()) { | ||||
1784 | // Array-to-pointer conversion (C++ 4.2) | ||||
1785 | SCS.First = ICK_Array_To_Pointer; | ||||
1786 | |||||
1787 | // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown | ||||
1788 | // bound of T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to | ||||
1789 | // T" (C++ 4.2p1). | ||||
1790 | FromType = S.Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType); | ||||
1791 | |||||
1792 | if (S.IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(From, ToType)) { | ||||
1793 | // This conversion is deprecated in C++03 (D.4) | ||||
1794 | SCS.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr = true; | ||||
1795 | |||||
1796 | // For the purpose of ranking in overload resolution | ||||
1797 | // (13.3.3.1.1), this conversion is considered an | ||||
1798 | // array-to-pointer conversion followed by a qualification | ||||
1799 | // conversion (4.4). (C++ 4.2p2) | ||||
1800 | SCS.Second = ICK_Identity; | ||||
1801 | SCS.Third = ICK_Qualification; | ||||
1802 | SCS.QualificationIncludesObjCLifetime = false; | ||||
1803 | SCS.setAllToTypes(FromType); | ||||
1804 | return true; | ||||
1805 | } | ||||
1806 | } else if (FromType->isFunctionType() && argIsLValue) { | ||||
1807 | // Function-to-pointer conversion (C++ 4.3). | ||||
1808 | SCS.First = ICK_Function_To_Pointer; | ||||
1809 | |||||
1810 | if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(From->IgnoreParenCasts())) | ||||
1811 | if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DRE->getDecl())) | ||||
1812 | if (!S.checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(FD)) | ||||
1813 | return false; | ||||
1814 | |||||
1815 | // An lvalue of function type T can be converted to an rvalue of | ||||
1816 | // type "pointer to T." The result is a pointer to the | ||||
1817 | // function. (C++ 4.3p1). | ||||
1818 | FromType = S.Context.getPointerType(FromType); | ||||
1819 | } else { | ||||
1820 | // We don't require any conversions for the first step. | ||||
1821 | SCS.First = ICK_Identity; | ||||
1822 | } | ||||
1823 | SCS.setToType(0, FromType); | ||||
1824 | |||||
1825 | // The second conversion can be an integral promotion, floating | ||||
1826 | // point promotion, integral conversion, floating point conversion, | ||||
1827 | // floating-integral conversion, pointer conversion, | ||||
1828 | // pointer-to-member conversion, or boolean conversion (C++ 4p1). | ||||
1829 | // For overloading in C, this can also be a "compatible-type" | ||||
1830 | // conversion. | ||||
1831 | bool IncompatibleObjC = false; | ||||
1832 | ImplicitConversionKind SecondICK = ICK_Identity; | ||||
1833 | if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType)) { | ||||
1834 | // The unqualified versions of the types are the same: there's no | ||||
1835 | // conversion to do. | ||||
1836 | SCS.Second = ICK_Identity; | ||||
1837 | } else if (S.IsIntegralPromotion(From, FromType, ToType)) { | ||||
1838 | // Integral promotion (C++ 4.5). | ||||
1839 | SCS.Second = ICK_Integral_Promotion; | ||||
1840 | FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||
1841 | } else if (S.IsFloatingPointPromotion(FromType, ToType)) { | ||||
1842 | // Floating point promotion (C++ 4.6). | ||||
1843 | SCS.Second = ICK_Floating_Promotion; | ||||
1844 | FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||
1845 | } else if (S.IsComplexPromotion(FromType, ToType)) { | ||||
1846 | // Complex promotion (Clang extension) | ||||
1847 | SCS.Second = ICK_Complex_Promotion; | ||||
1848 | FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||
1849 | } else if (ToType->isBooleanType() && | ||||
1850 | (FromType->isArithmeticType() || | ||||
1851 | FromType->isAnyPointerType() || | ||||
1852 | FromType->isBlockPointerType() || | ||||
1853 | FromType->isMemberPointerType())) { | ||||
1854 | // Boolean conversions (C++ 4.12). | ||||
1855 | SCS.Second = ICK_Boolean_Conversion; | ||||
1856 | FromType = S.Context.BoolTy; | ||||
1857 | } else if (FromType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType() && | ||||
1858 | ToType->isIntegralType(S.Context)) { | ||||
1859 | // Integral conversions (C++ 4.7). | ||||
1860 | SCS.Second = ICK_Integral_Conversion; | ||||
1861 | FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||
1862 | } else if (FromType->isAnyComplexType() && ToType->isAnyComplexType()) { | ||||
1863 | // Complex conversions (C99 6.3.1.6) | ||||
1864 | SCS.Second = ICK_Complex_Conversion; | ||||
1865 | FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||
1866 | } else if ((FromType->isAnyComplexType() && ToType->isArithmeticType()) || | ||||
1867 | (ToType->isAnyComplexType() && FromType->isArithmeticType())) { | ||||
1868 | // Complex-real conversions (C99 6.3.1.7) | ||||
1869 | SCS.Second = ICK_Complex_Real; | ||||
1870 | FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||
1871 | } else if (FromType->isRealFloatingType() && ToType->isRealFloatingType()) { | ||||
1872 | // FIXME: disable conversions between long double and __float128 if | ||||
1873 | // their representation is different until there is back end support | ||||
1874 | // We of course allow this conversion if long double is really double. | ||||
1875 | |||||
1876 | // Conversions between bfloat and other floats are not permitted. | ||||
1877 | if (FromType == S.Context.BFloat16Ty || ToType == S.Context.BFloat16Ty) | ||||
1878 | return false; | ||||
1879 | if (&S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(FromType) != | ||||
1880 | &S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(ToType)) { | ||||
1881 | bool Float128AndLongDouble = ((FromType == S.Context.Float128Ty && | ||||
1882 | ToType == S.Context.LongDoubleTy) || | ||||
1883 | (FromType == S.Context.LongDoubleTy && | ||||
1884 | ToType == S.Context.Float128Ty)); | ||||
1885 | if (Float128AndLongDouble && | ||||
1886 | (&S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(S.Context.LongDoubleTy) == | ||||
1887 | &llvm::APFloat::PPCDoubleDouble())) | ||||
1888 | return false; | ||||
1889 | } | ||||
1890 | // Floating point conversions (C++ 4.8). | ||||
1891 | SCS.Second = ICK_Floating_Conversion; | ||||
1892 | FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||
1893 | } else if ((FromType->isRealFloatingType() && | ||||
1894 | ToType->isIntegralType(S.Context)) || | ||||
1895 | (FromType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType() && | ||||
1896 | ToType->isRealFloatingType())) { | ||||
1897 | // Conversions between bfloat and int are not permitted. | ||||
1898 | if (FromType->isBFloat16Type() || ToType->isBFloat16Type()) | ||||
1899 | return false; | ||||
1900 | |||||
1901 | // Floating-integral conversions (C++ 4.9). | ||||
1902 | SCS.Second = ICK_Floating_Integral; | ||||
1903 | FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||
1904 | } else if (S.IsBlockPointerConversion(FromType, ToType, FromType)) { | ||||
1905 | SCS.Second = ICK_Block_Pointer_Conversion; | ||||
1906 | } else if (AllowObjCWritebackConversion && | ||||
1907 | S.isObjCWritebackConversion(FromType, ToType, FromType)) { | ||||
1908 | SCS.Second = ICK_Writeback_Conversion; | ||||
1909 | } else if (S.IsPointerConversion(From, FromType, ToType, InOverloadResolution, | ||||
1910 | FromType, IncompatibleObjC)) { | ||||
1911 | // Pointer conversions (C++ 4.10). | ||||
1912 | SCS.Second = ICK_Pointer_Conversion; | ||||
1913 | SCS.IncompatibleObjC = IncompatibleObjC; | ||||
1914 | FromType = FromType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||
1915 | } else if (S.IsMemberPointerConversion(From, FromType, ToType, | ||||
1916 | InOverloadResolution, FromType)) { | ||||
1917 | // Pointer to member conversions (4.11). | ||||
1918 | SCS.Second = ICK_Pointer_Member; | ||||
1919 | } else if (IsVectorConversion(S, FromType, ToType, SecondICK)) { | ||||
1920 | SCS.Second = SecondICK; | ||||
1921 | FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||
1922 | } else if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && | ||||
1923 | S.Context.typesAreCompatible(ToType, FromType)) { | ||||
1924 | // Compatible conversions (Clang extension for C function overloading) | ||||
1925 | SCS.Second = ICK_Compatible_Conversion; | ||||
1926 | FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||
1927 | } else if (IsTransparentUnionStandardConversion(S, From, ToType, | ||||
1928 | InOverloadResolution, | ||||
1929 | SCS, CStyle)) { | ||||
1930 | SCS.Second = ICK_TransparentUnionConversion; | ||||
1931 | FromType = ToType; | ||||
1932 | } else if (tryAtomicConversion(S, From, ToType, InOverloadResolution, SCS, | ||||
1933 | CStyle)) { | ||||
1934 | // tryAtomicConversion has updated the standard conversion sequence | ||||
1935 | // appropriately. | ||||
1936 | return true; | ||||
1937 | } else if (ToType->isEventT() && | ||||
1938 | From->isIntegerConstantExpr(S.getASTContext()) && | ||||
1939 | From->EvaluateKnownConstInt(S.getASTContext()) == 0) { | ||||
1940 | SCS.Second = ICK_Zero_Event_Conversion; | ||||
1941 | FromType = ToType; | ||||
1942 | } else if (ToType->isQueueT() && | ||||
1943 | From->isIntegerConstantExpr(S.getASTContext()) && | ||||
1944 | (From->EvaluateKnownConstInt(S.getASTContext()) == 0)) { | ||||
1945 | SCS.Second = ICK_Zero_Queue_Conversion; | ||||
1946 | FromType = ToType; | ||||
1947 | } else if (ToType->isSamplerT() && | ||||
1948 | From->isIntegerConstantExpr(S.getASTContext())) { | ||||
1949 | SCS.Second = ICK_Compatible_Conversion; | ||||
1950 | FromType = ToType; | ||||
1951 | } else { | ||||
1952 | // No second conversion required. | ||||
1953 | SCS.Second = ICK_Identity; | ||||
1954 | } | ||||
1955 | SCS.setToType(1, FromType); | ||||
1956 | |||||
1957 | // The third conversion can be a function pointer conversion or a | ||||
1958 | // qualification conversion (C++ [conv.fctptr], [conv.qual]). | ||||
1959 | bool ObjCLifetimeConversion; | ||||
1960 | if (S.IsFunctionConversion(FromType, ToType, FromType)) { | ||||
1961 | // Function pointer conversions (removing 'noexcept') including removal of | ||||
1962 | // 'noreturn' (Clang extension). | ||||
1963 | SCS.Third = ICK_Function_Conversion; | ||||
1964 | } else if (S.IsQualificationConversion(FromType, ToType, CStyle, | ||||
1965 | ObjCLifetimeConversion)) { | ||||
1966 | SCS.Third = ICK_Qualification; | ||||
1967 | SCS.QualificationIncludesObjCLifetime = ObjCLifetimeConversion; | ||||
1968 | FromType = ToType; | ||||
1969 | } else { | ||||
1970 | // No conversion required | ||||
1971 | SCS.Third = ICK_Identity; | ||||
1972 | } | ||||
1973 | |||||
1974 | // C++ [over.best.ics]p6: | ||||
1975 | // [...] Any difference in top-level cv-qualification is | ||||
1976 | // subsumed by the initialization itself and does not constitute | ||||
1977 | // a conversion. [...] | ||||
1978 | QualType CanonFrom = S.Context.getCanonicalType(FromType); | ||||
1979 | QualType CanonTo = S.Context.getCanonicalType(ToType); | ||||
1980 | if (CanonFrom.getLocalUnqualifiedType() | ||||
1981 | == CanonTo.getLocalUnqualifiedType() && | ||||
1982 | CanonFrom.getLocalQualifiers() != CanonTo.getLocalQualifiers()) { | ||||
1983 | FromType = ToType; | ||||
1984 | CanonFrom = CanonTo; | ||||
1985 | } | ||||
1986 | |||||
1987 | SCS.setToType(2, FromType); | ||||
1988 | |||||
1989 | if (CanonFrom == CanonTo) | ||||
1990 | return true; | ||||
1991 | |||||
1992 | // If we have not converted the argument type to the parameter type, | ||||
1993 | // this is a bad conversion sequence, unless we're resolving an overload in C. | ||||
1994 | if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !InOverloadResolution) | ||||
1995 | return false; | ||||
1996 | |||||
1997 | ExprResult ER = ExprResult{From}; | ||||
1998 | Sema::AssignConvertType Conv = | ||||
1999 | S.CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(ToType, ER, | ||||
2000 | /*Diagnose=*/false, | ||||
2001 | /*DiagnoseCFAudited=*/false, | ||||
2002 | /*ConvertRHS=*/false); | ||||
2003 | ImplicitConversionKind SecondConv; | ||||
2004 | switch (Conv) { | ||||
2005 | case Sema::Compatible: | ||||
2006 | SecondConv = ICK_C_Only_Conversion; | ||||
2007 | break; | ||||
2008 | // For our purposes, discarding qualifiers is just as bad as using an | ||||
2009 | // incompatible pointer. Note that an IncompatiblePointer conversion can drop | ||||
2010 | // qualifiers, as well. | ||||
2011 | case Sema::CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers: | ||||
2012 | case Sema::IncompatiblePointer: | ||||
2013 | case Sema::IncompatiblePointerSign: | ||||
2014 | SecondConv = ICK_Incompatible_Pointer_Conversion; | ||||
2015 | break; | ||||
2016 | default: | ||||
2017 | return false; | ||||
2018 | } | ||||
2019 | |||||
2020 | // First can only be an lvalue conversion, so we pretend that this was the | ||||
2021 | // second conversion. First should already be valid from earlier in the | ||||
2022 | // function. | ||||
2023 | SCS.Second = SecondConv; | ||||
2024 | SCS.setToType(1, ToType); | ||||
2025 | |||||
2026 | // Third is Identity, because Second should rank us worse than any other | ||||
2027 | // conversion. This could also be ICK_Qualification, but it's simpler to just | ||||
2028 | // lump everything in with the second conversion, and we don't gain anything | ||||
2029 | // from making this ICK_Qualification. | ||||
2030 | SCS.Third = ICK_Identity; | ||||
2031 | SCS.setToType(2, ToType); | ||||
2032 | return true; | ||||
2033 | } | ||||
2034 | |||||
2035 | static bool | ||||
2036 | IsTransparentUnionStandardConversion(Sema &S, Expr* From, | ||||
2037 | QualType &ToType, | ||||
2038 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||
2039 | StandardConversionSequence &SCS, | ||||
2040 | bool CStyle) { | ||||
2041 | |||||
2042 | const RecordType *UT = ToType->getAsUnionType(); | ||||
2043 | if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>()) | ||||
2044 | return false; | ||||
2045 | // The field to initialize within the transparent union. | ||||
2046 | RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl(); | ||||
2047 | // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields. | ||||
2048 | for (const auto *it : UD->fields()) { | ||||
2049 | if (IsStandardConversion(S, From, it->getType(), InOverloadResolution, SCS, | ||||
2050 | CStyle, /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/false)) { | ||||
2051 | ToType = it->getType(); | ||||
2052 | return true; | ||||
2053 | } | ||||
2054 | } | ||||
2055 | return false; | ||||
2056 | } | ||||
2057 | |||||
2058 | /// IsIntegralPromotion - Determines whether the conversion from the | ||||
2059 | /// expression From (whose potentially-adjusted type is FromType) to | ||||
2060 | /// ToType is an integral promotion (C++ 4.5). If so, returns true and | ||||
2061 | /// sets PromotedType to the promoted type. | ||||
2062 | bool Sema::IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType) { | ||||
2063 | const BuiltinType *To = ToType->getAs<BuiltinType>(); | ||||
2064 | // All integers are built-in. | ||||
2065 | if (!To) { | ||||
2066 | return false; | ||||
2067 | } | ||||
2068 | |||||
2069 | // An rvalue of type char, signed char, unsigned char, short int, or | ||||
2070 | // unsigned short int can be converted to an rvalue of type int if | ||||
2071 | // int can represent all the values of the source type; otherwise, | ||||
2072 | // the source rvalue can be converted to an rvalue of type unsigned | ||||
2073 | // int (C++ 4.5p1). | ||||
2074 | if (FromType->isPromotableIntegerType() && !FromType->isBooleanType() && | ||||
2075 | !FromType->isEnumeralType()) { | ||||
2076 | if (// We can promote any signed, promotable integer type to an int | ||||
2077 | (FromType->isSignedIntegerType() || | ||||
2078 | // We can promote any unsigned integer type whose size is | ||||
2079 | // less than int to an int. | ||||
2080 | Context.getTypeSize(FromType) < Context.getTypeSize(ToType))) { | ||||
2081 | return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::Int; | ||||
2082 | } | ||||
2083 | |||||
2084 | return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::UInt; | ||||
2085 | } | ||||
2086 | |||||
2087 | // C++11 [conv.prom]p3: | ||||
2088 | // A prvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying type is not | ||||
2089 | // fixed (7.2) can be converted to an rvalue a prvalue of the first of the | ||||
2090 | // following types that can represent all the values of the enumeration | ||||
2091 | // (i.e., the values in the range bmin to bmax as described in 7.2): int, | ||||
2092 | // unsigned int, long int, unsigned long int, long long int, or unsigned | ||||
2093 | // long long int. If none of the types in that list can represent all the | ||||
2094 | // values of the enumeration, an rvalue a prvalue of an unscoped enumeration | ||||
2095 | // type can be converted to an rvalue a prvalue of the extended integer type | ||||
2096 | // with lowest integer conversion rank (4.13) greater than the rank of long | ||||
2097 | // long in which all the values of the enumeration can be represented. If | ||||
2098 | // there are two such extended types, the signed one is chosen. | ||||
2099 | // C++11 [conv.prom]p4: | ||||
2100 | // A prvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying type is fixed | ||||
2101 | // can be converted to a prvalue of its underlying type. Moreover, if | ||||
2102 | // integral promotion can be applied to its underlying type, a prvalue of an | ||||
2103 | // unscoped enumeration type whose underlying type is fixed can also be | ||||
2104 | // converted to a prvalue of the promoted underlying type. | ||||
2105 | if (const EnumType *FromEnumType = FromType->getAs<EnumType>()) { | ||||
2106 | // C++0x 7.2p9: Note that this implicit enum to int conversion is not | ||||
2107 | // provided for a scoped enumeration. | ||||
2108 | if (FromEnumType->getDecl()->isScoped()) | ||||
2109 | return false; | ||||
2110 | |||||
2111 | // We can perform an integral promotion to the underlying type of the enum, | ||||
2112 | // even if that's not the promoted type. Note that the check for promoting | ||||
2113 | // the underlying type is based on the type alone, and does not consider | ||||
2114 | // the bitfield-ness of the actual source expression. | ||||
2115 | if (FromEnumType->getDecl()->isFixed()) { | ||||
2116 | QualType Underlying = FromEnumType->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); | ||||
2117 | return Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Underlying, ToType) || | ||||
2118 | IsIntegralPromotion(nullptr, Underlying, ToType); | ||||
2119 | } | ||||
2120 | |||||
2121 | // We have already pre-calculated the promotion type, so this is trivial. | ||||
2122 | if (ToType->isIntegerType() && | ||||
2123 | isCompleteType(From->getBeginLoc(), FromType)) | ||||
2124 | return Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType( | ||||
2125 | ToType, FromEnumType->getDecl()->getPromotionType()); | ||||
2126 | |||||
2127 | // C++ [conv.prom]p5: | ||||
2128 | // If the bit-field has an enumerated type, it is treated as any other | ||||
2129 | // value of that type for promotion purposes. | ||||
2130 | // | ||||
2131 | // ... so do not fall through into the bit-field checks below in C++. | ||||
2132 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) | ||||
2133 | return false; | ||||
2134 | } | ||||
2135 | |||||
2136 | // C++0x [conv.prom]p2: | ||||
2137 | // A prvalue of type char16_t, char32_t, or wchar_t (3.9.1) can be converted | ||||
2138 | // to an rvalue a prvalue of the first of the following types that can | ||||
2139 | // represent all the values of its underlying type: int, unsigned int, | ||||
2140 | // long int, unsigned long int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. | ||||
2141 | // If none of the types in that list can represent all the values of its | ||||
2142 | // underlying type, an rvalue a prvalue of type char16_t, char32_t, | ||||
2143 | // or wchar_t can be converted to an rvalue a prvalue of its underlying | ||||
2144 | // type. | ||||
2145 | if (FromType->isAnyCharacterType() && !FromType->isCharType() && | ||||
2146 | ToType->isIntegerType()) { | ||||
2147 | // Determine whether the type we're converting from is signed or | ||||
2148 | // unsigned. | ||||
2149 | bool FromIsSigned = FromType->isSignedIntegerType(); | ||||
2150 | uint64_t FromSize = Context.getTypeSize(FromType); | ||||
2151 | |||||
2152 | // The types we'll try to promote to, in the appropriate | ||||
2153 | // order. Try each of these types. | ||||
2154 | QualType PromoteTypes[6] = { | ||||
2155 | Context.IntTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, | ||||
2156 | Context.LongTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy , | ||||
2157 | Context.LongLongTy, Context.UnsignedLongLongTy | ||||
2158 | }; | ||||
2159 | for (int Idx = 0; Idx < 6; ++Idx) { | ||||
2160 | uint64_t ToSize = Context.getTypeSize(PromoteTypes[Idx]); | ||||
2161 | if (FromSize < ToSize || | ||||
2162 | (FromSize == ToSize && | ||||
2163 | FromIsSigned == PromoteTypes[Idx]->isSignedIntegerType())) { | ||||
2164 | // We found the type that we can promote to. If this is the | ||||
2165 | // type we wanted, we have a promotion. Otherwise, no | ||||
2166 | // promotion. | ||||
2167 | return Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType, PromoteTypes[Idx]); | ||||
2168 | } | ||||
2169 | } | ||||
2170 | } | ||||
2171 | |||||
2172 | // An rvalue for an integral bit-field (9.6) can be converted to an | ||||
2173 | // rvalue of type int if int can represent all the values of the | ||||
2174 | // bit-field; otherwise, it can be converted to unsigned int if | ||||
2175 | // unsigned int can represent all the values of the bit-field. If | ||||
2176 | // the bit-field is larger yet, no integral promotion applies to | ||||
2177 | // it. If the bit-field has an enumerated type, it is treated as any | ||||
2178 | // other value of that type for promotion purposes (C++ 4.5p3). | ||||
2179 | // FIXME: We should delay checking of bit-fields until we actually perform the | ||||
2180 | // conversion. | ||||
2181 | // | ||||
2182 | // FIXME: In C, only bit-fields of types _Bool, int, or unsigned int may be | ||||
2183 | // promoted, per C11 6.3.1.1/2. We promote all bit-fields (including enum | ||||
2184 | // bit-fields and those whose underlying type is larger than int) for GCC | ||||
2185 | // compatibility. | ||||
2186 | if (From) { | ||||
2187 | if (FieldDecl *MemberDecl = From->getSourceBitField()) { | ||||
2188 | Optional<llvm::APSInt> BitWidth; | ||||
2189 | if (FromType->isIntegralType(Context) && | ||||
2190 | (BitWidth = | ||||
2191 | MemberDecl->getBitWidth()->getIntegerConstantExpr(Context))) { | ||||
2192 | llvm::APSInt ToSize(BitWidth->getBitWidth(), BitWidth->isUnsigned()); | ||||
2193 | ToSize = Context.getTypeSize(ToType); | ||||
2194 | |||||
2195 | // Are we promoting to an int from a bitfield that fits in an int? | ||||
2196 | if (*BitWidth < ToSize || | ||||
2197 | (FromType->isSignedIntegerType() && *BitWidth <= ToSize)) { | ||||
2198 | return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::Int; | ||||
2199 | } | ||||
2200 | |||||
2201 | // Are we promoting to an unsigned int from an unsigned bitfield | ||||
2202 | // that fits into an unsigned int? | ||||
2203 | if (FromType->isUnsignedIntegerType() && *BitWidth <= ToSize) { | ||||
2204 | return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::UInt; | ||||
2205 | } | ||||
2206 | |||||
2207 | return false; | ||||
2208 | } | ||||
2209 | } | ||||
2210 | } | ||||
2211 | |||||
2212 | // An rvalue of type bool can be converted to an rvalue of type int, | ||||
2213 | // with false becoming zero and true becoming one (C++ 4.5p4). | ||||
2214 | if (FromType->isBooleanType() && To->getKind() == BuiltinType::Int) { | ||||
2215 | return true; | ||||
2216 | } | ||||
2217 | |||||
2218 | return false; | ||||
2219 | } | ||||
2220 | |||||
2221 | /// IsFloatingPointPromotion - Determines whether the conversion from | ||||
2222 | /// FromType to ToType is a floating point promotion (C++ 4.6). If so, | ||||
2223 | /// returns true and sets PromotedType to the promoted type. | ||||
2224 | bool Sema::IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType) { | ||||
2225 | if (const BuiltinType *FromBuiltin = FromType->getAs<BuiltinType>()) | ||||
2226 | if (const BuiltinType *ToBuiltin = ToType->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { | ||||
2227 | /// An rvalue of type float can be converted to an rvalue of type | ||||
2228 | /// double. (C++ 4.6p1). | ||||
2229 | if (FromBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float && | ||||
2230 | ToBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double) | ||||
2231 | return true; | ||||
2232 | |||||
2233 | // C99 6.3.1.5p1: | ||||
2234 | // When a float is promoted to double or long double, or a | ||||
2235 | // double is promoted to long double [...]. | ||||
2236 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && | ||||
2237 | (FromBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float || | ||||
2238 | FromBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double) && | ||||
2239 | (ToBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble || | ||||
2240 | ToBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float128)) | ||||
2241 | return true; | ||||
2242 | |||||
2243 | // Half can be promoted to float. | ||||
2244 | if (!getLangOpts().NativeHalfType && | ||||
2245 | FromBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Half && | ||||
2246 | ToBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float) | ||||
2247 | return true; | ||||
2248 | } | ||||
2249 | |||||
2250 | return false; | ||||
2251 | } | ||||
2252 | |||||
2253 | /// Determine if a conversion is a complex promotion. | ||||
2254 | /// | ||||
2255 | /// A complex promotion is defined as a complex -> complex conversion | ||||
2256 | /// where the conversion between the underlying real types is a | ||||
2257 | /// floating-point or integral promotion. | ||||
2258 | bool Sema::IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType) { | ||||
2259 | const ComplexType *FromComplex = FromType->getAs<ComplexType>(); | ||||
2260 | if (!FromComplex) | ||||
2261 | return false; | ||||
2262 | |||||
2263 | const ComplexType *ToComplex = ToType->getAs<ComplexType>(); | ||||
2264 | if (!ToComplex) | ||||
2265 | return false; | ||||
2266 | |||||
2267 | return IsFloatingPointPromotion(FromComplex->getElementType(), | ||||
2268 | ToComplex->getElementType()) || | ||||
2269 | IsIntegralPromotion(nullptr, FromComplex->getElementType(), | ||||
2270 | ToComplex->getElementType()); | ||||
2271 | } | ||||
2272 | |||||
2273 | /// BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType - In a pointer conversion from | ||||
2274 | /// the pointer type FromPtr to a pointer to type ToPointee, with the | ||||
2275 | /// same type qualifiers as FromPtr has on its pointee type. ToType, | ||||
2276 | /// if non-empty, will be a pointer to ToType that may or may not have | ||||
2277 | /// the right set of qualifiers on its pointee. | ||||
2278 | /// | ||||
2279 | static QualType | ||||
2280 | BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(const Type *FromPtr, | ||||
2281 | QualType ToPointee, QualType ToType, | ||||
2282 | ASTContext &Context, | ||||
2283 | bool StripObjCLifetime = false) { | ||||
2284 | assert((FromPtr->getTypeClass() == Type::Pointer ||(((FromPtr->getTypeClass() == Type::Pointer || FromPtr-> getTypeClass() == Type::ObjCObjectPointer) && "Invalid similarly-qualified pointer type" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(FromPtr->getTypeClass() == Type::Pointer || FromPtr->getTypeClass() == Type::ObjCObjectPointer) && \"Invalid similarly-qualified pointer type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 2286, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
2285 | FromPtr->getTypeClass() == Type::ObjCObjectPointer) &&(((FromPtr->getTypeClass() == Type::Pointer || FromPtr-> getTypeClass() == Type::ObjCObjectPointer) && "Invalid similarly-qualified pointer type" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(FromPtr->getTypeClass() == Type::Pointer || FromPtr->getTypeClass() == Type::ObjCObjectPointer) && \"Invalid similarly-qualified pointer type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 2286, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
2286 | "Invalid similarly-qualified pointer type")(((FromPtr->getTypeClass() == Type::Pointer || FromPtr-> getTypeClass() == Type::ObjCObjectPointer) && "Invalid similarly-qualified pointer type" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(FromPtr->getTypeClass() == Type::Pointer || FromPtr->getTypeClass() == Type::ObjCObjectPointer) && \"Invalid similarly-qualified pointer type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 2286, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
2287 | |||||
2288 | /// Conversions to 'id' subsume cv-qualifier conversions. | ||||
2289 | if (ToType->isObjCIdType() || ToType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) | ||||
2290 | return ToType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||
2291 | |||||
2292 | QualType CanonFromPointee | ||||
2293 | = Context.getCanonicalType(FromPtr->getPointeeType()); | ||||
2294 | QualType CanonToPointee = Context.getCanonicalType(ToPointee); | ||||
2295 | Qualifiers Quals = CanonFromPointee.getQualifiers(); | ||||
2296 | |||||
2297 | if (StripObjCLifetime) | ||||
2298 | Quals.removeObjCLifetime(); | ||||
2299 | |||||
2300 | // Exact qualifier match -> return the pointer type we're converting to. | ||||
2301 | if (CanonToPointee.getLocalQualifiers() == Quals) { | ||||
2302 | // ToType is exactly what we need. Return it. | ||||
2303 | if (!ToType.isNull()) | ||||
2304 | return ToType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||
2305 | |||||
2306 | // Build a pointer to ToPointee. It has the right qualifiers | ||||
2307 | // already. | ||||
2308 | if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(ToType)) | ||||
2309 | return Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(ToPointee); | ||||
2310 | return Context.getPointerType(ToPointee); | ||||
2311 | } | ||||
2312 | |||||
2313 | // Just build a canonical type that has the right qualifiers. | ||||
2314 | QualType QualifiedCanonToPointee | ||||
2315 | = Context.getQualifiedType(CanonToPointee.getLocalUnqualifiedType(), Quals); | ||||
2316 | |||||
2317 | if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(ToType)) | ||||
2318 | return Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(QualifiedCanonToPointee); | ||||
2319 | return Context.getPointerType(QualifiedCanonToPointee); | ||||
2320 | } | ||||
2321 | |||||
2322 | static bool isNullPointerConstantForConversion(Expr *Expr, | ||||
2323 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||
2324 | ASTContext &Context) { | ||||
2325 | // Handle value-dependent integral null pointer constants correctly. | ||||
2326 | // http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#903 | ||||
2327 | if (Expr->isValueDependent() && !Expr->isTypeDependent() && | ||||
2328 | Expr->getType()->isIntegerType() && !Expr->getType()->isEnumeralType()) | ||||
2329 | return !InOverloadResolution; | ||||
2330 | |||||
2331 | return Expr->isNullPointerConstant(Context, | ||||
2332 | InOverloadResolution? Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull | ||||
2333 | : Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull); | ||||
2334 | } | ||||
2335 | |||||
2336 | /// IsPointerConversion - Determines whether the conversion of the | ||||
2337 | /// expression From, which has the (possibly adjusted) type FromType, | ||||
2338 | /// can be converted to the type ToType via a pointer conversion (C++ | ||||
2339 | /// 4.10). If so, returns true and places the converted type (that | ||||
2340 | /// might differ from ToType in its cv-qualifiers at some level) into | ||||
2341 | /// ConvertedType. | ||||
2342 | /// | ||||
2343 | /// This routine also supports conversions to and from block pointers | ||||
2344 | /// and conversions with Objective-C's 'id', 'id<protocols...>', and | ||||
2345 | /// pointers to interfaces. FIXME: Once we've determined the | ||||
2346 | /// appropriate overloading rules for Objective-C, we may want to | ||||
2347 | /// split the Objective-C checks into a different routine; however, | ||||
2348 | /// GCC seems to consider all of these conversions to be pointer | ||||
2349 | /// conversions, so for now they live here. IncompatibleObjC will be | ||||
2350 | /// set if the conversion is an allowed Objective-C conversion that | ||||
2351 | /// should result in a warning. | ||||
2352 | bool Sema::IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, | ||||
2353 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||
2354 | QualType& ConvertedType, | ||||
2355 | bool &IncompatibleObjC) { | ||||
2356 | IncompatibleObjC = false; | ||||
2357 | if (isObjCPointerConversion(FromType, ToType, ConvertedType, | ||||
2358 | IncompatibleObjC)) | ||||
2359 | return true; | ||||
2360 | |||||
2361 | // Conversion from a null pointer constant to any Objective-C pointer type. | ||||
2362 | if (ToType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && | ||||
2363 | isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) { | ||||
2364 | ConvertedType = ToType; | ||||
2365 | return true; | ||||
2366 | } | ||||
2367 | |||||
2368 | // Blocks: Block pointers can be converted to void*. | ||||
2369 | if (FromType->isBlockPointerType() && ToType->isPointerType() && | ||||
2370 | ToType->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) { | ||||
2371 | ConvertedType = ToType; | ||||
2372 | return true; | ||||
2373 | } | ||||
2374 | // Blocks: A null pointer constant can be converted to a block | ||||
2375 | // pointer type. | ||||
2376 | if (ToType->isBlockPointerType() && | ||||
2377 | isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) { | ||||
2378 | ConvertedType = ToType; | ||||
2379 | return true; | ||||
2380 | } | ||||
2381 | |||||
2382 | // If the left-hand-side is nullptr_t, the right side can be a null | ||||
2383 | // pointer constant. | ||||
2384 | if (ToType->isNullPtrType() && | ||||
2385 | isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) { | ||||
2386 | ConvertedType = ToType; | ||||
2387 | return true; | ||||
2388 | } | ||||
2389 | |||||
2390 | const PointerType* ToTypePtr = ToType->getAs<PointerType>(); | ||||
2391 | if (!ToTypePtr) | ||||
2392 | return false; | ||||
2393 | |||||
2394 | // A null pointer constant can be converted to a pointer type (C++ 4.10p1). | ||||
2395 | if (isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) { | ||||
2396 | ConvertedType = ToType; | ||||
2397 | return true; | ||||
2398 | } | ||||
2399 | |||||
2400 | // Beyond this point, both types need to be pointers | ||||
2401 | // , including objective-c pointers. | ||||
2402 | QualType ToPointeeType = ToTypePtr->getPointeeType(); | ||||
2403 | if (FromType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && ToPointeeType->isVoidType() && | ||||
2404 | !getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) { | ||||
2405 | ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType( | ||||
2406 | FromType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), | ||||
2407 | ToPointeeType, | ||||
2408 | ToType, Context); | ||||
2409 | return true; | ||||
2410 | } | ||||
2411 | const PointerType *FromTypePtr = FromType->getAs<PointerType>(); | ||||
2412 | if (!FromTypePtr) | ||||
2413 | return false; | ||||
2414 | |||||
2415 | QualType FromPointeeType = FromTypePtr->getPointeeType(); | ||||
2416 | |||||
2417 | // If the unqualified pointee types are the same, this can't be a | ||||
2418 | // pointer conversion, so don't do all of the work below. | ||||
2419 | if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType)) | ||||
2420 | return false; | ||||
2421 | |||||
2422 | // An rvalue of type "pointer to cv T," where T is an object type, | ||||
2423 | // can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to cv void" (C++ | ||||
2424 | // 4.10p2). | ||||
2425 | if (FromPointeeType->isIncompleteOrObjectType() && | ||||
2426 | ToPointeeType->isVoidType()) { | ||||
2427 | ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromTypePtr, | ||||
2428 | ToPointeeType, | ||||
2429 | ToType, Context, | ||||
2430 | /*StripObjCLifetime=*/true); | ||||
2431 | return true; | ||||
2432 | } | ||||
2433 | |||||
2434 | // MSVC allows implicit function to void* type conversion. | ||||
2435 | if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && FromPointeeType->isFunctionType() && | ||||
2436 | ToPointeeType->isVoidType()) { | ||||
2437 | ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromTypePtr, | ||||
2438 | ToPointeeType, | ||||
2439 | ToType, Context); | ||||
2440 | return true; | ||||
2441 | } | ||||
2442 | |||||
2443 | // When we're overloading in C, we allow a special kind of pointer | ||||
2444 | // conversion for compatible-but-not-identical pointee types. | ||||
2445 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && | ||||
2446 | Context.typesAreCompatible(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType)) { | ||||
2447 | ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromTypePtr, | ||||
2448 | ToPointeeType, | ||||
2449 | ToType, Context); | ||||
2450 | return true; | ||||
2451 | } | ||||
2452 | |||||
2453 | // C++ [conv.ptr]p3: | ||||
2454 | // | ||||
2455 | // An rvalue of type "pointer to cv D," where D is a class type, | ||||
2456 | // can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to cv B," where | ||||
2457 | // B is a base class (clause 10) of D. If B is an inaccessible | ||||
2458 | // (clause 11) or ambiguous (10.2) base class of D, a program that | ||||
2459 | // necessitates this conversion is ill-formed. The result of the | ||||
2460 | // conversion is a pointer to the base class sub-object of the | ||||
2461 | // derived class object. The null pointer value is converted to | ||||
2462 | // the null pointer value of the destination type. | ||||
2463 | // | ||||
2464 | // Note that we do not check for ambiguity or inaccessibility | ||||
2465 | // here. That is handled by CheckPointerConversion. | ||||
2466 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FromPointeeType->isRecordType() && | ||||
2467 | ToPointeeType->isRecordType() && | ||||
2468 | !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType) && | ||||
2469 | IsDerivedFrom(From->getBeginLoc(), FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType)) { | ||||
2470 | ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromTypePtr, | ||||
2471 | ToPointeeType, | ||||
2472 | ToType, Context); | ||||
2473 | return true; | ||||
2474 | } | ||||
2475 | |||||
2476 | if (FromPointeeType->isVectorType() && ToPointeeType->isVectorType() && | ||||
2477 | Context.areCompatibleVectorTypes(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType)) { | ||||
2478 | ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromTypePtr, | ||||
2479 | ToPointeeType, | ||||
2480 | ToType, Context); | ||||
2481 | return true; | ||||
2482 | } | ||||
2483 | |||||
2484 | return false; | ||||
2485 | } | ||||
2486 | |||||
2487 | /// Adopt the given qualifiers for the given type. | ||||
2488 | static QualType AdoptQualifiers(ASTContext &Context, QualType T, Qualifiers Qs){ | ||||
2489 | Qualifiers TQs = T.getQualifiers(); | ||||
2490 | |||||
2491 | // Check whether qualifiers already match. | ||||
2492 | if (TQs == Qs) | ||||
2493 | return T; | ||||
2494 | |||||
2495 | if (Qs.compatiblyIncludes(TQs)) | ||||
2496 | return Context.getQualifiedType(T, Qs); | ||||
2497 | |||||
2498 | return Context.getQualifiedType(T.getUnqualifiedType(), Qs); | ||||
2499 | } | ||||
2500 | |||||
2501 | /// isObjCPointerConversion - Determines whether this is an | ||||
2502 | /// Objective-C pointer conversion. Subroutine of IsPointerConversion, | ||||
2503 | /// with the same arguments and return values. | ||||
2504 | bool Sema::isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, | ||||
2505 | QualType& ConvertedType, | ||||
2506 | bool &IncompatibleObjC) { | ||||
2507 | if (!getLangOpts().ObjC) | ||||
2508 | return false; | ||||
2509 | |||||
2510 | // The set of qualifiers on the type we're converting from. | ||||
2511 | Qualifiers FromQualifiers = FromType.getQualifiers(); | ||||
2512 | |||||
2513 | // First, we handle all conversions on ObjC object pointer types. | ||||
2514 | const ObjCObjectPointerType* ToObjCPtr = | ||||
2515 | ToType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); | ||||
2516 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *FromObjCPtr = | ||||
2517 | FromType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); | ||||
2518 | |||||
2519 | if (ToObjCPtr && FromObjCPtr) { | ||||
2520 | // If the pointee types are the same (ignoring qualifications), | ||||
2521 | // then this is not a pointer conversion. | ||||
2522 | if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToObjCPtr->getPointeeType(), | ||||
2523 | FromObjCPtr->getPointeeType())) | ||||
2524 | return false; | ||||
2525 | |||||
2526 | // Conversion between Objective-C pointers. | ||||
2527 | if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(ToObjCPtr, FromObjCPtr)) { | ||||
2528 | const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = ToObjCPtr->getInterfaceType(); | ||||
2529 | const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = FromObjCPtr->getInterfaceType(); | ||||
2530 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && LHS && RHS && | ||||
2531 | !ToObjCPtr->getPointeeType().isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs( | ||||
2532 | FromObjCPtr->getPointeeType())) | ||||
2533 | return false; | ||||
2534 | ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromObjCPtr, | ||||
2535 | ToObjCPtr->getPointeeType(), | ||||
2536 | ToType, Context); | ||||
2537 | ConvertedType = AdoptQualifiers(Context, ConvertedType, FromQualifiers); | ||||
2538 | return true; | ||||
2539 | } | ||||
2540 | |||||
2541 | if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromObjCPtr, ToObjCPtr)) { | ||||
2542 | // Okay: this is some kind of implicit downcast of Objective-C | ||||
2543 | // interfaces, which is permitted. However, we're going to | ||||
2544 | // complain about it. | ||||
2545 | IncompatibleObjC = true; | ||||
2546 | ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromObjCPtr, | ||||
2547 | ToObjCPtr->getPointeeType(), | ||||
2548 | ToType, Context); | ||||
2549 | ConvertedType = AdoptQualifiers(Context, ConvertedType, FromQualifiers); | ||||
2550 | return true; | ||||
2551 | } | ||||
2552 | } | ||||
2553 | // Beyond this point, both types need to be C pointers or block pointers. | ||||
2554 | QualType ToPointeeType; | ||||
2555 | if (const PointerType *ToCPtr = ToType->getAs<PointerType>()) | ||||
2556 | ToPointeeType = ToCPtr->getPointeeType(); | ||||
2557 | else if (const BlockPointerType *ToBlockPtr = | ||||
2558 | ToType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) { | ||||
2559 | // Objective C++: We're able to convert from a pointer to any object | ||||
2560 | // to a block pointer type. | ||||
2561 | if (FromObjCPtr && FromObjCPtr->isObjCBuiltinType()) { | ||||
2562 | ConvertedType = AdoptQualifiers(Context, ToType, FromQualifiers); | ||||
2563 | return true; | ||||
2564 | } | ||||
2565 | ToPointeeType = ToBlockPtr->getPointeeType(); | ||||
2566 | } | ||||
2567 | else if (FromType->getAs<BlockPointerType>() && | ||||
2568 | ToObjCPtr && ToObjCPtr->isObjCBuiltinType()) { | ||||
2569 | // Objective C++: We're able to convert from a block pointer type to a | ||||
2570 | // pointer to any object. | ||||
2571 | ConvertedType = AdoptQualifiers(Context, ToType, FromQualifiers); | ||||
2572 | return true; | ||||
2573 | } | ||||
2574 | else | ||||
2575 | return false; | ||||
2576 | |||||
2577 | QualType FromPointeeType; | ||||
2578 | if (const PointerType *FromCPtr = FromType->getAs<PointerType>()) | ||||
2579 | FromPointeeType = FromCPtr->getPointeeType(); | ||||
2580 | else if (const BlockPointerType *FromBlockPtr = | ||||
2581 | FromType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) | ||||
2582 | FromPointeeType = FromBlockPtr->getPointeeType(); | ||||
2583 | else | ||||
2584 | return false; | ||||
2585 | |||||
2586 | // If we have pointers to pointers, recursively check whether this | ||||
2587 | // is an Objective-C conversion. | ||||
2588 | if (FromPointeeType->isPointerType() && ToPointeeType->isPointerType() && | ||||
2589 | isObjCPointerConversion(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType, ConvertedType, | ||||
2590 | IncompatibleObjC)) { | ||||
2591 | // We always complain about this conversion. | ||||
2592 | IncompatibleObjC = true; | ||||
2593 | ConvertedType = Context.getPointerType(ConvertedType); | ||||
2594 | ConvertedType = AdoptQualifiers(Context, ConvertedType, FromQualifiers); | ||||
2595 | return true; | ||||
2596 | } | ||||
2597 | // Allow conversion of pointee being objective-c pointer to another one; | ||||
2598 | // as in I* to id. | ||||
2599 | if (FromPointeeType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>() && | ||||
2600 | ToPointeeType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>() && | ||||
2601 | isObjCPointerConversion(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType, ConvertedType, | ||||
2602 | IncompatibleObjC)) { | ||||
2603 | |||||
2604 | ConvertedType = Context.getPointerType(ConvertedType); | ||||
2605 | ConvertedType = AdoptQualifiers(Context, ConvertedType, FromQualifiers); | ||||
2606 | return true; | ||||
2607 | } | ||||
2608 | |||||
2609 | // If we have pointers to functions or blocks, check whether the only | ||||
2610 | // differences in the argument and result types are in Objective-C | ||||
2611 | // pointer conversions. If so, we permit the conversion (but | ||||
2612 | // complain about it). | ||||
2613 | const FunctionProtoType *FromFunctionType | ||||
2614 | = FromPointeeType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||
2615 | const FunctionProtoType *ToFunctionType | ||||
2616 | = ToPointeeType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||
2617 | if (FromFunctionType && ToFunctionType) { | ||||
2618 | // If the function types are exactly the same, this isn't an | ||||
2619 | // Objective-C pointer conversion. | ||||
2620 | if (Context.getCanonicalType(FromPointeeType) | ||||
2621 | == Context.getCanonicalType(ToPointeeType)) | ||||
2622 | return false; | ||||
2623 | |||||
2624 | // Perform the quick checks that will tell us whether these | ||||
2625 | // function types are obviously different. | ||||
2626 | if (FromFunctionType->getNumParams() != ToFunctionType->getNumParams() || | ||||
2627 | FromFunctionType->isVariadic() != ToFunctionType->isVariadic() || | ||||
2628 | FromFunctionType->getMethodQuals() != ToFunctionType->getMethodQuals()) | ||||
2629 | return false; | ||||
2630 | |||||
2631 | bool HasObjCConversion = false; | ||||
2632 | if (Context.getCanonicalType(FromFunctionType->getReturnType()) == | ||||
2633 | Context.getCanonicalType(ToFunctionType->getReturnType())) { | ||||
2634 | // Okay, the types match exactly. Nothing to do. | ||||
2635 | } else if (isObjCPointerConversion(FromFunctionType->getReturnType(), | ||||
2636 | ToFunctionType->getReturnType(), | ||||
2637 | ConvertedType, IncompatibleObjC)) { | ||||
2638 | // Okay, we have an Objective-C pointer conversion. | ||||
2639 | HasObjCConversion = true; | ||||
2640 | } else { | ||||
2641 | // Function types are too different. Abort. | ||||
2642 | return false; | ||||
2643 | } | ||||
2644 | |||||
2645 | // Check argument types. | ||||
2646 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, NumArgs = FromFunctionType->getNumParams(); | ||||
2647 | ArgIdx != NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) { | ||||
2648 | QualType FromArgType = FromFunctionType->getParamType(ArgIdx); | ||||
2649 | QualType ToArgType = ToFunctionType->getParamType(ArgIdx); | ||||
2650 | if (Context.getCanonicalType(FromArgType) | ||||
2651 | == Context.getCanonicalType(ToArgType)) { | ||||
2652 | // Okay, the types match exactly. Nothing to do. | ||||
2653 | } else if (isObjCPointerConversion(FromArgType, ToArgType, | ||||
2654 | ConvertedType, IncompatibleObjC)) { | ||||
2655 | // Okay, we have an Objective-C pointer conversion. | ||||
2656 | HasObjCConversion = true; | ||||
2657 | } else { | ||||
2658 | // Argument types are too different. Abort. | ||||
2659 | return false; | ||||
2660 | } | ||||
2661 | } | ||||
2662 | |||||
2663 | if (HasObjCConversion) { | ||||
2664 | // We had an Objective-C conversion. Allow this pointer | ||||
2665 | // conversion, but complain about it. | ||||
2666 | ConvertedType = AdoptQualifiers(Context, ToType, FromQualifiers); | ||||
2667 | IncompatibleObjC = true; | ||||
2668 | return true; | ||||
2669 | } | ||||
2670 | } | ||||
2671 | |||||
2672 | return false; | ||||
2673 | } | ||||
2674 | |||||
2675 | /// Determine whether this is an Objective-C writeback conversion, | ||||
2676 | /// used for parameter passing when performing automatic reference counting. | ||||
2677 | /// | ||||
2678 | /// \param FromType The type we're converting form. | ||||
2679 | /// | ||||
2680 | /// \param ToType The type we're converting to. | ||||
2681 | /// | ||||
2682 | /// \param ConvertedType The type that will be produced after applying | ||||
2683 | /// this conversion. | ||||
2684 | bool Sema::isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, | ||||
2685 | QualType &ConvertedType) { | ||||
2686 | if (!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount || | ||||
2687 | Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType)) | ||||
2688 | return false; | ||||
2689 | |||||
2690 | // Parameter must be a pointer to __autoreleasing (with no other qualifiers). | ||||
2691 | QualType ToPointee; | ||||
2692 | if (const PointerType *ToPointer = ToType->getAs<PointerType>()) | ||||
2693 | ToPointee = ToPointer->getPointeeType(); | ||||
2694 | else | ||||
2695 | return false; | ||||
2696 | |||||
2697 | Qualifiers ToQuals = ToPointee.getQualifiers(); | ||||
2698 | if (!ToPointee->isObjCLifetimeType() || | ||||
2699 | ToQuals.getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing || | ||||
2700 | !ToQuals.withoutObjCLifetime().empty()) | ||||
2701 | return false; | ||||
2702 | |||||
2703 | // Argument must be a pointer to __strong to __weak. | ||||
2704 | QualType FromPointee; | ||||
2705 | if (const PointerType *FromPointer = FromType->getAs<PointerType>()) | ||||
2706 | FromPointee = FromPointer->getPointeeType(); | ||||
2707 | else | ||||
2708 | return false; | ||||
2709 | |||||
2710 | Qualifiers FromQuals = FromPointee.getQualifiers(); | ||||
2711 | if (!FromPointee->isObjCLifetimeType() || | ||||
2712 | (FromQuals.getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_Strong && | ||||
2713 | FromQuals.getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_Weak)) | ||||
2714 | return false; | ||||
2715 | |||||
2716 | // Make sure that we have compatible qualifiers. | ||||
2717 | FromQuals.setObjCLifetime(Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing); | ||||
2718 | if (!ToQuals.compatiblyIncludes(FromQuals)) | ||||
2719 | return false; | ||||
2720 | |||||
2721 | // Remove qualifiers from the pointee type we're converting from; they | ||||
2722 | // aren't used in the compatibility check belong, and we'll be adding back | ||||
2723 | // qualifiers (with __autoreleasing) if the compatibility check succeeds. | ||||
2724 | FromPointee = FromPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||
2725 | |||||
2726 | // The unqualified form of the pointee types must be compatible. | ||||
2727 | ToPointee = ToPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||
2728 | bool IncompatibleObjC; | ||||
2729 | if (Context.typesAreCompatible(FromPointee, ToPointee)) | ||||
2730 | FromPointee = ToPointee; | ||||
2731 | else if (!isObjCPointerConversion(FromPointee, ToPointee, FromPointee, | ||||
2732 | IncompatibleObjC)) | ||||
2733 | return false; | ||||
2734 | |||||
2735 | /// Construct the type we're converting to, which is a pointer to | ||||
2736 | /// __autoreleasing pointee. | ||||
2737 | FromPointee = Context.getQualifiedType(FromPointee, FromQuals); | ||||
2738 | ConvertedType = Context.getPointerType(FromPointee); | ||||
2739 | return true; | ||||
2740 | } | ||||
2741 | |||||
2742 | bool Sema::IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, | ||||
2743 | QualType& ConvertedType) { | ||||
2744 | QualType ToPointeeType; | ||||
2745 | if (const BlockPointerType *ToBlockPtr = | ||||
2746 | ToType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) | ||||
2747 | ToPointeeType = ToBlockPtr->getPointeeType(); | ||||
2748 | else | ||||
2749 | return false; | ||||
2750 | |||||
2751 | QualType FromPointeeType; | ||||
2752 | if (const BlockPointerType *FromBlockPtr = | ||||
2753 | FromType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) | ||||
2754 | FromPointeeType = FromBlockPtr->getPointeeType(); | ||||
2755 | else | ||||
2756 | return false; | ||||
2757 | // We have pointer to blocks, check whether the only | ||||
2758 | // differences in the argument and result types are in Objective-C | ||||
2759 | // pointer conversions. If so, we permit the conversion. | ||||
2760 | |||||
2761 | const FunctionProtoType *FromFunctionType | ||||
2762 | = FromPointeeType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||
2763 | const FunctionProtoType *ToFunctionType | ||||
2764 | = ToPointeeType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||
2765 | |||||
2766 | if (!FromFunctionType || !ToFunctionType) | ||||
2767 | return false; | ||||
2768 | |||||
2769 | if (Context.hasSameType(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType)) | ||||
2770 | return true; | ||||
2771 | |||||
2772 | // Perform the quick checks that will tell us whether these | ||||
2773 | // function types are obviously different. | ||||
2774 | if (FromFunctionType->getNumParams() != ToFunctionType->getNumParams() || | ||||
2775 | FromFunctionType->isVariadic() != ToFunctionType->isVariadic()) | ||||
2776 | return false; | ||||
2777 | |||||
2778 | FunctionType::ExtInfo FromEInfo = FromFunctionType->getExtInfo(); | ||||
2779 | FunctionType::ExtInfo ToEInfo = ToFunctionType->getExtInfo(); | ||||
2780 | if (FromEInfo != ToEInfo) | ||||
2781 | return false; | ||||
2782 | |||||
2783 | bool IncompatibleObjC = false; | ||||
2784 | if (Context.hasSameType(FromFunctionType->getReturnType(), | ||||
2785 | ToFunctionType->getReturnType())) { | ||||
2786 | // Okay, the types match exactly. Nothing to do. | ||||
2787 | } else { | ||||
2788 | QualType RHS = FromFunctionType->getReturnType(); | ||||
2789 | QualType LHS = ToFunctionType->getReturnType(); | ||||
2790 | if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !RHS->isRecordType()) && | ||||
2791 | !RHS.hasQualifiers() && LHS.hasQualifiers()) | ||||
2792 | LHS = LHS.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||
2793 | |||||
2794 | if (Context.hasSameType(RHS,LHS)) { | ||||
2795 | // OK exact match. | ||||
2796 | } else if (isObjCPointerConversion(RHS, LHS, | ||||
2797 | ConvertedType, IncompatibleObjC)) { | ||||
2798 | if (IncompatibleObjC) | ||||
2799 | return false; | ||||
2800 | // Okay, we have an Objective-C pointer conversion. | ||||
2801 | } | ||||
2802 | else | ||||
2803 | return false; | ||||
2804 | } | ||||
2805 | |||||
2806 | // Check argument types. | ||||
2807 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, NumArgs = FromFunctionType->getNumParams(); | ||||
2808 | ArgIdx != NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) { | ||||
2809 | IncompatibleObjC = false; | ||||
2810 | QualType FromArgType = FromFunctionType->getParamType(ArgIdx); | ||||
2811 | QualType ToArgType = ToFunctionType->getParamType(ArgIdx); | ||||
2812 | if (Context.hasSameType(FromArgType, ToArgType)) { | ||||
2813 | // Okay, the types match exactly. Nothing to do. | ||||
2814 | } else if (isObjCPointerConversion(ToArgType, FromArgType, | ||||
2815 | ConvertedType, IncompatibleObjC)) { | ||||
2816 | if (IncompatibleObjC) | ||||
2817 | return false; | ||||
2818 | // Okay, we have an Objective-C pointer conversion. | ||||
2819 | } else | ||||
2820 | // Argument types are too different. Abort. | ||||
2821 | return false; | ||||
2822 | } | ||||
2823 | |||||
2824 | SmallVector<FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo, 4> NewParamInfos; | ||||
2825 | bool CanUseToFPT, CanUseFromFPT; | ||||
2826 | if (!Context.mergeExtParameterInfo(ToFunctionType, FromFunctionType, | ||||
2827 | CanUseToFPT, CanUseFromFPT, | ||||
2828 | NewParamInfos)) | ||||
2829 | return false; | ||||
2830 | |||||
2831 | ConvertedType = ToType; | ||||
2832 | return true; | ||||
2833 | } | ||||
2834 | |||||
2835 | enum { | ||||
2836 | ft_default, | ||||
2837 | ft_different_class, | ||||
2838 | ft_parameter_arity, | ||||
2839 | ft_parameter_mismatch, | ||||
2840 | ft_return_type, | ||||
2841 | ft_qualifer_mismatch, | ||||
2842 | ft_noexcept | ||||
2843 | }; | ||||
2844 | |||||
2845 | /// Attempts to get the FunctionProtoType from a Type. Handles | ||||
2846 | /// MemberFunctionPointers properly. | ||||
2847 | static const FunctionProtoType *tryGetFunctionProtoType(QualType FromType) { | ||||
2848 | if (auto *FPT = FromType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) | ||||
2849 | return FPT; | ||||
2850 | |||||
2851 | if (auto *MPT = FromType->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) | ||||
2852 | return MPT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||
2853 | |||||
2854 | return nullptr; | ||||
2855 | } | ||||
2856 | |||||
2857 | /// HandleFunctionTypeMismatch - Gives diagnostic information for differeing | ||||
2858 | /// function types. Catches different number of parameter, mismatch in | ||||
2859 | /// parameter types, and different return types. | ||||
2860 | void Sema::HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, | ||||
2861 | QualType FromType, QualType ToType) { | ||||
2862 | // If either type is not valid, include no extra info. | ||||
2863 | if (FromType.isNull() || ToType.isNull()) { | ||||
2864 | PDiag << ft_default; | ||||
2865 | return; | ||||
2866 | } | ||||
2867 | |||||
2868 | // Get the function type from the pointers. | ||||
2869 | if (FromType->isMemberPointerType() && ToType->isMemberPointerType()) { | ||||
2870 | const auto *FromMember = FromType->castAs<MemberPointerType>(), | ||||
2871 | *ToMember = ToType->castAs<MemberPointerType>(); | ||||
2872 | if (!Context.hasSameType(FromMember->getClass(), ToMember->getClass())) { | ||||
2873 | PDiag << ft_different_class << QualType(ToMember->getClass(), 0) | ||||
2874 | << QualType(FromMember->getClass(), 0); | ||||
2875 | return; | ||||
2876 | } | ||||
2877 | FromType = FromMember->getPointeeType(); | ||||
2878 | ToType = ToMember->getPointeeType(); | ||||
2879 | } | ||||
2880 | |||||
2881 | if (FromType->isPointerType()) | ||||
2882 | FromType = FromType->getPointeeType(); | ||||
2883 | if (ToType->isPointerType()) | ||||
2884 | ToType = ToType->getPointeeType(); | ||||
2885 | |||||
2886 | // Remove references. | ||||
2887 | FromType = FromType.getNonReferenceType(); | ||||
2888 | ToType = ToType.getNonReferenceType(); | ||||
2889 | |||||
2890 | // Don't print extra info for non-specialized template functions. | ||||
2891 | if (FromType->isInstantiationDependentType() && | ||||
2892 | !FromType->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) { | ||||
2893 | PDiag << ft_default; | ||||
2894 | return; | ||||
2895 | } | ||||
2896 | |||||
2897 | // No extra info for same types. | ||||
2898 | if (Context.hasSameType(FromType, ToType)) { | ||||
2899 | PDiag << ft_default; | ||||
2900 | return; | ||||
2901 | } | ||||
2902 | |||||
2903 | const FunctionProtoType *FromFunction = tryGetFunctionProtoType(FromType), | ||||
2904 | *ToFunction = tryGetFunctionProtoType(ToType); | ||||
2905 | |||||
2906 | // Both types need to be function types. | ||||
2907 | if (!FromFunction || !ToFunction) { | ||||
2908 | PDiag << ft_default; | ||||
2909 | return; | ||||
2910 | } | ||||
2911 | |||||
2912 | if (FromFunction->getNumParams() != ToFunction->getNumParams()) { | ||||
2913 | PDiag << ft_parameter_arity << ToFunction->getNumParams() | ||||
2914 | << FromFunction->getNumParams(); | ||||
2915 | return; | ||||
2916 | } | ||||
2917 | |||||
2918 | // Handle different parameter types. | ||||
2919 | unsigned ArgPos; | ||||
2920 | if (!FunctionParamTypesAreEqual(FromFunction, ToFunction, &ArgPos)) { | ||||
2921 | PDiag << ft_parameter_mismatch << ArgPos + 1 | ||||
2922 | << ToFunction->getParamType(ArgPos) | ||||
2923 | << FromFunction->getParamType(ArgPos); | ||||
2924 | return; | ||||
2925 | } | ||||
2926 | |||||
2927 | // Handle different return type. | ||||
2928 | if (!Context.hasSameType(FromFunction->getReturnType(), | ||||
2929 | ToFunction->getReturnType())) { | ||||
2930 | PDiag << ft_return_type << ToFunction->getReturnType() | ||||
2931 | << FromFunction->getReturnType(); | ||||
2932 | return; | ||||
2933 | } | ||||
2934 | |||||
2935 | if (FromFunction->getMethodQuals() != ToFunction->getMethodQuals()) { | ||||
2936 | PDiag << ft_qualifer_mismatch << ToFunction->getMethodQuals() | ||||
2937 | << FromFunction->getMethodQuals(); | ||||
2938 | return; | ||||
2939 | } | ||||
2940 | |||||
2941 | // Handle exception specification differences on canonical type (in C++17 | ||||
2942 | // onwards). | ||||
2943 | if (cast<FunctionProtoType>(FromFunction->getCanonicalTypeUnqualified()) | ||||
2944 | ->isNothrow() != | ||||
2945 | cast<FunctionProtoType>(ToFunction->getCanonicalTypeUnqualified()) | ||||
2946 | ->isNothrow()) { | ||||
2947 | PDiag << ft_noexcept; | ||||
2948 | return; | ||||
2949 | } | ||||
2950 | |||||
2951 | // Unable to find a difference, so add no extra info. | ||||
2952 | PDiag << ft_default; | ||||
2953 | } | ||||
2954 | |||||
2955 | /// FunctionParamTypesAreEqual - This routine checks two function proto types | ||||
2956 | /// for equality of their argument types. Caller has already checked that | ||||
2957 | /// they have same number of arguments. If the parameters are different, | ||||
2958 | /// ArgPos will have the parameter index of the first different parameter. | ||||
2959 | bool Sema::FunctionParamTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType, | ||||
2960 | const FunctionProtoType *NewType, | ||||
2961 | unsigned *ArgPos) { | ||||
2962 | for (FunctionProtoType::param_type_iterator O = OldType->param_type_begin(), | ||||
2963 | N = NewType->param_type_begin(), | ||||
2964 | E = OldType->param_type_end(); | ||||
2965 | O && (O != E); ++O, ++N) { | ||||
2966 | // Ignore address spaces in pointee type. This is to disallow overloading | ||||
2967 | // on __ptr32/__ptr64 address spaces. | ||||
2968 | QualType Old = Context.removePtrSizeAddrSpace(O->getUnqualifiedType()); | ||||
2969 | QualType New = Context.removePtrSizeAddrSpace(N->getUnqualifiedType()); | ||||
2970 | |||||
2971 | if (!Context.hasSameType(Old, New)) { | ||||
2972 | if (ArgPos) | ||||
2973 | *ArgPos = O - OldType->param_type_begin(); | ||||
2974 | return false; | ||||
2975 | } | ||||
2976 | } | ||||
2977 | return true; | ||||
2978 | } | ||||
2979 | |||||
2980 | /// CheckPointerConversion - Check the pointer conversion from the | ||||
2981 | /// expression From to the type ToType. This routine checks for | ||||
2982 | /// ambiguous or inaccessible derived-to-base pointer | ||||
2983 | /// conversions for which IsPointerConversion has already returned | ||||
2984 | /// true. It returns true and produces a diagnostic if there was an | ||||
2985 | /// error, or returns false otherwise. | ||||
2986 | bool Sema::CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||
2987 | CastKind &Kind, | ||||
2988 | CXXCastPath& BasePath, | ||||
2989 | bool IgnoreBaseAccess, | ||||
2990 | bool Diagnose) { | ||||
2991 | QualType FromType = From->getType(); | ||||
2992 | bool IsCStyleOrFunctionalCast = IgnoreBaseAccess; | ||||
2993 | |||||
2994 | Kind = CK_BitCast; | ||||
2995 | |||||
2996 | if (Diagnose && !IsCStyleOrFunctionalCast && !FromType->isAnyPointerType() && | ||||
2997 | From->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull) == | ||||
2998 | Expr::NPCK_ZeroExpression) { | ||||
2999 | if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(From->getType(), Context.BoolTy)) | ||||
3000 | DiagRuntimeBehavior(From->getExprLoc(), From, | ||||
3001 | PDiag(diag::warn_impcast_bool_to_null_pointer) | ||||
3002 | << ToType << From->getSourceRange()); | ||||
3003 | else if (!isUnevaluatedContext()) | ||||
3004 | Diag(From->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_non_literal_null_pointer) | ||||
3005 | << ToType << From->getSourceRange(); | ||||
3006 | } | ||||
3007 | if (const PointerType *ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<PointerType>()) { | ||||
3008 | if (const PointerType *FromPtrType = FromType->getAs<PointerType>()) { | ||||
3009 | QualType FromPointeeType = FromPtrType->getPointeeType(), | ||||
3010 | ToPointeeType = ToPtrType->getPointeeType(); | ||||
3011 | |||||
3012 | if (FromPointeeType->isRecordType() && ToPointeeType->isRecordType() && | ||||
3013 | !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType)) { | ||||
3014 | // We must have a derived-to-base conversion. Check an | ||||
3015 | // ambiguous or inaccessible conversion. | ||||
3016 | unsigned InaccessibleID = 0; | ||||
3017 | unsigned AmbiguousID = 0; | ||||
3018 | if (Diagnose) { | ||||
3019 | InaccessibleID = diag::err_upcast_to_inaccessible_base; | ||||
3020 | AmbiguousID = diag::err_ambiguous_derived_to_base_conv; | ||||
3021 | } | ||||
3022 | if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion( | ||||
3023 | FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType, InaccessibleID, AmbiguousID, | ||||
3024 | From->getExprLoc(), From->getSourceRange(), DeclarationName(), | ||||
3025 | &BasePath, IgnoreBaseAccess)) | ||||
3026 | return true; | ||||
3027 | |||||
3028 | // The conversion was successful. | ||||
3029 | Kind = CK_DerivedToBase; | ||||
3030 | } | ||||
3031 | |||||
3032 | if (Diagnose && !IsCStyleOrFunctionalCast && | ||||
3033 | FromPointeeType->isFunctionType() && ToPointeeType->isVoidType()) { | ||||
3034 | assert(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat &&((getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && "this should only be possible with MSVCCompat!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && \"this should only be possible with MSVCCompat!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 3035, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
3035 | "this should only be possible with MSVCCompat!")((getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && "this should only be possible with MSVCCompat!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && \"this should only be possible with MSVCCompat!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 3035, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
3036 | Diag(From->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_ms_impcast_fn_obj) | ||||
3037 | << From->getSourceRange(); | ||||
3038 | } | ||||
3039 | } | ||||
3040 | } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *ToPtrType = | ||||
3041 | ToType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) { | ||||
3042 | if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *FromPtrType = | ||||
3043 | FromType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) { | ||||
3044 | // Objective-C++ conversions are always okay. | ||||
3045 | // FIXME: We should have a different class of conversions for the | ||||
3046 | // Objective-C++ implicit conversions. | ||||
3047 | if (FromPtrType->isObjCBuiltinType() || ToPtrType->isObjCBuiltinType()) | ||||
3048 | return false; | ||||
3049 | } else if (FromType->isBlockPointerType()) { | ||||
3050 | Kind = CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast; | ||||
3051 | } else { | ||||
3052 | Kind = CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast; | ||||
3053 | } | ||||
3054 | } else if (ToType->isBlockPointerType()) { | ||||
3055 | if (!FromType->isBlockPointerType()) | ||||
3056 | Kind = CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast; | ||||
3057 | } | ||||
3058 | |||||
3059 | // We shouldn't fall into this case unless it's valid for other | ||||
3060 | // reasons. | ||||
3061 | if (From->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) | ||||
3062 | Kind = CK_NullToPointer; | ||||
3063 | |||||
3064 | return false; | ||||
3065 | } | ||||
3066 | |||||
3067 | /// IsMemberPointerConversion - Determines whether the conversion of the | ||||
3068 | /// expression From, which has the (possibly adjusted) type FromType, can be | ||||
3069 | /// converted to the type ToType via a member pointer conversion (C++ 4.11). | ||||
3070 | /// If so, returns true and places the converted type (that might differ from | ||||
3071 | /// ToType in its cv-qualifiers at some level) into ConvertedType. | ||||
3072 | bool Sema::IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, | ||||
3073 | QualType ToType, | ||||
3074 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||
3075 | QualType &ConvertedType) { | ||||
3076 | const MemberPointerType *ToTypePtr = ToType->getAs<MemberPointerType>(); | ||||
3077 | if (!ToTypePtr) | ||||
3078 | return false; | ||||
3079 | |||||
3080 | // A null pointer constant can be converted to a member pointer (C++ 4.11p1) | ||||
3081 | if (From->isNullPointerConstant(Context, | ||||
3082 | InOverloadResolution? Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull | ||||
3083 | : Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { | ||||
3084 | ConvertedType = ToType; | ||||
3085 | return true; | ||||
3086 | } | ||||
3087 | |||||
3088 | // Otherwise, both types have to be member pointers. | ||||
3089 | const MemberPointerType *FromTypePtr = FromType->getAs<MemberPointerType>(); | ||||
3090 | if (!FromTypePtr) | ||||
3091 | return false; | ||||
3092 | |||||
3093 | // A pointer to member of B can be converted to a pointer to member of D, | ||||
3094 | // where D is derived from B (C++ 4.11p2). | ||||
3095 | QualType FromClass(FromTypePtr->getClass(), 0); | ||||
3096 | QualType ToClass(ToTypePtr->getClass(), 0); | ||||
3097 | |||||
3098 | if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromClass, ToClass) && | ||||
3099 | IsDerivedFrom(From->getBeginLoc(), ToClass, FromClass)) { | ||||
3100 | ConvertedType = Context.getMemberPointerType(FromTypePtr->getPointeeType(), | ||||
3101 | ToClass.getTypePtr()); | ||||
3102 | return true; | ||||
3103 | } | ||||
3104 | |||||
3105 | return false; | ||||
3106 | } | ||||
3107 | |||||
3108 | /// CheckMemberPointerConversion - Check the member pointer conversion from the | ||||
3109 | /// expression From to the type ToType. This routine checks for ambiguous or | ||||
3110 | /// virtual or inaccessible base-to-derived member pointer conversions | ||||
3111 | /// for which IsMemberPointerConversion has already returned true. It returns | ||||
3112 | /// true and produces a diagnostic if there was an error, or returns false | ||||
3113 | /// otherwise. | ||||
3114 | bool Sema::CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||
3115 | CastKind &Kind, | ||||
3116 | CXXCastPath &BasePath, | ||||
3117 | bool IgnoreBaseAccess) { | ||||
3118 | QualType FromType = From->getType(); | ||||
3119 | const MemberPointerType *FromPtrType = FromType->getAs<MemberPointerType>(); | ||||
3120 | if (!FromPtrType) { | ||||
3121 | // This must be a null pointer to member pointer conversion | ||||
3122 | assert(From->isNullPointerConstant(Context,((From->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull ) && "Expr must be null pointer constant!") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("From->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull) && \"Expr must be null pointer constant!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 3124, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
3123 | Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull) &&((From->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull ) && "Expr must be null pointer constant!") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("From->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull) && \"Expr must be null pointer constant!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 3124, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
3124 | "Expr must be null pointer constant!")((From->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull ) && "Expr must be null pointer constant!") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("From->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull) && \"Expr must be null pointer constant!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 3124, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
3125 | Kind = CK_NullToMemberPointer; | ||||
3126 | return false; | ||||
3127 | } | ||||
3128 | |||||
3129 | const MemberPointerType *ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<MemberPointerType>(); | ||||
3130 | assert(ToPtrType && "No member pointer cast has a target type "((ToPtrType && "No member pointer cast has a target type " "that is not a member pointer.") ? static_cast<void> ( 0) : __assert_fail ("ToPtrType && \"No member pointer cast has a target type \" \"that is not a member pointer.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 3131, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
3131 | "that is not a member pointer.")((ToPtrType && "No member pointer cast has a target type " "that is not a member pointer.") ? static_cast<void> ( 0) : __assert_fail ("ToPtrType && \"No member pointer cast has a target type \" \"that is not a member pointer.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 3131, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
3132 | |||||
3133 | QualType FromClass = QualType(FromPtrType->getClass(), 0); | ||||
3134 | QualType ToClass = QualType(ToPtrType->getClass(), 0); | ||||
3135 | |||||
3136 | // FIXME: What about dependent types? | ||||
3137 | assert(FromClass->isRecordType() && "Pointer into non-class.")((FromClass->isRecordType() && "Pointer into non-class." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("FromClass->isRecordType() && \"Pointer into non-class.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 3137, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
3138 | assert(ToClass->isRecordType() && "Pointer into non-class.")((ToClass->isRecordType() && "Pointer into non-class." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ToClass->isRecordType() && \"Pointer into non-class.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 3138, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
3139 | |||||
3140 | CXXBasePaths Paths(/*FindAmbiguities=*/true, /*RecordPaths=*/true, | ||||
3141 | /*DetectVirtual=*/true); | ||||
3142 | bool DerivationOkay = | ||||
3143 | IsDerivedFrom(From->getBeginLoc(), ToClass, FromClass, Paths); | ||||
3144 | assert(DerivationOkay &&((DerivationOkay && "Should not have been called if derivation isn't OK." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("DerivationOkay && \"Should not have been called if derivation isn't OK.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 3145, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
3145 | "Should not have been called if derivation isn't OK.")((DerivationOkay && "Should not have been called if derivation isn't OK." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("DerivationOkay && \"Should not have been called if derivation isn't OK.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 3145, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
3146 | (void)DerivationOkay; | ||||
3147 | |||||
3148 | if (Paths.isAmbiguous(Context.getCanonicalType(FromClass). | ||||
3149 | getUnqualifiedType())) { | ||||
3150 | std::string PathDisplayStr = getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(Paths); | ||||
3151 | Diag(From->getExprLoc(), diag::err_ambiguous_memptr_conv) | ||||
3152 | << 0 << FromClass << ToClass << PathDisplayStr << From->getSourceRange(); | ||||
3153 | return true; | ||||
3154 | } | ||||
3155 | |||||
3156 | if (const RecordType *VBase = Paths.getDetectedVirtual()) { | ||||
3157 | Diag(From->getExprLoc(), diag::err_memptr_conv_via_virtual) | ||||
3158 | << FromClass << ToClass << QualType(VBase, 0) | ||||
3159 | << From->getSourceRange(); | ||||
3160 | return true; | ||||
3161 | } | ||||
3162 | |||||
3163 | if (!IgnoreBaseAccess) | ||||
3164 | CheckBaseClassAccess(From->getExprLoc(), FromClass, ToClass, | ||||
3165 | Paths.front(), | ||||
3166 | diag::err_downcast_from_inaccessible_base); | ||||
3167 | |||||
3168 | // Must be a base to derived member conversion. | ||||
3169 | BuildBasePathArray(Paths, BasePath); | ||||
3170 | Kind = CK_BaseToDerivedMemberPointer; | ||||
3171 | return false; | ||||
3172 | } | ||||
3173 | |||||
3174 | /// Determine whether the lifetime conversion between the two given | ||||
3175 | /// qualifiers sets is nontrivial. | ||||
3176 | static bool isNonTrivialObjCLifetimeConversion(Qualifiers FromQuals, | ||||
3177 | Qualifiers ToQuals) { | ||||
3178 | // Converting anything to const __unsafe_unretained is trivial. | ||||
3179 | if (ToQuals.hasConst() && | ||||
3180 | ToQuals.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) | ||||
3181 | return false; | ||||
3182 | |||||
3183 | return true; | ||||
3184 | } | ||||
3185 | |||||
3186 | /// Perform a single iteration of the loop for checking if a qualification | ||||
3187 | /// conversion is valid. | ||||
3188 | /// | ||||
3189 | /// Specifically, check whether any change between the qualifiers of \p | ||||
3190 | /// FromType and \p ToType is permissible, given knowledge about whether every | ||||
3191 | /// outer layer is const-qualified. | ||||
3192 | static bool isQualificationConversionStep(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, | ||||
3193 | bool CStyle, bool IsTopLevel, | ||||
3194 | bool &PreviousToQualsIncludeConst, | ||||
3195 | bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion) { | ||||
3196 | Qualifiers FromQuals = FromType.getQualifiers(); | ||||
3197 | Qualifiers ToQuals = ToType.getQualifiers(); | ||||
3198 | |||||
3199 | // Ignore __unaligned qualifier if this type is void. | ||||
3200 | if (ToType.getUnqualifiedType()->isVoidType()) | ||||
3201 | FromQuals.removeUnaligned(); | ||||
3202 | |||||
3203 | // Objective-C ARC: | ||||
3204 | // Check Objective-C lifetime conversions. | ||||
3205 | if (FromQuals.getObjCLifetime() != ToQuals.getObjCLifetime()) { | ||||
3206 | if (ToQuals.compatiblyIncludesObjCLifetime(FromQuals)) { | ||||
3207 | if (isNonTrivialObjCLifetimeConversion(FromQuals, ToQuals)) | ||||
3208 | ObjCLifetimeConversion = true; | ||||
3209 | FromQuals.removeObjCLifetime(); | ||||
3210 | ToQuals.removeObjCLifetime(); | ||||
3211 | } else { | ||||
3212 | // Qualification conversions cannot cast between different | ||||
3213 | // Objective-C lifetime qualifiers. | ||||
3214 | return false; | ||||
3215 | } | ||||
3216 | } | ||||
3217 | |||||
3218 | // Allow addition/removal of GC attributes but not changing GC attributes. | ||||
3219 | if (FromQuals.getObjCGCAttr() != ToQuals.getObjCGCAttr() && | ||||
3220 | (!FromQuals.hasObjCGCAttr() || !ToQuals.hasObjCGCAttr())) { | ||||
3221 | FromQuals.removeObjCGCAttr(); | ||||
3222 | ToQuals.removeObjCGCAttr(); | ||||
3223 | } | ||||
3224 | |||||
3225 | // -- for every j > 0, if const is in cv 1,j then const is in cv | ||||
3226 | // 2,j, and similarly for volatile. | ||||
3227 | if (!CStyle && !ToQuals.compatiblyIncludes(FromQuals)) | ||||
3228 | return false; | ||||
3229 | |||||
3230 | // If address spaces mismatch: | ||||
3231 | // - in top level it is only valid to convert to addr space that is a | ||||
3232 | // superset in all cases apart from C-style casts where we allow | ||||
3233 | // conversions between overlapping address spaces. | ||||
3234 | // - in non-top levels it is not a valid conversion. | ||||
3235 | if (ToQuals.getAddressSpace() != FromQuals.getAddressSpace() && | ||||
3236 | (!IsTopLevel || | ||||
3237 | !(ToQuals.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(FromQuals) || | ||||
3238 | (CStyle && FromQuals.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(ToQuals))))) | ||||
3239 | return false; | ||||
3240 | |||||
3241 | // -- if the cv 1,j and cv 2,j are different, then const is in | ||||
3242 | // every cv for 0 < k < j. | ||||
3243 | if (!CStyle && FromQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != ToQuals.getCVRQualifiers() && | ||||
3244 | !PreviousToQualsIncludeConst) | ||||
3245 | return false; | ||||
3246 | |||||
3247 | // Keep track of whether all prior cv-qualifiers in the "to" type | ||||
3248 | // include const. | ||||
3249 | PreviousToQualsIncludeConst = | ||||
3250 | PreviousToQualsIncludeConst && ToQuals.hasConst(); | ||||
3251 | return true; | ||||
3252 | } | ||||
3253 | |||||
3254 | /// IsQualificationConversion - Determines whether the conversion from | ||||
3255 | /// an rvalue of type FromType to ToType is a qualification conversion | ||||
3256 | /// (C++ 4.4). | ||||
3257 | /// | ||||
3258 | /// \param ObjCLifetimeConversion Output parameter that will be set to indicate | ||||
3259 | /// when the qualification conversion involves a change in the Objective-C | ||||
3260 | /// object lifetime. | ||||
3261 | bool | ||||
3262 | Sema::IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, | ||||
3263 | bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion) { | ||||
3264 | FromType = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType); | ||||
3265 | ToType = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType); | ||||
3266 | ObjCLifetimeConversion = false; | ||||
3267 | |||||
3268 | // If FromType and ToType are the same type, this is not a | ||||
3269 | // qualification conversion. | ||||
3270 | if (FromType.getUnqualifiedType() == ToType.getUnqualifiedType()) | ||||
3271 | return false; | ||||
3272 | |||||
3273 | // (C++ 4.4p4): | ||||
3274 | // A conversion can add cv-qualifiers at levels other than the first | ||||
3275 | // in multi-level pointers, subject to the following rules: [...] | ||||
3276 | bool PreviousToQualsIncludeConst = true; | ||||
3277 | bool UnwrappedAnyPointer = false; | ||||
3278 | while (Context.UnwrapSimilarTypes(FromType, ToType)) { | ||||
3279 | if (!isQualificationConversionStep( | ||||
3280 | FromType, ToType, CStyle, !UnwrappedAnyPointer, | ||||
3281 | PreviousToQualsIncludeConst, ObjCLifetimeConversion)) | ||||
3282 | return false; | ||||
3283 | UnwrappedAnyPointer = true; | ||||
3284 | } | ||||
3285 | |||||
3286 | // We are left with FromType and ToType being the pointee types | ||||
3287 | // after unwrapping the original FromType and ToType the same number | ||||
3288 | // of times. If we unwrapped any pointers, and if FromType and | ||||
3289 | // ToType have the same unqualified type (since we checked | ||||
3290 | // qualifiers above), then this is a qualification conversion. | ||||
3291 | return UnwrappedAnyPointer && Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType,ToType); | ||||
3292 | } | ||||
3293 | |||||
3294 | /// - Determine whether this is a conversion from a scalar type to an | ||||
3295 | /// atomic type. | ||||
3296 | /// | ||||
3297 | /// If successful, updates \c SCS's second and third steps in the conversion | ||||
3298 | /// sequence to finish the conversion. | ||||
3299 | static bool tryAtomicConversion(Sema &S, Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||
3300 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||
3301 | StandardConversionSequence &SCS, | ||||
3302 | bool CStyle) { | ||||
3303 | const AtomicType *ToAtomic = ToType->getAs<AtomicType>(); | ||||
3304 | if (!ToAtomic) | ||||
3305 | return false; | ||||
3306 | |||||
3307 | StandardConversionSequence InnerSCS; | ||||
3308 | if (!IsStandardConversion(S, From, ToAtomic->getValueType(), | ||||
3309 | InOverloadResolution, InnerSCS, | ||||
3310 | CStyle, /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/false)) | ||||
3311 | return false; | ||||
3312 | |||||
3313 | SCS.Second = InnerSCS.Second; | ||||
3314 | SCS.setToType(1, InnerSCS.getToType(1)); | ||||
3315 | SCS.Third = InnerSCS.Third; | ||||
3316 | SCS.QualificationIncludesObjCLifetime | ||||
3317 | = InnerSCS.QualificationIncludesObjCLifetime; | ||||
3318 | SCS.setToType(2, InnerSCS.getToType(2)); | ||||
3319 | return true; | ||||
3320 | } | ||||
3321 | |||||
3322 | static bool isFirstArgumentCompatibleWithType(ASTContext &Context, | ||||
3323 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, | ||||
3324 | QualType Type) { | ||||
3325 | const auto *CtorType = Constructor->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||
3326 | if (CtorType->getNumParams() > 0) { | ||||
3327 | QualType FirstArg = CtorType->getParamType(0); | ||||
3328 | if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Type, FirstArg.getNonReferenceType())) | ||||
3329 | return true; | ||||
3330 | } | ||||
3331 | return false; | ||||
3332 | } | ||||
3333 | |||||
3334 | static OverloadingResult | ||||
3335 | IsInitializerListConstructorConversion(Sema &S, Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||
3336 | CXXRecordDecl *To, | ||||
3337 | UserDefinedConversionSequence &User, | ||||
3338 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, | ||||
3339 | bool AllowExplicit) { | ||||
3340 | CandidateSet.clear(OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_InitByUserDefinedConversion); | ||||
3341 | for (auto *D : S.LookupConstructors(To)) { | ||||
3342 | auto Info = getConstructorInfo(D); | ||||
3343 | if (!Info) | ||||
3344 | continue; | ||||
3345 | |||||
3346 | bool Usable = !Info.Constructor->isInvalidDecl() && | ||||
3347 | S.isInitListConstructor(Info.Constructor); | ||||
3348 | if (Usable) { | ||||
3349 | // If the first argument is (a reference to) the target type, | ||||
3350 | // suppress conversions. | ||||
3351 | bool SuppressUserConversions = isFirstArgumentCompatibleWithType( | ||||
3352 | S.Context, Info.Constructor, ToType); | ||||
3353 | if (Info.ConstructorTmpl) | ||||
3354 | S.AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(Info.ConstructorTmpl, Info.FoundDecl, | ||||
3355 | /*ExplicitArgs*/ nullptr, From, | ||||
3356 | CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions, | ||||
3357 | /*PartialOverloading*/ false, | ||||
3358 | AllowExplicit); | ||||
3359 | else | ||||
3360 | S.AddOverloadCandidate(Info.Constructor, Info.FoundDecl, From, | ||||
3361 | CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions, | ||||
3362 | /*PartialOverloading*/ false, AllowExplicit); | ||||
3363 | } | ||||
3364 | } | ||||
3365 | |||||
3366 | bool HadMultipleCandidates = (CandidateSet.size() > 1); | ||||
3367 | |||||
3368 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; | ||||
3369 | switch (auto Result = | ||||
3370 | CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(S, From->getBeginLoc(), Best)) { | ||||
3371 | case OR_Deleted: | ||||
3372 | case OR_Success: { | ||||
3373 | // Record the standard conversion we used and the conversion function. | ||||
3374 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Best->Function); | ||||
3375 | QualType ThisType = Constructor->getThisType(); | ||||
3376 | // Initializer lists don't have conversions as such. | ||||
3377 | User.Before.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||
3378 | User.HadMultipleCandidates = HadMultipleCandidates; | ||||
3379 | User.ConversionFunction = Constructor; | ||||
3380 | User.FoundConversionFunction = Best->FoundDecl; | ||||
3381 | User.After.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||
3382 | User.After.setFromType(ThisType->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()); | ||||
3383 | User.After.setAllToTypes(ToType); | ||||
3384 | return Result; | ||||
3385 | } | ||||
3386 | |||||
3387 | case OR_No_Viable_Function: | ||||
3388 | return OR_No_Viable_Function; | ||||
3389 | case OR_Ambiguous: | ||||
3390 | return OR_Ambiguous; | ||||
3391 | } | ||||
3392 | |||||
3393 | llvm_unreachable("Invalid OverloadResult!")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Invalid OverloadResult!", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 3393); | ||||
3394 | } | ||||
3395 | |||||
3396 | /// Determines whether there is a user-defined conversion sequence | ||||
3397 | /// (C++ [over.ics.user]) that converts expression From to the type | ||||
3398 | /// ToType. If such a conversion exists, User will contain the | ||||
3399 | /// user-defined conversion sequence that performs such a conversion | ||||
3400 | /// and this routine will return true. Otherwise, this routine returns | ||||
3401 | /// false and User is unspecified. | ||||
3402 | /// | ||||
3403 | /// \param AllowExplicit true if the conversion should consider C++0x | ||||
3404 | /// "explicit" conversion functions as well as non-explicit conversion | ||||
3405 | /// functions (C++0x [class.conv.fct]p2). | ||||
3406 | /// | ||||
3407 | /// \param AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit true if the conversion should | ||||
3408 | /// allow an extra Objective-C pointer conversion on uses of explicit | ||||
3409 | /// constructors. Requires \c AllowExplicit to also be set. | ||||
3410 | static OverloadingResult | ||||
3411 | IsUserDefinedConversion(Sema &S, Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||
3412 | UserDefinedConversionSequence &User, | ||||
3413 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, | ||||
3414 | AllowedExplicit AllowExplicit, | ||||
3415 | bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit) { | ||||
3416 | assert(AllowExplicit != AllowedExplicit::None ||((AllowExplicit != AllowedExplicit::None || !AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("AllowExplicit != AllowedExplicit::None || !AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 3417, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
3417 | !AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit)((AllowExplicit != AllowedExplicit::None || !AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("AllowExplicit != AllowedExplicit::None || !AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 3417, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
3418 | CandidateSet.clear(OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_InitByUserDefinedConversion); | ||||
3419 | |||||
3420 | // Whether we will only visit constructors. | ||||
3421 | bool ConstructorsOnly = false; | ||||
3422 | |||||
3423 | // If the type we are conversion to is a class type, enumerate its | ||||
3424 | // constructors. | ||||
3425 | if (const RecordType *ToRecordType = ToType->getAs<RecordType>()) { | ||||
3426 | // C++ [over.match.ctor]p1: | ||||
3427 | // When objects of class type are direct-initialized (8.5), or | ||||
3428 | // copy-initialized from an expression of the same or a | ||||
3429 | // derived class type (8.5), overload resolution selects the | ||||
3430 | // constructor. [...] For copy-initialization, the candidate | ||||
3431 | // functions are all the converting constructors (12.3.1) of | ||||
3432 | // that class. The argument list is the expression-list within | ||||
3433 | // the parentheses of the initializer. | ||||
3434 | if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType, From->getType()) || | ||||
3435 | (From->getType()->getAs<RecordType>() && | ||||
3436 | S.IsDerivedFrom(From->getBeginLoc(), From->getType(), ToType))) | ||||
3437 | ConstructorsOnly = true; | ||||
3438 | |||||
3439 | if (!S.isCompleteType(From->getExprLoc(), ToType)) { | ||||
3440 | // We're not going to find any constructors. | ||||
3441 | } else if (CXXRecordDecl *ToRecordDecl | ||||
3442 | = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ToRecordType->getDecl())) { | ||||
3443 | |||||
3444 | Expr **Args = &From; | ||||
3445 | unsigned NumArgs = 1; | ||||
3446 | bool ListInitializing = false; | ||||
3447 | if (InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(From)) { | ||||
3448 | // But first, see if there is an init-list-constructor that will work. | ||||
3449 | OverloadingResult Result = IsInitializerListConstructorConversion( | ||||
3450 | S, From, ToType, ToRecordDecl, User, CandidateSet, | ||||
3451 | AllowExplicit == AllowedExplicit::All); | ||||
3452 | if (Result != OR_No_Viable_Function) | ||||
3453 | return Result; | ||||
3454 | // Never mind. | ||||
3455 | CandidateSet.clear( | ||||
3456 | OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_InitByUserDefinedConversion); | ||||
3457 | |||||
3458 | // If we're list-initializing, we pass the individual elements as | ||||
3459 | // arguments, not the entire list. | ||||
3460 | Args = InitList->getInits(); | ||||
3461 | NumArgs = InitList->getNumInits(); | ||||
3462 | ListInitializing = true; | ||||
3463 | } | ||||
3464 | |||||
3465 | for (auto *D : S.LookupConstructors(ToRecordDecl)) { | ||||
3466 | auto Info = getConstructorInfo(D); | ||||
3467 | if (!Info) | ||||
3468 | continue; | ||||
3469 | |||||
3470 | bool Usable = !Info.Constructor->isInvalidDecl(); | ||||
3471 | if (!ListInitializing) | ||||
3472 | Usable = Usable && Info.Constructor->isConvertingConstructor( | ||||
3473 | /*AllowExplicit*/ true); | ||||
3474 | if (Usable) { | ||||
3475 | bool SuppressUserConversions = !ConstructorsOnly; | ||||
3476 | if (SuppressUserConversions && ListInitializing) { | ||||
3477 | SuppressUserConversions = false; | ||||
3478 | if (NumArgs == 1) { | ||||
3479 | // If the first argument is (a reference to) the target type, | ||||
3480 | // suppress conversions. | ||||
3481 | SuppressUserConversions = isFirstArgumentCompatibleWithType( | ||||
3482 | S.Context, Info.Constructor, ToType); | ||||
3483 | } | ||||
3484 | } | ||||
3485 | if (Info.ConstructorTmpl) | ||||
3486 | S.AddTemplateOverloadCandidate( | ||||
3487 | Info.ConstructorTmpl, Info.FoundDecl, | ||||
3488 | /*ExplicitArgs*/ nullptr, llvm::makeArrayRef(Args, NumArgs), | ||||
3489 | CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions, | ||||
3490 | /*PartialOverloading*/ false, | ||||
3491 | AllowExplicit == AllowedExplicit::All); | ||||
3492 | else | ||||
3493 | // Allow one user-defined conversion when user specifies a | ||||
3494 | // From->ToType conversion via an static cast (c-style, etc). | ||||
3495 | S.AddOverloadCandidate(Info.Constructor, Info.FoundDecl, | ||||
3496 | llvm::makeArrayRef(Args, NumArgs), | ||||
3497 | CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions, | ||||
3498 | /*PartialOverloading*/ false, | ||||
3499 | AllowExplicit == AllowedExplicit::All); | ||||
3500 | } | ||||
3501 | } | ||||
3502 | } | ||||
3503 | } | ||||
3504 | |||||
3505 | // Enumerate conversion functions, if we're allowed to. | ||||
3506 | if (ConstructorsOnly || isa<InitListExpr>(From)) { | ||||
3507 | } else if (!S.isCompleteType(From->getBeginLoc(), From->getType())) { | ||||
3508 | // No conversion functions from incomplete types. | ||||
3509 | } else if (const RecordType *FromRecordType = | ||||
3510 | From->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) { | ||||
3511 | if (CXXRecordDecl *FromRecordDecl | ||||
3512 | = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FromRecordType->getDecl())) { | ||||
3513 | // Add all of the conversion functions as candidates. | ||||
3514 | const auto &Conversions = FromRecordDecl->getVisibleConversionFunctions(); | ||||
3515 | for (auto I = Conversions.begin(), E = Conversions.end(); I != E; ++I) { | ||||
3516 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = I.getPair(); | ||||
3517 | NamedDecl *D = FoundDecl.getDecl(); | ||||
3518 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext()); | ||||
3519 | if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D)) | ||||
3520 | D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl(); | ||||
3521 | |||||
3522 | CXXConversionDecl *Conv; | ||||
3523 | FunctionTemplateDecl *ConvTemplate; | ||||
3524 | if ((ConvTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))) | ||||
3525 | Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(ConvTemplate->getTemplatedDecl()); | ||||
3526 | else | ||||
3527 | Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(D); | ||||
3528 | |||||
3529 | if (ConvTemplate) | ||||
3530 | S.AddTemplateConversionCandidate( | ||||
3531 | ConvTemplate, FoundDecl, ActingContext, From, ToType, | ||||
3532 | CandidateSet, AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit, | ||||
3533 | AllowExplicit != AllowedExplicit::None); | ||||
3534 | else | ||||
3535 | S.AddConversionCandidate(Conv, FoundDecl, ActingContext, From, ToType, | ||||
3536 | CandidateSet, AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit, | ||||
3537 | AllowExplicit != AllowedExplicit::None); | ||||
3538 | } | ||||
3539 | } | ||||
3540 | } | ||||
3541 | |||||
3542 | bool HadMultipleCandidates = (CandidateSet.size() > 1); | ||||
3543 | |||||
3544 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; | ||||
3545 | switch (auto Result = | ||||
3546 | CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(S, From->getBeginLoc(), Best)) { | ||||
3547 | case OR_Success: | ||||
3548 | case OR_Deleted: | ||||
3549 | // Record the standard conversion we used and the conversion function. | ||||
3550 | if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor | ||||
3551 | = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Best->Function)) { | ||||
3552 | // C++ [over.ics.user]p1: | ||||
3553 | // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a | ||||
3554 | // constructor (12.3.1), the initial standard conversion | ||||
3555 | // sequence converts the source type to the type required by | ||||
3556 | // the argument of the constructor. | ||||
3557 | // | ||||
3558 | QualType ThisType = Constructor->getThisType(); | ||||
3559 | if (isa<InitListExpr>(From)) { | ||||
3560 | // Initializer lists don't have conversions as such. | ||||
3561 | User.Before.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||
3562 | } else { | ||||
3563 | if (Best->Conversions[0].isEllipsis()) | ||||
3564 | User.EllipsisConversion = true; | ||||
3565 | else { | ||||
3566 | User.Before = Best->Conversions[0].Standard; | ||||
3567 | User.EllipsisConversion = false; | ||||
3568 | } | ||||
3569 | } | ||||
3570 | User.HadMultipleCandidates = HadMultipleCandidates; | ||||
3571 | User.ConversionFunction = Constructor; | ||||
3572 | User.FoundConversionFunction = Best->FoundDecl; | ||||
3573 | User.After.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||
3574 | User.After.setFromType(ThisType->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()); | ||||
3575 | User.After.setAllToTypes(ToType); | ||||
3576 | return Result; | ||||
3577 | } | ||||
3578 | if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion | ||||
3579 | = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(Best->Function)) { | ||||
3580 | // C++ [over.ics.user]p1: | ||||
3581 | // | ||||
3582 | // [...] If the user-defined conversion is specified by a | ||||
3583 | // conversion function (12.3.2), the initial standard | ||||
3584 | // conversion sequence converts the source type to the | ||||
3585 | // implicit object parameter of the conversion function. | ||||
3586 | User.Before = Best->Conversions[0].Standard; | ||||
3587 | User.HadMultipleCandidates = HadMultipleCandidates; | ||||
3588 | User.ConversionFunction = Conversion; | ||||
3589 | User.FoundConversionFunction = Best->FoundDecl; | ||||
3590 | User.EllipsisConversion = false; | ||||
3591 | |||||
3592 | // C++ [over.ics.user]p2: | ||||
3593 | // The second standard conversion sequence converts the | ||||
3594 | // result of the user-defined conversion to the target type | ||||
3595 | // for the sequence. Since an implicit conversion sequence | ||||
3596 | // is an initialization, the special rules for | ||||
3597 | // initialization by user-defined conversion apply when | ||||
3598 | // selecting the best user-defined conversion for a | ||||
3599 | // user-defined conversion sequence (see 13.3.3 and | ||||
3600 | // 13.3.3.1). | ||||
3601 | User.After = Best->FinalConversion; | ||||
3602 | return Result; | ||||
3603 | } | ||||
3604 | llvm_unreachable("Not a constructor or conversion function?")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Not a constructor or conversion function?" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 3604); | ||||
3605 | |||||
3606 | case OR_No_Viable_Function: | ||||
3607 | return OR_No_Viable_Function; | ||||
3608 | |||||
3609 | case OR_Ambiguous: | ||||
3610 | return OR_Ambiguous; | ||||
3611 | } | ||||
3612 | |||||
3613 | llvm_unreachable("Invalid OverloadResult!")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Invalid OverloadResult!", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 3613); | ||||
3614 | } | ||||
3615 | |||||
3616 | bool | ||||
3617 | Sema::DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType) { | ||||
3618 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS; | ||||
3619 | OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(From->getExprLoc(), | ||||
3620 | OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal); | ||||
3621 | OverloadingResult OvResult = | ||||
3622 | IsUserDefinedConversion(*this, From, ToType, ICS.UserDefined, | ||||
3623 | CandidateSet, AllowedExplicit::None, false); | ||||
3624 | |||||
3625 | if (!(OvResult == OR_Ambiguous || | ||||
3626 | (OvResult == OR_No_Viable_Function && !CandidateSet.empty()))) | ||||
3627 | return false; | ||||
3628 | |||||
3629 | auto Cands = CandidateSet.CompleteCandidates( | ||||
3630 | *this, | ||||
3631 | OvResult == OR_Ambiguous ? OCD_AmbiguousCandidates : OCD_AllCandidates, | ||||
3632 | From); | ||||
3633 | if (OvResult == OR_Ambiguous) | ||||
3634 | Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_ambiguous_condition) | ||||
3635 | << From->getType() << ToType << From->getSourceRange(); | ||||
3636 | else { // OR_No_Viable_Function && !CandidateSet.empty() | ||||
3637 | if (!RequireCompleteType(From->getBeginLoc(), ToType, | ||||
3638 | diag::err_typecheck_nonviable_condition_incomplete, | ||||
3639 | From->getType(), From->getSourceRange())) | ||||
3640 | Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_nonviable_condition) | ||||
3641 | << false << From->getType() << From->getSourceRange() << ToType; | ||||
3642 | } | ||||
3643 | |||||
3644 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates( | ||||
3645 | *this, From, Cands); | ||||
3646 | return true; | ||||
3647 | } | ||||
3648 | |||||
3649 | // Helper for compareConversionFunctions that gets the FunctionType that the | ||||
3650 | // conversion-operator return value 'points' to, or nullptr. | ||||
3651 | static const FunctionType * | ||||
3652 | getConversionOpReturnTyAsFunction(CXXConversionDecl *Conv) { | ||||
3653 | const FunctionType *ConvFuncTy = Conv->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); | ||||
3654 | const PointerType *RetPtrTy = | ||||
3655 | ConvFuncTy->getReturnType()->getAs<PointerType>(); | ||||
3656 | |||||
3657 | if (!RetPtrTy) | ||||
3658 | return nullptr; | ||||
3659 | |||||
3660 | return RetPtrTy->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); | ||||
3661 | } | ||||
3662 | |||||
3663 | /// Compare the user-defined conversion functions or constructors | ||||
3664 | /// of two user-defined conversion sequences to determine whether any ordering | ||||
3665 | /// is possible. | ||||
3666 | static ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind | ||||
3667 | compareConversionFunctions(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *Function1, | ||||
3668 | FunctionDecl *Function2) { | ||||
3669 | CXXConversionDecl *Conv1 = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXConversionDecl>(Function1); | ||||
3670 | CXXConversionDecl *Conv2 = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXConversionDecl>(Function2); | ||||
3671 | if (!Conv1 || !Conv2) | ||||
3672 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||
3673 | |||||
3674 | if (!Conv1->getParent()->isLambda() || !Conv2->getParent()->isLambda()) | ||||
3675 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||
3676 | |||||
3677 | // Objective-C++: | ||||
3678 | // If both conversion functions are implicitly-declared conversions from | ||||
3679 | // a lambda closure type to a function pointer and a block pointer, | ||||
3680 | // respectively, always prefer the conversion to a function pointer, | ||||
3681 | // because the function pointer is more lightweight and is more likely | ||||
3682 | // to keep code working. | ||||
3683 | if (S.getLangOpts().ObjC && S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { | ||||
3684 | bool Block1 = Conv1->getConversionType()->isBlockPointerType(); | ||||
3685 | bool Block2 = Conv2->getConversionType()->isBlockPointerType(); | ||||
3686 | if (Block1 != Block2) | ||||
3687 | return Block1 ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse | ||||
3688 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||
3689 | } | ||||
3690 | |||||
3691 | // In order to support multiple calling conventions for the lambda conversion | ||||
3692 | // operator (such as when the free and member function calling convention is | ||||
3693 | // different), prefer the 'free' mechanism, followed by the calling-convention | ||||
3694 | // of operator(). The latter is in place to support the MSVC-like solution of | ||||
3695 | // defining ALL of the possible conversions in regards to calling-convention. | ||||
3696 | const FunctionType *Conv1FuncRet = getConversionOpReturnTyAsFunction(Conv1); | ||||
3697 | const FunctionType *Conv2FuncRet = getConversionOpReturnTyAsFunction(Conv2); | ||||
3698 | |||||
3699 | if (Conv1FuncRet && Conv2FuncRet && | ||||
3700 | Conv1FuncRet->getCallConv() != Conv2FuncRet->getCallConv()) { | ||||
3701 | CallingConv Conv1CC = Conv1FuncRet->getCallConv(); | ||||
3702 | CallingConv Conv2CC = Conv2FuncRet->getCallConv(); | ||||
3703 | |||||
3704 | CXXMethodDecl *CallOp = Conv2->getParent()->getLambdaCallOperator(); | ||||
3705 | const FunctionProtoType *CallOpProto = | ||||
3706 | CallOp->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||
3707 | |||||
3708 | CallingConv CallOpCC = | ||||
3709 | CallOp->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getCallConv(); | ||||
3710 | CallingConv DefaultFree = S.Context.getDefaultCallingConvention( | ||||
3711 | CallOpProto->isVariadic(), /*IsCXXMethod=*/false); | ||||
3712 | CallingConv DefaultMember = S.Context.getDefaultCallingConvention( | ||||
3713 | CallOpProto->isVariadic(), /*IsCXXMethod=*/true); | ||||
3714 | |||||
3715 | CallingConv PrefOrder[] = {DefaultFree, DefaultMember, CallOpCC}; | ||||
3716 | for (CallingConv CC : PrefOrder) { | ||||
3717 | if (Conv1CC == CC) | ||||
3718 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||
3719 | if (Conv2CC == CC) | ||||
3720 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||
3721 | } | ||||
3722 | } | ||||
3723 | |||||
3724 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||
3725 | } | ||||
3726 | |||||
3727 | static bool hasDeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtrConversion( | ||||
3728 | const ImplicitConversionSequence &ICS) { | ||||
3729 | return (ICS.isStandard() && ICS.Standard.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr) || | ||||
3730 | (ICS.isUserDefined() && | ||||
3731 | ICS.UserDefined.Before.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr); | ||||
3732 | } | ||||
3733 | |||||
3734 | /// CompareImplicitConversionSequences - Compare two implicit | ||||
3735 | /// conversion sequences to determine whether one is better than the | ||||
3736 | /// other or if they are indistinguishable (C++ 13.3.3.2). | ||||
3737 | static ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind | ||||
3738 | CompareImplicitConversionSequences(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||
3739 | const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS1, | ||||
3740 | const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS2) | ||||
3741 | { | ||||
3742 | // (C++ 13.3.3.2p2): When comparing the basic forms of implicit | ||||
3743 | // conversion sequences (as defined in 13.3.3.1) | ||||
3744 | // -- a standard conversion sequence (13.3.3.1.1) is a better | ||||
3745 | // conversion sequence than a user-defined conversion sequence or | ||||
3746 | // an ellipsis conversion sequence, and | ||||
3747 | // -- a user-defined conversion sequence (13.3.3.1.2) is a better | ||||
3748 | // conversion sequence than an ellipsis conversion sequence | ||||
3749 | // (13.3.3.1.3). | ||||
3750 | // | ||||
3751 | // C++0x [over.best.ics]p10: | ||||
3752 | // For the purpose of ranking implicit conversion sequences as | ||||
3753 | // described in 13.3.3.2, the ambiguous conversion sequence is | ||||
3754 | // treated as a user-defined sequence that is indistinguishable | ||||
3755 | // from any other user-defined conversion sequence. | ||||
3756 | |||||
3757 | // String literal to 'char *' conversion has been deprecated in C++03. It has | ||||
3758 | // been removed from C++11. We still accept this conversion, if it happens at | ||||
3759 | // the best viable function. Otherwise, this conversion is considered worse | ||||
3760 | // than ellipsis conversion. Consider this as an extension; this is not in the | ||||
3761 | // standard. For example: | ||||
3762 | // | ||||
3763 | // int &f(...); // #1 | ||||
3764 | // void f(char*); // #2 | ||||
3765 | // void g() { int &r = f("foo"); } | ||||
3766 | // | ||||
3767 | // In C++03, we pick #2 as the best viable function. | ||||
3768 | // In C++11, we pick #1 as the best viable function, because ellipsis | ||||
3769 | // conversion is better than string-literal to char* conversion (since there | ||||
3770 | // is no such conversion in C++11). If there was no #1 at all or #1 couldn't | ||||
3771 | // convert arguments, #2 would be the best viable function in C++11. | ||||
3772 | // If the best viable function has this conversion, a warning will be issued | ||||
3773 | // in C++03, or an ExtWarn (+SFINAE failure) will be issued in C++11. | ||||
3774 | |||||
3775 | if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !S.getLangOpts().WritableStrings && | ||||
3776 | hasDeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtrConversion(ICS1) != | ||||
3777 | hasDeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtrConversion(ICS2)) | ||||
3778 | return hasDeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtrConversion(ICS1) | ||||
3779 | ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse | ||||
3780 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||
3781 | |||||
3782 | if (ICS1.getKindRank() < ICS2.getKindRank()) | ||||
3783 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||
3784 | if (ICS2.getKindRank() < ICS1.getKindRank()) | ||||
3785 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||
3786 | |||||
3787 | // The following checks require both conversion sequences to be of | ||||
3788 | // the same kind. | ||||
3789 | if (ICS1.getKind() != ICS2.getKind()) | ||||
3790 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||
3791 | |||||
3792 | ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind Result = | ||||
3793 | ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||
3794 | |||||
3795 | // Two implicit conversion sequences of the same form are | ||||
3796 | // indistinguishable conversion sequences unless one of the | ||||
3797 | // following rules apply: (C++ 13.3.3.2p3): | ||||
3798 | |||||
3799 | // List-initialization sequence L1 is a better conversion sequence than | ||||
3800 | // list-initialization sequence L2 if: | ||||
3801 | // - L1 converts to std::initializer_list<X> for some X and L2 does not, or, | ||||
3802 | // if not that, | ||||
3803 | // - L1 converts to type "array of N1 T", L2 converts to type "array of N2 T", | ||||
3804 | // and N1 is smaller than N2., | ||||
3805 | // even if one of the other rules in this paragraph would otherwise apply. | ||||
3806 | if (!ICS1.isBad()) { | ||||
3807 | if (ICS1.isStdInitializerListElement() && | ||||
3808 | !ICS2.isStdInitializerListElement()) | ||||
3809 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||
3810 | if (!ICS1.isStdInitializerListElement() && | ||||
3811 | ICS2.isStdInitializerListElement()) | ||||
3812 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||
3813 | } | ||||
3814 | |||||
3815 | if (ICS1.isStandard()) | ||||
3816 | // Standard conversion sequence S1 is a better conversion sequence than | ||||
3817 | // standard conversion sequence S2 if [...] | ||||
3818 | Result = CompareStandardConversionSequences(S, Loc, | ||||
3819 | ICS1.Standard, ICS2.Standard); | ||||
3820 | else if (ICS1.isUserDefined()) { | ||||
3821 | // User-defined conversion sequence U1 is a better conversion | ||||
3822 | // sequence than another user-defined conversion sequence U2 if | ||||
3823 | // they contain the same user-defined conversion function or | ||||
3824 | // constructor and if the second standard conversion sequence of | ||||
3825 | // U1 is better than the second standard conversion sequence of | ||||
3826 | // U2 (C++ 13.3.3.2p3). | ||||
3827 | if (ICS1.UserDefined.ConversionFunction == | ||||
3828 | ICS2.UserDefined.ConversionFunction) | ||||
3829 | Result = CompareStandardConversionSequences(S, Loc, | ||||
3830 | ICS1.UserDefined.After, | ||||
3831 | ICS2.UserDefined.After); | ||||
3832 | else | ||||
3833 | Result = compareConversionFunctions(S, | ||||
3834 | ICS1.UserDefined.ConversionFunction, | ||||
3835 | ICS2.UserDefined.ConversionFunction); | ||||
3836 | } | ||||
3837 | |||||
3838 | return Result; | ||||
3839 | } | ||||
3840 | |||||
3841 | // Per 13.3.3.2p3, compare the given standard conversion sequences to | ||||
3842 | // determine if one is a proper subset of the other. | ||||
3843 | static ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind | ||||
3844 | compareStandardConversionSubsets(ASTContext &Context, | ||||
3845 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1, | ||||
3846 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2) { | ||||
3847 | ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind Result | ||||
3848 | = ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||
3849 | |||||
3850 | // the identity conversion sequence is considered to be a subsequence of | ||||
3851 | // any non-identity conversion sequence | ||||
3852 | if (SCS1.isIdentityConversion() && !SCS2.isIdentityConversion()) | ||||
3853 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||
3854 | else if (!SCS1.isIdentityConversion() && SCS2.isIdentityConversion()) | ||||
3855 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||
3856 | |||||
3857 | if (SCS1.Second != SCS2.Second) { | ||||
3858 | if (SCS1.Second == ICK_Identity) | ||||
3859 | Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||
3860 | else if (SCS2.Second == ICK_Identity) | ||||
3861 | Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||
3862 | else | ||||
3863 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||
3864 | } else if (!Context.hasSimilarType(SCS1.getToType(1), SCS2.getToType(1))) | ||||
3865 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||
3866 | |||||
3867 | if (SCS1.Third == SCS2.Third) { | ||||
3868 | return Context.hasSameType(SCS1.getToType(2), SCS2.getToType(2))? Result | ||||
3869 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||
3870 | } | ||||
3871 | |||||
3872 | if (SCS1.Third == ICK_Identity) | ||||
3873 | return Result == ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse | ||||
3874 | ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable | ||||
3875 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||
3876 | |||||
3877 | if (SCS2.Third == ICK_Identity) | ||||
3878 | return Result == ImplicitConversionSequence::Better | ||||
3879 | ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable | ||||
3880 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||
3881 | |||||
3882 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||
3883 | } | ||||
3884 | |||||
3885 | /// Determine whether one of the given reference bindings is better | ||||
3886 | /// than the other based on what kind of bindings they are. | ||||
3887 | static bool | ||||
3888 | isBetterReferenceBindingKind(const StandardConversionSequence &SCS1, | ||||
3889 | const StandardConversionSequence &SCS2) { | ||||
3890 | // C++0x [over.ics.rank]p3b4: | ||||
3891 | // -- S1 and S2 are reference bindings (8.5.3) and neither refers to an | ||||
3892 | // implicit object parameter of a non-static member function declared | ||||
3893 | // without a ref-qualifier, and *either* S1 binds an rvalue reference | ||||
3894 | // to an rvalue and S2 binds an lvalue reference *or S1 binds an | ||||
3895 | // lvalue reference to a function lvalue and S2 binds an rvalue | ||||
3896 | // reference*. | ||||
3897 | // | ||||
3898 | // FIXME: Rvalue references. We're going rogue with the above edits, | ||||
3899 | // because the semantics in the current C++0x working paper (N3225 at the | ||||
3900 | // time of this writing) break the standard definition of std::forward | ||||
3901 | // and std::reference_wrapper when dealing with references to functions. | ||||
3902 | // Proposed wording changes submitted to CWG for consideration. | ||||
3903 | if (SCS1.BindsImplicitObjectArgumentWithoutRefQualifier || | ||||
3904 | SCS2.BindsImplicitObjectArgumentWithoutRefQualifier) | ||||
3905 | return false; | ||||
3906 | |||||
3907 | return (!SCS1.IsLvalueReference && SCS1.BindsToRvalue && | ||||
3908 | SCS2.IsLvalueReference) || | ||||
3909 | (SCS1.IsLvalueReference && SCS1.BindsToFunctionLvalue && | ||||
3910 | !SCS2.IsLvalueReference && SCS2.BindsToFunctionLvalue); | ||||
3911 | } | ||||
3912 | |||||
3913 | enum class FixedEnumPromotion { | ||||
3914 | None, | ||||
3915 | ToUnderlyingType, | ||||
3916 | ToPromotedUnderlyingType | ||||
3917 | }; | ||||
3918 | |||||
3919 | /// Returns kind of fixed enum promotion the \a SCS uses. | ||||
3920 | static FixedEnumPromotion | ||||
3921 | getFixedEnumPromtion(Sema &S, const StandardConversionSequence &SCS) { | ||||
3922 | |||||
3923 | if (SCS.Second != ICK_Integral_Promotion) | ||||
3924 | return FixedEnumPromotion::None; | ||||
3925 | |||||
3926 | QualType FromType = SCS.getFromType(); | ||||
3927 | if (!FromType->isEnumeralType()) | ||||
3928 | return FixedEnumPromotion::None; | ||||
3929 | |||||
3930 | EnumDecl *Enum = FromType->getAs<EnumType>()->getDecl(); | ||||
3931 | if (!Enum->isFixed()) | ||||
3932 | return FixedEnumPromotion::None; | ||||
3933 | |||||
3934 | QualType UnderlyingType = Enum->getIntegerType(); | ||||
3935 | if (S.Context.hasSameType(SCS.getToType(1), UnderlyingType)) | ||||
3936 | return FixedEnumPromotion::ToUnderlyingType; | ||||
3937 | |||||
3938 | return FixedEnumPromotion::ToPromotedUnderlyingType; | ||||
3939 | } | ||||
3940 | |||||
3941 | /// CompareStandardConversionSequences - Compare two standard | ||||
3942 | /// conversion sequences to determine whether one is better than the | ||||
3943 | /// other or if they are indistinguishable (C++ 13.3.3.2p3). | ||||
3944 | static ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind | ||||
3945 | CompareStandardConversionSequences(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||
3946 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1, | ||||
3947 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2) | ||||
3948 | { | ||||
3949 | // Standard conversion sequence S1 is a better conversion sequence | ||||
3950 | // than standard conversion sequence S2 if (C++ 13.3.3.2p3): | ||||
3951 | |||||
3952 | // -- S1 is a proper subsequence of S2 (comparing the conversion | ||||
3953 | // sequences in the canonical form defined by 13.3.3.1.1, | ||||
3954 | // excluding any Lvalue Transformation; the identity conversion | ||||
3955 | // sequence is considered to be a subsequence of any | ||||
3956 | // non-identity conversion sequence) or, if not that, | ||||
3957 | if (ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind CK | ||||
3958 | = compareStandardConversionSubsets(S.Context, SCS1, SCS2)) | ||||
3959 | return CK; | ||||
3960 | |||||
3961 | // -- the rank of S1 is better than the rank of S2 (by the rules | ||||
3962 | // defined below), or, if not that, | ||||
3963 | ImplicitConversionRank Rank1 = SCS1.getRank(); | ||||
3964 | ImplicitConversionRank Rank2 = SCS2.getRank(); | ||||
3965 | if (Rank1 < Rank2) | ||||
3966 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||
3967 | else if (Rank2 < Rank1) | ||||
3968 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||
3969 | |||||
3970 | // (C++ 13.3.3.2p4): Two conversion sequences with the same rank | ||||
3971 | // are indistinguishable unless one of the following rules | ||||
3972 | // applies: | ||||
3973 | |||||
3974 | // A conversion that is not a conversion of a pointer, or | ||||
3975 | // pointer to member, to bool is better than another conversion | ||||
3976 | // that is such a conversion. | ||||
3977 | if (SCS1.isPointerConversionToBool() != SCS2.isPointerConversionToBool()) | ||||
3978 | return SCS2.isPointerConversionToBool() | ||||
3979 | ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better | ||||
3980 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||
3981 | |||||
3982 | // C++14 [over.ics.rank]p4b2: | ||||
3983 | // This is retroactively applied to C++11 by CWG 1601. | ||||
3984 | // | ||||
3985 | // A conversion that promotes an enumeration whose underlying type is fixed | ||||
3986 | // to its underlying type is better than one that promotes to the promoted | ||||
3987 | // underlying type, if the two are different. | ||||
3988 | FixedEnumPromotion FEP1 = getFixedEnumPromtion(S, SCS1); | ||||
3989 | FixedEnumPromotion FEP2 = getFixedEnumPromtion(S, SCS2); | ||||
3990 | if (FEP1 != FixedEnumPromotion::None && FEP2 != FixedEnumPromotion::None && | ||||
3991 | FEP1 != FEP2) | ||||
3992 | return FEP1 == FixedEnumPromotion::ToUnderlyingType | ||||
3993 | ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better | ||||
3994 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||
3995 | |||||
3996 | // C++ [over.ics.rank]p4b2: | ||||
3997 | // | ||||
3998 | // If class B is derived directly or indirectly from class A, | ||||
3999 | // conversion of B* to A* is better than conversion of B* to | ||||
4000 | // void*, and conversion of A* to void* is better than conversion | ||||
4001 | // of B* to void*. | ||||
4002 | bool SCS1ConvertsToVoid | ||||
4003 | = SCS1.isPointerConversionToVoidPointer(S.Context); | ||||
4004 | bool SCS2ConvertsToVoid | ||||
4005 | = SCS2.isPointerConversionToVoidPointer(S.Context); | ||||
4006 | if (SCS1ConvertsToVoid != SCS2ConvertsToVoid) { | ||||
4007 | // Exactly one of the conversion sequences is a conversion to | ||||
4008 | // a void pointer; it's the worse conversion. | ||||
4009 | return SCS2ConvertsToVoid ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better | ||||
4010 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||
4011 | } else if (!SCS1ConvertsToVoid && !SCS2ConvertsToVoid) { | ||||
4012 | // Neither conversion sequence converts to a void pointer; compare | ||||
4013 | // their derived-to-base conversions. | ||||
4014 | if (ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind DerivedCK | ||||
4015 | = CompareDerivedToBaseConversions(S, Loc, SCS1, SCS2)) | ||||
4016 | return DerivedCK; | ||||
4017 | } else if (SCS1ConvertsToVoid && SCS2ConvertsToVoid && | ||||
4018 | !S.Context.hasSameType(SCS1.getFromType(), SCS2.getFromType())) { | ||||
4019 | // Both conversion sequences are conversions to void | ||||
4020 | // pointers. Compare the source types to determine if there's an | ||||
4021 | // inheritance relationship in their sources. | ||||
4022 | QualType FromType1 = SCS1.getFromType(); | ||||
4023 | QualType FromType2 = SCS2.getFromType(); | ||||
4024 | |||||
4025 | // Adjust the types we're converting from via the array-to-pointer | ||||
4026 | // conversion, if we need to. | ||||
4027 | if (SCS1.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer) | ||||
4028 | FromType1 = S.Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType1); | ||||
4029 | if (SCS2.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer) | ||||
4030 | FromType2 = S.Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType2); | ||||
4031 | |||||
4032 | QualType FromPointee1 = FromType1->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||
4033 | QualType FromPointee2 = FromType2->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||
4034 | |||||
4035 | if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, FromPointee2, FromPointee1)) | ||||
4036 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||
4037 | else if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, FromPointee1, FromPointee2)) | ||||
4038 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||
4039 | |||||
4040 | // Objective-C++: If one interface is more specific than the | ||||
4041 | // other, it is the better one. | ||||
4042 | const ObjCObjectPointerType* FromObjCPtr1 | ||||
4043 | = FromType1->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); | ||||
4044 | const ObjCObjectPointerType* FromObjCPtr2 | ||||
4045 | = FromType2->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); | ||||
4046 | if (FromObjCPtr1 && FromObjCPtr2) { | ||||
4047 | bool AssignLeft = S.Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromObjCPtr1, | ||||
4048 | FromObjCPtr2); | ||||
4049 | bool AssignRight = S.Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromObjCPtr2, | ||||
4050 | FromObjCPtr1); | ||||
4051 | if (AssignLeft != AssignRight) { | ||||
4052 | return AssignLeft? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better | ||||
4053 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||
4054 | } | ||||
4055 | } | ||||
4056 | } | ||||
4057 | |||||
4058 | if (SCS1.ReferenceBinding && SCS2.ReferenceBinding) { | ||||
4059 | // Check for a better reference binding based on the kind of bindings. | ||||
4060 | if (isBetterReferenceBindingKind(SCS1, SCS2)) | ||||
4061 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||
4062 | else if (isBetterReferenceBindingKind(SCS2, SCS1)) | ||||
4063 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||
4064 | } | ||||
4065 | |||||
4066 | // Compare based on qualification conversions (C++ 13.3.3.2p3, | ||||
4067 | // bullet 3). | ||||
4068 | if (ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind QualCK | ||||
4069 | = CompareQualificationConversions(S, SCS1, SCS2)) | ||||
4070 | return QualCK; | ||||
4071 | |||||
4072 | if (SCS1.ReferenceBinding && SCS2.ReferenceBinding) { | ||||
4073 | // C++ [over.ics.rank]p3b4: | ||||
4074 | // -- S1 and S2 are reference bindings (8.5.3), and the types to | ||||
4075 | // which the references refer are the same type except for | ||||
4076 | // top-level cv-qualifiers, and the type to which the reference | ||||
4077 | // initialized by S2 refers is more cv-qualified than the type | ||||
4078 | // to which the reference initialized by S1 refers. | ||||
4079 | QualType T1 = SCS1.getToType(2); | ||||
4080 | QualType T2 = SCS2.getToType(2); | ||||
4081 | T1 = S.Context.getCanonicalType(T1); | ||||
4082 | T2 = S.Context.getCanonicalType(T2); | ||||
4083 | Qualifiers T1Quals, T2Quals; | ||||
4084 | QualType UnqualT1 = S.Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T1, T1Quals); | ||||
4085 | QualType UnqualT2 = S.Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T2, T2Quals); | ||||
4086 | if (UnqualT1 == UnqualT2) { | ||||
4087 | // Objective-C++ ARC: If the references refer to objects with different | ||||
4088 | // lifetimes, prefer bindings that don't change lifetime. | ||||
4089 | if (SCS1.ObjCLifetimeConversionBinding != | ||||
4090 | SCS2.ObjCLifetimeConversionBinding) { | ||||
4091 | return SCS1.ObjCLifetimeConversionBinding | ||||
4092 | ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse | ||||
4093 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||
4094 | } | ||||
4095 | |||||
4096 | // If the type is an array type, promote the element qualifiers to the | ||||
4097 | // type for comparison. | ||||
4098 | if (isa<ArrayType>(T1) && T1Quals) | ||||
4099 | T1 = S.Context.getQualifiedType(UnqualT1, T1Quals); | ||||
4100 | if (isa<ArrayType>(T2) && T2Quals) | ||||
4101 | T2 = S.Context.getQualifiedType(UnqualT2, T2Quals); | ||||
4102 | if (T2.isMoreQualifiedThan(T1)) | ||||
4103 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||
4104 | if (T1.isMoreQualifiedThan(T2)) | ||||
4105 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||
4106 | } | ||||
4107 | } | ||||
4108 | |||||
4109 | // In Microsoft mode (below 19.28), prefer an integral conversion to a | ||||
4110 | // floating-to-integral conversion if the integral conversion | ||||
4111 | // is between types of the same size. | ||||
4112 | // For example: | ||||
4113 | // void f(float); | ||||
4114 | // void f(int); | ||||
4115 | // int main { | ||||
4116 | // long a; | ||||
4117 | // f(a); | ||||
4118 | // } | ||||
4119 | // Here, MSVC will call f(int) instead of generating a compile error | ||||
4120 | // as clang will do in standard mode. | ||||
4121 | if (S.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && | ||||
4122 | !S.getLangOpts().isCompatibleWithMSVC(LangOptions::MSVC2019_8) && | ||||
4123 | SCS1.Second == ICK_Integral_Conversion && | ||||
4124 | SCS2.Second == ICK_Floating_Integral && | ||||
4125 | S.Context.getTypeSize(SCS1.getFromType()) == | ||||
4126 | S.Context.getTypeSize(SCS1.getToType(2))) | ||||
4127 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||
4128 | |||||
4129 | // Prefer a compatible vector conversion over a lax vector conversion | ||||
4130 | // For example: | ||||
4131 | // | ||||
4132 | // typedef float __v4sf __attribute__((__vector_size__(16))); | ||||
4133 | // void f(vector float); | ||||
4134 | // void f(vector signed int); | ||||
4135 | // int main() { | ||||
4136 | // __v4sf a; | ||||
4137 | // f(a); | ||||
4138 | // } | ||||
4139 | // Here, we'd like to choose f(vector float) and not | ||||
4140 | // report an ambiguous call error | ||||
4141 | if (SCS1.Second == ICK_Vector_Conversion && | ||||
4142 | SCS2.Second == ICK_Vector_Conversion) { | ||||
4143 | bool SCS1IsCompatibleVectorConversion = S.Context.areCompatibleVectorTypes( | ||||
4144 | SCS1.getFromType(), SCS1.getToType(2)); | ||||
4145 | bool SCS2IsCompatibleVectorConversion = S.Context.areCompatibleVectorTypes( | ||||
4146 | SCS2.getFromType(), SCS2.getToType(2)); | ||||
4147 | |||||
4148 | if (SCS1IsCompatibleVectorConversion != SCS2IsCompatibleVectorConversion) | ||||
4149 | return SCS1IsCompatibleVectorConversion | ||||
4150 | ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better | ||||
4151 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||
4152 | } | ||||
4153 | |||||
4154 | if (SCS1.Second == ICK_SVE_Vector_Conversion && | ||||
4155 | SCS2.Second == ICK_SVE_Vector_Conversion) { | ||||
4156 | bool SCS1IsCompatibleSVEVectorConversion = | ||||
4157 | S.Context.areCompatibleSveTypes(SCS1.getFromType(), SCS1.getToType(2)); | ||||
4158 | bool SCS2IsCompatibleSVEVectorConversion = | ||||
4159 | S.Context.areCompatibleSveTypes(SCS2.getFromType(), SCS2.getToType(2)); | ||||
4160 | |||||
4161 | if (SCS1IsCompatibleSVEVectorConversion != | ||||
4162 | SCS2IsCompatibleSVEVectorConversion) | ||||
4163 | return SCS1IsCompatibleSVEVectorConversion | ||||
4164 | ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better | ||||
4165 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||
4166 | } | ||||
4167 | |||||
4168 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||
4169 | } | ||||
4170 | |||||
4171 | /// CompareQualificationConversions - Compares two standard conversion | ||||
4172 | /// sequences to determine whether they can be ranked based on their | ||||
4173 | /// qualification conversions (C++ 13.3.3.2p3 bullet 3). | ||||
4174 | static ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind | ||||
4175 | CompareQualificationConversions(Sema &S, | ||||
4176 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1, | ||||
4177 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2) { | ||||
4178 | // C++ 13.3.3.2p3: | ||||
4179 | // -- S1 and S2 differ only in their qualification conversion and | ||||
4180 | // yield similar types T1 and T2 (C++ 4.4), respectively, and the | ||||
4181 | // cv-qualification signature of type T1 is a proper subset of | ||||
4182 | // the cv-qualification signature of type T2, and S1 is not the | ||||
4183 | // deprecated string literal array-to-pointer conversion (4.2). | ||||
4184 | if (SCS1.First != SCS2.First || SCS1.Second != SCS2.Second || | ||||
4185 | SCS1.Third != SCS2.Third || SCS1.Third != ICK_Qualification) | ||||
4186 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||
4187 | |||||
4188 | // FIXME: the example in the standard doesn't use a qualification | ||||
4189 | // conversion (!) | ||||
4190 | QualType T1 = SCS1.getToType(2); | ||||
4191 | QualType T2 = SCS2.getToType(2); | ||||
4192 | T1 = S.Context.getCanonicalType(T1); | ||||
4193 | T2 = S.Context.getCanonicalType(T2); | ||||
4194 | assert(!T1->isReferenceType() && !T2->isReferenceType())((!T1->isReferenceType() && !T2->isReferenceType ()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!T1->isReferenceType() && !T2->isReferenceType()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 4194, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
4195 | Qualifiers T1Quals, T2Quals; | ||||
4196 | QualType UnqualT1 = S.Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T1, T1Quals); | ||||
4197 | QualType UnqualT2 = S.Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T2, T2Quals); | ||||
4198 | |||||
4199 | // If the types are the same, we won't learn anything by unwrapping | ||||
4200 | // them. | ||||
4201 | if (UnqualT1 == UnqualT2) | ||||
4202 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||
4203 | |||||
4204 | ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind Result | ||||
4205 | = ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||
4206 | |||||
4207 | // Objective-C++ ARC: | ||||
4208 | // Prefer qualification conversions not involving a change in lifetime | ||||
4209 | // to qualification conversions that do not change lifetime. | ||||
4210 | if (SCS1.QualificationIncludesObjCLifetime != | ||||
4211 | SCS2.QualificationIncludesObjCLifetime) { | ||||
4212 | Result = SCS1.QualificationIncludesObjCLifetime | ||||
4213 | ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse | ||||
4214 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||
4215 | } | ||||
4216 | |||||
4217 | while (S.Context.UnwrapSimilarTypes(T1, T2)) { | ||||
4218 | // Within each iteration of the loop, we check the qualifiers to | ||||
4219 | // determine if this still looks like a qualification | ||||
4220 | // conversion. Then, if all is well, we unwrap one more level of | ||||
4221 | // pointers or pointers-to-members and do it all again | ||||
4222 | // until there are no more pointers or pointers-to-members left | ||||
4223 | // to unwrap. This essentially mimics what | ||||
4224 | // IsQualificationConversion does, but here we're checking for a | ||||
4225 | // strict subset of qualifiers. | ||||
4226 | if (T1.getQualifiers().withoutObjCLifetime() == | ||||
4227 | T2.getQualifiers().withoutObjCLifetime()) | ||||
4228 | // The qualifiers are the same, so this doesn't tell us anything | ||||
4229 | // about how the sequences rank. | ||||
4230 | // ObjC ownership quals are omitted above as they interfere with | ||||
4231 | // the ARC overload rule. | ||||
4232 | ; | ||||
4233 | else if (T2.isMoreQualifiedThan(T1)) { | ||||
4234 | // T1 has fewer qualifiers, so it could be the better sequence. | ||||
4235 | if (Result == ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse) | ||||
4236 | // Neither has qualifiers that are a subset of the other's | ||||
4237 | // qualifiers. | ||||
4238 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||
4239 | |||||
4240 | Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||
4241 | } else if (T1.isMoreQualifiedThan(T2)) { | ||||
4242 | // T2 has fewer qualifiers, so it could be the better sequence. | ||||
4243 | if (Result == ImplicitConversionSequence::Better) | ||||
4244 | // Neither has qualifiers that are a subset of the other's | ||||
4245 | // qualifiers. | ||||
4246 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||
4247 | |||||
4248 | Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||
4249 | } else { | ||||
4250 | // Qualifiers are disjoint. | ||||
4251 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||
4252 | } | ||||
4253 | |||||
4254 | // If the types after this point are equivalent, we're done. | ||||
4255 | if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T1, T2)) | ||||
4256 | break; | ||||
4257 | } | ||||
4258 | |||||
4259 | // Check that the winning standard conversion sequence isn't using | ||||
4260 | // the deprecated string literal array to pointer conversion. | ||||
4261 | switch (Result) { | ||||
4262 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::Better: | ||||
4263 | if (SCS1.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr) | ||||
4264 | Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||
4265 | break; | ||||
4266 | |||||
4267 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable: | ||||
4268 | break; | ||||
4269 | |||||
4270 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse: | ||||
4271 | if (SCS2.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr) | ||||
4272 | Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||
4273 | break; | ||||
4274 | } | ||||
4275 | |||||
4276 | return Result; | ||||
4277 | } | ||||
4278 | |||||
4279 | /// CompareDerivedToBaseConversions - Compares two standard conversion | ||||
4280 | /// sequences to determine whether they can be ranked based on their | ||||
4281 | /// various kinds of derived-to-base conversions (C++ | ||||
4282 | /// [over.ics.rank]p4b3). As part of these checks, we also look at | ||||
4283 | /// conversions between Objective-C interface types. | ||||
4284 | static ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind | ||||
4285 | CompareDerivedToBaseConversions(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||
4286 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1, | ||||
4287 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2) { | ||||
4288 | QualType FromType1 = SCS1.getFromType(); | ||||
4289 | QualType ToType1 = SCS1.getToType(1); | ||||
4290 | QualType FromType2 = SCS2.getFromType(); | ||||
4291 | QualType ToType2 = SCS2.getToType(1); | ||||
4292 | |||||
4293 | // Adjust the types we're converting from via the array-to-pointer | ||||
4294 | // conversion, if we need to. | ||||
4295 | if (SCS1.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer) | ||||
4296 | FromType1 = S.Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType1); | ||||
4297 | if (SCS2.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer) | ||||
4298 | FromType2 = S.Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType2); | ||||
4299 | |||||
4300 | // Canonicalize all of the types. | ||||
4301 | FromType1 = S.Context.getCanonicalType(FromType1); | ||||
4302 | ToType1 = S.Context.getCanonicalType(ToType1); | ||||
4303 | FromType2 = S.Context.getCanonicalType(FromType2); | ||||
4304 | ToType2 = S.Context.getCanonicalType(ToType2); | ||||
4305 | |||||
4306 | // C++ [over.ics.rank]p4b3: | ||||
4307 | // | ||||
4308 | // If class B is derived directly or indirectly from class A and | ||||
4309 | // class C is derived directly or indirectly from B, | ||||
4310 | // | ||||
4311 | // Compare based on pointer conversions. | ||||
4312 | if (SCS1.Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion && | ||||
4313 | SCS2.Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion && | ||||
4314 | /*FIXME: Remove if Objective-C id conversions get their own rank*/ | ||||
4315 | FromType1->isPointerType() && FromType2->isPointerType() && | ||||
4316 | ToType1->isPointerType() && ToType2->isPointerType()) { | ||||
4317 | QualType FromPointee1 = | ||||
4318 | FromType1->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||
4319 | QualType ToPointee1 = | ||||
4320 | ToType1->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||
4321 | QualType FromPointee2 = | ||||
4322 | FromType2->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||
4323 | QualType ToPointee2 = | ||||
4324 | ToType2->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||
4325 | |||||
4326 | // -- conversion of C* to B* is better than conversion of C* to A*, | ||||
4327 | if (FromPointee1 == FromPointee2 && ToPointee1 != ToPointee2) { | ||||
4328 | if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, ToPointee1, ToPointee2)) | ||||
4329 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||
4330 | else if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, ToPointee2, ToPointee1)) | ||||
4331 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||
4332 | } | ||||
4333 | |||||
4334 | // -- conversion of B* to A* is better than conversion of C* to A*, | ||||
4335 | if (FromPointee1 != FromPointee2 && ToPointee1 == ToPointee2) { | ||||
4336 | if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, FromPointee2, FromPointee1)) | ||||
4337 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||
4338 | else if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, FromPointee1, FromPointee2)) | ||||
4339 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||
4340 | } | ||||
4341 | } else if (SCS1.Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion && | ||||
4342 | SCS2.Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion) { | ||||
4343 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *FromPtr1 | ||||
4344 | = FromType1->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); | ||||
4345 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *FromPtr2 | ||||
4346 | = FromType2->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); | ||||
4347 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *ToPtr1 | ||||
4348 | = ToType1->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); | ||||
4349 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *ToPtr2 | ||||
4350 | = ToType2->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); | ||||
4351 | |||||
4352 | if (FromPtr1 && FromPtr2 && ToPtr1 && ToPtr2) { | ||||
4353 | // Apply the same conversion ranking rules for Objective-C pointer types | ||||
4354 | // that we do for C++ pointers to class types. However, we employ the | ||||
4355 | // Objective-C pseudo-subtyping relationship used for assignment of | ||||
4356 | // Objective-C pointer types. | ||||
4357 | bool FromAssignLeft | ||||
4358 | = S.Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromPtr1, FromPtr2); | ||||
4359 | bool FromAssignRight | ||||
4360 | = S.Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromPtr2, FromPtr1); | ||||
4361 | bool ToAssignLeft | ||||
4362 | = S.Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(ToPtr1, ToPtr2); | ||||
4363 | bool ToAssignRight | ||||
4364 | = S.Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(ToPtr2, ToPtr1); | ||||
4365 | |||||
4366 | // A conversion to an a non-id object pointer type or qualified 'id' | ||||
4367 | // type is better than a conversion to 'id'. | ||||
4368 | if (ToPtr1->isObjCIdType() && | ||||
4369 | (ToPtr2->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || ToPtr2->getInterfaceDecl())) | ||||
4370 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||
4371 | if (ToPtr2->isObjCIdType() && | ||||
4372 | (ToPtr1->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || ToPtr1->getInterfaceDecl())) | ||||
4373 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||
4374 | |||||
4375 | // A conversion to a non-id object pointer type is better than a | ||||
4376 | // conversion to a qualified 'id' type | ||||
4377 | if (ToPtr1->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && ToPtr2->getInterfaceDecl()) | ||||
4378 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||
4379 | if (ToPtr2->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && ToPtr1->getInterfaceDecl()) | ||||
4380 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||
4381 | |||||
4382 | // A conversion to an a non-Class object pointer type or qualified 'Class' | ||||
4383 | // type is better than a conversion to 'Class'. | ||||
4384 | if (ToPtr1->isObjCClassType() && | ||||
4385 | (ToPtr2->isObjCQualifiedClassType() || ToPtr2->getInterfaceDecl())) | ||||
4386 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||
4387 | if (ToPtr2->isObjCClassType() && | ||||
4388 | (ToPtr1->isObjCQualifiedClassType() || ToPtr1->getInterfaceDecl())) | ||||
4389 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||
4390 | |||||
4391 | // A conversion to a non-Class object pointer type is better than a | ||||
4392 | // conversion to a qualified 'Class' type. | ||||
4393 | if (ToPtr1->isObjCQualifiedClassType() && ToPtr2->getInterfaceDecl()) | ||||
4394 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||
4395 | if (ToPtr2->isObjCQualifiedClassType() && ToPtr1->getInterfaceDecl()) | ||||
4396 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||
4397 | |||||
4398 | // -- "conversion of C* to B* is better than conversion of C* to A*," | ||||
4399 | if (S.Context.hasSameType(FromType1, FromType2) && | ||||
4400 | !FromPtr1->isObjCIdType() && !FromPtr1->isObjCClassType() && | ||||
4401 | (ToAssignLeft != ToAssignRight)) { | ||||
4402 | if (FromPtr1->isSpecialized()) { | ||||
4403 | // "conversion of B<A> * to B * is better than conversion of B * to | ||||
4404 | // C *. | ||||
4405 | bool IsFirstSame = | ||||
4406 | FromPtr1->getInterfaceDecl() == ToPtr1->getInterfaceDecl(); | ||||
4407 | bool IsSecondSame = | ||||
4408 | FromPtr1->getInterfaceDecl() == ToPtr2->getInterfaceDecl(); | ||||
4409 | if (IsFirstSame) { | ||||
4410 | if (!IsSecondSame) | ||||
4411 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||
4412 | } else if (IsSecondSame) | ||||
4413 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||
4414 | } | ||||
4415 | return ToAssignLeft? ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse | ||||
4416 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||
4417 | } | ||||
4418 | |||||
4419 | // -- "conversion of B* to A* is better than conversion of C* to A*," | ||||
4420 | if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType1, ToType2) && | ||||
4421 | (FromAssignLeft != FromAssignRight)) | ||||
4422 | return FromAssignLeft? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better | ||||
4423 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||
4424 | } | ||||
4425 | } | ||||
4426 | |||||
4427 | // Ranking of member-pointer types. | ||||
4428 | if (SCS1.Second == ICK_Pointer_Member && SCS2.Second == ICK_Pointer_Member && | ||||
4429 | FromType1->isMemberPointerType() && FromType2->isMemberPointerType() && | ||||
4430 | ToType1->isMemberPointerType() && ToType2->isMemberPointerType()) { | ||||
4431 | const auto *FromMemPointer1 = FromType1->castAs<MemberPointerType>(); | ||||
4432 | const auto *ToMemPointer1 = ToType1->castAs<MemberPointerType>(); | ||||
4433 | const auto *FromMemPointer2 = FromType2->castAs<MemberPointerType>(); | ||||
4434 | const auto *ToMemPointer2 = ToType2->castAs<MemberPointerType>(); | ||||
4435 | const Type *FromPointeeType1 = FromMemPointer1->getClass(); | ||||
4436 | const Type *ToPointeeType1 = ToMemPointer1->getClass(); | ||||
4437 | const Type *FromPointeeType2 = FromMemPointer2->getClass(); | ||||
4438 | const Type *ToPointeeType2 = ToMemPointer2->getClass(); | ||||
4439 | QualType FromPointee1 = QualType(FromPointeeType1, 0).getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||
4440 | QualType ToPointee1 = QualType(ToPointeeType1, 0).getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||
4441 | QualType FromPointee2 = QualType(FromPointeeType2, 0).getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||
4442 | QualType ToPointee2 = QualType(ToPointeeType2, 0).getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||
4443 | // conversion of A::* to B::* is better than conversion of A::* to C::*, | ||||
4444 | if (FromPointee1 == FromPointee2 && ToPointee1 != ToPointee2) { | ||||
4445 | if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, ToPointee1, ToPointee2)) | ||||
4446 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||
4447 | else if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, ToPointee2, ToPointee1)) | ||||
4448 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||
4449 | } | ||||
4450 | // conversion of B::* to C::* is better than conversion of A::* to C::* | ||||
4451 | if (ToPointee1 == ToPointee2 && FromPointee1 != FromPointee2) { | ||||
4452 | if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, FromPointee1, FromPointee2)) | ||||
4453 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||
4454 | else if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, FromPointee2, FromPointee1)) | ||||
4455 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||
4456 | } | ||||
4457 | } | ||||
4458 | |||||
4459 | if (SCS1.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base) { | ||||
4460 | // -- conversion of C to B is better than conversion of C to A, | ||||
4461 | // -- binding of an expression of type C to a reference of type | ||||
4462 | // B& is better than binding an expression of type C to a | ||||
4463 | // reference of type A&, | ||||
4464 | if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType1, FromType2) && | ||||
4465 | !S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType1, ToType2)) { | ||||
4466 | if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, ToType1, ToType2)) | ||||
4467 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||
4468 | else if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, ToType2, ToType1)) | ||||
4469 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||
4470 | } | ||||
4471 | |||||
4472 | // -- conversion of B to A is better than conversion of C to A. | ||||
4473 | // -- binding of an expression of type B to a reference of type | ||||
4474 | // A& is better than binding an expression of type C to a | ||||
4475 | // reference of type A&, | ||||
4476 | if (!S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType1, FromType2) && | ||||
4477 | S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType1, ToType2)) { | ||||
4478 | if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, FromType2, FromType1)) | ||||
4479 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||
4480 | else if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, FromType1, FromType2)) | ||||
4481 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||
4482 | } | ||||
4483 | } | ||||
4484 | |||||
4485 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||
4486 | } | ||||
4487 | |||||
4488 | /// Determine whether the given type is valid, e.g., it is not an invalid | ||||
4489 | /// C++ class. | ||||
4490 | static bool isTypeValid(QualType T) { | ||||
4491 | if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) | ||||
4492 | return !Record->isInvalidDecl(); | ||||
4493 | |||||
4494 | return true; | ||||
4495 | } | ||||
4496 | |||||
4497 | static QualType withoutUnaligned(ASTContext &Ctx, QualType T) { | ||||
4498 | if (!T.getQualifiers().hasUnaligned()) | ||||
4499 | return T; | ||||
4500 | |||||
4501 | Qualifiers Q; | ||||
4502 | T = Ctx.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T, Q); | ||||
4503 | Q.removeUnaligned(); | ||||
4504 | return Ctx.getQualifiedType(T, Q); | ||||
4505 | } | ||||
4506 | |||||
4507 | /// CompareReferenceRelationship - Compare the two types T1 and T2 to | ||||
4508 | /// determine whether they are reference-compatible, | ||||
4509 | /// reference-related, or incompatible, for use in C++ initialization by | ||||
4510 | /// reference (C++ [dcl.ref.init]p4). Neither type can be a reference | ||||
4511 | /// type, and the first type (T1) is the pointee type of the reference | ||||
4512 | /// type being initialized. | ||||
4513 | Sema::ReferenceCompareResult | ||||
4514 | Sema::CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc, | ||||
4515 | QualType OrigT1, QualType OrigT2, | ||||
4516 | ReferenceConversions *ConvOut) { | ||||
4517 | assert(!OrigT1->isReferenceType() &&((!OrigT1->isReferenceType() && "T1 must be the pointee type of the reference type" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!OrigT1->isReferenceType() && \"T1 must be the pointee type of the reference type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 4518, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
4518 | "T1 must be the pointee type of the reference type")((!OrigT1->isReferenceType() && "T1 must be the pointee type of the reference type" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!OrigT1->isReferenceType() && \"T1 must be the pointee type of the reference type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 4518, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
4519 | assert(!OrigT2->isReferenceType() && "T2 cannot be a reference type")((!OrigT2->isReferenceType() && "T2 cannot be a reference type" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!OrigT2->isReferenceType() && \"T2 cannot be a reference type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 4519, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
4520 | |||||
4521 | QualType T1 = Context.getCanonicalType(OrigT1); | ||||
4522 | QualType T2 = Context.getCanonicalType(OrigT2); | ||||
4523 | Qualifiers T1Quals, T2Quals; | ||||
4524 | QualType UnqualT1 = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T1, T1Quals); | ||||
4525 | QualType UnqualT2 = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T2, T2Quals); | ||||
4526 | |||||
4527 | ReferenceConversions ConvTmp; | ||||
4528 | ReferenceConversions &Conv = ConvOut ? *ConvOut : ConvTmp; | ||||
4529 | Conv = ReferenceConversions(); | ||||
4530 | |||||
4531 | // C++2a [dcl.init.ref]p4: | ||||
4532 | // Given types "cv1 T1" and "cv2 T2," "cv1 T1" is | ||||
4533 | // reference-related to "cv2 T2" if T1 is similar to T2, or | ||||
4534 | // T1 is a base class of T2. | ||||
4535 | // "cv1 T1" is reference-compatible with "cv2 T2" if | ||||
4536 | // a prvalue of type "pointer to cv2 T2" can be converted to the type | ||||
4537 | // "pointer to cv1 T1" via a standard conversion sequence. | ||||
4538 | |||||
4539 | // Check for standard conversions we can apply to pointers: derived-to-base | ||||
4540 | // conversions, ObjC pointer conversions, and function pointer conversions. | ||||
4541 | // (Qualification conversions are checked last.) | ||||
4542 | QualType ConvertedT2; | ||||
4543 | if (UnqualT1 == UnqualT2) { | ||||
4544 | // Nothing to do. | ||||
4545 | } else if (isCompleteType(Loc, OrigT2) && | ||||
4546 | isTypeValid(UnqualT1) && isTypeValid(UnqualT2) && | ||||
4547 | IsDerivedFrom(Loc, UnqualT2, UnqualT1)) | ||||
4548 | Conv |= ReferenceConversions::DerivedToBase; | ||||
4549 | else if (UnqualT1->isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType() && | ||||
4550 | UnqualT2->isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType() && | ||||
4551 | Context.canBindObjCObjectType(UnqualT1, UnqualT2)) | ||||
4552 | Conv |= ReferenceConversions::ObjC; | ||||
4553 | else if (UnqualT2->isFunctionType() && | ||||
4554 | IsFunctionConversion(UnqualT2, UnqualT1, ConvertedT2)) { | ||||
4555 | Conv |= ReferenceConversions::Function; | ||||
4556 | // No need to check qualifiers; function types don't have them. | ||||
4557 | return Ref_Compatible; | ||||
4558 | } | ||||
4559 | bool ConvertedReferent = Conv != 0; | ||||
4560 | |||||
4561 | // We can have a qualification conversion. Compute whether the types are | ||||
4562 | // similar at the same time. | ||||
4563 | bool PreviousToQualsIncludeConst = true; | ||||
4564 | bool TopLevel = true; | ||||
4565 | do { | ||||
4566 | if (T1 == T2) | ||||
4567 | break; | ||||
4568 | |||||
4569 | // We will need a qualification conversion. | ||||
4570 | Conv |= ReferenceConversions::Qualification; | ||||
4571 | |||||
4572 | // Track whether we performed a qualification conversion anywhere other | ||||
4573 | // than the top level. This matters for ranking reference bindings in | ||||
4574 | // overload resolution. | ||||
4575 | if (!TopLevel) | ||||
4576 | Conv |= ReferenceConversions::NestedQualification; | ||||
4577 | |||||
4578 | // MS compiler ignores __unaligned qualifier for references; do the same. | ||||
4579 | T1 = withoutUnaligned(Context, T1); | ||||
4580 | T2 = withoutUnaligned(Context, T2); | ||||
4581 | |||||
4582 | // If we find a qualifier mismatch, the types are not reference-compatible, | ||||
4583 | // but are still be reference-related if they're similar. | ||||
4584 | bool ObjCLifetimeConversion = false; | ||||
4585 | if (!isQualificationConversionStep(T2, T1, /*CStyle=*/false, TopLevel, | ||||
4586 | PreviousToQualsIncludeConst, | ||||
4587 | ObjCLifetimeConversion)) | ||||
4588 | return (ConvertedReferent || Context.hasSimilarType(T1, T2)) | ||||
4589 | ? Ref_Related | ||||
4590 | : Ref_Incompatible; | ||||
4591 | |||||
4592 | // FIXME: Should we track this for any level other than the first? | ||||
4593 | if (ObjCLifetimeConversion) | ||||
4594 | Conv |= ReferenceConversions::ObjCLifetime; | ||||
4595 | |||||
4596 | TopLevel = false; | ||||
4597 | } while (Context.UnwrapSimilarTypes(T1, T2)); | ||||
4598 | |||||
4599 | // At this point, if the types are reference-related, we must either have the | ||||
4600 | // same inner type (ignoring qualifiers), or must have already worked out how | ||||
4601 | // to convert the referent. | ||||
4602 | return (ConvertedReferent || Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T1, T2)) | ||||
4603 | ? Ref_Compatible | ||||
4604 | : Ref_Incompatible; | ||||
4605 | } | ||||
4606 | |||||
4607 | /// Look for a user-defined conversion to a value reference-compatible | ||||
4608 | /// with DeclType. Return true if something definite is found. | ||||
4609 | static bool | ||||
4610 | FindConversionForRefInit(Sema &S, ImplicitConversionSequence &ICS, | ||||
4611 | QualType DeclType, SourceLocation DeclLoc, | ||||
4612 | Expr *Init, QualType T2, bool AllowRvalues, | ||||
4613 | bool AllowExplicit) { | ||||
4614 | assert(T2->isRecordType() && "Can only find conversions of record types.")((T2->isRecordType() && "Can only find conversions of record types." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("T2->isRecordType() && \"Can only find conversions of record types.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 4614, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
4615 | auto *T2RecordDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(T2->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()); | ||||
4616 | |||||
4617 | OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet( | ||||
4618 | DeclLoc, OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_InitByUserDefinedConversion); | ||||
4619 | const auto &Conversions = T2RecordDecl->getVisibleConversionFunctions(); | ||||
4620 | for (auto I = Conversions.begin(), E = Conversions.end(); I != E; ++I) { | ||||
4621 | NamedDecl *D = *I; | ||||
4622 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingDC = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext()); | ||||
4623 | if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D)) | ||||
4624 | D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl(); | ||||
4625 | |||||
4626 | FunctionTemplateDecl *ConvTemplate | ||||
4627 | = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D); | ||||
4628 | CXXConversionDecl *Conv; | ||||
4629 | if (ConvTemplate) | ||||
4630 | Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(ConvTemplate->getTemplatedDecl()); | ||||
4631 | else | ||||
4632 | Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(D); | ||||
4633 | |||||
4634 | if (AllowRvalues) { | ||||
4635 | // If we are initializing an rvalue reference, don't permit conversion | ||||
4636 | // functions that return lvalues. | ||||
4637 | if (!ConvTemplate && DeclType->isRValueReferenceType()) { | ||||
4638 | const ReferenceType *RefType | ||||
4639 | = Conv->getConversionType()->getAs<LValueReferenceType>(); | ||||
4640 | if (RefType && !RefType->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType()) | ||||
4641 | continue; | ||||
4642 | } | ||||
4643 | |||||
4644 | if (!ConvTemplate && | ||||
4645 | S.CompareReferenceRelationship( | ||||
4646 | DeclLoc, | ||||
4647 | Conv->getConversionType() | ||||
4648 | .getNonReferenceType() | ||||
4649 | .getUnqualifiedType(), | ||||
4650 | DeclType.getNonReferenceType().getUnqualifiedType()) == | ||||
4651 | Sema::Ref_Incompatible) | ||||
4652 | continue; | ||||
4653 | } else { | ||||
4654 | // If the conversion function doesn't return a reference type, | ||||
4655 | // it can't be considered for this conversion. An rvalue reference | ||||
4656 | // is only acceptable if its referencee is a function type. | ||||
4657 | |||||
4658 | const ReferenceType *RefType = | ||||
4659 | Conv->getConversionType()->getAs<ReferenceType>(); | ||||
4660 | if (!RefType || | ||||
4661 | (!RefType->isLValueReferenceType() && | ||||
4662 | !RefType->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType())) | ||||
4663 | continue; | ||||
4664 | } | ||||
4665 | |||||
4666 | if (ConvTemplate) | ||||
4667 | S.AddTemplateConversionCandidate( | ||||
4668 | ConvTemplate, I.getPair(), ActingDC, Init, DeclType, CandidateSet, | ||||
4669 | /*AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit=*/false, AllowExplicit); | ||||
4670 | else | ||||
4671 | S.AddConversionCandidate( | ||||
4672 | Conv, I.getPair(), ActingDC, Init, DeclType, CandidateSet, | ||||
4673 | /*AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit=*/false, AllowExplicit); | ||||
4674 | } | ||||
4675 | |||||
4676 | bool HadMultipleCandidates = (CandidateSet.size() > 1); | ||||
4677 | |||||
4678 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; | ||||
4679 | switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(S, DeclLoc, Best)) { | ||||
4680 | case OR_Success: | ||||
4681 | // C++ [over.ics.ref]p1: | ||||
4682 | // | ||||
4683 | // [...] If the parameter binds directly to the result of | ||||
4684 | // applying a conversion function to the argument | ||||
4685 | // expression, the implicit conversion sequence is a | ||||
4686 | // user-defined conversion sequence (13.3.3.1.2), with the | ||||
4687 | // second standard conversion sequence either an identity | ||||
4688 | // conversion or, if the conversion function returns an | ||||
4689 | // entity of a type that is a derived class of the parameter | ||||
4690 | // type, a derived-to-base Conversion. | ||||
4691 | if (!Best->FinalConversion.DirectBinding) | ||||
4692 | return false; | ||||
4693 | |||||
4694 | ICS.setUserDefined(); | ||||
4695 | ICS.UserDefined.Before = Best->Conversions[0].Standard; | ||||
4696 | ICS.UserDefined.After = Best->FinalConversion; | ||||
4697 | ICS.UserDefined.HadMultipleCandidates = HadMultipleCandidates; | ||||
4698 | ICS.UserDefined.ConversionFunction = Best->Function; | ||||
4699 | ICS.UserDefined.FoundConversionFunction = Best->FoundDecl; | ||||
4700 | ICS.UserDefined.EllipsisConversion = false; | ||||
4701 | assert(ICS.UserDefined.After.ReferenceBinding &&((ICS.UserDefined.After.ReferenceBinding && ICS.UserDefined .After.DirectBinding && "Expected a direct reference binding!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ICS.UserDefined.After.ReferenceBinding && ICS.UserDefined.After.DirectBinding && \"Expected a direct reference binding!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 4703, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
4702 | ICS.UserDefined.After.DirectBinding &&((ICS.UserDefined.After.ReferenceBinding && ICS.UserDefined .After.DirectBinding && "Expected a direct reference binding!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ICS.UserDefined.After.ReferenceBinding && ICS.UserDefined.After.DirectBinding && \"Expected a direct reference binding!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 4703, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
4703 | "Expected a direct reference binding!")((ICS.UserDefined.After.ReferenceBinding && ICS.UserDefined .After.DirectBinding && "Expected a direct reference binding!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ICS.UserDefined.After.ReferenceBinding && ICS.UserDefined.After.DirectBinding && \"Expected a direct reference binding!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 4703, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
4704 | return true; | ||||
4705 | |||||
4706 | case OR_Ambiguous: | ||||
4707 | ICS.setAmbiguous(); | ||||
4708 | for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = CandidateSet.begin(); | ||||
4709 | Cand != CandidateSet.end(); ++Cand) | ||||
4710 | if (Cand->Best) | ||||
4711 | ICS.Ambiguous.addConversion(Cand->FoundDecl, Cand->Function); | ||||
4712 | return true; | ||||
4713 | |||||
4714 | case OR_No_Viable_Function: | ||||
4715 | case OR_Deleted: | ||||
4716 | // There was no suitable conversion, or we found a deleted | ||||
4717 | // conversion; continue with other checks. | ||||
4718 | return false; | ||||
4719 | } | ||||
4720 | |||||
4721 | llvm_unreachable("Invalid OverloadResult!")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Invalid OverloadResult!", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 4721); | ||||
4722 | } | ||||
4723 | |||||
4724 | /// Compute an implicit conversion sequence for reference | ||||
4725 | /// initialization. | ||||
4726 | static ImplicitConversionSequence | ||||
4727 | TryReferenceInit(Sema &S, Expr *Init, QualType DeclType, | ||||
4728 | SourceLocation DeclLoc, | ||||
4729 | bool SuppressUserConversions, | ||||
4730 | bool AllowExplicit) { | ||||
4731 | assert(DeclType->isReferenceType() && "Reference init needs a reference")((DeclType->isReferenceType() && "Reference init needs a reference" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("DeclType->isReferenceType() && \"Reference init needs a reference\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 4731, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
4732 | |||||
4733 | // Most paths end in a failed conversion. | ||||
4734 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS; | ||||
4735 | ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::no_conversion, Init, DeclType); | ||||
4736 | |||||
4737 | QualType T1 = DeclType->castAs<ReferenceType>()->getPointeeType(); | ||||
4738 | QualType T2 = Init->getType(); | ||||
4739 | |||||
4740 | // If the initializer is the address of an overloaded function, try | ||||
4741 | // to resolve the overloaded function. If all goes well, T2 is the | ||||
4742 | // type of the resulting function. | ||||
4743 | if (S.Context.getCanonicalType(T2) == S.Context.OverloadTy) { | ||||
4744 | DeclAccessPair Found; | ||||
4745 | if (FunctionDecl *Fn = S.ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Init, DeclType, | ||||
4746 | false, Found)) | ||||
4747 | T2 = Fn->getType(); | ||||
4748 | } | ||||
4749 | |||||
4750 | // Compute some basic properties of the types and the initializer. | ||||
4751 | bool isRValRef = DeclType->isRValueReferenceType(); | ||||
4752 | Expr::Classification InitCategory = Init->Classify(S.Context); | ||||
4753 | |||||
4754 | Sema::ReferenceConversions RefConv; | ||||
4755 | Sema::ReferenceCompareResult RefRelationship = | ||||
4756 | S.CompareReferenceRelationship(DeclLoc, T1, T2, &RefConv); | ||||
4757 | |||||
4758 | auto SetAsReferenceBinding = [&](bool BindsDirectly) { | ||||
4759 | ICS.setStandard(); | ||||
4760 | ICS.Standard.First = ICK_Identity; | ||||
4761 | // FIXME: A reference binding can be a function conversion too. We should | ||||
4762 | // consider that when ordering reference-to-function bindings. | ||||
4763 | ICS.Standard.Second = (RefConv & Sema::ReferenceConversions::DerivedToBase) | ||||
4764 | ? ICK_Derived_To_Base | ||||
4765 | : (RefConv & Sema::ReferenceConversions::ObjC) | ||||
4766 | ? ICK_Compatible_Conversion | ||||
4767 | : ICK_Identity; | ||||
4768 | // FIXME: As a speculative fix to a defect introduced by CWG2352, we rank | ||||
4769 | // a reference binding that performs a non-top-level qualification | ||||
4770 | // conversion as a qualification conversion, not as an identity conversion. | ||||
4771 | ICS.Standard.Third = (RefConv & | ||||
4772 | Sema::ReferenceConversions::NestedQualification) | ||||
4773 | ? ICK_Qualification | ||||
4774 | : ICK_Identity; | ||||
4775 | ICS.Standard.setFromType(T2); | ||||
4776 | ICS.Standard.setToType(0, T2); | ||||
4777 | ICS.Standard.setToType(1, T1); | ||||
4778 | ICS.Standard.setToType(2, T1); | ||||
4779 | ICS.Standard.ReferenceBinding = true; | ||||
4780 | ICS.Standard.DirectBinding = BindsDirectly; | ||||
4781 | ICS.Standard.IsLvalueReference = !isRValRef; | ||||
4782 | ICS.Standard.BindsToFunctionLvalue = T2->isFunctionType(); | ||||
4783 | ICS.Standard.BindsToRvalue = InitCategory.isRValue(); | ||||
4784 | ICS.Standard.BindsImplicitObjectArgumentWithoutRefQualifier = false; | ||||
4785 | ICS.Standard.ObjCLifetimeConversionBinding = | ||||
4786 | (RefConv & Sema::ReferenceConversions::ObjCLifetime) != 0; | ||||
4787 | ICS.Standard.CopyConstructor = nullptr; | ||||
4788 | ICS.Standard.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr = false; | ||||
4789 | }; | ||||
4790 | |||||
4791 | // C++0x [dcl.init.ref]p5: | ||||
4792 | // A reference to type "cv1 T1" is initialized by an expression | ||||
4793 | // of type "cv2 T2" as follows: | ||||
4794 | |||||
4795 | // -- If reference is an lvalue reference and the initializer expression | ||||
4796 | if (!isRValRef) { | ||||
4797 | // -- is an lvalue (but is not a bit-field), and "cv1 T1" is | ||||
4798 | // reference-compatible with "cv2 T2," or | ||||
4799 | // | ||||
4800 | // Per C++ [over.ics.ref]p4, we don't check the bit-field property here. | ||||
4801 | if (InitCategory.isLValue() && RefRelationship == Sema::Ref_Compatible) { | ||||
4802 | // C++ [over.ics.ref]p1: | ||||
4803 | // When a parameter of reference type binds directly (8.5.3) | ||||
4804 | // to an argument expression, the implicit conversion sequence | ||||
4805 | // is the identity conversion, unless the argument expression | ||||
4806 | // has a type that is a derived class of the parameter type, | ||||
4807 | // in which case the implicit conversion sequence is a | ||||
4808 | // derived-to-base Conversion (13.3.3.1). | ||||
4809 | SetAsReferenceBinding(/*BindsDirectly=*/true); | ||||
4810 | |||||
4811 | // Nothing more to do: the inaccessibility/ambiguity check for | ||||
4812 | // derived-to-base conversions is suppressed when we're | ||||
4813 | // computing the implicit conversion sequence (C++ | ||||
4814 | // [over.best.ics]p2). | ||||
4815 | return ICS; | ||||
4816 | } | ||||
4817 | |||||
4818 | // -- has a class type (i.e., T2 is a class type), where T1 is | ||||
4819 | // not reference-related to T2, and can be implicitly | ||||
4820 | // converted to an lvalue of type "cv3 T3," where "cv1 T1" | ||||
4821 | // is reference-compatible with "cv3 T3" 92) (this | ||||
4822 | // conversion is selected by enumerating the applicable | ||||
4823 | // conversion functions (13.3.1.6) and choosing the best | ||||
4824 | // one through overload resolution (13.3)), | ||||
4825 | if (!SuppressUserConversions && T2->isRecordType() && | ||||
4826 | S.isCompleteType(DeclLoc, T2) && | ||||
4827 | RefRelationship == Sema::Ref_Incompatible) { | ||||
4828 | if (FindConversionForRefInit(S, ICS, DeclType, DeclLoc, | ||||
4829 | Init, T2, /*AllowRvalues=*/false, | ||||
4830 | AllowExplicit)) | ||||
4831 | return ICS; | ||||
4832 | } | ||||
4833 | } | ||||
4834 | |||||
4835 | // -- Otherwise, the reference shall be an lvalue reference to a | ||||
4836 | // non-volatile const type (i.e., cv1 shall be const), or the reference | ||||
4837 | // shall be an rvalue reference. | ||||
4838 | if (!isRValRef && (!T1.isConstQualified() || T1.isVolatileQualified())) { | ||||
4839 | if (InitCategory.isRValue() && RefRelationship != Sema::Ref_Incompatible) | ||||
4840 | ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::lvalue_ref_to_rvalue, Init, DeclType); | ||||
4841 | return ICS; | ||||
4842 | } | ||||
4843 | |||||
4844 | // -- If the initializer expression | ||||
4845 | // | ||||
4846 | // -- is an xvalue, class prvalue, array prvalue or function | ||||
4847 | // lvalue and "cv1 T1" is reference-compatible with "cv2 T2", or | ||||
4848 | if (RefRelationship == Sema::Ref_Compatible && | ||||
4849 | (InitCategory.isXValue() || | ||||
4850 | (InitCategory.isPRValue() && | ||||
4851 | (T2->isRecordType() || T2->isArrayType())) || | ||||
4852 | (InitCategory.isLValue() && T2->isFunctionType()))) { | ||||
4853 | // In C++11, this is always a direct binding. In C++98/03, it's a direct | ||||
4854 | // binding unless we're binding to a class prvalue. | ||||
4855 | // Note: Although xvalues wouldn't normally show up in C++98/03 code, we | ||||
4856 | // allow the use of rvalue references in C++98/03 for the benefit of | ||||
4857 | // standard library implementors; therefore, we need the xvalue check here. | ||||
4858 | SetAsReferenceBinding(/*BindsDirectly=*/S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || | ||||
4859 | !(InitCategory.isPRValue() || T2->isRecordType())); | ||||
4860 | return ICS; | ||||
4861 | } | ||||
4862 | |||||
4863 | // -- has a class type (i.e., T2 is a class type), where T1 is not | ||||
4864 | // reference-related to T2, and can be implicitly converted to | ||||
4865 | // an xvalue, class prvalue, or function lvalue of type | ||||
4866 | // "cv3 T3", where "cv1 T1" is reference-compatible with | ||||
4867 | // "cv3 T3", | ||||
4868 | // | ||||
4869 | // then the reference is bound to the value of the initializer | ||||
4870 | // expression in the first case and to the result of the conversion | ||||
4871 | // in the second case (or, in either case, to an appropriate base | ||||
4872 | // class subobject). | ||||
4873 | if (!SuppressUserConversions && RefRelationship == Sema::Ref_Incompatible && | ||||
4874 | T2->isRecordType() && S.isCompleteType(DeclLoc, T2) && | ||||
4875 | FindConversionForRefInit(S, ICS, DeclType, DeclLoc, | ||||
4876 | Init, T2, /*AllowRvalues=*/true, | ||||
4877 | AllowExplicit)) { | ||||
4878 | // In the second case, if the reference is an rvalue reference | ||||
4879 | // and the second standard conversion sequence of the | ||||
4880 | // user-defined conversion sequence includes an lvalue-to-rvalue | ||||
4881 | // conversion, the program is ill-formed. | ||||
4882 | if (ICS.isUserDefined() && isRValRef && | ||||
4883 | ICS.UserDefined.After.First == ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue) | ||||
4884 | ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::no_conversion, Init, DeclType); | ||||
4885 | |||||
4886 | return ICS; | ||||
4887 | } | ||||
4888 | |||||
4889 | // A temporary of function type cannot be created; don't even try. | ||||
4890 | if (T1->isFunctionType()) | ||||
4891 | return ICS; | ||||
4892 | |||||
4893 | // -- Otherwise, a temporary of type "cv1 T1" is created and | ||||
4894 | // initialized from the initializer expression using the | ||||
4895 | // rules for a non-reference copy initialization (8.5). The | ||||
4896 | // reference is then bound to the temporary. If T1 is | ||||
4897 | // reference-related to T2, cv1 must be the same | ||||
4898 | // cv-qualification as, or greater cv-qualification than, | ||||
4899 | // cv2; otherwise, the program is ill-formed. | ||||
4900 | if (RefRelationship == Sema::Ref_Related) { | ||||
4901 | // If cv1 == cv2 or cv1 is a greater cv-qualified than cv2, then | ||||
4902 | // we would be reference-compatible or reference-compatible with | ||||
4903 | // added qualification. But that wasn't the case, so the reference | ||||
4904 | // initialization fails. | ||||
4905 | // | ||||
4906 | // Note that we only want to check address spaces and cvr-qualifiers here. | ||||
4907 | // ObjC GC, lifetime and unaligned qualifiers aren't important. | ||||
4908 | Qualifiers T1Quals = T1.getQualifiers(); | ||||
4909 | Qualifiers T2Quals = T2.getQualifiers(); | ||||
4910 | T1Quals.removeObjCGCAttr(); | ||||
4911 | T1Quals.removeObjCLifetime(); | ||||
4912 | T2Quals.removeObjCGCAttr(); | ||||
4913 | T2Quals.removeObjCLifetime(); | ||||
4914 | // MS compiler ignores __unaligned qualifier for references; do the same. | ||||
4915 | T1Quals.removeUnaligned(); | ||||
4916 | T2Quals.removeUnaligned(); | ||||
4917 | if (!T1Quals.compatiblyIncludes(T2Quals)) | ||||
4918 | return ICS; | ||||
4919 | } | ||||
4920 | |||||
4921 | // If at least one of the types is a class type, the types are not | ||||
4922 | // related, and we aren't allowed any user conversions, the | ||||
4923 | // reference binding fails. This case is important for breaking | ||||
4924 | // recursion, since TryImplicitConversion below will attempt to | ||||
4925 | // create a temporary through the use of a copy constructor. | ||||
4926 | if (SuppressUserConversions && RefRelationship == Sema::Ref_Incompatible && | ||||
4927 | (T1->isRecordType() || T2->isRecordType())) | ||||
4928 | return ICS; | ||||
4929 | |||||
4930 | // If T1 is reference-related to T2 and the reference is an rvalue | ||||
4931 | // reference, the initializer expression shall not be an lvalue. | ||||
4932 | if (RefRelationship >= Sema::Ref_Related && isRValRef && | ||||
4933 | Init->Classify(S.Context).isLValue()) { | ||||
4934 | ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::rvalue_ref_to_lvalue, Init, DeclType); | ||||
4935 | return ICS; | ||||
4936 | } | ||||
4937 | |||||
4938 | // C++ [over.ics.ref]p2: | ||||
4939 | // When a parameter of reference type is not bound directly to | ||||
4940 | // an argument expression, the conversion sequence is the one | ||||
4941 | // required to convert the argument expression to the | ||||
4942 | // underlying type of the reference according to | ||||
4943 | // 13.3.3.1. Conceptually, this conversion sequence corresponds | ||||
4944 | // to copy-initializing a temporary of the underlying type with | ||||
4945 | // the argument expression. Any difference in top-level | ||||
4946 | // cv-qualification is subsumed by the initialization itself | ||||
4947 | // and does not constitute a conversion. | ||||
4948 | ICS = TryImplicitConversion(S, Init, T1, SuppressUserConversions, | ||||
4949 | AllowedExplicit::None, | ||||
4950 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, | ||||
4951 | /*CStyle=*/false, | ||||
4952 | /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/false, | ||||
4953 | /*AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit=*/false); | ||||
4954 | |||||
4955 | // Of course, that's still a reference binding. | ||||
4956 | if (ICS.isStandard()) { | ||||
4957 | ICS.Standard.ReferenceBinding = true; | ||||
4958 | ICS.Standard.IsLvalueReference = !isRValRef; | ||||
4959 | ICS.Standard.BindsToFunctionLvalue = false; | ||||
4960 | ICS.Standard.BindsToRvalue = true; | ||||
4961 | ICS.Standard.BindsImplicitObjectArgumentWithoutRefQualifier = false; | ||||
4962 | ICS.Standard.ObjCLifetimeConversionBinding = false; | ||||
4963 | } else if (ICS.isUserDefined()) { | ||||
4964 | const ReferenceType *LValRefType = | ||||
4965 | ICS.UserDefined.ConversionFunction->getReturnType() | ||||
4966 | ->getAs<LValueReferenceType>(); | ||||
4967 | |||||
4968 | // C++ [over.ics.ref]p3: | ||||
4969 | // Except for an implicit object parameter, for which see 13.3.1, a | ||||
4970 | // standard conversion sequence cannot be formed if it requires [...] | ||||
4971 | // binding an rvalue reference to an lvalue other than a function | ||||
4972 | // lvalue. | ||||
4973 | // Note that the function case is not possible here. | ||||
4974 | if (isRValRef && LValRefType) { | ||||
4975 | ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::no_conversion, Init, DeclType); | ||||
4976 | return ICS; | ||||
4977 | } | ||||
4978 | |||||
4979 | ICS.UserDefined.After.ReferenceBinding = true; | ||||
4980 | ICS.UserDefined.After.IsLvalueReference = !isRValRef; | ||||
4981 | ICS.UserDefined.After.BindsToFunctionLvalue = false; | ||||
4982 | ICS.UserDefined.After.BindsToRvalue = !LValRefType; | ||||
4983 | ICS.UserDefined.After.BindsImplicitObjectArgumentWithoutRefQualifier = false; | ||||
4984 | ICS.UserDefined.After.ObjCLifetimeConversionBinding = false; | ||||
4985 | } | ||||
4986 | |||||
4987 | return ICS; | ||||
4988 | } | ||||
4989 | |||||
4990 | static ImplicitConversionSequence | ||||
4991 | TryCopyInitialization(Sema &S, Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||
4992 | bool SuppressUserConversions, | ||||
4993 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||
4994 | bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion, | ||||
4995 | bool AllowExplicit = false); | ||||
4996 | |||||
4997 | /// TryListConversion - Try to copy-initialize a value of type ToType from the | ||||
4998 | /// initializer list From. | ||||
4999 | static ImplicitConversionSequence | ||||
5000 | TryListConversion(Sema &S, InitListExpr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||
5001 | bool SuppressUserConversions, | ||||
5002 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||
5003 | bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion) { | ||||
5004 | // C++11 [over.ics.list]p1: | ||||
5005 | // When an argument is an initializer list, it is not an expression and | ||||
5006 | // special rules apply for converting it to a parameter type. | ||||
5007 | |||||
5008 | ImplicitConversionSequence Result; | ||||
5009 | Result.setBad(BadConversionSequence::no_conversion, From, ToType); | ||||
5010 | |||||
5011 | // We need a complete type for what follows. Incomplete types can never be | ||||
5012 | // initialized from init lists. | ||||
5013 | if (!S.isCompleteType(From->getBeginLoc(), ToType)) | ||||
5014 | return Result; | ||||
5015 | |||||
5016 | // Per DR1467: | ||||
5017 | // If the parameter type is a class X and the initializer list has a single | ||||
5018 | // element of type cv U, where U is X or a class derived from X, the | ||||
5019 | // implicit conversion sequence is the one required to convert the element | ||||
5020 | // to the parameter type. | ||||
5021 | // | ||||
5022 | // Otherwise, if the parameter type is a character array [... ] | ||||
5023 | // and the initializer list has a single element that is an | ||||
5024 | // appropriately-typed string literal (8.5.2 [dcl.init.string]), the | ||||
5025 | // implicit conversion sequence is the identity conversion. | ||||
5026 | if (From->getNumInits() == 1) { | ||||
5027 | if (ToType->isRecordType()) { | ||||
5028 | QualType InitType = From->getInit(0)->getType(); | ||||
5029 | if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(InitType, ToType) || | ||||
5030 | S.IsDerivedFrom(From->getBeginLoc(), InitType, ToType)) | ||||
5031 | return TryCopyInitialization(S, From->getInit(0), ToType, | ||||
5032 | SuppressUserConversions, | ||||
5033 | InOverloadResolution, | ||||
5034 | AllowObjCWritebackConversion); | ||||
5035 | } | ||||
5036 | |||||
5037 | if (const auto *AT = S.Context.getAsArrayType(ToType)) { | ||||
5038 | if (S.IsStringInit(From->getInit(0), AT)) { | ||||
5039 | InitializedEntity Entity = | ||||
5040 | InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(S.Context, ToType, | ||||
5041 | /*Consumed=*/false); | ||||
5042 | if (S.CanPerformCopyInitialization(Entity, From)) { | ||||
5043 | Result.setStandard(); | ||||
5044 | Result.Standard.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||
5045 | Result.Standard.setFromType(ToType); | ||||
5046 | Result.Standard.setAllToTypes(ToType); | ||||
5047 | return Result; | ||||
5048 | } | ||||
5049 | } | ||||
5050 | } | ||||
5051 | } | ||||
5052 | |||||
5053 | // C++14 [over.ics.list]p2: Otherwise, if the parameter type [...] (below). | ||||
5054 | // C++11 [over.ics.list]p2: | ||||
5055 | // If the parameter type is std::initializer_list<X> or "array of X" and | ||||
5056 | // all the elements can be implicitly converted to X, the implicit | ||||
5057 | // conversion sequence is the worst conversion necessary to convert an | ||||
5058 | // element of the list to X. | ||||
5059 | // | ||||
5060 | // C++14 [over.ics.list]p3: | ||||
5061 | // Otherwise, if the parameter type is "array of N X", if the initializer | ||||
5062 | // list has exactly N elements or if it has fewer than N elements and X is | ||||
5063 | // default-constructible, and if all the elements of the initializer list | ||||
5064 | // can be implicitly converted to X, the implicit conversion sequence is | ||||
5065 | // the worst conversion necessary to convert an element of the list to X. | ||||
5066 | // | ||||
5067 | // FIXME: We're missing a lot of these checks. | ||||
5068 | bool toStdInitializerList = false; | ||||
5069 | QualType X; | ||||
5070 | if (ToType->isArrayType()) | ||||
5071 | X = S.Context.getAsArrayType(ToType)->getElementType(); | ||||
5072 | else | ||||
5073 | toStdInitializerList = S.isStdInitializerList(ToType, &X); | ||||
5074 | if (!X.isNull()) { | ||||
5075 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = From->getNumInits(); i < e; ++i) { | ||||
5076 | Expr *Init = From->getInit(i); | ||||
5077 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS = | ||||
5078 | TryCopyInitialization(S, Init, X, SuppressUserConversions, | ||||
5079 | InOverloadResolution, | ||||
5080 | AllowObjCWritebackConversion); | ||||
5081 | // If a single element isn't convertible, fail. | ||||
5082 | if (ICS.isBad()) { | ||||
5083 | Result = ICS; | ||||
5084 | break; | ||||
5085 | } | ||||
5086 | // Otherwise, look for the worst conversion. | ||||
5087 | if (Result.isBad() || CompareImplicitConversionSequences( | ||||
5088 | S, From->getBeginLoc(), ICS, Result) == | ||||
5089 | ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse) | ||||
5090 | Result = ICS; | ||||
5091 | } | ||||
5092 | |||||
5093 | // For an empty list, we won't have computed any conversion sequence. | ||||
5094 | // Introduce the identity conversion sequence. | ||||
5095 | if (From->getNumInits() == 0) { | ||||
5096 | Result.setStandard(); | ||||
5097 | Result.Standard.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||
5098 | Result.Standard.setFromType(ToType); | ||||
5099 | Result.Standard.setAllToTypes(ToType); | ||||
5100 | } | ||||
5101 | |||||
5102 | Result.setStdInitializerListElement(toStdInitializerList); | ||||
5103 | return Result; | ||||
5104 | } | ||||
5105 | |||||
5106 | // C++14 [over.ics.list]p4: | ||||
5107 | // C++11 [over.ics.list]p3: | ||||
5108 | // Otherwise, if the parameter is a non-aggregate class X and overload | ||||
5109 | // resolution chooses a single best constructor [...] the implicit | ||||
5110 | // conversion sequence is a user-defined conversion sequence. If multiple | ||||
5111 | // constructors are viable but none is better than the others, the | ||||
5112 | // implicit conversion sequence is a user-defined conversion sequence. | ||||
5113 | if (ToType->isRecordType() && !ToType->isAggregateType()) { | ||||
5114 | // This function can deal with initializer lists. | ||||
5115 | return TryUserDefinedConversion(S, From, ToType, SuppressUserConversions, | ||||
5116 | AllowedExplicit::None, | ||||
5117 | InOverloadResolution, /*CStyle=*/false, | ||||
5118 | AllowObjCWritebackConversion, | ||||
5119 | /*AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit=*/false); | ||||
5120 | } | ||||
5121 | |||||
5122 | // C++14 [over.ics.list]p5: | ||||
5123 | // C++11 [over.ics.list]p4: | ||||
5124 | // Otherwise, if the parameter has an aggregate type which can be | ||||
5125 | // initialized from the initializer list [...] the implicit conversion | ||||
5126 | // sequence is a user-defined conversion sequence. | ||||
5127 | if (ToType->isAggregateType()) { | ||||
5128 | // Type is an aggregate, argument is an init list. At this point it comes | ||||
5129 | // down to checking whether the initialization works. | ||||
5130 | // FIXME: Find out whether this parameter is consumed or not. | ||||
5131 | InitializedEntity Entity = | ||||
5132 | InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(S.Context, ToType, | ||||
5133 | /*Consumed=*/false); | ||||
5134 | if (S.CanPerformAggregateInitializationForOverloadResolution(Entity, | ||||
5135 | From)) { | ||||
5136 | Result.setUserDefined(); | ||||
5137 | Result.UserDefined.Before.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||
5138 | // Initializer lists don't have a type. | ||||
5139 | Result.UserDefined.Before.setFromType(QualType()); | ||||
5140 | Result.UserDefined.Before.setAllToTypes(QualType()); | ||||
5141 | |||||
5142 | Result.UserDefined.After.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||
5143 | Result.UserDefined.After.setFromType(ToType); | ||||
5144 | Result.UserDefined.After.setAllToTypes(ToType); | ||||
5145 | Result.UserDefined.ConversionFunction = nullptr; | ||||
5146 | } | ||||
5147 | return Result; | ||||
5148 | } | ||||
5149 | |||||
5150 | // C++14 [over.ics.list]p6: | ||||
5151 | // C++11 [over.ics.list]p5: | ||||
5152 | // Otherwise, if the parameter is a reference, see 13.3.3.1.4. | ||||
5153 | if (ToType->isReferenceType()) { | ||||
5154 | // The standard is notoriously unclear here, since 13.3.3.1.4 doesn't | ||||
5155 | // mention initializer lists in any way. So we go by what list- | ||||
5156 | // initialization would do and try to extrapolate from that. | ||||
5157 | |||||
5158 | QualType T1 = ToType->castAs<ReferenceType>()->getPointeeType(); | ||||
5159 | |||||
5160 | // If the initializer list has a single element that is reference-related | ||||
5161 | // to the parameter type, we initialize the reference from that. | ||||
5162 | if (From->getNumInits() == 1) { | ||||
5163 | Expr *Init = From->getInit(0); | ||||
5164 | |||||
5165 | QualType T2 = Init->getType(); | ||||
5166 | |||||
5167 | // If the initializer is the address of an overloaded function, try | ||||
5168 | // to resolve the overloaded function. If all goes well, T2 is the | ||||
5169 | // type of the resulting function. | ||||
5170 | if (S.Context.getCanonicalType(T2) == S.Context.OverloadTy) { | ||||
5171 | DeclAccessPair Found; | ||||
5172 | if (FunctionDecl *Fn = S.ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction( | ||||
5173 | Init, ToType, false, Found)) | ||||
5174 | T2 = Fn->getType(); | ||||
5175 | } | ||||
5176 | |||||
5177 | // Compute some basic properties of the types and the initializer. | ||||
5178 | Sema::ReferenceCompareResult RefRelationship = | ||||
5179 | S.CompareReferenceRelationship(From->getBeginLoc(), T1, T2); | ||||
5180 | |||||
5181 | if (RefRelationship >= Sema::Ref_Related) { | ||||
5182 | return TryReferenceInit(S, Init, ToType, /*FIXME*/ From->getBeginLoc(), | ||||
5183 | SuppressUserConversions, | ||||
5184 | /*AllowExplicit=*/false); | ||||
5185 | } | ||||
5186 | } | ||||
5187 | |||||
5188 | // Otherwise, we bind the reference to a temporary created from the | ||||
5189 | // initializer list. | ||||
5190 | Result = TryListConversion(S, From, T1, SuppressUserConversions, | ||||
5191 | InOverloadResolution, | ||||
5192 | AllowObjCWritebackConversion); | ||||
5193 | if (Result.isFailure()) | ||||
5194 | return Result; | ||||
5195 | assert(!Result.isEllipsis() &&((!Result.isEllipsis() && "Sub-initialization cannot result in ellipsis conversion." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!Result.isEllipsis() && \"Sub-initialization cannot result in ellipsis conversion.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 5196, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
5196 | "Sub-initialization cannot result in ellipsis conversion.")((!Result.isEllipsis() && "Sub-initialization cannot result in ellipsis conversion." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!Result.isEllipsis() && \"Sub-initialization cannot result in ellipsis conversion.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 5196, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
5197 | |||||
5198 | // Can we even bind to a temporary? | ||||
5199 | if (ToType->isRValueReferenceType() || | ||||
5200 | (T1.isConstQualified() && !T1.isVolatileQualified())) { | ||||
5201 | StandardConversionSequence &SCS = Result.isStandard() ? Result.Standard : | ||||
5202 | Result.UserDefined.After; | ||||
5203 | SCS.ReferenceBinding = true; | ||||
5204 | SCS.IsLvalueReference = ToType->isLValueReferenceType(); | ||||
5205 | SCS.BindsToRvalue = true; | ||||
5206 | SCS.BindsToFunctionLvalue = false; | ||||
5207 | SCS.BindsImplicitObjectArgumentWithoutRefQualifier = false; | ||||
5208 | SCS.ObjCLifetimeConversionBinding = false; | ||||
5209 | } else | ||||
5210 | Result.setBad(BadConversionSequence::lvalue_ref_to_rvalue, | ||||
5211 | From, ToType); | ||||
5212 | return Result; | ||||
5213 | } | ||||
5214 | |||||
5215 | // C++14 [over.ics.list]p7: | ||||
5216 | // C++11 [over.ics.list]p6: | ||||
5217 | // Otherwise, if the parameter type is not a class: | ||||
5218 | if (!ToType->isRecordType()) { | ||||
5219 | // - if the initializer list has one element that is not itself an | ||||
5220 | // initializer list, the implicit conversion sequence is the one | ||||
5221 | // required to convert the element to the parameter type. | ||||
5222 | unsigned NumInits = From->getNumInits(); | ||||
5223 | if (NumInits == 1 && !isa<InitListExpr>(From->getInit(0))) | ||||
5224 | Result = TryCopyInitialization(S, From->getInit(0), ToType, | ||||
5225 | SuppressUserConversions, | ||||
5226 | InOverloadResolution, | ||||
5227 | AllowObjCWritebackConversion); | ||||
5228 | // - if the initializer list has no elements, the implicit conversion | ||||
5229 | // sequence is the identity conversion. | ||||
5230 | else if (NumInits == 0) { | ||||
5231 | Result.setStandard(); | ||||
5232 | Result.Standard.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||
5233 | Result.Standard.setFromType(ToType); | ||||
5234 | Result.Standard.setAllToTypes(ToType); | ||||
5235 | } | ||||
5236 | return Result; | ||||
5237 | } | ||||
5238 | |||||
5239 | // C++14 [over.ics.list]p8: | ||||
5240 | // C++11 [over.ics.list]p7: | ||||
5241 | // In all cases other than those enumerated above, no conversion is possible | ||||
5242 | return Result; | ||||
5243 | } | ||||
5244 | |||||
5245 | /// TryCopyInitialization - Try to copy-initialize a value of type | ||||
5246 | /// ToType from the expression From. Return the implicit conversion | ||||
5247 | /// sequence required to pass this argument, which may be a bad | ||||
5248 | /// conversion sequence (meaning that the argument cannot be passed to | ||||
5249 | /// a parameter of this type). If @p SuppressUserConversions, then we | ||||
5250 | /// do not permit any user-defined conversion sequences. | ||||
5251 | static ImplicitConversionSequence | ||||
5252 | TryCopyInitialization(Sema &S, Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||
5253 | bool SuppressUserConversions, | ||||
5254 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||
5255 | bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion, | ||||
5256 | bool AllowExplicit) { | ||||
5257 | if (InitListExpr *FromInitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(From)) | ||||
5258 | return TryListConversion(S, FromInitList, ToType, SuppressUserConversions, | ||||
5259 | InOverloadResolution,AllowObjCWritebackConversion); | ||||
5260 | |||||
5261 | if (ToType->isReferenceType()) | ||||
5262 | return TryReferenceInit(S, From, ToType, | ||||
5263 | /*FIXME:*/ From->getBeginLoc(), | ||||
5264 | SuppressUserConversions, AllowExplicit); | ||||
5265 | |||||
5266 | return TryImplicitConversion(S, From, ToType, | ||||
5267 | SuppressUserConversions, | ||||
5268 | AllowedExplicit::None, | ||||
5269 | InOverloadResolution, | ||||
5270 | /*CStyle=*/false, | ||||
5271 | AllowObjCWritebackConversion, | ||||
5272 | /*AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit=*/false); | ||||
5273 | } | ||||
5274 | |||||
5275 | static bool TryCopyInitialization(const CanQualType FromQTy, | ||||
5276 | const CanQualType ToQTy, | ||||
5277 | Sema &S, | ||||
5278 | SourceLocation Loc, | ||||
5279 | ExprValueKind FromVK) { | ||||
5280 | OpaqueValueExpr TmpExpr(Loc, FromQTy, FromVK); | ||||
5281 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS = | ||||
5282 | TryCopyInitialization(S, &TmpExpr, ToQTy, true, true, false); | ||||
5283 | |||||
5284 | return !ICS.isBad(); | ||||
5285 | } | ||||
5286 | |||||
5287 | /// TryObjectArgumentInitialization - Try to initialize the object | ||||
5288 | /// parameter of the given member function (@c Method) from the | ||||
5289 | /// expression @p From. | ||||
5290 | static ImplicitConversionSequence | ||||
5291 | TryObjectArgumentInitialization(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType FromType, | ||||
5292 | Expr::Classification FromClassification, | ||||
5293 | CXXMethodDecl *Method, | ||||
5294 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext) { | ||||
5295 | QualType ClassType = S.Context.getTypeDeclType(ActingContext); | ||||
5296 | // [class.dtor]p2: A destructor can be invoked for a const, volatile or | ||||
5297 | // const volatile object. | ||||
5298 | Qualifiers Quals = Method->getMethodQualifiers(); | ||||
5299 | if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(Method)) { | ||||
5300 | Quals.addConst(); | ||||
5301 | Quals.addVolatile(); | ||||
5302 | } | ||||
5303 | |||||
5304 | QualType ImplicitParamType = S.Context.getQualifiedType(ClassType, Quals); | ||||
5305 | |||||
5306 | // Set up the conversion sequence as a "bad" conversion, to allow us | ||||
5307 | // to exit early. | ||||
5308 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS; | ||||
5309 | |||||
5310 | // We need to have an object of class type. | ||||
5311 | if (const PointerType *PT = FromType->getAs<PointerType>()) { | ||||
5312 | FromType = PT->getPointeeType(); | ||||
5313 | |||||
5314 | // When we had a pointer, it's implicitly dereferenced, so we | ||||
5315 | // better have an lvalue. | ||||
5316 | assert(FromClassification.isLValue())((FromClassification.isLValue()) ? static_cast<void> (0 ) : __assert_fail ("FromClassification.isLValue()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 5316, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
5317 | } | ||||
5318 | |||||
5319 | assert(FromType->isRecordType())((FromType->isRecordType()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("FromType->isRecordType()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 5319, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
5320 | |||||
5321 | // C++0x [over.match.funcs]p4: | ||||
5322 | // For non-static member functions, the type of the implicit object | ||||
5323 | // parameter is | ||||
5324 | // | ||||
5325 | // - "lvalue reference to cv X" for functions declared without a | ||||
5326 | // ref-qualifier or with the & ref-qualifier | ||||
5327 | // - "rvalue reference to cv X" for functions declared with the && | ||||
5328 | // ref-qualifier | ||||
5329 | // | ||||
5330 | // where X is the class of which the function is a member and cv is the | ||||
5331 | // cv-qualification on the member function declaration. | ||||
5332 | // | ||||
5333 | // However, when finding an implicit conversion sequence for the argument, we | ||||
5334 | // are not allowed to perform user-defined conversions | ||||
5335 | // (C++ [over.match.funcs]p5). We perform a simplified version of | ||||
5336 | // reference binding here, that allows class rvalues to bind to | ||||
5337 | // non-constant references. | ||||
5338 | |||||
5339 | // First check the qualifiers. | ||||
5340 | QualType FromTypeCanon = S.Context.getCanonicalType(FromType); | ||||
5341 | if (ImplicitParamType.getCVRQualifiers() | ||||
5342 | != FromTypeCanon.getLocalCVRQualifiers() && | ||||
5343 | !ImplicitParamType.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(FromTypeCanon)) { | ||||
5344 | ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::bad_qualifiers, | ||||
5345 | FromType, ImplicitParamType); | ||||
5346 | return ICS; | ||||
5347 | } | ||||
5348 | |||||
5349 | if (FromTypeCanon.hasAddressSpace()) { | ||||
5350 | Qualifiers QualsImplicitParamType = ImplicitParamType.getQualifiers(); | ||||
5351 | Qualifiers QualsFromType = FromTypeCanon.getQualifiers(); | ||||
5352 | if (!QualsImplicitParamType.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(QualsFromType)) { | ||||
5353 | ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::bad_qualifiers, | ||||
5354 | FromType, ImplicitParamType); | ||||
5355 | return ICS; | ||||
5356 | } | ||||
5357 | } | ||||
5358 | |||||
5359 | // Check that we have either the same type or a derived type. It | ||||
5360 | // affects the conversion rank. | ||||
5361 | QualType ClassTypeCanon = S.Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType); | ||||
5362 | ImplicitConversionKind SecondKind; | ||||
5363 | if (ClassTypeCanon == FromTypeCanon.getLocalUnqualifiedType()) { | ||||
5364 | SecondKind = ICK_Identity; | ||||
5365 | } else if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, FromType, ClassType)) | ||||
5366 | SecondKind = ICK_Derived_To_Base; | ||||
5367 | else { | ||||
5368 | ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::unrelated_class, | ||||
5369 | FromType, ImplicitParamType); | ||||
5370 | return ICS; | ||||
5371 | } | ||||
5372 | |||||
5373 | // Check the ref-qualifier. | ||||
5374 | switch (Method->getRefQualifier()) { | ||||
5375 | case RQ_None: | ||||
5376 | // Do nothing; we don't care about lvalueness or rvalueness. | ||||
5377 | break; | ||||
5378 | |||||
5379 | case RQ_LValue: | ||||
5380 | if (!FromClassification.isLValue() && !Quals.hasOnlyConst()) { | ||||
5381 | // non-const lvalue reference cannot bind to an rvalue | ||||
5382 | ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::lvalue_ref_to_rvalue, FromType, | ||||
5383 | ImplicitParamType); | ||||
5384 | return ICS; | ||||
5385 | } | ||||
5386 | break; | ||||
5387 | |||||
5388 | case RQ_RValue: | ||||
5389 | if (!FromClassification.isRValue()) { | ||||
5390 | // rvalue reference cannot bind to an lvalue | ||||
5391 | ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::rvalue_ref_to_lvalue, FromType, | ||||
5392 | ImplicitParamType); | ||||
5393 | return ICS; | ||||
5394 | } | ||||
5395 | break; | ||||
5396 | } | ||||
5397 | |||||
5398 | // Success. Mark this as a reference binding. | ||||
5399 | ICS.setStandard(); | ||||
5400 | ICS.Standard.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||
5401 | ICS.Standard.Second = SecondKind; | ||||
5402 | ICS.Standard.setFromType(FromType); | ||||
5403 | ICS.Standard.setAllToTypes(ImplicitParamType); | ||||
5404 | ICS.Standard.ReferenceBinding = true; | ||||
5405 | ICS.Standard.DirectBinding = true; | ||||
5406 | ICS.Standard.IsLvalueReference = Method->getRefQualifier() != RQ_RValue; | ||||
5407 | ICS.Standard.BindsToFunctionLvalue = false; | ||||
5408 | ICS.Standard.BindsToRvalue = FromClassification.isRValue(); | ||||
5409 | ICS.Standard.BindsImplicitObjectArgumentWithoutRefQualifier | ||||
5410 | = (Method->getRefQualifier() == RQ_None); | ||||
5411 | return ICS; | ||||
5412 | } | ||||
5413 | |||||
5414 | /// PerformObjectArgumentInitialization - Perform initialization of | ||||
5415 | /// the implicit object parameter for the given Method with the given | ||||
5416 | /// expression. | ||||
5417 | ExprResult | ||||
5418 | Sema::PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From, | ||||
5419 | NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, | ||||
5420 | NamedDecl *FoundDecl, | ||||
5421 | CXXMethodDecl *Method) { | ||||
5422 | QualType FromRecordType, DestType; | ||||
5423 | QualType ImplicitParamRecordType = | ||||
5424 | Method->getThisType()->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); | ||||
5425 | |||||
5426 | Expr::Classification FromClassification; | ||||
5427 | if (const PointerType *PT = From->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) { | ||||
5428 | FromRecordType = PT->getPointeeType(); | ||||
5429 | DestType = Method->getThisType(); | ||||
5430 | FromClassification = Expr::Classification::makeSimpleLValue(); | ||||
5431 | } else { | ||||
5432 | FromRecordType = From->getType(); | ||||
5433 | DestType = ImplicitParamRecordType; | ||||
5434 | FromClassification = From->Classify(Context); | ||||
5435 | |||||
5436 | // When performing member access on an rvalue, materialize a temporary. | ||||
5437 | if (From->isRValue()) { | ||||
5438 | From = CreateMaterializeTemporaryExpr(FromRecordType, From, | ||||
5439 | Method->getRefQualifier() != | ||||
5440 | RefQualifierKind::RQ_RValue); | ||||
5441 | } | ||||
5442 | } | ||||
5443 | |||||
5444 | // Note that we always use the true parent context when performing | ||||
5445 | // the actual argument initialization. | ||||
5446 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS = TryObjectArgumentInitialization( | ||||
5447 | *this, From->getBeginLoc(), From->getType(), FromClassification, Method, | ||||
5448 | Method->getParent()); | ||||
5449 | if (ICS.isBad()) { | ||||
5450 | switch (ICS.Bad.Kind) { | ||||
5451 | case BadConversionSequence::bad_qualifiers: { | ||||
5452 | Qualifiers FromQs = FromRecordType.getQualifiers(); | ||||
5453 | Qualifiers ToQs = DestType.getQualifiers(); | ||||
5454 | unsigned CVR = FromQs.getCVRQualifiers() & ~ToQs.getCVRQualifiers(); | ||||
5455 | if (CVR) { | ||||
5456 | Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_member_function_call_bad_cvr) | ||||
5457 | << Method->getDeclName() << FromRecordType << (CVR - 1) | ||||
5458 | << From->getSourceRange(); | ||||
5459 | Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) | ||||
5460 | << Method->getDeclName(); | ||||
5461 | return ExprError(); | ||||
5462 | } | ||||
5463 | break; | ||||
5464 | } | ||||
5465 | |||||
5466 | case BadConversionSequence::lvalue_ref_to_rvalue: | ||||
5467 | case BadConversionSequence::rvalue_ref_to_lvalue: { | ||||
5468 | bool IsRValueQualified = | ||||
5469 | Method->getRefQualifier() == RefQualifierKind::RQ_RValue; | ||||
5470 | Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_member_function_call_bad_ref) | ||||
5471 | << Method->getDeclName() << FromClassification.isRValue() | ||||
5472 | << IsRValueQualified; | ||||
5473 | Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) | ||||
5474 | << Method->getDeclName(); | ||||
5475 | return ExprError(); | ||||
5476 | } | ||||
5477 | |||||
5478 | case BadConversionSequence::no_conversion: | ||||
5479 | case BadConversionSequence::unrelated_class: | ||||
5480 | break; | ||||
5481 | } | ||||
5482 | |||||
5483 | return Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_member_function_call_bad_type) | ||||
5484 | << ImplicitParamRecordType << FromRecordType | ||||
5485 | << From->getSourceRange(); | ||||
5486 | } | ||||
5487 | |||||
5488 | if (ICS.Standard.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base) { | ||||
5489 | ExprResult FromRes = | ||||
5490 | PerformObjectMemberConversion(From, Qualifier, FoundDecl, Method); | ||||
5491 | if (FromRes.isInvalid()) | ||||
5492 | return ExprError(); | ||||
5493 | From = FromRes.get(); | ||||
5494 | } | ||||
5495 | |||||
5496 | if (!Context.hasSameType(From->getType(), DestType)) { | ||||
5497 | CastKind CK; | ||||
5498 | QualType PteeTy = DestType->getPointeeType(); | ||||
5499 | LangAS DestAS = | ||||
5500 | PteeTy.isNull() ? DestType.getAddressSpace() : PteeTy.getAddressSpace(); | ||||
5501 | if (FromRecordType.getAddressSpace() != DestAS) | ||||
5502 | CK = CK_AddressSpaceConversion; | ||||
5503 | else | ||||
5504 | CK = CK_NoOp; | ||||
5505 | From = ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CK, From->getValueKind()).get(); | ||||
5506 | } | ||||
5507 | return From; | ||||
5508 | } | ||||
5509 | |||||
5510 | /// TryContextuallyConvertToBool - Attempt to contextually convert the | ||||
5511 | /// expression From to bool (C++0x [conv]p3). | ||||
5512 | static ImplicitConversionSequence | ||||
5513 | TryContextuallyConvertToBool(Sema &S, Expr *From) { | ||||
5514 | // C++ [dcl.init]/17.8: | ||||
5515 | // - Otherwise, if the initialization is direct-initialization, the source | ||||
5516 | // type is std::nullptr_t, and the destination type is bool, the initial | ||||
5517 | // value of the object being initialized is false. | ||||
5518 | if (From->getType()->isNullPtrType()) | ||||
5519 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::getNullptrToBool(From->getType(), | ||||
5520 | S.Context.BoolTy, | ||||
5521 | From->isGLValue()); | ||||
5522 | |||||
5523 | // All other direct-initialization of bool is equivalent to an implicit | ||||
5524 | // conversion to bool in which explicit conversions are permitted. | ||||
5525 | return TryImplicitConversion(S, From, S.Context.BoolTy, | ||||
5526 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, | ||||
5527 | AllowedExplicit::Conversions, | ||||
5528 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, | ||||
5529 | /*CStyle=*/false, | ||||
5530 | /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/false, | ||||
5531 | /*AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit=*/false); | ||||
5532 | } | ||||
5533 | |||||
5534 | /// PerformContextuallyConvertToBool - Perform a contextual conversion | ||||
5535 | /// of the expression From to bool (C++0x [conv]p3). | ||||
5536 | ExprResult Sema::PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From) { | ||||
5537 | if (checkPlaceholderForOverload(*this, From)) | ||||
5538 | return ExprError(); | ||||
5539 | |||||
5540 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS = TryContextuallyConvertToBool(*this, From); | ||||
5541 | if (!ICS.isBad()) | ||||
5542 | return PerformImplicitConversion(From, Context.BoolTy, ICS, AA_Converting); | ||||
5543 | |||||
5544 | if (!DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(From, Context.BoolTy)) | ||||
5545 | return Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_bool_condition) | ||||
5546 | << From->getType() << From->getSourceRange(); | ||||
5547 | return ExprError(); | ||||
5548 | } | ||||
5549 | |||||
5550 | /// Check that the specified conversion is permitted in a converted constant | ||||
5551 | /// expression, according to C++11 [expr.const]p3. Return true if the conversion | ||||
5552 | /// is acceptable. | ||||
5553 | static bool CheckConvertedConstantConversions(Sema &S, | ||||
5554 | StandardConversionSequence &SCS) { | ||||
5555 | // Since we know that the target type is an integral or unscoped enumeration | ||||
5556 | // type, most conversion kinds are impossible. All possible First and Third | ||||
5557 | // conversions are fine. | ||||
5558 | switch (SCS.Second) { | ||||
5559 | case ICK_Identity: | ||||
5560 | case ICK_Integral_Promotion: | ||||
5561 | case ICK_Integral_Conversion: // Narrowing conversions are checked elsewhere. | ||||
5562 | case ICK_Zero_Queue_Conversion: | ||||
5563 | return true; | ||||
5564 | |||||
5565 | case ICK_Boolean_Conversion: | ||||
5566 | // Conversion from an integral or unscoped enumeration type to bool is | ||||
5567 | // classified as ICK_Boolean_Conversion, but it's also arguably an integral | ||||
5568 | // conversion, so we allow it in a converted constant expression. | ||||
5569 | // | ||||
5570 | // FIXME: Per core issue 1407, we should not allow this, but that breaks | ||||
5571 | // a lot of popular code. We should at least add a warning for this | ||||
5572 | // (non-conforming) extension. | ||||
5573 | return SCS.getFromType()->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType() && | ||||
5574 | SCS.getToType(2)->isBooleanType(); | ||||
5575 | |||||
5576 | case ICK_Pointer_Conversion: | ||||
5577 | case ICK_Pointer_Member: | ||||
5578 | // C++1z: null pointer conversions and null member pointer conversions are | ||||
5579 | // only permitted if the source type is std::nullptr_t. | ||||
5580 | return SCS.getFromType()->isNullPtrType(); | ||||
5581 | |||||
5582 | case ICK_Floating_Promotion: | ||||
5583 | case ICK_Complex_Promotion: | ||||
5584 | case ICK_Floating_Conversion: | ||||
5585 | case ICK_Complex_Conversion: | ||||
5586 | case ICK_Floating_Integral: | ||||
5587 | case ICK_Compatible_Conversion: | ||||
5588 | case ICK_Derived_To_Base: | ||||
5589 | case ICK_Vector_Conversion: | ||||
5590 | case ICK_SVE_Vector_Conversion: | ||||
5591 | case ICK_Vector_Splat: | ||||
5592 | case ICK_Complex_Real: | ||||
5593 | case ICK_Block_Pointer_Conversion: | ||||
5594 | case ICK_TransparentUnionConversion: | ||||
5595 | case ICK_Writeback_Conversion: | ||||
5596 | case ICK_Zero_Event_Conversion: | ||||
5597 | case ICK_C_Only_Conversion: | ||||
5598 | case ICK_Incompatible_Pointer_Conversion: | ||||
5599 | return false; | ||||
5600 | |||||
5601 | case ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue: | ||||
5602 | case ICK_Array_To_Pointer: | ||||
5603 | case ICK_Function_To_Pointer: | ||||
5604 | llvm_unreachable("found a first conversion kind in Second")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("found a first conversion kind in Second" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 5604); | ||||
5605 | |||||
5606 | case ICK_Function_Conversion: | ||||
5607 | case ICK_Qualification: | ||||
5608 | llvm_unreachable("found a third conversion kind in Second")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("found a third conversion kind in Second" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 5608); | ||||
5609 | |||||
5610 | case ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds: | ||||
5611 | break; | ||||
5612 | } | ||||
5613 | |||||
5614 | llvm_unreachable("unknown conversion kind")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("unknown conversion kind", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 5614); | ||||
5615 | } | ||||
5616 | |||||
5617 | /// CheckConvertedConstantExpression - Check that the expression From is a | ||||
5618 | /// converted constant expression of type T, perform the conversion and produce | ||||
5619 | /// the converted expression, per C++11 [expr.const]p3. | ||||
5620 | static ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Sema &S, Expr *From, | ||||
5621 | QualType T, APValue &Value, | ||||
5622 | Sema::CCEKind CCE, | ||||
5623 | bool RequireInt, | ||||
5624 | NamedDecl *Dest) { | ||||
5625 | assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&((S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && "converted constant expression outside C++11" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && \"converted constant expression outside C++11\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 5626, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
5626 | "converted constant expression outside C++11")((S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && "converted constant expression outside C++11" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && \"converted constant expression outside C++11\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 5626, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
5627 | |||||
5628 | if (checkPlaceholderForOverload(S, From)) | ||||
5629 | return ExprError(); | ||||
5630 | |||||
5631 | // C++1z [expr.const]p3: | ||||
5632 | // A converted constant expression of type T is an expression, | ||||
5633 | // implicitly converted to type T, where the converted | ||||
5634 | // expression is a constant expression and the implicit conversion | ||||
5635 | // sequence contains only [... list of conversions ...]. | ||||
5636 | // C++1z [stmt.if]p2: | ||||
5637 | // If the if statement is of the form if constexpr, the value of the | ||||
5638 | // condition shall be a contextually converted constant expression of type | ||||
5639 | // bool. | ||||
5640 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS = | ||||
5641 | CCE == Sema::CCEK_ConstexprIf || CCE == Sema::CCEK_ExplicitBool | ||||
5642 | ? TryContextuallyConvertToBool(S, From) | ||||
5643 | : TryCopyInitialization(S, From, T, | ||||
5644 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, | ||||
5645 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, | ||||
5646 | /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/false, | ||||
5647 | /*AllowExplicit=*/false); | ||||
5648 | StandardConversionSequence *SCS = nullptr; | ||||
5649 | switch (ICS.getKind()) { | ||||
5650 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion: | ||||
5651 | SCS = &ICS.Standard; | ||||
5652 | break; | ||||
5653 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion: | ||||
5654 | if (T->isRecordType()) | ||||
5655 | SCS = &ICS.UserDefined.Before; | ||||
5656 | else | ||||
5657 | SCS = &ICS.UserDefined.After; | ||||
5658 | break; | ||||
5659 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::AmbiguousConversion: | ||||
5660 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion: | ||||
5661 | if (!S.DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(From, T)) | ||||
5662 | return S.Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), | ||||
5663 | diag::err_typecheck_converted_constant_expression) | ||||
5664 | << From->getType() << From->getSourceRange() << T; | ||||
5665 | return ExprError(); | ||||
5666 | |||||
5667 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::EllipsisConversion: | ||||
5668 | llvm_unreachable("ellipsis conversion in converted constant expression")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("ellipsis conversion in converted constant expression" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 5668); | ||||
5669 | } | ||||
5670 | |||||
5671 | // Check that we would only use permitted conversions. | ||||
5672 | if (!CheckConvertedConstantConversions(S, *SCS)) { | ||||
5673 | return S.Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), | ||||
5674 | diag::err_typecheck_converted_constant_expression_disallowed) | ||||
5675 | << From->getType() << From->getSourceRange() << T; | ||||
5676 | } | ||||
5677 | // [...] and where the reference binding (if any) binds directly. | ||||
5678 | if (SCS->ReferenceBinding && !SCS->DirectBinding) { | ||||
5679 | return S.Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), | ||||
5680 | diag::err_typecheck_converted_constant_expression_indirect) | ||||
5681 | << From->getType() << From->getSourceRange() << T; | ||||
5682 | } | ||||
5683 | |||||
5684 | // Usually we can simply apply the ImplicitConversionSequence we formed | ||||
5685 | // earlier, but that's not guaranteed to work when initializing an object of | ||||
5686 | // class type. | ||||
5687 | ExprResult Result; | ||||
5688 | if (T->isRecordType()) { | ||||
5689 | assert(CCE == Sema::CCEK_TemplateArg &&((CCE == Sema::CCEK_TemplateArg && "unexpected class type converted constant expr" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("CCE == Sema::CCEK_TemplateArg && \"unexpected class type converted constant expr\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 5690, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
5690 | "unexpected class type converted constant expr")((CCE == Sema::CCEK_TemplateArg && "unexpected class type converted constant expr" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("CCE == Sema::CCEK_TemplateArg && \"unexpected class type converted constant expr\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 5690, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
5691 | Result = S.PerformCopyInitialization( | ||||
5692 | InitializedEntity::InitializeTemplateParameter( | ||||
5693 | T, cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(Dest)), | ||||
5694 | SourceLocation(), From); | ||||
5695 | } else { | ||||
5696 | Result = S.PerformImplicitConversion(From, T, ICS, Sema::AA_Converting); | ||||
5697 | } | ||||
5698 | if (Result.isInvalid()) | ||||
5699 | return Result; | ||||
5700 | |||||
5701 | // C++2a [intro.execution]p5: | ||||
5702 | // A full-expression is [...] a constant-expression [...] | ||||
5703 | Result = | ||||
5704 | S.ActOnFinishFullExpr(Result.get(), From->getExprLoc(), | ||||
5705 | /*DiscardedValue=*/false, /*IsConstexpr=*/true); | ||||
5706 | if (Result.isInvalid()) | ||||
5707 | return Result; | ||||
5708 | |||||
5709 | // Check for a narrowing implicit conversion. | ||||
5710 | bool ReturnPreNarrowingValue = false; | ||||
5711 | APValue PreNarrowingValue; | ||||
5712 | QualType PreNarrowingType; | ||||
5713 | switch (SCS->getNarrowingKind(S.Context, Result.get(), PreNarrowingValue, | ||||
5714 | PreNarrowingType)) { | ||||
5715 | case NK_Dependent_Narrowing: | ||||
5716 | // Implicit conversion to a narrower type, but the expression is | ||||
5717 | // value-dependent so we can't tell whether it's actually narrowing. | ||||
5718 | case NK_Variable_Narrowing: | ||||
5719 | // Implicit conversion to a narrower type, and the value is not a constant | ||||
5720 | // expression. We'll diagnose this in a moment. | ||||
5721 | case NK_Not_Narrowing: | ||||
5722 | break; | ||||
5723 | |||||
5724 | case NK_Constant_Narrowing: | ||||
5725 | if (CCE == Sema::CCEK_ArrayBound && | ||||
5726 | PreNarrowingType->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() && | ||||
5727 | PreNarrowingValue.isInt()) { | ||||
5728 | // Don't diagnose array bound narrowing here; we produce more precise | ||||
5729 | // errors by allowing the un-narrowed value through. | ||||
5730 | ReturnPreNarrowingValue = true; | ||||
5731 | break; | ||||
5732 | } | ||||
5733 | S.Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_cce_narrowing) | ||||
5734 | << CCE << /*Constant*/ 1 | ||||
5735 | << PreNarrowingValue.getAsString(S.Context, PreNarrowingType) << T; | ||||
5736 | break; | ||||
5737 | |||||
5738 | case NK_Type_Narrowing: | ||||
5739 | // FIXME: It would be better to diagnose that the expression is not a | ||||
5740 | // constant expression. | ||||
5741 | S.Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_cce_narrowing) | ||||
5742 | << CCE << /*Constant*/ 0 << From->getType() << T; | ||||
5743 | break; | ||||
5744 | } | ||||
5745 | |||||
5746 | if (Result.get()->isValueDependent()) { | ||||
5747 | Value = APValue(); | ||||
5748 | return Result; | ||||
5749 | } | ||||
5750 | |||||
5751 | // Check the expression is a constant expression. | ||||
5752 | SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; | ||||
5753 | Expr::EvalResult Eval; | ||||
5754 | Eval.Diag = &Notes; | ||||
5755 | |||||
5756 | ConstantExprKind Kind; | ||||
5757 | if (CCE == Sema::CCEK_TemplateArg && T->isRecordType()) | ||||
5758 | Kind = ConstantExprKind::ClassTemplateArgument; | ||||
5759 | else if (CCE == Sema::CCEK_TemplateArg) | ||||
5760 | Kind = ConstantExprKind::NonClassTemplateArgument; | ||||
5761 | else | ||||
5762 | Kind = ConstantExprKind::Normal; | ||||
5763 | |||||
5764 | if (!Result.get()->EvaluateAsConstantExpr(Eval, S.Context, Kind) || | ||||
5765 | (RequireInt && !Eval.Val.isInt())) { | ||||
5766 | // The expression can't be folded, so we can't keep it at this position in | ||||
5767 | // the AST. | ||||
5768 | Result = ExprError(); | ||||
5769 | } else { | ||||
5770 | Value = Eval.Val; | ||||
5771 | |||||
5772 | if (Notes.empty()) { | ||||
5773 | // It's a constant expression. | ||||
5774 | Expr *E = ConstantExpr::Create(S.Context, Result.get(), Value); | ||||
5775 | if (ReturnPreNarrowingValue) | ||||
5776 | Value = std::move(PreNarrowingValue); | ||||
5777 | return E; | ||||
5778 | } | ||||
5779 | } | ||||
5780 | |||||
5781 | // It's not a constant expression. Produce an appropriate diagnostic. | ||||
5782 | if (Notes.size() == 1 && | ||||
5783 | Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { | ||||
5784 | S.Diag(Notes[0].first, diag::err_expr_not_cce) << CCE; | ||||
5785 | } else if (!Notes.empty() && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == | ||||
5786 | diag::note_constexpr_invalid_template_arg) { | ||||
5787 | Notes[0].second.setDiagID(diag::err_constexpr_invalid_template_arg); | ||||
5788 | for (unsigned I = 0; I < Notes.size(); ++I) | ||||
5789 | S.Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); | ||||
5790 | } else { | ||||
5791 | S.Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_cce) | ||||
5792 | << CCE << From->getSourceRange(); | ||||
5793 | for (unsigned I = 0; I < Notes.size(); ++I) | ||||
5794 | S.Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); | ||||
5795 | } | ||||
5796 | return ExprError(); | ||||
5797 | } | ||||
5798 | |||||
5799 | ExprResult Sema::CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T, | ||||
5800 | APValue &Value, CCEKind CCE, | ||||
5801 | NamedDecl *Dest) { | ||||
5802 | return ::CheckConvertedConstantExpression(*this, From, T, Value, CCE, false, | ||||
5803 | Dest); | ||||
5804 | } | ||||
5805 | |||||
5806 | ExprResult Sema::CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T, | ||||
5807 | llvm::APSInt &Value, | ||||
5808 | CCEKind CCE) { | ||||
5809 | assert(T->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() && "unexpected converted const type")((T->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() && "unexpected converted const type" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("T->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() && \"unexpected converted const type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 5809, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
5810 | |||||
5811 | APValue V; | ||||
5812 | auto R = ::CheckConvertedConstantExpression(*this, From, T, V, CCE, true, | ||||
5813 | /*Dest=*/nullptr); | ||||
5814 | if (!R.isInvalid() && !R.get()->isValueDependent()) | ||||
5815 | Value = V.getInt(); | ||||
5816 | return R; | ||||
5817 | } | ||||
5818 | |||||
5819 | |||||
5820 | /// dropPointerConversions - If the given standard conversion sequence | ||||
5821 | /// involves any pointer conversions, remove them. This may change | ||||
5822 | /// the result type of the conversion sequence. | ||||
5823 | static void dropPointerConversion(StandardConversionSequence &SCS) { | ||||
5824 | if (SCS.Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion) { | ||||
5825 | SCS.Second = ICK_Identity; | ||||
5826 | SCS.Third = ICK_Identity; | ||||
5827 | SCS.ToTypePtrs[2] = SCS.ToTypePtrs[1] = SCS.ToTypePtrs[0]; | ||||
5828 | } | ||||
5829 | } | ||||
5830 | |||||
5831 | /// TryContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer - Attempt to contextually | ||||
5832 | /// convert the expression From to an Objective-C pointer type. | ||||
5833 | static ImplicitConversionSequence | ||||
5834 | TryContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Sema &S, Expr *From) { | ||||
5835 | // Do an implicit conversion to 'id'. | ||||
5836 | QualType Ty = S.Context.getObjCIdType(); | ||||
5837 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS | ||||
5838 | = TryImplicitConversion(S, From, Ty, | ||||
5839 | // FIXME: Are these flags correct? | ||||
5840 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, | ||||
5841 | AllowedExplicit::Conversions, | ||||
5842 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, | ||||
5843 | /*CStyle=*/false, | ||||
5844 | /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/false, | ||||
5845 | /*AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit=*/true); | ||||
5846 | |||||
5847 | // Strip off any final conversions to 'id'. | ||||
5848 | switch (ICS.getKind()) { | ||||
5849 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion: | ||||
5850 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::AmbiguousConversion: | ||||
5851 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::EllipsisConversion: | ||||
5852 | break; | ||||
5853 | |||||
5854 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion: | ||||
5855 | dropPointerConversion(ICS.UserDefined.After); | ||||
5856 | break; | ||||
5857 | |||||
5858 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion: | ||||
5859 | dropPointerConversion(ICS.Standard); | ||||
5860 | break; | ||||
5861 | } | ||||
5862 | |||||
5863 | return ICS; | ||||
5864 | } | ||||
5865 | |||||
5866 | /// PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer - Perform a contextual | ||||
5867 | /// conversion of the expression From to an Objective-C pointer type. | ||||
5868 | /// Returns a valid but null ExprResult if no conversion sequence exists. | ||||
5869 | ExprResult Sema::PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From) { | ||||
5870 | if (checkPlaceholderForOverload(*this, From)) | ||||
5871 | return ExprError(); | ||||
5872 | |||||
5873 | QualType Ty = Context.getObjCIdType(); | ||||
5874 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS = | ||||
5875 | TryContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(*this, From); | ||||
5876 | if (!ICS.isBad()) | ||||
5877 | return PerformImplicitConversion(From, Ty, ICS, AA_Converting); | ||||
5878 | return ExprResult(); | ||||
5879 | } | ||||
5880 | |||||
5881 | /// Determine whether the provided type is an integral type, or an enumeration | ||||
5882 | /// type of a permitted flavor. | ||||
5883 | bool Sema::ICEConvertDiagnoser::match(QualType T) { | ||||
5884 | return AllowScopedEnumerations ? T->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() | ||||
5885 | : T->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType(); | ||||
5886 | } | ||||
5887 | |||||
5888 | static ExprResult | ||||
5889 | diagnoseAmbiguousConversion(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation Loc, Expr *From, | ||||
5890 | Sema::ContextualImplicitConverter &Converter, | ||||
5891 | QualType T, UnresolvedSetImpl &ViableConversions) { | ||||
5892 | |||||
5893 | if (Converter.Suppress) | ||||
5894 | return ExprError(); | ||||
5895 | |||||
5896 | Converter.diagnoseAmbiguous(SemaRef, Loc, T) << From->getSourceRange(); | ||||
5897 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = ViableConversions.size(); I != N; ++I) { | ||||
5898 | CXXConversionDecl *Conv = | ||||
5899 | cast<CXXConversionDecl>(ViableConversions[I]->getUnderlyingDecl()); | ||||
5900 | QualType ConvTy = Conv->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType(); | ||||
5901 | Converter.noteAmbiguous(SemaRef, Conv, ConvTy); | ||||
5902 | } | ||||
5903 | return From; | ||||
5904 | } | ||||
5905 | |||||
5906 | static bool | ||||
5907 | diagnoseNoViableConversion(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&From, | ||||
5908 | Sema::ContextualImplicitConverter &Converter, | ||||
5909 | QualType T, bool HadMultipleCandidates, | ||||
5910 | UnresolvedSetImpl &ExplicitConversions) { | ||||
5911 | if (ExplicitConversions.size() == 1 && !Converter.Suppress) { | ||||
5912 | DeclAccessPair Found = ExplicitConversions[0]; | ||||
5913 | CXXConversionDecl *Conversion = | ||||
5914 | cast<CXXConversionDecl>(Found->getUnderlyingDecl()); | ||||
5915 | |||||
5916 | // The user probably meant to invoke the given explicit | ||||
5917 | // conversion; use it. | ||||
5918 | QualType ConvTy = Conversion->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType(); | ||||
5919 | std::string TypeStr; | ||||
5920 | ConvTy.getAsStringInternal(TypeStr, SemaRef.getPrintingPolicy()); | ||||
5921 | |||||
5922 | Converter.diagnoseExplicitConv(SemaRef, Loc, T, ConvTy) | ||||
5923 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(From->getBeginLoc(), | ||||
5924 | "static_cast<" + TypeStr + ">(") | ||||
5925 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion( | ||||
5926 | SemaRef.getLocForEndOfToken(From->getEndLoc()), ")"); | ||||
5927 | Converter.noteExplicitConv(SemaRef, Conversion, ConvTy); | ||||
5928 | |||||
5929 | // If we aren't in a SFINAE context, build a call to the | ||||
5930 | // explicit conversion function. | ||||
5931 | if (SemaRef.isSFINAEContext()) | ||||
5932 | return true; | ||||
5933 | |||||
5934 | SemaRef.CheckMemberOperatorAccess(From->getExprLoc(), From, nullptr, Found); | ||||
5935 | ExprResult Result = SemaRef.BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(From, Found, Conversion, | ||||
5936 | HadMultipleCandidates); | ||||
5937 | if (Result.isInvalid()) | ||||
5938 | return true; | ||||
5939 | // Record usage of conversion in an implicit cast. | ||||
5940 | From = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(SemaRef.Context, Result.get()->getType(), | ||||
5941 | CK_UserDefinedConversion, Result.get(), | ||||
5942 | nullptr, Result.get()->getValueKind(), | ||||
5943 | SemaRef.CurFPFeatureOverrides()); | ||||
5944 | } | ||||
5945 | return false; | ||||
5946 | } | ||||
5947 | |||||
5948 | static bool recordConversion(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&From, | ||||
5949 | Sema::ContextualImplicitConverter &Converter, | ||||
5950 | QualType T, bool HadMultipleCandidates, | ||||
5951 | DeclAccessPair &Found) { | ||||
5952 | CXXConversionDecl *Conversion = | ||||
5953 | cast<CXXConversionDecl>(Found->getUnderlyingDecl()); | ||||
5954 | SemaRef.CheckMemberOperatorAccess(From->getExprLoc(), From, nullptr, Found); | ||||
5955 | |||||
5956 | QualType ToType = Conversion->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType(); | ||||
5957 | if (!Converter.SuppressConversion) { | ||||
5958 | if (SemaRef.isSFINAEContext()) | ||||
5959 | return true; | ||||
5960 | |||||
5961 | Converter.diagnoseConversion(SemaRef, Loc, T, ToType) | ||||
5962 | << From->getSourceRange(); | ||||
5963 | } | ||||
5964 | |||||
5965 | ExprResult Result = SemaRef.BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(From, Found, Conversion, | ||||
5966 | HadMultipleCandidates); | ||||
5967 | if (Result.isInvalid()) | ||||
5968 | return true; | ||||
5969 | // Record usage of conversion in an implicit cast. | ||||
5970 | From = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(SemaRef.Context, Result.get()->getType(), | ||||
5971 | CK_UserDefinedConversion, Result.get(), | ||||
5972 | nullptr, Result.get()->getValueKind(), | ||||
5973 | SemaRef.CurFPFeatureOverrides()); | ||||
5974 | return false; | ||||
5975 | } | ||||
5976 | |||||
5977 | static ExprResult finishContextualImplicitConversion( | ||||
5978 | Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation Loc, Expr *From, | ||||
5979 | Sema::ContextualImplicitConverter &Converter) { | ||||
5980 | if (!Converter.match(From->getType()) && !Converter.Suppress) | ||||
5981 | Converter.diagnoseNoMatch(SemaRef, Loc, From->getType()) | ||||
5982 | << From->getSourceRange(); | ||||
5983 | |||||
5984 | return SemaRef.DefaultLvalueConversion(From); | ||||
5985 | } | ||||
5986 | |||||
5987 | static void | ||||
5988 | collectViableConversionCandidates(Sema &SemaRef, Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||
5989 | UnresolvedSetImpl &ViableConversions, | ||||
5990 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet) { | ||||
5991 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = ViableConversions.size(); I != N; ++I) { | ||||
5992 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = ViableConversions[I]; | ||||
5993 | NamedDecl *D = FoundDecl.getDecl(); | ||||
5994 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext()); | ||||
5995 | if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D)) | ||||
5996 | D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl(); | ||||
5997 | |||||
5998 | CXXConversionDecl *Conv; | ||||
5999 | FunctionTemplateDecl *ConvTemplate; | ||||
6000 | if ((ConvTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))) | ||||
6001 | Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(ConvTemplate->getTemplatedDecl()); | ||||
6002 | else | ||||
6003 | Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(D); | ||||
6004 | |||||
6005 | if (ConvTemplate) | ||||
6006 | SemaRef.AddTemplateConversionCandidate( | ||||
6007 | ConvTemplate, FoundDecl, ActingContext, From, ToType, CandidateSet, | ||||
6008 | /*AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit=*/false, /*AllowExplicit*/ true); | ||||
6009 | else | ||||
6010 | SemaRef.AddConversionCandidate(Conv, FoundDecl, ActingContext, From, | ||||
6011 | ToType, CandidateSet, | ||||
6012 | /*AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit=*/false, | ||||
6013 | /*AllowExplicit*/ true); | ||||
6014 | } | ||||
6015 | } | ||||
6016 | |||||
6017 | /// Attempt to convert the given expression to a type which is accepted | ||||
6018 | /// by the given converter. | ||||
6019 | /// | ||||
6020 | /// This routine will attempt to convert an expression of class type to a | ||||
6021 | /// type accepted by the specified converter. In C++11 and before, the class | ||||
6022 | /// must have a single non-explicit conversion function converting to a matching | ||||
6023 | /// type. In C++1y, there can be multiple such conversion functions, but only | ||||
6024 | /// one target type. | ||||
6025 | /// | ||||
6026 | /// \param Loc The source location of the construct that requires the | ||||
6027 | /// conversion. | ||||
6028 | /// | ||||
6029 | /// \param From The expression we're converting from. | ||||
6030 | /// | ||||
6031 | /// \param Converter Used to control and diagnose the conversion process. | ||||
6032 | /// | ||||
6033 | /// \returns The expression, converted to an integral or enumeration type if | ||||
6034 | /// successful. | ||||
6035 | ExprResult Sema::PerformContextualImplicitConversion( | ||||
6036 | SourceLocation Loc, Expr *From, ContextualImplicitConverter &Converter) { | ||||
6037 | // We can't perform any more checking for type-dependent expressions. | ||||
6038 | if (From->isTypeDependent()) | ||||
6039 | return From; | ||||
6040 | |||||
6041 | // Process placeholders immediately. | ||||
6042 | if (From->hasPlaceholderType()) { | ||||
6043 | ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(From); | ||||
6044 | if (result.isInvalid()) | ||||
6045 | return result; | ||||
6046 | From = result.get(); | ||||
6047 | } | ||||
6048 | |||||
6049 | // If the expression already has a matching type, we're golden. | ||||
6050 | QualType T = From->getType(); | ||||
6051 | if (Converter.match(T)) | ||||
6052 | return DefaultLvalueConversion(From); | ||||
6053 | |||||
6054 | // FIXME: Check for missing '()' if T is a function type? | ||||
6055 | |||||
6056 | // We can only perform contextual implicit conversions on objects of class | ||||
6057 | // type. | ||||
6058 | const RecordType *RecordTy = T->getAs<RecordType>(); | ||||
6059 | if (!RecordTy || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | ||||
6060 | if (!Converter.Suppress) | ||||
6061 | Converter.diagnoseNoMatch(*this, Loc, T) << From->getSourceRange(); | ||||
6062 | return From; | ||||
6063 | } | ||||
6064 | |||||
6065 | // We must have a complete class type. | ||||
6066 | struct TypeDiagnoserPartialDiag : TypeDiagnoser { | ||||
6067 | ContextualImplicitConverter &Converter; | ||||
6068 | Expr *From; | ||||
6069 | |||||
6070 | TypeDiagnoserPartialDiag(ContextualImplicitConverter &Converter, Expr *From) | ||||
6071 | : Converter(Converter), From(From) {} | ||||
6072 | |||||
6073 | void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override { | ||||
6074 | Converter.diagnoseIncomplete(S, Loc, T) << From->getSourceRange(); | ||||
6075 | } | ||||
6076 | } IncompleteDiagnoser(Converter, From); | ||||
6077 | |||||
6078 | if (Converter.Suppress ? !isCompleteType(Loc, T) | ||||
6079 | : RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, IncompleteDiagnoser)) | ||||
6080 | return From; | ||||
6081 | |||||
6082 | // Look for a conversion to an integral or enumeration type. | ||||
6083 | UnresolvedSet<4> | ||||
6084 | ViableConversions; // These are *potentially* viable in C++1y. | ||||
6085 | UnresolvedSet<4> ExplicitConversions; | ||||
6086 | const auto &Conversions = | ||||
6087 | cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RecordTy->getDecl())->getVisibleConversionFunctions(); | ||||
6088 | |||||
6089 | bool HadMultipleCandidates = | ||||
6090 | (std::distance(Conversions.begin(), Conversions.end()) > 1); | ||||
6091 | |||||
6092 | // To check that there is only one target type, in C++1y: | ||||
6093 | QualType ToType; | ||||
6094 | bool HasUniqueTargetType = true; | ||||
6095 | |||||
6096 | // Collect explicit or viable (potentially in C++1y) conversions. | ||||
6097 | for (auto I = Conversions.begin(), E = Conversions.end(); I != E; ++I) { | ||||
6098 | NamedDecl *D = (*I)->getUnderlyingDecl(); | ||||
6099 | CXXConversionDecl *Conversion; | ||||
6100 | FunctionTemplateDecl *ConvTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D); | ||||
6101 | if (ConvTemplate) { | ||||
6102 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) | ||||
6103 | Conversion = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(ConvTemplate->getTemplatedDecl()); | ||||
6104 | else | ||||
6105 | continue; // C++11 does not consider conversion operator templates(?). | ||||
6106 | } else | ||||
6107 | Conversion = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(D); | ||||
6108 | |||||
6109 | assert((!ConvTemplate || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) &&(((!ConvTemplate || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) && "Conversion operator templates are considered potentially " "viable in C++1y") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(!ConvTemplate || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) && \"Conversion operator templates are considered potentially \" \"viable in C++1y\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 6111, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
6110 | "Conversion operator templates are considered potentially "(((!ConvTemplate || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) && "Conversion operator templates are considered potentially " "viable in C++1y") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(!ConvTemplate || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) && \"Conversion operator templates are considered potentially \" \"viable in C++1y\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 6111, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
6111 | "viable in C++1y")(((!ConvTemplate || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) && "Conversion operator templates are considered potentially " "viable in C++1y") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(!ConvTemplate || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) && \"Conversion operator templates are considered potentially \" \"viable in C++1y\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 6111, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
6112 | |||||
6113 | QualType CurToType = Conversion->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType(); | ||||
6114 | if (Converter.match(CurToType) || ConvTemplate) { | ||||
6115 | |||||
6116 | if (Conversion->isExplicit()) { | ||||
6117 | // FIXME: For C++1y, do we need this restriction? | ||||
6118 | // cf. diagnoseNoViableConversion() | ||||
6119 | if (!ConvTemplate) | ||||
6120 | ExplicitConversions.addDecl(I.getDecl(), I.getAccess()); | ||||
6121 | } else { | ||||
6122 | if (!ConvTemplate && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) { | ||||
6123 | if (ToType.isNull()) | ||||
6124 | ToType = CurToType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||
6125 | else if (HasUniqueTargetType && | ||||
6126 | (CurToType.getUnqualifiedType() != ToType)) | ||||
6127 | HasUniqueTargetType = false; | ||||
6128 | } | ||||
6129 | ViableConversions.addDecl(I.getDecl(), I.getAccess()); | ||||
6130 | } | ||||
6131 | } | ||||
6132 | } | ||||
6133 | |||||
6134 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) { | ||||
6135 | // C++1y [conv]p6: | ||||
6136 | // ... An expression e of class type E appearing in such a context | ||||
6137 | // is said to be contextually implicitly converted to a specified | ||||
6138 | // type T and is well-formed if and only if e can be implicitly | ||||
6139 | // converted to a type T that is determined as follows: E is searched | ||||
6140 | // for conversion functions whose return type is cv T or reference to | ||||
6141 | // cv T such that T is allowed by the context. There shall be | ||||
6142 | // exactly one such T. | ||||
6143 | |||||
6144 | // If no unique T is found: | ||||
6145 | if (ToType.isNull()) { | ||||
6146 | if (diagnoseNoViableConversion(*this, Loc, From, Converter, T, | ||||
6147 | HadMultipleCandidates, | ||||
6148 | ExplicitConversions)) | ||||
6149 | return ExprError(); | ||||
6150 | return finishContextualImplicitConversion(*this, Loc, From, Converter); | ||||
6151 | } | ||||
6152 | |||||
6153 | // If more than one unique Ts are found: | ||||
6154 | if (!HasUniqueTargetType) | ||||
6155 | return diagnoseAmbiguousConversion(*this, Loc, From, Converter, T, | ||||
6156 | ViableConversions); | ||||
6157 | |||||
6158 | // If one unique T is found: | ||||
6159 | // First, build a candidate set from the previously recorded | ||||
6160 | // potentially viable conversions. | ||||
6161 | OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(Loc, OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal); | ||||
6162 | collectViableConversionCandidates(*this, From, ToType, ViableConversions, | ||||
6163 | CandidateSet); | ||||
6164 | |||||
6165 | // Then, perform overload resolution over the candidate set. | ||||
6166 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; | ||||
6167 | switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(*this, Loc, Best)) { | ||||
6168 | case OR_Success: { | ||||
6169 | // Apply this conversion. | ||||
6170 | DeclAccessPair Found = | ||||
6171 | DeclAccessPair::make(Best->Function, Best->FoundDecl.getAccess()); | ||||
6172 | if (recordConversion(*this, Loc, From, Converter, T, | ||||
6173 | HadMultipleCandidates, Found)) | ||||
6174 | return ExprError(); | ||||
6175 | break; | ||||
6176 | } | ||||
6177 | case OR_Ambiguous: | ||||
6178 | return diagnoseAmbiguousConversion(*this, Loc, From, Converter, T, | ||||
6179 | ViableConversions); | ||||
6180 | case OR_No_Viable_Function: | ||||
6181 | if (diagnoseNoViableConversion(*this, Loc, From, Converter, T, | ||||
6182 | HadMultipleCandidates, | ||||
6183 | ExplicitConversions)) | ||||
6184 | return ExprError(); | ||||
6185 | LLVM_FALLTHROUGH[[gnu::fallthrough]]; | ||||
6186 | case OR_Deleted: | ||||
6187 | // We'll complain below about a non-integral condition type. | ||||
6188 | break; | ||||
6189 | } | ||||
6190 | } else { | ||||
6191 | switch (ViableConversions.size()) { | ||||
6192 | case 0: { | ||||
6193 | if (diagnoseNoViableConversion(*this, Loc, From, Converter, T, | ||||
6194 | HadMultipleCandidates, | ||||
6195 | ExplicitConversions)) | ||||
6196 | return ExprError(); | ||||
6197 | |||||
6198 | // We'll complain below about a non-integral condition type. | ||||
6199 | break; | ||||
6200 | } | ||||
6201 | case 1: { | ||||
6202 | // Apply this conversion. | ||||
6203 | DeclAccessPair Found = ViableConversions[0]; | ||||
6204 | if (recordConversion(*this, Loc, From, Converter, T, | ||||
6205 | HadMultipleCandidates, Found)) | ||||
6206 | return ExprError(); | ||||
6207 | break; | ||||
6208 | } | ||||
6209 | default: | ||||
6210 | return diagnoseAmbiguousConversion(*this, Loc, From, Converter, T, | ||||
6211 | ViableConversions); | ||||
6212 | } | ||||
6213 | } | ||||
6214 | |||||
6215 | return finishContextualImplicitConversion(*this, Loc, From, Converter); | ||||
6216 | } | ||||
6217 | |||||
6218 | /// IsAcceptableNonMemberOperatorCandidate - Determine whether Fn is | ||||
6219 | /// an acceptable non-member overloaded operator for a call whose | ||||
6220 | /// arguments have types T1 (and, if non-empty, T2). This routine | ||||
6221 | /// implements the check in C++ [over.match.oper]p3b2 concerning | ||||
6222 | /// enumeration types. | ||||
6223 | static bool IsAcceptableNonMemberOperatorCandidate(ASTContext &Context, | ||||
6224 | FunctionDecl *Fn, | ||||
6225 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args) { | ||||
6226 | QualType T1 = Args[0]->getType(); | ||||
6227 | QualType T2 = Args.size() > 1 ? Args[1]->getType() : QualType(); | ||||
6228 | |||||
6229 | if (T1->isDependentType() || (!T2.isNull() && T2->isDependentType())) | ||||
6230 | return true; | ||||
6231 | |||||
6232 | if (T1->isRecordType() || (!T2.isNull() && T2->isRecordType())) | ||||
6233 | return true; | ||||
6234 | |||||
6235 | const auto *Proto = Fn->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||
6236 | if (Proto->getNumParams() < 1) | ||||
6237 | return false; | ||||
6238 | |||||
6239 | if (T1->isEnumeralType()) { | ||||
6240 | QualType ArgType = Proto->getParamType(0).getNonReferenceType(); | ||||
6241 | if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T1, ArgType)) | ||||
6242 | return true; | ||||
6243 | } | ||||
6244 | |||||
6245 | if (Proto->getNumParams() < 2) | ||||
6246 | return false; | ||||
6247 | |||||
6248 | if (!T2.isNull() && T2->isEnumeralType()) { | ||||
6249 | QualType ArgType = Proto->getParamType(1).getNonReferenceType(); | ||||
6250 | if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T2, ArgType)) | ||||
6251 | return true; | ||||
6252 | } | ||||
6253 | |||||
6254 | return false; | ||||
6255 | } | ||||
6256 | |||||
6257 | /// AddOverloadCandidate - Adds the given function to the set of | ||||
6258 | /// candidate functions, using the given function call arguments. If | ||||
6259 | /// @p SuppressUserConversions, then don't allow user-defined | ||||
6260 | /// conversions via constructors or conversion operators. | ||||
6261 | /// | ||||
6262 | /// \param PartialOverloading true if we are performing "partial" overloading | ||||
6263 | /// based on an incomplete set of function arguments. This feature is used by | ||||
6264 | /// code completion. | ||||
6265 | void Sema::AddOverloadCandidate( | ||||
6266 | FunctionDecl *Function, DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||
6267 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, bool SuppressUserConversions, | ||||
6268 | bool PartialOverloading, bool AllowExplicit, bool AllowExplicitConversions, | ||||
6269 | ADLCallKind IsADLCandidate, ConversionSequenceList EarlyConversions, | ||||
6270 | OverloadCandidateParamOrder PO) { | ||||
6271 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto | ||||
6272 | = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(Function->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>()); | ||||
6273 | assert(Proto && "Functions without a prototype cannot be overloaded")((Proto && "Functions without a prototype cannot be overloaded" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Proto && \"Functions without a prototype cannot be overloaded\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 6273, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
6274 | assert(!Function->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&((!Function->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && "Use AddTemplateOverloadCandidate for function templates" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!Function->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && \"Use AddTemplateOverloadCandidate for function templates\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 6275, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
6275 | "Use AddTemplateOverloadCandidate for function templates")((!Function->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && "Use AddTemplateOverloadCandidate for function templates" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!Function->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && \"Use AddTemplateOverloadCandidate for function templates\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 6275, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
6276 | |||||
6277 | if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Function)) { | ||||
6278 | if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method)) { | ||||
6279 | // If we get here, it's because we're calling a member function | ||||
6280 | // that is named without a member access expression (e.g., | ||||
6281 | // "this->f") that was either written explicitly or created | ||||
6282 | // implicitly. This can happen with a qualified call to a member | ||||
6283 | // function, e.g., X::f(). We use an empty type for the implied | ||||
6284 | // object argument (C++ [over.call.func]p3), and the acting context | ||||
6285 | // is irrelevant. | ||||
6286 | AddMethodCandidate(Method, FoundDecl, Method->getParent(), QualType(), | ||||
6287 | Expr::Classification::makeSimpleLValue(), Args, | ||||
6288 | CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions, | ||||
6289 | PartialOverloading, EarlyConversions, PO); | ||||
6290 | return; | ||||
6291 | } | ||||
6292 | // We treat a constructor like a non-member function, since its object | ||||
6293 | // argument doesn't participate in overload resolution. | ||||
6294 | } | ||||
6295 | |||||
6296 | if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(Function, PO)) | ||||
6297 | return; | ||||
6298 | |||||
6299 | // C++11 [class.copy]p11: [DR1402] | ||||
6300 | // A defaulted move constructor that is defined as deleted is ignored by | ||||
6301 | // overload resolution. | ||||
6302 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Function); | ||||
6303 | if (Constructor && Constructor->isDefaulted() && Constructor->isDeleted() && | ||||
6304 | Constructor->isMoveConstructor()) | ||||
6305 | return; | ||||
6306 | |||||
6307 | // Overload resolution is always an unevaluated context. | ||||
6308 | EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated( | ||||
6309 | *this, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated); | ||||
6310 | |||||
6311 | // C++ [over.match.oper]p3: | ||||
6312 | // if no operand has a class type, only those non-member functions in the | ||||
6313 | // lookup set that have a first parameter of type T1 or "reference to | ||||
6314 | // (possibly cv-qualified) T1", when T1 is an enumeration type, or (if there | ||||
6315 | // is a right operand) a second parameter of type T2 or "reference to | ||||
6316 | // (possibly cv-qualified) T2", when T2 is an enumeration type, are | ||||
6317 | // candidate functions. | ||||
6318 | if (CandidateSet.getKind() == OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Operator && | ||||
6319 | !IsAcceptableNonMemberOperatorCandidate(Context, Function, Args)) | ||||
6320 | return; | ||||
6321 | |||||
6322 | // Add this candidate | ||||
6323 | OverloadCandidate &Candidate = | ||||
6324 | CandidateSet.addCandidate(Args.size(), EarlyConversions); | ||||
6325 | Candidate.FoundDecl = FoundDecl; | ||||
6326 | Candidate.Function = Function; | ||||
6327 | Candidate.Viable = true; | ||||
6328 | Candidate.RewriteKind = | ||||
6329 | CandidateSet.getRewriteInfo().getRewriteKind(Function, PO); | ||||
6330 | Candidate.IsSurrogate = false; | ||||
6331 | Candidate.IsADLCandidate = IsADLCandidate; | ||||
6332 | Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false; | ||||
6333 | Candidate.ExplicitCallArguments = Args.size(); | ||||
6334 | |||||
6335 | // Explicit functions are not actually candidates at all if we're not | ||||
6336 | // allowing them in this context, but keep them around so we can point | ||||
6337 | // to them in diagnostics. | ||||
6338 | if (!AllowExplicit && ExplicitSpecifier::getFromDecl(Function).isExplicit()) { | ||||
6339 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||
6340 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_explicit; | ||||
6341 | return; | ||||
6342 | } | ||||
6343 | |||||
6344 | if (Function->isMultiVersion() && Function->hasAttr<TargetAttr>() && | ||||
6345 | !Function->getAttr<TargetAttr>()->isDefaultVersion()) { | ||||
6346 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||
6347 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_non_default_multiversion_function; | ||||
6348 | return; | ||||
6349 | } | ||||
6350 | |||||
6351 | if (Constructor) { | ||||
6352 | // C++ [class.copy]p3: | ||||
6353 | // A member function template is never instantiated to perform the copy | ||||
6354 | // of a class object to an object of its class type. | ||||
6355 | QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Constructor->getParent()); | ||||
6356 | if (Args.size() == 1 && Constructor->isSpecializationCopyingObject() && | ||||
6357 | (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ClassType, Args[0]->getType()) || | ||||
6358 | IsDerivedFrom(Args[0]->getBeginLoc(), Args[0]->getType(), | ||||
6359 | ClassType))) { | ||||
6360 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||
6361 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_illegal_constructor; | ||||
6362 | return; | ||||
6363 | } | ||||
6364 | |||||
6365 | // C++ [over.match.funcs]p8: (proposed DR resolution) | ||||
6366 | // A constructor inherited from class type C that has a first parameter | ||||
6367 | // of type "reference to P" (including such a constructor instantiated | ||||
6368 | // from a template) is excluded from the set of candidate functions when | ||||
6369 | // constructing an object of type cv D if the argument list has exactly | ||||
6370 | // one argument and D is reference-related to P and P is reference-related | ||||
6371 | // to C. | ||||
6372 | auto *Shadow = dyn_cast<ConstructorUsingShadowDecl>(FoundDecl.getDecl()); | ||||
6373 | if (Shadow && Args.size() == 1 && Constructor->getNumParams() >= 1 && | ||||
6374 | Constructor->getParamDecl(0)->getType()->isReferenceType()) { | ||||
6375 | QualType P = Constructor->getParamDecl(0)->getType()->getPointeeType(); | ||||
6376 | QualType C = Context.getRecordType(Constructor->getParent()); | ||||
6377 | QualType D = Context.getRecordType(Shadow->getParent()); | ||||
6378 | SourceLocation Loc = Args.front()->getExprLoc(); | ||||
6379 | if ((Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(P, C) || IsDerivedFrom(Loc, P, C)) && | ||||
6380 | (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(D, P) || IsDerivedFrom(Loc, D, P))) { | ||||
6381 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||
6382 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_inhctor_slice; | ||||
6383 | return; | ||||
6384 | } | ||||
6385 | } | ||||
6386 | |||||
6387 | // Check that the constructor is capable of constructing an object in the | ||||
6388 | // destination address space. | ||||
6389 | if (!Qualifiers::isAddressSpaceSupersetOf( | ||||
6390 | Constructor->getMethodQualifiers().getAddressSpace(), | ||||
6391 | CandidateSet.getDestAS())) { | ||||
6392 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||
6393 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_object_addrspace_mismatch; | ||||
6394 | } | ||||
6395 | } | ||||
6396 | |||||
6397 | unsigned NumParams = Proto->getNumParams(); | ||||
6398 | |||||
6399 | // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having fewer than m | ||||
6400 | // parameters is viable only if it has an ellipsis in its parameter | ||||
6401 | // list (8.3.5). | ||||
6402 | if (TooManyArguments(NumParams, Args.size(), PartialOverloading) && | ||||
6403 | !Proto->isVariadic()) { | ||||
6404 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||
6405 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_too_many_arguments; | ||||
6406 | return; | ||||
6407 | } | ||||
6408 | |||||
6409 | // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having more than m parameters | ||||
6410 | // is viable only if the (m+1)st parameter has a default argument | ||||
6411 | // (8.3.6). For the purposes of overload resolution, the | ||||
6412 | // parameter list is truncated on the right, so that there are | ||||
6413 | // exactly m parameters. | ||||
6414 | unsigned MinRequiredArgs = Function->getMinRequiredArguments(); | ||||
6415 | if (Args.size() < MinRequiredArgs && !PartialOverloading) { | ||||
6416 | // Not enough arguments. | ||||
6417 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||
6418 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_too_few_arguments; | ||||
6419 | return; | ||||
6420 | } | ||||
6421 | |||||
6422 | // (CUDA B.1): Check for invalid calls between targets. | ||||
6423 | if (getLangOpts().CUDA) | ||||
6424 | if (const FunctionDecl *Caller = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext)) | ||||
6425 | // Skip the check for callers that are implicit members, because in this | ||||
6426 | // case we may not yet know what the member's target is; the target is | ||||
6427 | // inferred for the member automatically, based on the bases and fields of | ||||
6428 | // the class. | ||||
6429 | if (!Caller->isImplicit() && !IsAllowedCUDACall(Caller, Function)) { | ||||
6430 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||
6431 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_target; | ||||
6432 | return; | ||||
6433 | } | ||||
6434 | |||||
6435 | if (Function->getTrailingRequiresClause()) { | ||||
6436 | ConstraintSatisfaction Satisfaction; | ||||
6437 | if (CheckFunctionConstraints(Function, Satisfaction) || | ||||
6438 | !Satisfaction.IsSatisfied) { | ||||
6439 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||
6440 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_constraints_not_satisfied; | ||||
6441 | return; | ||||
6442 | } | ||||
6443 | } | ||||
6444 | |||||
6445 | // Determine the implicit conversion sequences for each of the | ||||
6446 | // arguments. | ||||
6447 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < Args.size(); ++ArgIdx) { | ||||
6448 | unsigned ConvIdx = | ||||
6449 | PO == OverloadCandidateParamOrder::Reversed ? 1 - ArgIdx : ArgIdx; | ||||
6450 | if (Candidate.Conversions[ConvIdx].isInitialized()) { | ||||
6451 | // We already formed a conversion sequence for this parameter during | ||||
6452 | // template argument deduction. | ||||
6453 | } else if (ArgIdx < NumParams) { | ||||
6454 | // (C++ 13.3.2p3): for F to be a viable function, there shall | ||||
6455 | // exist for each argument an implicit conversion sequence | ||||
6456 | // (13.3.3.1) that converts that argument to the corresponding | ||||
6457 | // parameter of F. | ||||
6458 | QualType ParamType = Proto->getParamType(ArgIdx); | ||||
6459 | Candidate.Conversions[ConvIdx] = TryCopyInitialization( | ||||
6460 | *this, Args[ArgIdx], ParamType, SuppressUserConversions, | ||||
6461 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/true, | ||||
6462 | /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/ | ||||
6463 | getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount, AllowExplicitConversions); | ||||
6464 | if (Candidate.Conversions[ConvIdx].isBad()) { | ||||
6465 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||
6466 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion; | ||||
6467 | return; | ||||
6468 | } | ||||
6469 | } else { | ||||
6470 | // (C++ 13.3.2p2): For the purposes of overload resolution, any | ||||
6471 | // argument for which there is no corresponding parameter is | ||||
6472 | // considered to ""match the ellipsis" (C+ 13.3.3.1.3). | ||||
6473 | Candidate.Conversions[ConvIdx].setEllipsis(); | ||||
6474 | } | ||||
6475 | } | ||||
6476 | |||||
6477 | if (EnableIfAttr *FailedAttr = | ||||
6478 | CheckEnableIf(Function, CandidateSet.getLocation(), Args)) { | ||||
6479 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||
6480 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_enable_if; | ||||
6481 | Candidate.DeductionFailure.Data = FailedAttr; | ||||
6482 | return; | ||||
6483 | } | ||||
6484 | |||||
6485 | if (LangOpts.OpenCL && isOpenCLDisabledDecl(Function)) { | ||||
6486 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||
6487 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_ext_disabled; | ||||
6488 | return; | ||||
6489 | } | ||||
6490 | } | ||||
6491 | |||||
6492 | ObjCMethodDecl * | ||||
6493 | Sema::SelectBestMethod(Selector Sel, MultiExprArg Args, bool IsInstance, | ||||
6494 | SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl *> &Methods) { | ||||
6495 | if (Methods.size() <= 1) | ||||
6496 | return nullptr; | ||||
6497 | |||||
6498 | for (unsigned b = 0, e = Methods.size(); b < e; b++) { | ||||
6499 | bool Match = true; | ||||
6500 | ObjCMethodDecl *Method = Methods[b]; | ||||
6501 | unsigned NumNamedArgs = Sel.getNumArgs(); | ||||
6502 | // Method might have more arguments than selector indicates. This is due | ||||
6503 | // to addition of c-style arguments in method. | ||||
6504 | if (Method->param_size() > NumNamedArgs) | ||||
6505 | NumNamedArgs = Method->param_size(); | ||||
6506 | if (Args.size() < NumNamedArgs) | ||||
6507 | continue; | ||||
6508 | |||||
6509 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumNamedArgs; i++) { | ||||
6510 | // We can't do any type-checking on a type-dependent argument. | ||||
6511 | if (Args[i]->isTypeDependent()) { | ||||
6512 | Match = false; | ||||
6513 | break; | ||||
6514 | } | ||||
6515 | |||||
6516 | ParmVarDecl *param = Method->parameters()[i]; | ||||
6517 | Expr *argExpr = Args[i]; | ||||
6518 | assert(argExpr && "SelectBestMethod(): missing expression")((argExpr && "SelectBestMethod(): missing expression" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("argExpr && \"SelectBestMethod(): missing expression\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 6518, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
6519 | |||||
6520 | // Strip the unbridged-cast placeholder expression off unless it's | ||||
6521 | // a consumed argument. | ||||
6522 | if (argExpr->hasPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast) && | ||||
6523 | !param->hasAttr<CFConsumedAttr>()) | ||||
6524 | argExpr = stripARCUnbridgedCast(argExpr); | ||||
6525 | |||||
6526 | // If the parameter is __unknown_anytype, move on to the next method. | ||||
6527 | if (param->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { | ||||
6528 | Match = false; | ||||
6529 | break; | ||||
6530 | } | ||||
6531 | |||||
6532 | ImplicitConversionSequence ConversionState | ||||
6533 | = TryCopyInitialization(*this, argExpr, param->getType(), | ||||
6534 | /*SuppressUserConversions*/false, | ||||
6535 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/true, | ||||
6536 | /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/ | ||||
6537 | getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount, | ||||
6538 | /*AllowExplicit*/false); | ||||
6539 | // This function looks for a reasonably-exact match, so we consider | ||||
6540 | // incompatible pointer conversions to be a failure here. | ||||
6541 | if (ConversionState.isBad() || | ||||
6542 | (ConversionState.isStandard() && | ||||
6543 | ConversionState.Standard.Second == | ||||
6544 | ICK_Incompatible_Pointer_Conversion)) { | ||||
6545 | Match = false; | ||||
6546 | break; | ||||
6547 | } | ||||
6548 | } | ||||
6549 | // Promote additional arguments to variadic methods. | ||||
6550 | if (Match && Method->isVariadic()) { | ||||
6551 | for (unsigned i = NumNamedArgs, e = Args.size(); i < e; ++i) { | ||||
6552 | if (Args[i]->isTypeDependent()) { | ||||
6553 | Match = false; | ||||
6554 | break; | ||||
6555 | } | ||||
6556 | ExprResult Arg = DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Args[i], VariadicMethod, | ||||
6557 | nullptr); | ||||
6558 | if (Arg.isInvalid()) { | ||||
6559 | Match = false; | ||||
6560 | break; | ||||
6561 | } | ||||
6562 | } | ||||
6563 | } else { | ||||
6564 | // Check for extra arguments to non-variadic methods. | ||||
6565 | if (Args.size() != NumNamedArgs) | ||||
6566 | Match = false; | ||||
6567 | else if (Match && NumNamedArgs == 0 && Methods.size() > 1) { | ||||
6568 | // Special case when selectors have no argument. In this case, select | ||||
6569 | // one with the most general result type of 'id'. | ||||
6570 | for (unsigned b = 0, e = Methods.size(); b < e; b++) { | ||||
6571 | QualType ReturnT = Methods[b]->getReturnType(); | ||||
6572 | if (ReturnT->isObjCIdType()) | ||||
6573 | return Methods[b]; | ||||
6574 | } | ||||
6575 | } | ||||
6576 | } | ||||
6577 | |||||
6578 | if (Match) | ||||
6579 | return Method; | ||||
6580 | } | ||||
6581 | return nullptr; | ||||
6582 | } | ||||
6583 | |||||
6584 | static bool convertArgsForAvailabilityChecks( | ||||
6585 | Sema &S, FunctionDecl *Function, Expr *ThisArg, SourceLocation CallLoc, | ||||
6586 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, Sema::SFINAETrap &Trap, bool MissingImplicitThis, | ||||
6587 | Expr *&ConvertedThis, SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &ConvertedArgs) { | ||||
6588 | if (ThisArg) { | ||||
6589 | CXXMethodDecl *Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Function); | ||||
6590 | assert(!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method) &&((!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method) && "Shouldn't have `this` for ctors!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method) && \"Shouldn't have `this` for ctors!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 6591, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
6591 | "Shouldn't have `this` for ctors!")((!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method) && "Shouldn't have `this` for ctors!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method) && \"Shouldn't have `this` for ctors!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 6591, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
6592 | assert(!Method->isStatic() && "Shouldn't have `this` for static methods!")((!Method->isStatic() && "Shouldn't have `this` for static methods!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!Method->isStatic() && \"Shouldn't have `this` for static methods!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 6592, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
6593 | ExprResult R = S.PerformObjectArgumentInitialization( | ||||
6594 | ThisArg, /*Qualifier=*/nullptr, Method, Method); | ||||
6595 | if (R.isInvalid()) | ||||
6596 | return false; | ||||
6597 | ConvertedThis = R.get(); | ||||
6598 | } else { | ||||
6599 | if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Function)) { | ||||
6600 | (void)MD; | ||||
6601 | assert((MissingImplicitThis || MD->isStatic() ||(((MissingImplicitThis || MD->isStatic() || isa<CXXConstructorDecl >(MD)) && "Expected `this` for non-ctor instance methods" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(MissingImplicitThis || MD->isStatic() || isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) && \"Expected `this` for non-ctor instance methods\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 6603, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
6602 | isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) &&(((MissingImplicitThis || MD->isStatic() || isa<CXXConstructorDecl >(MD)) && "Expected `this` for non-ctor instance methods" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(MissingImplicitThis || MD->isStatic() || isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) && \"Expected `this` for non-ctor instance methods\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 6603, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
6603 | "Expected `this` for non-ctor instance methods")(((MissingImplicitThis || MD->isStatic() || isa<CXXConstructorDecl >(MD)) && "Expected `this` for non-ctor instance methods" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(MissingImplicitThis || MD->isStatic() || isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) && \"Expected `this` for non-ctor instance methods\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 6603, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
6604 | } | ||||
6605 | ConvertedThis = nullptr; | ||||
6606 | } | ||||
6607 | |||||
6608 | // Ignore any variadic arguments. Converting them is pointless, since the | ||||
6609 | // user can't refer to them in the function condition. | ||||
6610 | unsigned ArgSizeNoVarargs = std::min(Function->param_size(), Args.size()); | ||||
6611 | |||||
6612 | // Convert the arguments. | ||||
6613 | for (unsigned I = 0; I != ArgSizeNoVarargs; ++I) { | ||||
6614 | ExprResult R; | ||||
6615 | R = S.PerformCopyInitialization(InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter( | ||||
6616 | S.Context, Function->getParamDecl(I)), | ||||
6617 | SourceLocation(), Args[I]); | ||||
6618 | |||||
6619 | if (R.isInvalid()) | ||||
6620 | return false; | ||||
6621 | |||||
6622 | ConvertedArgs.push_back(R.get()); | ||||
6623 | } | ||||
6624 | |||||
6625 | if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) | ||||
6626 | return false; | ||||
6627 | |||||
6628 | // Push default arguments if needed. | ||||
6629 | if (!Function->isVariadic() && Args.size() < Function->getNumParams()) { | ||||
6630 | for (unsigned i = Args.size(), e = Function->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { | ||||
6631 | ParmVarDecl *P = Function->getParamDecl(i); | ||||
6632 | if (!P->hasDefaultArg()) | ||||
6633 | return false; | ||||
6634 | ExprResult R = S.BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(CallLoc, Function, P); | ||||
6635 | if (R.isInvalid()) | ||||
6636 | return false; | ||||
6637 | ConvertedArgs.push_back(R.get()); | ||||
6638 | } | ||||
6639 | |||||
6640 | if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) | ||||
6641 | return false; | ||||
6642 | } | ||||
6643 | return true; | ||||
6644 | } | ||||
6645 | |||||
6646 | EnableIfAttr *Sema::CheckEnableIf(FunctionDecl *Function, | ||||
6647 | SourceLocation CallLoc, | ||||
6648 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||
6649 | bool MissingImplicitThis) { | ||||
6650 | auto EnableIfAttrs = Function->specific_attrs<EnableIfAttr>(); | ||||
6651 | if (EnableIfAttrs.begin() == EnableIfAttrs.end()) | ||||
6652 | return nullptr; | ||||
6653 | |||||
6654 | SFINAETrap Trap(*this); | ||||
6655 | SmallVector<Expr *, 16> ConvertedArgs; | ||||
6656 | // FIXME: We should look into making enable_if late-parsed. | ||||
6657 | Expr *DiscardedThis; | ||||
6658 | if (!convertArgsForAvailabilityChecks( | ||||
6659 | *this, Function, /*ThisArg=*/nullptr, CallLoc, Args, Trap, | ||||
6660 | /*MissingImplicitThis=*/true, DiscardedThis, ConvertedArgs)) | ||||
6661 | return *EnableIfAttrs.begin(); | ||||
6662 | |||||
6663 | for (auto *EIA : EnableIfAttrs) { | ||||
6664 | APValue Result; | ||||
6665 | // FIXME: This doesn't consider value-dependent cases, because doing so is | ||||
6666 | // very difficult. Ideally, we should handle them more gracefully. | ||||
6667 | if (EIA->getCond()->isValueDependent() || | ||||
6668 | !EIA->getCond()->EvaluateWithSubstitution( | ||||
6669 | Result, Context, Function, llvm::makeArrayRef(ConvertedArgs))) | ||||
6670 | return EIA; | ||||
6671 | |||||
6672 | if (!Result.isInt() || !Result.getInt().getBoolValue()) | ||||
6673 | return EIA; | ||||
6674 | } | ||||
6675 | return nullptr; | ||||
6676 | } | ||||
6677 | |||||
6678 | template <typename CheckFn> | ||||
6679 | static bool diagnoseDiagnoseIfAttrsWith(Sema &S, const NamedDecl *ND, | ||||
6680 | bool ArgDependent, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||
6681 | CheckFn &&IsSuccessful) { | ||||
6682 | SmallVector<const DiagnoseIfAttr *, 8> Attrs; | ||||
6683 | for (const auto *DIA : ND->specific_attrs<DiagnoseIfAttr>()) { | ||||
6684 | if (ArgDependent == DIA->getArgDependent()) | ||||
6685 | Attrs.push_back(DIA); | ||||
6686 | } | ||||
6687 | |||||
6688 | // Common case: No diagnose_if attributes, so we can quit early. | ||||
6689 | if (Attrs.empty()) | ||||
6690 | return false; | ||||
6691 | |||||
6692 | auto WarningBegin = std::stable_partition( | ||||
6693 | Attrs.begin(), Attrs.end(), | ||||
6694 | [](const DiagnoseIfAttr *DIA) { return DIA->isError(); }); | ||||
6695 | |||||
6696 | // Note that diagnose_if attributes are late-parsed, so they appear in the | ||||
6697 | // correct order (unlike enable_if attributes). | ||||
6698 | auto ErrAttr = llvm::find_if(llvm::make_range(Attrs.begin(), WarningBegin), | ||||
6699 | IsSuccessful); | ||||
6700 | if (ErrAttr != WarningBegin) { | ||||
6701 | const DiagnoseIfAttr *DIA = *ErrAttr; | ||||
6702 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_diagnose_if_succeeded) << DIA->getMessage(); | ||||
6703 | S.Diag(DIA->getLocation(), diag::note_from_diagnose_if) | ||||
6704 | << DIA->getParent() << DIA->getCond()->getSourceRange(); | ||||
6705 | return true; | ||||
6706 | } | ||||
6707 | |||||
6708 | for (const auto *DIA : llvm::make_range(WarningBegin, Attrs.end())) | ||||
6709 | if (IsSuccessful(DIA)) { | ||||
6710 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_diagnose_if_succeeded) << DIA->getMessage(); | ||||
6711 | S.Diag(DIA->getLocation(), diag::note_from_diagnose_if) | ||||
6712 | << DIA->getParent() << DIA->getCond()->getSourceRange(); | ||||
6713 | } | ||||
6714 | |||||
6715 | return false; | ||||
6716 | } | ||||
6717 | |||||
6718 | bool Sema::diagnoseArgDependentDiagnoseIfAttrs(const FunctionDecl *Function, | ||||
6719 | const Expr *ThisArg, | ||||
6720 | ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, | ||||
6721 | SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||
6722 | return diagnoseDiagnoseIfAttrsWith( | ||||
6723 | *this, Function, /*ArgDependent=*/true, Loc, | ||||
6724 | [&](const DiagnoseIfAttr *DIA) { | ||||
6725 | APValue Result; | ||||
6726 | // It's sane to use the same Args for any redecl of this function, since | ||||
6727 | // EvaluateWithSubstitution only cares about the position of each | ||||
6728 | // argument in the arg list, not the ParmVarDecl* it maps to. | ||||
6729 | if (!DIA->getCond()->EvaluateWithSubstitution( | ||||
6730 | Result, Context, cast<FunctionDecl>(DIA->getParent()), Args, ThisArg)) | ||||
6731 | return false; | ||||
6732 | return Result.isInt() && Result.getInt().getBoolValue(); | ||||
6733 | }); | ||||
6734 | } | ||||
6735 | |||||
6736 | bool Sema::diagnoseArgIndependentDiagnoseIfAttrs(const NamedDecl *ND, | ||||
6737 | SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||
6738 | return diagnoseDiagnoseIfAttrsWith( | ||||
6739 | *this, ND, /*ArgDependent=*/false, Loc, | ||||
6740 | [&](const DiagnoseIfAttr *DIA) { | ||||
6741 | bool Result; | ||||
6742 | return DIA->getCond()->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(Result, Context) && | ||||
6743 | Result; | ||||
6744 | }); | ||||
6745 | } | ||||
6746 | |||||
6747 | /// Add all of the function declarations in the given function set to | ||||
6748 | /// the overload candidate set. | ||||
6749 | void Sema::AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, | ||||
6750 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||
6751 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, | ||||
6752 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, | ||||
6753 | bool SuppressUserConversions, | ||||
6754 | bool PartialOverloading, | ||||
6755 | bool FirstArgumentIsBase) { | ||||
6756 | for (UnresolvedSetIterator F = Fns.begin(), E = Fns.end(); F != E; ++F) { | ||||
6757 | NamedDecl *D = F.getDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); | ||||
6758 | ArrayRef<Expr *> FunctionArgs = Args; | ||||
6759 | |||||
6760 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D); | ||||
6761 | FunctionDecl *FD = | ||||
6762 | FunTmpl ? FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl() : cast<FunctionDecl>(D); | ||||
6763 | |||||
6764 | if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD) && !cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)->isStatic()) { | ||||
6765 | QualType ObjectType; | ||||
6766 | Expr::Classification ObjectClassification; | ||||
6767 | if (Args.size() > 0) { | ||||
6768 | if (Expr *E = Args[0]) { | ||||
6769 | // Use the explicit base to restrict the lookup: | ||||
6770 | ObjectType = E->getType(); | ||||
6771 | // Pointers in the object arguments are implicitly dereferenced, so we | ||||
6772 | // always classify them as l-values. | ||||
6773 | if (!ObjectType.isNull() && ObjectType->isPointerType()) | ||||
6774 | ObjectClassification = Expr::Classification::makeSimpleLValue(); | ||||
6775 | else | ||||
6776 | ObjectClassification = E->Classify(Context); | ||||
6777 | } // .. else there is an implicit base. | ||||
6778 | FunctionArgs = Args.slice(1); | ||||
6779 | } | ||||
6780 | if (FunTmpl) { | ||||
6781 | AddMethodTemplateCandidate( | ||||
6782 | FunTmpl, F.getPair(), | ||||
6783 | cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FunTmpl->getDeclContext()), | ||||
6784 | ExplicitTemplateArgs, ObjectType, ObjectClassification, | ||||
6785 | FunctionArgs, CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions, | ||||
6786 | PartialOverloading); | ||||
6787 | } else { | ||||
6788 | AddMethodCandidate(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD), F.getPair(), | ||||
6789 | cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)->getParent(), ObjectType, | ||||
6790 | ObjectClassification, FunctionArgs, CandidateSet, | ||||
6791 | SuppressUserConversions, PartialOverloading); | ||||
6792 | } | ||||
6793 | } else { | ||||
6794 | // This branch handles both standalone functions and static methods. | ||||
6795 | |||||
6796 | // Slice the first argument (which is the base) when we access | ||||
6797 | // static method as non-static. | ||||
6798 | if (Args.size() > 0 && | ||||
6799 | (!Args[0] || (FirstArgumentIsBase && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD) && | ||||
6800 | !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)))) { | ||||
6801 | assert(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)->isStatic())((cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)->isStatic()) ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)->isStatic()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 6801, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
6802 | FunctionArgs = Args.slice(1); | ||||
6803 | } | ||||
6804 | if (FunTmpl) { | ||||
6805 | AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunTmpl, F.getPair(), | ||||
6806 | ExplicitTemplateArgs, FunctionArgs, | ||||
6807 | CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions, | ||||
6808 | PartialOverloading); | ||||
6809 | } else { | ||||
6810 | AddOverloadCandidate(FD, F.getPair(), FunctionArgs, CandidateSet, | ||||
6811 | SuppressUserConversions, PartialOverloading); | ||||
6812 | } | ||||
6813 | } | ||||
6814 | } | ||||
6815 | } | ||||
6816 | |||||
6817 | /// AddMethodCandidate - Adds a named decl (which is some kind of | ||||
6818 | /// method) as a method candidate to the given overload set. | ||||
6819 | void Sema::AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, QualType ObjectType, | ||||
6820 | Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, | ||||
6821 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||
6822 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, | ||||
6823 | bool SuppressUserConversions, | ||||
6824 | OverloadCandidateParamOrder PO) { | ||||
6825 | NamedDecl *Decl = FoundDecl.getDecl(); | ||||
6826 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Decl->getDeclContext()); | ||||
6827 | |||||
6828 | if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(Decl)) | ||||
6829 | Decl = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Decl)->getTargetDecl(); | ||||
6830 | |||||
6831 | if (FunctionTemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Decl)) { | ||||
6832 | assert(isa<CXXMethodDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl()) &&((isa<CXXMethodDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl()) && "Expected a member function template") ? static_cast<void > (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<CXXMethodDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl()) && \"Expected a member function template\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 6833, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
6833 | "Expected a member function template")((isa<CXXMethodDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl()) && "Expected a member function template") ? static_cast<void > (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<CXXMethodDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl()) && \"Expected a member function template\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 6833, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
6834 | AddMethodTemplateCandidate(TD, FoundDecl, ActingContext, | ||||
6835 | /*ExplicitArgs*/ nullptr, ObjectType, | ||||
6836 | ObjectClassification, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||
6837 | SuppressUserConversions, false, PO); | ||||
6838 | } else { | ||||
6839 | AddMethodCandidate(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Decl), FoundDecl, ActingContext, | ||||
6840 | ObjectType, ObjectClassification, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||
6841 | SuppressUserConversions, false, None, PO); | ||||
6842 | } | ||||
6843 | } | ||||
6844 | |||||
6845 | /// AddMethodCandidate - Adds the given C++ member function to the set | ||||
6846 | /// of candidate functions, using the given function call arguments | ||||
6847 | /// and the object argument (@c Object). For example, in a call | ||||
6848 | /// @c o.f(a1,a2), @c Object will contain @c o and @c Args will contain | ||||
6849 | /// both @c a1 and @c a2. If @p SuppressUserConversions, then don't | ||||
6850 | /// allow user-defined conversions via constructors or conversion | ||||
6851 | /// operators. | ||||
6852 | void | ||||
6853 | Sema::AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method, DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, | ||||
6854 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType, | ||||
6855 | Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, | ||||
6856 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||
6857 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, | ||||
6858 | bool SuppressUserConversions, | ||||
6859 | bool PartialOverloading, | ||||
6860 | ConversionSequenceList EarlyConversions, | ||||
6861 | OverloadCandidateParamOrder PO) { | ||||
6862 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto | ||||
6863 | = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(Method->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>()); | ||||
6864 | assert(Proto && "Methods without a prototype cannot be overloaded")((Proto && "Methods without a prototype cannot be overloaded" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Proto && \"Methods without a prototype cannot be overloaded\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 6864, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
6865 | assert(!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method) &&((!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method) && "Use AddOverloadCandidate for constructors" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method) && \"Use AddOverloadCandidate for constructors\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 6866, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
6866 | "Use AddOverloadCandidate for constructors")((!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method) && "Use AddOverloadCandidate for constructors" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method) && \"Use AddOverloadCandidate for constructors\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 6866, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
6867 | |||||
6868 | if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(Method, PO)) | ||||
6869 | return; | ||||
6870 | |||||
6871 | // C++11 [class.copy]p23: [DR1402] | ||||
6872 | // A defaulted move assignment operator that is defined as deleted is | ||||
6873 | // ignored by overload resolution. | ||||
6874 | if (Method->isDefaulted() && Method->isDeleted() && | ||||
6875 | Method->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) | ||||
6876 | return; | ||||
6877 | |||||
6878 | // Overload resolution is always an unevaluated context. | ||||
6879 | EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated( | ||||
6880 | *this, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated); | ||||
6881 | |||||
6882 | // Add this candidate | ||||
6883 | OverloadCandidate &Candidate = | ||||
6884 | CandidateSet.addCandidate(Args.size() + 1, EarlyConversions); | ||||
6885 | Candidate.FoundDecl = FoundDecl; | ||||
6886 | Candidate.Function = Method; | ||||
6887 | Candidate.RewriteKind = | ||||
6888 | CandidateSet.getRewriteInfo().getRewriteKind(Method, PO); | ||||
6889 | Candidate.IsSurrogate = false; | ||||
6890 | Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false; | ||||
6891 | Candidate.ExplicitCallArguments = Args.size(); | ||||
6892 | |||||
6893 | unsigned NumParams = Proto->getNumParams(); | ||||
6894 | |||||
6895 | // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having fewer than m | ||||
6896 | // parameters is viable only if it has an ellipsis in its parameter | ||||
6897 | // list (8.3.5). | ||||
6898 | if (TooManyArguments(NumParams, Args.size(), PartialOverloading) && | ||||
6899 | !Proto->isVariadic()) { | ||||
6900 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||
6901 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_too_many_arguments; | ||||
6902 | return; | ||||
6903 | } | ||||
6904 | |||||
6905 | // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having more than m parameters | ||||
6906 | // is viable only if the (m+1)st parameter has a default argument | ||||
6907 | // (8.3.6). For the purposes of overload resolution, the | ||||
6908 | // parameter list is truncated on the right, so that there are | ||||
6909 | // exactly m parameters. | ||||
6910 | unsigned MinRequiredArgs = Method->getMinRequiredArguments(); | ||||
6911 | if (Args.size() < MinRequiredArgs && !PartialOverloading) { | ||||
6912 | // Not enough arguments. | ||||
6913 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||
6914 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_too_few_arguments; | ||||
6915 | return; | ||||
6916 | } | ||||
6917 | |||||
6918 | Candidate.Viable = true; | ||||
6919 | |||||
6920 | if (Method->isStatic() || ObjectType.isNull()) | ||||
6921 | // The implicit object argument is ignored. | ||||
6922 | Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = true; | ||||
6923 | else { | ||||
6924 | unsigned ConvIdx = PO == OverloadCandidateParamOrder::Reversed ? 1 : 0; | ||||
6925 | // Determine the implicit conversion sequence for the object | ||||
6926 | // parameter. | ||||
6927 | Candidate.Conversions[ConvIdx] = TryObjectArgumentInitialization( | ||||
6928 | *this, CandidateSet.getLocation(), ObjectType, ObjectClassification, | ||||
6929 | Method, ActingContext); | ||||
6930 | if (Candidate.Conversions[ConvIdx].isBad()) { | ||||
6931 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||
6932 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion; | ||||
6933 | return; | ||||
6934 | } | ||||
6935 | } | ||||
6936 | |||||
6937 | // (CUDA B.1): Check for invalid calls between targets. | ||||
6938 | if (getLangOpts().CUDA) | ||||
6939 | if (const FunctionDecl *Caller = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext)) | ||||
6940 | if (!IsAllowedCUDACall(Caller, Method)) { | ||||
6941 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||
6942 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_target; | ||||
6943 | return; | ||||
6944 | } | ||||
6945 | |||||
6946 | if (Method->getTrailingRequiresClause()) { | ||||
6947 | ConstraintSatisfaction Satisfaction; | ||||
6948 | if (CheckFunctionConstraints(Method, Satisfaction) || | ||||
6949 | !Satisfaction.IsSatisfied) { | ||||
6950 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||
6951 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_constraints_not_satisfied; | ||||
6952 | return; | ||||
6953 | } | ||||
6954 | } | ||||
6955 | |||||
6956 | // Determine the implicit conversion sequences for each of the | ||||
6957 | // arguments. | ||||
6958 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < Args.size(); ++ArgIdx) { | ||||
6959 | unsigned ConvIdx = | ||||
6960 | PO == OverloadCandidateParamOrder::Reversed ? 0 : (ArgIdx + 1); | ||||
6961 | if (Candidate.Conversions[ConvIdx].isInitialized()) { | ||||
6962 | // We already formed a conversion sequence for this parameter during | ||||
6963 | // template argument deduction. | ||||
6964 | } else if (ArgIdx < NumParams) { | ||||
6965 | // (C++ 13.3.2p3): for F to be a viable function, there shall | ||||
6966 | // exist for each argument an implicit conversion sequence | ||||
6967 | // (13.3.3.1) that converts that argument to the corresponding | ||||
6968 | // parameter of F. | ||||
6969 | QualType ParamType = Proto->getParamType(ArgIdx); | ||||
6970 | Candidate.Conversions[ConvIdx] | ||||
6971 | = TryCopyInitialization(*this, Args[ArgIdx], ParamType, | ||||
6972 | SuppressUserConversions, | ||||
6973 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/true, | ||||
6974 | /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/ | ||||
6975 | getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); | ||||
6976 | if (Candidate.Conversions[ConvIdx].isBad()) { | ||||
6977 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||
6978 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion; | ||||
6979 | return; | ||||
6980 | } | ||||
6981 | } else { | ||||
6982 | // (C++ 13.3.2p2): For the purposes of overload resolution, any | ||||
6983 | // argument for which there is no corresponding parameter is | ||||
6984 | // considered to "match the ellipsis" (C+ 13.3.3.1.3). | ||||
6985 | Candidate.Conversions[ConvIdx].setEllipsis(); | ||||
6986 | } | ||||
6987 | } | ||||
6988 | |||||
6989 | if (EnableIfAttr *FailedAttr = | ||||
6990 | CheckEnableIf(Method, CandidateSet.getLocation(), Args, true)) { | ||||
6991 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||
6992 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_enable_if; | ||||
6993 | Candidate.DeductionFailure.Data = FailedAttr; | ||||
6994 | return; | ||||
6995 | } | ||||
6996 | |||||
6997 | if (Method->isMultiVersion() && Method->hasAttr<TargetAttr>() && | ||||
6998 | !Method->getAttr<TargetAttr>()->isDefaultVersion()) { | ||||
6999 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||
7000 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_non_default_multiversion_function; | ||||
7001 | } | ||||
7002 | } | ||||
7003 | |||||
7004 | /// Add a C++ member function template as a candidate to the candidate | ||||
7005 | /// set, using template argument deduction to produce an appropriate member | ||||
7006 | /// function template specialization. | ||||
7007 | void Sema::AddMethodTemplateCandidate( | ||||
7008 | FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl, DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, | ||||
7009 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, | ||||
7010 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, QualType ObjectType, | ||||
7011 | Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||
7012 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, bool SuppressUserConversions, | ||||
7013 | bool PartialOverloading, OverloadCandidateParamOrder PO) { | ||||
7014 | if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(MethodTmpl, PO)) | ||||
7015 | return; | ||||
7016 | |||||
7017 | // C++ [over.match.funcs]p7: | ||||
7018 | // In each case where a candidate is a function template, candidate | ||||
7019 | // function template specializations are generated using template argument | ||||
7020 | // deduction (14.8.3, 14.8.2). Those candidates are then handled as | ||||
7021 | // candidate functions in the usual way.113) A given name can refer to one | ||||
7022 | // or more function templates and also to a set of overloaded non-template | ||||
7023 | // functions. In such a case, the candidate functions generated from each | ||||
7024 | // function template are combined with the set of non-template candidate | ||||
7025 | // functions. | ||||
7026 | TemplateDeductionInfo Info(CandidateSet.getLocation()); | ||||
7027 | FunctionDecl *Specialization = nullptr; | ||||
7028 | ConversionSequenceList Conversions; | ||||
7029 | if (TemplateDeductionResult Result = DeduceTemplateArguments( | ||||
7030 | MethodTmpl, ExplicitTemplateArgs, Args, Specialization, Info, | ||||
7031 | PartialOverloading, [&](ArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes) { | ||||
7032 | return CheckNonDependentConversions( | ||||
7033 | MethodTmpl, ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet, Conversions, | ||||
7034 | SuppressUserConversions, ActingContext, ObjectType, | ||||
7035 | ObjectClassification, PO); | ||||
7036 | })) { | ||||
7037 | OverloadCandidate &Candidate = | ||||
7038 | CandidateSet.addCandidate(Conversions.size(), Conversions); | ||||
7039 | Candidate.FoundDecl = FoundDecl; | ||||
7040 | Candidate.Function = MethodTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); | ||||
7041 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||
7042 | Candidate.RewriteKind = | ||||
7043 | CandidateSet.getRewriteInfo().getRewriteKind(Candidate.Function, PO); | ||||
7044 | Candidate.IsSurrogate = false; | ||||
7045 | Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = | ||||
7046 | cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Candidate.Function)->isStatic() || | ||||
7047 | ObjectType.isNull(); | ||||
7048 | Candidate.ExplicitCallArguments = Args.size(); | ||||
7049 | if (Result == TDK_NonDependentConversionFailure) | ||||
7050 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion; | ||||
7051 | else { | ||||
7052 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_deduction; | ||||
7053 | Candidate.DeductionFailure = MakeDeductionFailureInfo(Context, Result, | ||||
7054 | Info); | ||||
7055 | } | ||||
7056 | return; | ||||
7057 | } | ||||
7058 | |||||
7059 | // Add the function template specialization produced by template argument | ||||
7060 | // deduction as a candidate. | ||||
7061 | assert(Specialization && "Missing member function template specialization?")((Specialization && "Missing member function template specialization?" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Specialization && \"Missing member function template specialization?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 7061, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
7062 | assert(isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Specialization) &&((isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Specialization) && "Specialization is not a member function?" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Specialization) && \"Specialization is not a member function?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 7063, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
7063 | "Specialization is not a member function?")((isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Specialization) && "Specialization is not a member function?" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Specialization) && \"Specialization is not a member function?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 7063, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
7064 | AddMethodCandidate(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Specialization), FoundDecl, | ||||
7065 | ActingContext, ObjectType, ObjectClassification, Args, | ||||
7066 | CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions, PartialOverloading, | ||||
7067 | Conversions, PO); | ||||
7068 | } | ||||
7069 | |||||
7070 | /// Determine whether a given function template has a simple explicit specifier | ||||
7071 | /// or a non-value-dependent explicit-specification that evaluates to true. | ||||
7072 | static bool isNonDependentlyExplicit(FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD) { | ||||
7073 | return ExplicitSpecifier::getFromDecl(FTD->getTemplatedDecl()).isExplicit(); | ||||
7074 | } | ||||
7075 | |||||
7076 | /// Add a C++ function template specialization as a candidate | ||||
7077 | /// in the candidate set, using template argument deduction to produce | ||||
7078 | /// an appropriate function template specialization. | ||||
7079 | void Sema::AddTemplateOverloadCandidate( | ||||
7080 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, | ||||
7081 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||
7082 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, bool SuppressUserConversions, | ||||
7083 | bool PartialOverloading, bool AllowExplicit, ADLCallKind IsADLCandidate, | ||||
7084 | OverloadCandidateParamOrder PO) { | ||||
7085 | if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(FunctionTemplate, PO)) | ||||
7086 | return; | ||||
7087 | |||||
7088 | // If the function template has a non-dependent explicit specification, | ||||
7089 | // exclude it now if appropriate; we are not permitted to perform deduction | ||||
7090 | // and substitution in this case. | ||||
7091 | if (!AllowExplicit && isNonDependentlyExplicit(FunctionTemplate)) { | ||||
7092 | OverloadCandidate &Candidate = CandidateSet.addCandidate(); | ||||
7093 | Candidate.FoundDecl = FoundDecl; | ||||
7094 | Candidate.Function = FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); | ||||
7095 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||
7096 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_explicit; | ||||
7097 | return; | ||||
7098 | } | ||||
7099 | |||||
7100 | // C++ [over.match.funcs]p7: | ||||
7101 | // In each case where a candidate is a function template, candidate | ||||
7102 | // function template specializations are generated using template argument | ||||
7103 | // deduction (14.8.3, 14.8.2). Those candidates are then handled as | ||||
7104 | // candidate functions in the usual way.113) A given name can refer to one | ||||
7105 | // or more function templates and also to a set of overloaded non-template | ||||
7106 | // functions. In such a case, the candidate functions generated from each | ||||
7107 | // function template are combined with the set of non-template candidate | ||||
7108 | // functions. | ||||
7109 | TemplateDeductionInfo Info(CandidateSet.getLocation()); | ||||
7110 | FunctionDecl *Specialization = nullptr; | ||||
7111 | ConversionSequenceList Conversions; | ||||
7112 | if (TemplateDeductionResult Result = DeduceTemplateArguments( | ||||
7113 | FunctionTemplate, ExplicitTemplateArgs, Args, Specialization, Info, | ||||
7114 | PartialOverloading, [&](ArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes) { | ||||
7115 | return CheckNonDependentConversions( | ||||
7116 | FunctionTemplate, ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet, Conversions, | ||||
7117 | SuppressUserConversions, nullptr, QualType(), {}, PO); | ||||
7118 | })) { | ||||
7119 | OverloadCandidate &Candidate = | ||||
7120 | CandidateSet.addCandidate(Conversions.size(), Conversions); | ||||
7121 | Candidate.FoundDecl = FoundDecl; | ||||
7122 | Candidate.Function = FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); | ||||
7123 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||
7124 | Candidate.RewriteKind = | ||||
7125 | CandidateSet.getRewriteInfo().getRewriteKind(Candidate.Function, PO); | ||||
7126 | Candidate.IsSurrogate = false; | ||||
7127 | Candidate.IsADLCandidate = IsADLCandidate; | ||||
7128 | // Ignore the object argument if there is one, since we don't have an object | ||||
7129 | // type. | ||||
7130 | Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = | ||||
7131 | isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Candidate.Function) && | ||||
7132 | !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Candidate.Function); | ||||
7133 | Candidate.ExplicitCallArguments = Args.size(); | ||||
7134 | if (Result == TDK_NonDependentConversionFailure) | ||||
7135 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion; | ||||
7136 | else { | ||||
7137 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_deduction; | ||||
7138 | Candidate.DeductionFailure = MakeDeductionFailureInfo(Context, Result, | ||||
7139 | Info); | ||||
7140 | } | ||||
7141 | return; | ||||
7142 | } | ||||
7143 | |||||
7144 | // Add the function template specialization produced by template argument | ||||
7145 | // deduction as a candidate. | ||||
7146 | assert(Specialization && "Missing function template specialization?")((Specialization && "Missing function template specialization?" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Specialization && \"Missing function template specialization?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 7146, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
7147 | AddOverloadCandidate( | ||||
7148 | Specialization, FoundDecl, Args, CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions, | ||||
7149 | PartialOverloading, AllowExplicit, | ||||
7150 | /*AllowExplicitConversions*/ false, IsADLCandidate, Conversions, PO); | ||||
7151 | } | ||||
7152 | |||||
7153 | /// Check that implicit conversion sequences can be formed for each argument | ||||
7154 | /// whose corresponding parameter has a non-dependent type, per DR1391's | ||||
7155 | /// [temp.deduct.call]p10. | ||||
7156 | bool Sema::CheckNonDependentConversions( | ||||
7157 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, ArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes, | ||||
7158 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, | ||||
7159 | ConversionSequenceList &Conversions, bool SuppressUserConversions, | ||||
7160 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType, | ||||
7161 | Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, OverloadCandidateParamOrder PO) { | ||||
7162 | // FIXME: The cases in which we allow explicit conversions for constructor | ||||
7163 | // arguments never consider calling a constructor template. It's not clear | ||||
7164 | // that is correct. | ||||
7165 | const bool AllowExplicit = false; | ||||
7166 | |||||
7167 | auto *FD = FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); | ||||
7168 | auto *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); | ||||
7169 | bool HasThisConversion = Method && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method); | ||||
7170 | unsigned ThisConversions = HasThisConversion ? 1 : 0; | ||||
7171 | |||||
7172 | Conversions = | ||||
7173 | CandidateSet.allocateConversionSequences(ThisConversions + Args.size()); | ||||
7174 | |||||
7175 | // Overload resolution is always an unevaluated context. | ||||
7176 | EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated( | ||||
7177 | *this, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated); | ||||
7178 | |||||
7179 | // For a method call, check the 'this' conversion here too. DR1391 doesn't | ||||
7180 | // require that, but this check should never result in a hard error, and | ||||
7181 | // overload resolution is permitted to sidestep instantiations. | ||||
7182 | if (HasThisConversion && !cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)->isStatic() && | ||||
7183 | !ObjectType.isNull()) { | ||||
7184 | unsigned ConvIdx = PO == OverloadCandidateParamOrder::Reversed ? 1 : 0; | ||||
7185 | Conversions[ConvIdx] = TryObjectArgumentInitialization( | ||||
7186 | *this, CandidateSet.getLocation(), ObjectType, ObjectClassification, | ||||
7187 | Method, ActingContext); | ||||
7188 | if (Conversions[ConvIdx].isBad()) | ||||
7189 | return true; | ||||
7190 | } | ||||
7191 | |||||
7192 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = std::min(ParamTypes.size(), Args.size()); I != N; | ||||
7193 | ++I) { | ||||
7194 | QualType ParamType = ParamTypes[I]; | ||||
7195 | if (!ParamType->isDependentType()) { | ||||
7196 | unsigned ConvIdx = PO == OverloadCandidateParamOrder::Reversed | ||||
7197 | ? 0 | ||||
7198 | : (ThisConversions + I); | ||||
7199 | Conversions[ConvIdx] | ||||
7200 | = TryCopyInitialization(*this, Args[I], ParamType, | ||||
7201 | SuppressUserConversions, | ||||
7202 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/true, | ||||
7203 | /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/ | ||||
7204 | getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount, | ||||
7205 | AllowExplicit); | ||||
7206 | if (Conversions[ConvIdx].isBad()) | ||||
7207 | return true; | ||||
7208 | } | ||||
7209 | } | ||||
7210 | |||||
7211 | return false; | ||||
7212 | } | ||||
7213 | |||||
7214 | /// Determine whether this is an allowable conversion from the result | ||||
7215 | /// of an explicit conversion operator to the expected type, per C++ | ||||
7216 | /// [over.match.conv]p1 and [over.match.ref]p1. | ||||
7217 | /// | ||||
7218 | /// \param ConvType The return type of the conversion function. | ||||
7219 | /// | ||||
7220 | /// \param ToType The type we are converting to. | ||||
7221 | /// | ||||
7222 | /// \param AllowObjCPointerConversion Allow a conversion from one | ||||
7223 | /// Objective-C pointer to another. | ||||
7224 | /// | ||||
7225 | /// \returns true if the conversion is allowable, false otherwise. | ||||
7226 | static bool isAllowableExplicitConversion(Sema &S, | ||||
7227 | QualType ConvType, QualType ToType, | ||||
7228 | bool AllowObjCPointerConversion) { | ||||
7229 | QualType ToNonRefType = ToType.getNonReferenceType(); | ||||
7230 | |||||
7231 | // Easy case: the types are the same. | ||||
7232 | if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ConvType, ToNonRefType)) | ||||
7233 | return true; | ||||
7234 | |||||
7235 | // Allow qualification conversions. | ||||
7236 | bool ObjCLifetimeConversion; | ||||
7237 | if (S.IsQualificationConversion(ConvType, ToNonRefType, /*CStyle*/false, | ||||
7238 | ObjCLifetimeConversion)) | ||||
7239 | return true; | ||||
7240 | |||||
7241 | // If we're not allowed to consider Objective-C pointer conversions, | ||||
7242 | // we're done. | ||||
7243 | if (!AllowObjCPointerConversion) | ||||
7244 | return false; | ||||
7245 | |||||
7246 | // Is this an Objective-C pointer conversion? | ||||
7247 | bool IncompatibleObjC = false; | ||||
7248 | QualType ConvertedType; | ||||
7249 | return S.isObjCPointerConversion(ConvType, ToNonRefType, ConvertedType, | ||||
7250 | IncompatibleObjC); | ||||
7251 | } | ||||
7252 | |||||
7253 | /// AddConversionCandidate - Add a C++ conversion function as a | ||||
7254 | /// candidate in the candidate set (C++ [over.match.conv], | ||||
7255 | /// C++ [over.match.copy]). From is the expression we're converting from, | ||||
7256 | /// and ToType is the type that we're eventually trying to convert to | ||||
7257 | /// (which may or may not be the same type as the type that the | ||||
7258 | /// conversion function produces). | ||||
7259 | void Sema::AddConversionCandidate( | ||||
7260 | CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, | ||||
7261 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||
7262 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit, | ||||
7263 | bool AllowExplicit, bool AllowResultConversion) { | ||||
7264 | assert(!Conversion->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&((!Conversion->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && "Conversion function templates use AddTemplateConversionCandidate" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!Conversion->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && \"Conversion function templates use AddTemplateConversionCandidate\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 7265, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
7265 | "Conversion function templates use AddTemplateConversionCandidate")((!Conversion->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && "Conversion function templates use AddTemplateConversionCandidate" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!Conversion->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && \"Conversion function templates use AddTemplateConversionCandidate\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 7265, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
7266 | QualType ConvType = Conversion->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType(); | ||||
7267 | if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(Conversion)) | ||||
7268 | return; | ||||
7269 | |||||
7270 | // If the conversion function has an undeduced return type, trigger its | ||||
7271 | // deduction now. | ||||
7272 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && ConvType->isUndeducedType()) { | ||||
7273 | if (DeduceReturnType(Conversion, From->getExprLoc())) | ||||
7274 | return; | ||||
7275 | ConvType = Conversion->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType(); | ||||
7276 | } | ||||
7277 | |||||
7278 | // If we don't allow any conversion of the result type, ignore conversion | ||||
7279 | // functions that don't convert to exactly (possibly cv-qualified) T. | ||||
7280 | if (!AllowResultConversion && | ||||
7281 | !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Conversion->getConversionType(), ToType)) | ||||
7282 | return; | ||||
7283 | |||||
7284 | // Per C++ [over.match.conv]p1, [over.match.ref]p1, an explicit conversion | ||||
7285 | // operator is only a candidate if its return type is the target type or | ||||
7286 | // can be converted to the target type with a qualification conversion. | ||||
7287 | // | ||||
7288 | // FIXME: Include such functions in the candidate list and explain why we | ||||
7289 | // can't select them. | ||||
7290 | if (Conversion->isExplicit() && | ||||
7291 | !isAllowableExplicitConversion(*this, ConvType, ToType, | ||||
7292 | AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit)) | ||||
7293 | return; | ||||
7294 | |||||
7295 | // Overload resolution is always an unevaluated context. | ||||
7296 | EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated( | ||||
7297 | *this, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated); | ||||
7298 | |||||
7299 | // Add this candidate | ||||
7300 | OverloadCandidate &Candidate = CandidateSet.addCandidate(1); | ||||
7301 | Candidate.FoundDecl = FoundDecl; | ||||
7302 | Candidate.Function = Conversion; | ||||
7303 | Candidate.IsSurrogate = false; | ||||
7304 | Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false; | ||||
7305 | Candidate.FinalConversion.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||
7306 | Candidate.FinalConversion.setFromType(ConvType); | ||||
7307 | Candidate.FinalConversion.setAllToTypes(ToType); | ||||
7308 | Candidate.Viable = true; | ||||
7309 | Candidate.ExplicitCallArguments = 1; | ||||
7310 | |||||
7311 | // Explicit functions are not actually candidates at all if we're not | ||||
7312 | // allowing them in this context, but keep them around so we can point | ||||
7313 | // to them in diagnostics. | ||||
7314 | if (!AllowExplicit && Conversion->isExplicit()) { | ||||
7315 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||
7316 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_explicit; | ||||
7317 | return; | ||||
7318 | } | ||||
7319 | |||||
7320 | // C++ [over.match.funcs]p4: | ||||
7321 | // For conversion functions, the function is considered to be a member of | ||||
7322 | // the class of the implicit implied object argument for the purpose of | ||||
7323 | // defining the type of the implicit object parameter. | ||||
7324 | // | ||||
7325 | // Determine the implicit conversion sequence for the implicit | ||||
7326 | // object parameter. | ||||
7327 | QualType ImplicitParamType = From->getType(); | ||||
7328 | if (const PointerType *FromPtrType = ImplicitParamType->getAs<PointerType>()) | ||||
7329 | ImplicitParamType = FromPtrType->getPointeeType(); | ||||
7330 | CXXRecordDecl *ConversionContext | ||||
7331 | = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ImplicitParamType->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()); | ||||
7332 | |||||
7333 | Candidate.Conversions[0] = TryObjectArgumentInitialization( | ||||
7334 | *this, CandidateSet.getLocation(), From->getType(), | ||||
7335 | From->Classify(Context), Conversion, ConversionContext); | ||||
7336 | |||||
7337 | if (Candidate.Conversions[0].isBad()) { | ||||
7338 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||
7339 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion; | ||||
7340 | return; | ||||
7341 | } | ||||
7342 | |||||
7343 | if (Conversion->getTrailingRequiresClause()) { | ||||
7344 | ConstraintSatisfaction Satisfaction; | ||||
7345 | if (CheckFunctionConstraints(Conversion, Satisfaction) || | ||||
7346 | !Satisfaction.IsSatisfied) { | ||||
7347 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||
7348 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_constraints_not_satisfied; | ||||
7349 | return; | ||||
7350 | } | ||||
7351 | } | ||||
7352 | |||||
7353 | // We won't go through a user-defined type conversion function to convert a | ||||
7354 | // derived to base as such conversions are given Conversion Rank. They only | ||||
7355 | // go through a copy constructor. 13.3.3.1.2-p4 [over.ics.user] | ||||
7356 | QualType FromCanon | ||||
7357 | = Context.getCanonicalType(From->getType().getUnqualifiedType()); | ||||
7358 | QualType ToCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType).getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||
7359 | if (FromCanon == ToCanon || | ||||
7360 | IsDerivedFrom(CandidateSet.getLocation(), FromCanon, ToCanon)) { | ||||
7361 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||
7362 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_trivial_conversion; | ||||
7363 | return; | ||||
7364 | } | ||||
7365 | |||||
7366 | // To determine what the conversion from the result of calling the | ||||
7367 | // conversion function to the type we're eventually trying to | ||||
7368 | // convert to (ToType), we need to synthesize a call to the | ||||
7369 | // conversion function and attempt copy initialization from it. This | ||||
7370 | // makes sure that we get the right semantics with respect to | ||||
7371 | // lvalues/rvalues and the type. Fortunately, we can allocate this | ||||
7372 | // call on the stack and we don't need its arguments to be | ||||
7373 | // well-formed. | ||||
7374 | DeclRefExpr ConversionRef(Context, Conversion, false, Conversion->getType(), | ||||
7375 | VK_LValue, From->getBeginLoc()); | ||||
7376 | ImplicitCastExpr ConversionFn(ImplicitCastExpr::OnStack, | ||||
7377 | Context.getPointerType(Conversion->getType()), | ||||
7378 | CK_FunctionToPointerDecay, &ConversionRef, | ||||
7379 | VK_RValue, FPOptionsOverride()); | ||||
7380 | |||||
7381 | QualType ConversionType = Conversion->getConversionType(); | ||||
7382 | if (!isCompleteType(From->getBeginLoc(), ConversionType)) { | ||||
7383 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||
7384 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_final_conversion; | ||||
7385 | return; | ||||
7386 | } | ||||
7387 | |||||
7388 | ExprValueKind VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(ConversionType); | ||||
7389 | |||||
7390 | // Note that it is safe to allocate CallExpr on the stack here because | ||||
7391 | // there are 0 arguments (i.e., nothing is allocated using ASTContext's | ||||
7392 | // allocator). | ||||
7393 | QualType CallResultType = ConversionType.getNonLValueExprType(Context); | ||||
7394 | |||||
7395 | alignas(CallExpr) char Buffer[sizeof(CallExpr) + sizeof(Stmt *)]; | ||||
7396 | CallExpr *TheTemporaryCall = CallExpr::CreateTemporary( | ||||
7397 | Buffer, &ConversionFn, CallResultType, VK, From->getBeginLoc()); | ||||
7398 | |||||
7399 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS = | ||||
7400 | TryCopyInitialization(*this, TheTemporaryCall, ToType, | ||||
7401 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/true, | ||||
7402 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, | ||||
7403 | /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/false); | ||||
7404 | |||||
7405 | switch (ICS.getKind()) { | ||||
7406 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion: | ||||
7407 | Candidate.FinalConversion = ICS.Standard; | ||||
7408 | |||||
7409 | // C++ [over.ics.user]p3: | ||||
7410 | // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a specialization of a | ||||
7411 | // conversion function template, the second standard conversion sequence | ||||
7412 | // shall have exact match rank. | ||||
7413 | if (Conversion->getPrimaryTemplate() && | ||||
7414 | GetConversionRank(ICS.Standard.Second) != ICR_Exact_Match) { | ||||
7415 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||
7416 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_final_conversion_not_exact; | ||||
7417 | return; | ||||
7418 | } | ||||
7419 | |||||
7420 | // C++0x [dcl.init.ref]p5: | ||||
7421 | // In the second case, if the reference is an rvalue reference and | ||||
7422 | // the second standard conversion sequence of the user-defined | ||||
7423 | // conversion sequence includes an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion, the | ||||
7424 | // program is ill-formed. | ||||
7425 | if (ToType->isRValueReferenceType() && | ||||
7426 | ICS.Standard.First == ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue) { | ||||
7427 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||
7428 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_final_conversion; | ||||
7429 | return; | ||||
7430 | } | ||||
7431 | break; | ||||
7432 | |||||
7433 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion: | ||||
7434 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||
7435 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_final_conversion; | ||||
7436 | return; | ||||
7437 | |||||
7438 | default: | ||||
7439 | llvm_unreachable(::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Can only end up with a standard conversion sequence or failure" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 7440) | ||||
7440 | "Can only end up with a standard conversion sequence or failure")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Can only end up with a standard conversion sequence or failure" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 7440); | ||||
7441 | } | ||||
7442 | |||||
7443 | if (EnableIfAttr *FailedAttr = | ||||
7444 | CheckEnableIf(Conversion, CandidateSet.getLocation(), None)) { | ||||
7445 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||
7446 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_enable_if; | ||||
7447 | Candidate.DeductionFailure.Data = FailedAttr; | ||||
7448 | return; | ||||
7449 | } | ||||
7450 | |||||
7451 | if (Conversion->isMultiVersion() && Conversion->hasAttr<TargetAttr>() && | ||||
7452 | !Conversion->getAttr<TargetAttr>()->isDefaultVersion()) { | ||||
7453 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||
7454 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_non_default_multiversion_function; | ||||
7455 | } | ||||
7456 | } | ||||
7457 | |||||
7458 | /// Adds a conversion function template specialization | ||||
7459 | /// candidate to the overload set, using template argument deduction | ||||
7460 | /// to deduce the template arguments of the conversion function | ||||
7461 | /// template from the type that we are converting to (C++ | ||||
7462 | /// [temp.deduct.conv]). | ||||
7463 | void Sema::AddTemplateConversionCandidate( | ||||
7464 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, | ||||
7465 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingDC, Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||
7466 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit, | ||||
7467 | bool AllowExplicit, bool AllowResultConversion) { | ||||
7468 | assert(isa<CXXConversionDecl>(FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl()) &&((isa<CXXConversionDecl>(FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl ()) && "Only conversion function templates permitted here" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<CXXConversionDecl>(FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl()) && \"Only conversion function templates permitted here\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 7469, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
7469 | "Only conversion function templates permitted here")((isa<CXXConversionDecl>(FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl ()) && "Only conversion function templates permitted here" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<CXXConversionDecl>(FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl()) && \"Only conversion function templates permitted here\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 7469, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
7470 | |||||
7471 | if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(FunctionTemplate)) | ||||
7472 | return; | ||||
7473 | |||||
7474 | // If the function template has a non-dependent explicit specification, | ||||
7475 | // exclude it now if appropriate; we are not permitted to perform deduction | ||||
7476 | // and substitution in this case. | ||||
7477 | if (!AllowExplicit && isNonDependentlyExplicit(FunctionTemplate)) { | ||||
7478 | OverloadCandidate &Candidate = CandidateSet.addCandidate(); | ||||
7479 | Candidate.FoundDecl = FoundDecl; | ||||
7480 | Candidate.Function = FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); | ||||
7481 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||
7482 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_explicit; | ||||
7483 | return; | ||||
7484 | } | ||||
7485 | |||||
7486 | TemplateDeductionInfo Info(CandidateSet.getLocation()); | ||||
7487 | CXXConversionDecl *Specialization = nullptr; | ||||
7488 | if (TemplateDeductionResult Result | ||||
7489 | = DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplate, ToType, | ||||
7490 | Specialization, Info)) { | ||||
7491 | OverloadCandidate &Candidate = CandidateSet.addCandidate(); | ||||
7492 | Candidate.FoundDecl = FoundDecl; | ||||
7493 | Candidate.Function = FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); | ||||
7494 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||
7495 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_deduction; | ||||
7496 | Candidate.IsSurrogate = false; | ||||
7497 | Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false; | ||||
7498 | Candidate.ExplicitCallArguments = 1; | ||||
7499 | Candidate.DeductionFailure = MakeDeductionFailureInfo(Context, Result, | ||||
7500 | Info); | ||||
7501 | return; | ||||
7502 | } | ||||
7503 | |||||
7504 | // Add the conversion function template specialization produced by | ||||
7505 | // template argument deduction as a candidate. | ||||
7506 | assert(Specialization && "Missing function template specialization?")((Specialization && "Missing function template specialization?" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Specialization && \"Missing function template specialization?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 7506, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
7507 | AddConversionCandidate(Specialization, FoundDecl, ActingDC, From, ToType, | ||||
7508 | CandidateSet, AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit, | ||||
7509 | AllowExplicit, AllowResultConversion); | ||||
7510 | } | ||||
7511 | |||||
7512 | /// AddSurrogateCandidate - Adds a "surrogate" candidate function that | ||||
7513 | /// converts the given @c Object to a function pointer via the | ||||
7514 | /// conversion function @c Conversion, and then attempts to call it | ||||
7515 | /// with the given arguments (C++ [over.call.object]p2-4). Proto is | ||||
7516 | /// the type of function that we'll eventually be calling. | ||||
7517 | void Sema::AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, | ||||
7518 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, | ||||
7519 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, | ||||
7520 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto, | ||||
7521 | Expr *Object, | ||||
7522 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||
7523 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet) { | ||||
7524 | if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(Conversion)) | ||||
7525 | return; | ||||
7526 | |||||
7527 | // Overload resolution is always an unevaluated context. | ||||
7528 | EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated( | ||||
7529 | *this, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated); | ||||
7530 | |||||
7531 | OverloadCandidate &Candidate = CandidateSet.addCandidate(Args.size() + 1); | ||||
7532 | Candidate.FoundDecl = FoundDecl; | ||||
7533 | Candidate.Function = nullptr; | ||||
7534 | Candidate.Surrogate = Conversion; | ||||
7535 | Candidate.Viable = true; | ||||
7536 | Candidate.IsSurrogate = true; | ||||
7537 | Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false; | ||||
7538 | Candidate.ExplicitCallArguments = Args.size(); | ||||
7539 | |||||
7540 | // Determine the implicit conversion sequence for the implicit | ||||
7541 | // object parameter. | ||||
7542 | ImplicitConversionSequence ObjectInit = TryObjectArgumentInitialization( | ||||
7543 | *this, CandidateSet.getLocation(), Object->getType(), | ||||
7544 | Object->Classify(Context), Conversion, ActingContext); | ||||
7545 | if (ObjectInit.isBad()) { | ||||
7546 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||
7547 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion; | ||||
7548 | Candidate.Conversions[0] = ObjectInit; | ||||
7549 | return; | ||||
7550 | } | ||||
7551 | |||||
7552 | // The first conversion is actually a user-defined conversion whose | ||||
7553 | // first conversion is ObjectInit's standard conversion (which is | ||||
7554 | // effectively a reference binding). Record it as such. | ||||
7555 | Candidate.Conversions[0].setUserDefined(); | ||||
7556 | Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.Before = ObjectInit.Standard; | ||||
7557 | Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.EllipsisConversion = false; | ||||
7558 | Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.HadMultipleCandidates = false; | ||||
7559 | Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.ConversionFunction = Conversion; | ||||
7560 | Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.FoundConversionFunction = FoundDecl; | ||||
7561 | Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.After | ||||
7562 | = Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.Before; | ||||
7563 | Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.After.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||
7564 | |||||
7565 | // Find the | ||||
7566 | unsigned NumParams = Proto->getNumParams(); | ||||
7567 | |||||
7568 | // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having fewer than m | ||||
7569 | // parameters is viable only if it has an ellipsis in its parameter | ||||
7570 | // list (8.3.5). | ||||
7571 | if (Args.size() > NumParams && !Proto->isVariadic()) { | ||||
7572 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||
7573 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_too_many_arguments; | ||||
7574 | return; | ||||
7575 | } | ||||
7576 | |||||
7577 | // Function types don't have any default arguments, so just check if | ||||
7578 | // we have enough arguments. | ||||
7579 | if (Args.size() < NumParams) { | ||||
7580 | // Not enough arguments. | ||||
7581 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||
7582 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_too_few_arguments; | ||||
7583 | return; | ||||
7584 | } | ||||
7585 | |||||
7586 | // Determine the implicit conversion sequences for each of the | ||||
7587 | // arguments. | ||||
7588 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, N = Args.size(); ArgIdx != N; ++ArgIdx) { | ||||
7589 | if (ArgIdx < NumParams) { | ||||
7590 | // (C++ 13.3.2p3): for F to be a viable function, there shall | ||||
7591 | // exist for each argument an implicit conversion sequence | ||||
7592 | // (13.3.3.1) that converts that argument to the corresponding | ||||
7593 | // parameter of F. | ||||
7594 | QualType ParamType = Proto->getParamType(ArgIdx); | ||||
7595 | Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1] | ||||
7596 | = TryCopyInitialization(*this, Args[ArgIdx], ParamType, | ||||
7597 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, | ||||
7598 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, | ||||
7599 | /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/ | ||||
7600 | getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); | ||||
7601 | if (Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1].isBad()) { | ||||
7602 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||
7603 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion; | ||||
7604 | return; | ||||
7605 | } | ||||
7606 | } else { | ||||
7607 | // (C++ 13.3.2p2): For the purposes of overload resolution, any | ||||
7608 | // argument for which there is no corresponding parameter is | ||||
7609 | // considered to ""match the ellipsis" (C+ 13.3.3.1.3). | ||||
7610 | Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1].setEllipsis(); | ||||
7611 | } | ||||
7612 | } | ||||
7613 | |||||
7614 | if (EnableIfAttr *FailedAttr = | ||||
7615 | CheckEnableIf(Conversion, CandidateSet.getLocation(), None)) { | ||||
7616 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||
7617 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_enable_if; | ||||
7618 | Candidate.DeductionFailure.Data = FailedAttr; | ||||
7619 | return; | ||||
7620 | } | ||||
7621 | } | ||||
7622 | |||||
7623 | /// Add all of the non-member operator function declarations in the given | ||||
7624 | /// function set to the overload candidate set. | ||||
7625 | void Sema::AddNonMemberOperatorCandidates( | ||||
7626 | const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||
7627 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, | ||||
7628 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs) { | ||||
7629 | for (UnresolvedSetIterator F = Fns.begin(), E = Fns.end(); F != E; ++F) { | ||||
7630 | NamedDecl *D = F.getDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); | ||||
7631 | ArrayRef<Expr *> FunctionArgs = Args; | ||||
7632 | |||||
7633 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D); | ||||
7634 | FunctionDecl *FD = | ||||
7635 | FunTmpl ? FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl() : cast<FunctionDecl>(D); | ||||
7636 | |||||
7637 | // Don't consider rewritten functions if we're not rewriting. | ||||
7638 | if (!CandidateSet.getRewriteInfo().isAcceptableCandidate(FD)) | ||||
7639 | continue; | ||||
7640 | |||||
7641 | assert(!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD) &&((!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD) && "unqualified operator lookup found a member function" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD) && \"unqualified operator lookup found a member function\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 7642, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
7642 | "unqualified operator lookup found a member function")((!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD) && "unqualified operator lookup found a member function" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD) && \"unqualified operator lookup found a member function\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 7642, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
7643 | |||||
7644 | if (FunTmpl) { | ||||
7645 | AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunTmpl, F.getPair(), ExplicitTemplateArgs, | ||||
7646 | FunctionArgs, CandidateSet); | ||||
7647 | if (CandidateSet.getRewriteInfo().shouldAddReversed(Context, FD)) | ||||
7648 | AddTemplateOverloadCandidate( | ||||
7649 | FunTmpl, F.getPair(), ExplicitTemplateArgs, | ||||
7650 | {FunctionArgs[1], FunctionArgs[0]}, CandidateSet, false, false, | ||||
7651 | true, ADLCallKind::NotADL, OverloadCandidateParamOrder::Reversed); | ||||
7652 | } else { | ||||
7653 | if (ExplicitTemplateArgs) | ||||
7654 | continue; | ||||
7655 | AddOverloadCandidate(FD, F.getPair(), FunctionArgs, CandidateSet); | ||||
7656 | if (CandidateSet.getRewriteInfo().shouldAddReversed(Context, FD)) | ||||
7657 | AddOverloadCandidate(FD, F.getPair(), | ||||
7658 | {FunctionArgs[1], FunctionArgs[0]}, CandidateSet, | ||||
7659 | false, false, true, false, ADLCallKind::NotADL, | ||||
7660 | None, OverloadCandidateParamOrder::Reversed); | ||||
7661 | } | ||||
7662 | } | ||||
7663 | } | ||||
7664 | |||||
7665 | /// Add overload candidates for overloaded operators that are | ||||
7666 | /// member functions. | ||||
7667 | /// | ||||
7668 | /// Add the overloaded operator candidates that are member functions | ||||
7669 | /// for the operator Op that was used in an operator expression such | ||||
7670 | /// as "x Op y". , Args/NumArgs provides the operator arguments, and | ||||
7671 | /// CandidateSet will store the added overload candidates. (C++ | ||||
7672 | /// [over.match.oper]). | ||||
7673 | void Sema::AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, | ||||
7674 | SourceLocation OpLoc, | ||||
7675 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||
7676 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, | ||||
7677 | OverloadCandidateParamOrder PO) { | ||||
7678 | DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op); | ||||
7679 | |||||
7680 | // C++ [over.match.oper]p3: | ||||
7681 | // For a unary operator @ with an operand of a type whose | ||||
7682 | // cv-unqualified version is T1, and for a binary operator @ with | ||||
7683 | // a left operand of a type whose cv-unqualified version is T1 and | ||||
7684 | // a right operand of a type whose cv-unqualified version is T2, | ||||
7685 | // three sets of candidate functions, designated member | ||||
7686 | // candidates, non-member candidates and built-in candidates, are | ||||
7687 | // constructed as follows: | ||||
7688 | QualType T1 = Args[0]->getType(); | ||||
7689 | |||||
7690 | // -- If T1 is a complete class type or a class currently being | ||||
7691 | // defined, the set of member candidates is the result of the | ||||
7692 | // qualified lookup of T1::operator@ (13.3.1.1.1); otherwise, | ||||
7693 | // the set of member candidates is empty. | ||||
7694 | if (const RecordType *T1Rec = T1->getAs<RecordType>()) { | ||||
7695 | // Complete the type if it can be completed. | ||||
7696 | if (!isCompleteType(OpLoc, T1) && !T1Rec->isBeingDefined()) | ||||
7697 | return; | ||||
7698 | // If the type is neither complete nor being defined, bail out now. | ||||
7699 | if (!T1Rec->getDecl()->getDefinition()) | ||||
7700 | return; | ||||
7701 | |||||
7702 | LookupResult Operators(*this, OpName, OpLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); | ||||
7703 | LookupQualifiedName(Operators, T1Rec->getDecl()); | ||||
7704 | Operators.suppressDiagnostics(); | ||||
7705 | |||||
7706 | for (LookupResult::iterator Oper = Operators.begin(), | ||||
7707 | OperEnd = Operators.end(); | ||||
7708 | Oper != OperEnd; | ||||
7709 | ++Oper) | ||||
7710 | AddMethodCandidate(Oper.getPair(), Args[0]->getType(), | ||||
7711 | Args[0]->Classify(Context), Args.slice(1), | ||||
7712 | CandidateSet, /*SuppressUserConversion=*/false, PO); | ||||
7713 | } | ||||
7714 | } | ||||
7715 | |||||
7716 | /// AddBuiltinCandidate - Add a candidate for a built-in | ||||
7717 | /// operator. ResultTy and ParamTys are the result and parameter types | ||||
7718 | /// of the built-in candidate, respectively. Args and NumArgs are the | ||||
7719 | /// arguments being passed to the candidate. IsAssignmentOperator | ||||
7720 | /// should be true when this built-in candidate is an assignment | ||||
7721 | /// operator. NumContextualBoolArguments is the number of arguments | ||||
7722 | /// (at the beginning of the argument list) that will be contextually | ||||
7723 | /// converted to bool. | ||||
7724 | void Sema::AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType *ParamTys, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||
7725 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, | ||||
7726 | bool IsAssignmentOperator, | ||||
7727 | unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments) { | ||||
7728 | // Overload resolution is always an unevaluated context. | ||||
7729 | EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated( | ||||
7730 | *this, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated); | ||||
7731 | |||||
7732 | // Add this candidate | ||||
7733 | OverloadCandidate &Candidate = CandidateSet.addCandidate(Args.size()); | ||||
7734 | Candidate.FoundDecl = DeclAccessPair::make(nullptr, AS_none); | ||||
7735 | Candidate.Function = nullptr; | ||||
7736 | Candidate.IsSurrogate = false; | ||||
7737 | Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false; | ||||
7738 | std::copy(ParamTys, ParamTys + Args.size(), Candidate.BuiltinParamTypes); | ||||
7739 | |||||
7740 | // Determine the implicit conversion sequences for each of the | ||||
7741 | // arguments. | ||||
7742 | Candidate.Viable = true; | ||||
7743 | Candidate.ExplicitCallArguments = Args.size(); | ||||
7744 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, N = Args.size(); ArgIdx != N; ++ArgIdx) { | ||||
7745 | // C++ [over.match.oper]p4: | ||||
7746 | // For the built-in assignment operators, conversions of the | ||||
7747 | // left operand are restricted as follows: | ||||
7748 | // -- no temporaries are introduced to hold the left operand, and | ||||
7749 | // -- no user-defined conversions are applied to the left | ||||
7750 | // operand to achieve a type match with the left-most | ||||
7751 | // parameter of a built-in candidate. | ||||
7752 | // | ||||
7753 | // We block these conversions by turning off user-defined | ||||
7754 | // conversions, since that is the only way that initialization of | ||||
7755 | // a reference to a non-class type can occur from something that | ||||
7756 | // is not of the same type. | ||||
7757 | if (ArgIdx < NumContextualBoolArguments) { | ||||
7758 | assert(ParamTys[ArgIdx] == Context.BoolTy &&((ParamTys[ArgIdx] == Context.BoolTy && "Contextual conversion to bool requires bool type" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ParamTys[ArgIdx] == Context.BoolTy && \"Contextual conversion to bool requires bool type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 7759, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
7759 | "Contextual conversion to bool requires bool type")((ParamTys[ArgIdx] == Context.BoolTy && "Contextual conversion to bool requires bool type" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ParamTys[ArgIdx] == Context.BoolTy && \"Contextual conversion to bool requires bool type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 7759, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
7760 | Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx] | ||||
7761 | = TryContextuallyConvertToBool(*this, Args[ArgIdx]); | ||||
7762 | } else { | ||||
7763 | Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx] | ||||
7764 | = TryCopyInitialization(*this, Args[ArgIdx], ParamTys[ArgIdx], | ||||
7765 | ArgIdx == 0 && IsAssignmentOperator, | ||||
7766 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, | ||||
7767 | /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/ | ||||
7768 | getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); | ||||
7769 | } | ||||
7770 | if (Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx].isBad()) { | ||||
7771 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||
7772 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion; | ||||
7773 | break; | ||||
7774 | } | ||||
7775 | } | ||||
7776 | } | ||||
7777 | |||||
7778 | namespace { | ||||
7779 | |||||
7780 | /// BuiltinCandidateTypeSet - A set of types that will be used for the | ||||
7781 | /// candidate operator functions for built-in operators (C++ | ||||
7782 | /// [over.built]). The types are separated into pointer types and | ||||
7783 | /// enumeration types. | ||||
7784 | class BuiltinCandidateTypeSet { | ||||
7785 | /// TypeSet - A set of types. | ||||
7786 | typedef llvm::SetVector<QualType, SmallVector<QualType, 8>, | ||||
7787 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<QualType, 8>> TypeSet; | ||||
7788 | |||||
7789 | /// PointerTypes - The set of pointer types that will be used in the | ||||
7790 | /// built-in candidates. | ||||
7791 | TypeSet PointerTypes; | ||||
7792 | |||||
7793 | /// MemberPointerTypes - The set of member pointer types that will be | ||||
7794 | /// used in the built-in candidates. | ||||
7795 | TypeSet MemberPointerTypes; | ||||
7796 | |||||
7797 | /// EnumerationTypes - The set of enumeration types that will be | ||||
7798 | /// used in the built-in candidates. | ||||
7799 | TypeSet EnumerationTypes; | ||||
7800 | |||||
7801 | /// The set of vector types that will be used in the built-in | ||||
7802 | /// candidates. | ||||
7803 | TypeSet VectorTypes; | ||||
7804 | |||||
7805 | /// The set of matrix types that will be used in the built-in | ||||
7806 | /// candidates. | ||||
7807 | TypeSet MatrixTypes; | ||||
7808 | |||||
7809 | /// A flag indicating non-record types are viable candidates | ||||
7810 | bool HasNonRecordTypes; | ||||
7811 | |||||
7812 | /// A flag indicating whether either arithmetic or enumeration types | ||||
7813 | /// were present in the candidate set. | ||||
7814 | bool HasArithmeticOrEnumeralTypes; | ||||
7815 | |||||
7816 | /// A flag indicating whether the nullptr type was present in the | ||||
7817 | /// candidate set. | ||||
7818 | bool HasNullPtrType; | ||||
7819 | |||||
7820 | /// Sema - The semantic analysis instance where we are building the | ||||
7821 | /// candidate type set. | ||||
7822 | Sema &SemaRef; | ||||
7823 | |||||
7824 | /// Context - The AST context in which we will build the type sets. | ||||
7825 | ASTContext &Context; | ||||
7826 | |||||
7827 | bool AddPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(QualType Ty, | ||||
7828 | const Qualifiers &VisibleQuals); | ||||
7829 | bool AddMemberPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(QualType Ty); | ||||
7830 | |||||
7831 | public: | ||||
7832 | /// iterator - Iterates through the types that are part of the set. | ||||
7833 | typedef TypeSet::iterator iterator; | ||||
7834 | |||||
7835 | BuiltinCandidateTypeSet(Sema &SemaRef) | ||||
7836 | : HasNonRecordTypes(false), | ||||
7837 | HasArithmeticOrEnumeralTypes(false), | ||||
7838 | HasNullPtrType(false), | ||||
7839 | SemaRef(SemaRef), | ||||
7840 | Context(SemaRef.Context) { } | ||||
7841 | |||||
7842 | void AddTypesConvertedFrom(QualType Ty, | ||||
7843 | SourceLocation Loc, | ||||
7844 | bool AllowUserConversions, | ||||
7845 | bool AllowExplicitConversions, | ||||
7846 | const Qualifiers &VisibleTypeConversionsQuals); | ||||
7847 | |||||
7848 | llvm::iterator_range<iterator> pointer_types() { return PointerTypes; } | ||||
7849 | llvm::iterator_range<iterator> member_pointer_types() { | ||||
7850 | return MemberPointerTypes; | ||||
7851 | } | ||||
7852 | llvm::iterator_range<iterator> enumeration_types() { | ||||
7853 | return EnumerationTypes; | ||||
7854 | } | ||||
7855 | llvm::iterator_range<iterator> vector_types() { return VectorTypes; } | ||||
7856 | llvm::iterator_range<iterator> matrix_types() { return MatrixTypes; } | ||||
7857 | |||||
7858 | bool containsMatrixType(QualType Ty) const { return MatrixTypes.count(Ty); } | ||||
7859 | bool hasNonRecordTypes() { return HasNonRecordTypes; } | ||||
7860 | bool hasArithmeticOrEnumeralTypes() { return HasArithmeticOrEnumeralTypes; } | ||||
7861 | bool hasNullPtrType() const { return HasNullPtrType; } | ||||
7862 | }; | ||||
7863 | |||||
7864 | } // end anonymous namespace | ||||
7865 | |||||
7866 | /// AddPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants - Add the pointer type @p Ty to | ||||
7867 | /// the set of pointer types along with any more-qualified variants of | ||||
7868 | /// that type. For example, if @p Ty is "int const *", this routine | ||||
7869 | /// will add "int const *", "int const volatile *", "int const | ||||
7870 | /// restrict *", and "int const volatile restrict *" to the set of | ||||
7871 | /// pointer types. Returns true if the add of @p Ty itself succeeded, | ||||
7872 | /// false otherwise. | ||||
7873 | /// | ||||
7874 | /// FIXME: what to do about extended qualifiers? | ||||
7875 | bool | ||||
7876 | BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::AddPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(QualType Ty, | ||||
7877 | const Qualifiers &VisibleQuals) { | ||||
7878 | |||||
7879 | // Insert this type. | ||||
7880 | if (!PointerTypes.insert(Ty)) | ||||
7881 | return false; | ||||
7882 | |||||
7883 | QualType PointeeTy; | ||||
7884 | const PointerType *PointerTy = Ty->getAs<PointerType>(); | ||||
7885 | bool buildObjCPtr = false; | ||||
7886 | if (!PointerTy) { | ||||
7887 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy = Ty->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); | ||||
7888 | PointeeTy = PTy->getPointeeType(); | ||||
7889 | buildObjCPtr = true; | ||||
7890 | } else { | ||||
7891 | PointeeTy = PointerTy->getPointeeType(); | ||||
7892 | } | ||||
7893 | |||||
7894 | // Don't add qualified variants of arrays. For one, they're not allowed | ||||
7895 | // (the qualifier would sink to the element type), and for another, the | ||||
7896 | // only overload situation where it matters is subscript or pointer +- int, | ||||
7897 | // and those shouldn't have qualifier variants anyway. | ||||
7898 | if (PointeeTy->isArrayType()) | ||||
7899 | return true; | ||||
7900 | |||||
7901 | unsigned BaseCVR = PointeeTy.getCVRQualifiers(); | ||||
7902 | bool hasVolatile = VisibleQuals.hasVolatile(); | ||||
7903 | bool hasRestrict = VisibleQuals.hasRestrict(); | ||||
7904 | |||||
7905 | // Iterate through all strict supersets of BaseCVR. | ||||
7906 | for (unsigned CVR = BaseCVR+1; CVR <= Qualifiers::CVRMask; ++CVR) { | ||||
7907 | if ((CVR | BaseCVR) != CVR) continue; | ||||
7908 | // Skip over volatile if no volatile found anywhere in the types. | ||||
7909 | if ((CVR & Qualifiers::Volatile) && !hasVolatile) continue; | ||||
7910 | |||||
7911 | // Skip over restrict if no restrict found anywhere in the types, or if | ||||
7912 | // the type cannot be restrict-qualified. | ||||
7913 | if ((CVR & Qualifiers::Restrict) && | ||||
7914 | (!hasRestrict || | ||||
7915 | (!(PointeeTy->isAnyPointerType() || PointeeTy->isReferenceType())))) | ||||
7916 | continue; | ||||
7917 | |||||
7918 | // Build qualified pointee type. | ||||
7919 | QualType QPointeeTy = Context.getCVRQualifiedType(PointeeTy, CVR); | ||||
7920 | |||||
7921 | // Build qualified pointer type. | ||||
7922 | QualType QPointerTy; | ||||
7923 | if (!buildObjCPtr) | ||||
7924 | QPointerTy = Context.getPointerType(QPointeeTy); | ||||
7925 | else | ||||
7926 | QPointerTy = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(QPointeeTy); | ||||
7927 | |||||
7928 | // Insert qualified pointer type. | ||||
7929 | PointerTypes.insert(QPointerTy); | ||||
7930 | } | ||||
7931 | |||||
7932 | return true; | ||||
7933 | } | ||||
7934 | |||||
7935 | /// AddMemberPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants - Add the pointer type @p Ty | ||||
7936 | /// to the set of pointer types along with any more-qualified variants of | ||||
7937 | /// that type. For example, if @p Ty is "int const *", this routine | ||||
7938 | /// will add "int const *", "int const volatile *", "int const | ||||
7939 | /// restrict *", and "int const volatile restrict *" to the set of | ||||
7940 | /// pointer types. Returns true if the add of @p Ty itself succeeded, | ||||
7941 | /// false otherwise. | ||||
7942 | /// | ||||
7943 | /// FIXME: what to do about extended qualifiers? | ||||
7944 | bool | ||||
7945 | BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::AddMemberPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants( | ||||
7946 | QualType Ty) { | ||||
7947 | // Insert this type. | ||||
7948 | if (!MemberPointerTypes.insert(Ty)) | ||||
7949 | return false; | ||||
7950 | |||||
7951 | const MemberPointerType *PointerTy = Ty->getAs<MemberPointerType>(); | ||||
7952 | assert(PointerTy && "type was not a member pointer type!")((PointerTy && "type was not a member pointer type!") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("PointerTy && \"type was not a member pointer type!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 7952, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
7953 | |||||
7954 | QualType PointeeTy = PointerTy->getPointeeType(); | ||||
7955 | // Don't add qualified variants of arrays. For one, they're not allowed | ||||
7956 | // (the qualifier would sink to the element type), and for another, the | ||||
7957 | // only overload situation where it matters is subscript or pointer +- int, | ||||
7958 | // and those shouldn't have qualifier variants anyway. | ||||
7959 | if (PointeeTy->isArrayType()) | ||||
7960 | return true; | ||||
7961 | const Type *ClassTy = PointerTy->getClass(); | ||||
7962 | |||||
7963 | // Iterate through all strict supersets of the pointee type's CVR | ||||
7964 | // qualifiers. | ||||
7965 | unsigned BaseCVR = PointeeTy.getCVRQualifiers(); | ||||
7966 | for (unsigned CVR = BaseCVR+1; CVR <= Qualifiers::CVRMask; ++CVR) { | ||||
7967 | if ((CVR | BaseCVR) != CVR) continue; | ||||
7968 | |||||
7969 | QualType QPointeeTy = Context.getCVRQualifiedType(PointeeTy, CVR); | ||||
7970 | MemberPointerTypes.insert( | ||||
7971 | Context.getMemberPointerType(QPointeeTy, ClassTy)); | ||||
7972 | } | ||||
7973 | |||||
7974 | return true; | ||||
7975 | } | ||||
7976 | |||||
7977 | /// AddTypesConvertedFrom - Add each of the types to which the type @p | ||||
7978 | /// Ty can be implicit converted to the given set of @p Types. We're | ||||
7979 | /// primarily interested in pointer types and enumeration types. We also | ||||
7980 | /// take member pointer types, for the conditional operator. | ||||
7981 | /// AllowUserConversions is true if we should look at the conversion | ||||
7982 | /// functions of a class type, and AllowExplicitConversions if we | ||||
7983 | /// should also include the explicit conversion functions of a class | ||||
7984 | /// type. | ||||
7985 | void | ||||
7986 | BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::AddTypesConvertedFrom(QualType Ty, | ||||
7987 | SourceLocation Loc, | ||||
7988 | bool AllowUserConversions, | ||||
7989 | bool AllowExplicitConversions, | ||||
7990 | const Qualifiers &VisibleQuals) { | ||||
7991 | // Only deal with canonical types. | ||||
7992 | Ty = Context.getCanonicalType(Ty); | ||||
7993 | |||||
7994 | // Look through reference types; they aren't part of the type of an | ||||
7995 | // expression for the purposes of conversions. | ||||
7996 | if (const ReferenceType *RefTy = Ty->getAs<ReferenceType>()) | ||||
7997 | Ty = RefTy->getPointeeType(); | ||||
7998 | |||||
7999 | // If we're dealing with an array type, decay to the pointer. | ||||
8000 | if (Ty->isArrayType()) | ||||
8001 | Ty = SemaRef.Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty); | ||||
8002 | |||||
8003 | // Otherwise, we don't care about qualifiers on the type. | ||||
8004 | Ty = Ty.getLocalUnqualifiedType(); | ||||
8005 | |||||
8006 | // Flag if we ever add a non-record type. | ||||
8007 | const RecordType *TyRec = Ty->getAs<RecordType>(); | ||||
8008 | HasNonRecordTypes = HasNonRecordTypes || !TyRec; | ||||
8009 | |||||
8010 | // Flag if we encounter an arithmetic type. | ||||
8011 | HasArithmeticOrEnumeralTypes = | ||||
8012 | HasArithmeticOrEnumeralTypes || Ty->isArithmeticType(); | ||||
8013 | |||||
8014 | if (Ty->isObjCIdType() || Ty->isObjCClassType()) | ||||
8015 | PointerTypes.insert(Ty); | ||||
8016 | else if (Ty->getAs<PointerType>() || Ty->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) { | ||||
8017 | // Insert our type, and its more-qualified variants, into the set | ||||
8018 | // of types. | ||||
8019 | if (!AddPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(Ty, VisibleQuals)) | ||||
8020 | return; | ||||
8021 | } else if (Ty->isMemberPointerType()) { | ||||
8022 | // Member pointers are far easier, since the pointee can't be converted. | ||||
8023 | if (!AddMemberPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(Ty)) | ||||
8024 | return; | ||||
8025 | } else if (Ty->isEnumeralType()) { | ||||
8026 | HasArithmeticOrEnumeralTypes = true; | ||||
8027 | EnumerationTypes.insert(Ty); | ||||
8028 | } else if (Ty->isVectorType()) { | ||||
8029 | // We treat vector types as arithmetic types in many contexts as an | ||||
8030 | // extension. | ||||
8031 | HasArithmeticOrEnumeralTypes = true; | ||||
8032 | VectorTypes.insert(Ty); | ||||
8033 | } else if (Ty->isMatrixType()) { | ||||
8034 | // Similar to vector types, we treat vector types as arithmetic types in | ||||
8035 | // many contexts as an extension. | ||||
8036 | HasArithmeticOrEnumeralTypes = true; | ||||
8037 | MatrixTypes.insert(Ty); | ||||
8038 | } else if (Ty->isNullPtrType()) { | ||||
8039 | HasNullPtrType = true; | ||||
8040 | } else if (AllowUserConversions && TyRec) { | ||||
8041 | // No conversion functions in incomplete types. | ||||
8042 | if (!SemaRef.isCompleteType(Loc, Ty)) | ||||
8043 | return; | ||||
8044 | |||||
8045 | CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TyRec->getDecl()); | ||||
8046 | for (NamedDecl *D : ClassDecl->getVisibleConversionFunctions()) { | ||||
8047 | if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D)) | ||||
8048 | D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl(); | ||||
8049 | |||||
8050 | // Skip conversion function templates; they don't tell us anything | ||||
8051 | // about which builtin types we can convert to. | ||||
8052 | if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) | ||||
8053 | continue; | ||||
8054 | |||||
8055 | CXXConversionDecl *Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(D); | ||||
8056 | if (AllowExplicitConversions || !Conv->isExplicit()) { | ||||
8057 | AddTypesConvertedFrom(Conv->getConversionType(), Loc, false, false, | ||||
8058 | VisibleQuals); | ||||
8059 | } | ||||
8060 | } | ||||
8061 | } | ||||
8062 | } | ||||
8063 | /// Helper function for adjusting address spaces for the pointer or reference | ||||
8064 | /// operands of builtin operators depending on the argument. | ||||
8065 | static QualType AdjustAddressSpaceForBuiltinOperandType(Sema &S, QualType T, | ||||
8066 | Expr *Arg) { | ||||
8067 | return S.Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(T, Arg->getType().getAddressSpace()); | ||||
8068 | } | ||||
8069 | |||||
8070 | /// Helper function for AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates() that adds | ||||
8071 | /// the volatile- and non-volatile-qualified assignment operators for the | ||||
8072 | /// given type to the candidate set. | ||||
8073 | static void AddBuiltinAssignmentOperatorCandidates(Sema &S, | ||||
8074 | QualType T, | ||||
8075 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||
8076 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet) { | ||||
8077 | QualType ParamTypes[2]; | ||||
8078 | |||||
8079 | // T& operator=(T&, T) | ||||
8080 | ParamTypes[0] = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType( | ||||
8081 | AdjustAddressSpaceForBuiltinOperandType(S, T, Args[0])); | ||||
8082 | ParamTypes[1] = T; | ||||
8083 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||
8084 | /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/true); | ||||
8085 | |||||
8086 | if (!S.Context.getCanonicalType(T).isVolatileQualified()) { | ||||
8087 | // volatile T& operator=(volatile T&, T) | ||||
8088 | ParamTypes[0] = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType( | ||||
8089 | AdjustAddressSpaceForBuiltinOperandType(S, S.Context.getVolatileType(T), | ||||
8090 | Args[0])); | ||||
8091 | ParamTypes[1] = T; | ||||
8092 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||
8093 | /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/true); | ||||
8094 | } | ||||
8095 | } | ||||
8096 | |||||
8097 | /// CollectVRQualifiers - This routine returns Volatile/Restrict qualifiers, | ||||
8098 | /// if any, found in visible type conversion functions found in ArgExpr's type. | ||||
8099 | static Qualifiers CollectVRQualifiers(ASTContext &Context, Expr* ArgExpr) { | ||||
8100 | Qualifiers VRQuals; | ||||
8101 | const RecordType *TyRec; | ||||
8102 | if (const MemberPointerType *RHSMPType = | ||||
8103 | ArgExpr->getType()->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) | ||||
8104 | TyRec = RHSMPType->getClass()->getAs<RecordType>(); | ||||
8105 | else | ||||
8106 | TyRec = ArgExpr->getType()->getAs<RecordType>(); | ||||
8107 | if (!TyRec) { | ||||
8108 | // Just to be safe, assume the worst case. | ||||
8109 | VRQuals.addVolatile(); | ||||
8110 | VRQuals.addRestrict(); | ||||
8111 | return VRQuals; | ||||
8112 | } | ||||
8113 | |||||
8114 | CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TyRec->getDecl()); | ||||
8115 | if (!ClassDecl->hasDefinition()) | ||||
8116 | return VRQuals; | ||||
8117 | |||||
8118 | for (NamedDecl *D : ClassDecl->getVisibleConversionFunctions()) { | ||||
8119 | if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D)) | ||||
8120 | D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl(); | ||||
8121 | if (CXXConversionDecl *Conv = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(D)) { | ||||
8122 | QualType CanTy = Context.getCanonicalType(Conv->getConversionType()); | ||||
8123 | if (const ReferenceType *ResTypeRef = CanTy->getAs<ReferenceType>()) | ||||
8124 | CanTy = ResTypeRef->getPointeeType(); | ||||
8125 | // Need to go down the pointer/mempointer chain and add qualifiers | ||||
8126 | // as see them. | ||||
8127 | bool done = false; | ||||
8128 | while (!done) { | ||||
8129 | if (CanTy.isRestrictQualified()) | ||||
8130 | VRQuals.addRestrict(); | ||||
8131 | if (const PointerType *ResTypePtr = CanTy->getAs<PointerType>()) | ||||
8132 | CanTy = ResTypePtr->getPointeeType(); | ||||
8133 | else if (const MemberPointerType *ResTypeMPtr = | ||||
8134 | CanTy->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) | ||||
8135 | CanTy = ResTypeMPtr->getPointeeType(); | ||||
8136 | else | ||||
8137 | done = true; | ||||
8138 | if (CanTy.isVolatileQualified()) | ||||
8139 | VRQuals.addVolatile(); | ||||
8140 | if (VRQuals.hasRestrict() && VRQuals.hasVolatile()) | ||||
8141 | return VRQuals; | ||||
8142 | } | ||||
8143 | } | ||||
8144 | } | ||||
8145 | return VRQuals; | ||||
8146 | } | ||||
8147 | |||||
8148 | namespace { | ||||
8149 | |||||
8150 | /// Helper class to manage the addition of builtin operator overload | ||||
8151 | /// candidates. It provides shared state and utility methods used throughout | ||||
8152 | /// the process, as well as a helper method to add each group of builtin | ||||
8153 | /// operator overloads from the standard to a candidate set. | ||||
8154 | class BuiltinOperatorOverloadBuilder { | ||||
8155 | // Common instance state available to all overload candidate addition methods. | ||||
8156 | Sema &S; | ||||
8157 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args; | ||||
8158 | Qualifiers VisibleTypeConversionsQuals; | ||||
8159 | bool HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType; | ||||
8160 | SmallVectorImpl<BuiltinCandidateTypeSet> &CandidateTypes; | ||||
8161 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet; | ||||
8162 | |||||
8163 | static constexpr int ArithmeticTypesCap = 24; | ||||
8164 | SmallVector<CanQualType, ArithmeticTypesCap> ArithmeticTypes; | ||||
8165 | |||||
8166 | // Define some indices used to iterate over the arithmetic types in | ||||
8167 | // ArithmeticTypes. The "promoted arithmetic types" are the arithmetic | ||||
8168 | // types are that preserved by promotion (C++ [over.built]p2). | ||||
8169 | unsigned FirstIntegralType, | ||||
8170 | LastIntegralType; | ||||
8171 | unsigned FirstPromotedIntegralType, | ||||
8172 | LastPromotedIntegralType; | ||||
8173 | unsigned FirstPromotedArithmeticType, | ||||
8174 | LastPromotedArithmeticType; | ||||
8175 | unsigned NumArithmeticTypes; | ||||
8176 | |||||
8177 | void InitArithmeticTypes() { | ||||
8178 | // Start of promoted types. | ||||
8179 | FirstPromotedArithmeticType = 0; | ||||
8180 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.FloatTy); | ||||
8181 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.DoubleTy); | ||||
8182 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.LongDoubleTy); | ||||
8183 | if (S.Context.getTargetInfo().hasFloat128Type()) | ||||
8184 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.Float128Ty); | ||||
8185 | |||||
8186 | // Start of integral types. | ||||
8187 | FirstIntegralType = ArithmeticTypes.size(); | ||||
8188 | FirstPromotedIntegralType = ArithmeticTypes.size(); | ||||
8189 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.IntTy); | ||||
8190 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.LongTy); | ||||
8191 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.LongLongTy); | ||||
8192 | if (S.Context.getTargetInfo().hasInt128Type() || | ||||
8193 | (S.Context.getAuxTargetInfo() && | ||||
8194 | S.Context.getAuxTargetInfo()->hasInt128Type())) | ||||
8195 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.Int128Ty); | ||||
8196 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.UnsignedIntTy); | ||||
8197 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.UnsignedLongTy); | ||||
8198 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.UnsignedLongLongTy); | ||||
8199 | if (S.Context.getTargetInfo().hasInt128Type() || | ||||
8200 | (S.Context.getAuxTargetInfo() && | ||||
8201 | S.Context.getAuxTargetInfo()->hasInt128Type())) | ||||
8202 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.UnsignedInt128Ty); | ||||
8203 | LastPromotedIntegralType = ArithmeticTypes.size(); | ||||
8204 | LastPromotedArithmeticType = ArithmeticTypes.size(); | ||||
8205 | // End of promoted types. | ||||
8206 | |||||
8207 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.BoolTy); | ||||
8208 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.CharTy); | ||||
8209 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.WCharTy); | ||||
8210 | if (S.Context.getLangOpts().Char8) | ||||
8211 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.Char8Ty); | ||||
8212 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.Char16Ty); | ||||
8213 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.Char32Ty); | ||||
8214 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.SignedCharTy); | ||||
8215 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.ShortTy); | ||||
8216 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.UnsignedCharTy); | ||||
8217 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.UnsignedShortTy); | ||||
8218 | LastIntegralType = ArithmeticTypes.size(); | ||||
8219 | NumArithmeticTypes = ArithmeticTypes.size(); | ||||
8220 | // End of integral types. | ||||
8221 | // FIXME: What about complex? What about half? | ||||
8222 | |||||
8223 | assert(ArithmeticTypes.size() <= ArithmeticTypesCap &&((ArithmeticTypes.size() <= ArithmeticTypesCap && "Enough inline storage for all arithmetic types." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ArithmeticTypes.size() <= ArithmeticTypesCap && \"Enough inline storage for all arithmetic types.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 8224, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
8224 | "Enough inline storage for all arithmetic types.")((ArithmeticTypes.size() <= ArithmeticTypesCap && "Enough inline storage for all arithmetic types." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ArithmeticTypes.size() <= ArithmeticTypesCap && \"Enough inline storage for all arithmetic types.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 8224, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
8225 | } | ||||
8226 | |||||
8227 | /// Helper method to factor out the common pattern of adding overloads | ||||
8228 | /// for '++' and '--' builtin operators. | ||||
8229 | void addPlusPlusMinusMinusStyleOverloads(QualType CandidateTy, | ||||
8230 | bool HasVolatile, | ||||
8231 | bool HasRestrict) { | ||||
8232 | QualType ParamTypes[2] = { | ||||
8233 | S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(CandidateTy), | ||||
8234 | S.Context.IntTy | ||||
8235 | }; | ||||
8236 | |||||
8237 | // Non-volatile version. | ||||
8238 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||
8239 | |||||
8240 | // Use a heuristic to reduce number of builtin candidates in the set: | ||||
8241 | // add volatile version only if there are conversions to a volatile type. | ||||
8242 | if (HasVolatile) { | ||||
8243 | ParamTypes[0] = | ||||
8244 | S.Context.getLValueReferenceType( | ||||
8245 | S.Context.getVolatileType(CandidateTy)); | ||||
8246 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||
8247 | } | ||||
8248 | |||||
8249 | // Add restrict version only if there are conversions to a restrict type | ||||
8250 | // and our candidate type is a non-restrict-qualified pointer. | ||||
8251 | if (HasRestrict && CandidateTy->isAnyPointerType() && | ||||
8252 | !CandidateTy.isRestrictQualified()) { | ||||
8253 | ParamTypes[0] | ||||
8254 | = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType( | ||||
8255 | S.Context.getCVRQualifiedType(CandidateTy, Qualifiers::Restrict)); | ||||
8256 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||
8257 | |||||
8258 | if (HasVolatile) { | ||||
8259 | ParamTypes[0] | ||||
8260 | = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType( | ||||
8261 | S.Context.getCVRQualifiedType(CandidateTy, | ||||
8262 | (Qualifiers::Volatile | | ||||
8263 | Qualifiers::Restrict))); | ||||
8264 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||
8265 | } | ||||
8266 | } | ||||
8267 | |||||
8268 | } | ||||
8269 | |||||
8270 | /// Helper to add an overload candidate for a binary builtin with types \p L | ||||
8271 | /// and \p R. | ||||
8272 | void AddCandidate(QualType L, QualType R) { | ||||
8273 | QualType LandR[2] = {L, R}; | ||||
8274 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(LandR, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||
8275 | } | ||||
8276 | |||||
8277 | public: | ||||
8278 | BuiltinOperatorOverloadBuilder( | ||||
8279 | Sema &S, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||
8280 | Qualifiers VisibleTypeConversionsQuals, | ||||
8281 | bool HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType, | ||||
8282 | SmallVectorImpl<BuiltinCandidateTypeSet> &CandidateTypes, | ||||
8283 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet) | ||||
8284 | : S(S), Args(Args), | ||||
8285 | VisibleTypeConversionsQuals(VisibleTypeConversionsQuals), | ||||
8286 | HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType( | ||||
8287 | HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType), | ||||
8288 | CandidateTypes(CandidateTypes), | ||||
8289 | CandidateSet(CandidateSet) { | ||||
8290 | |||||
8291 | InitArithmeticTypes(); | ||||
8292 | } | ||||
8293 | |||||
8294 | // Increment is deprecated for bool since C++17. | ||||
8295 | // | ||||
8296 | // C++ [over.built]p3: | ||||
8297 | // | ||||
8298 | // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is an arithmetic type other | ||||
8299 | // than bool, and VQ is either volatile or empty, there exist | ||||
8300 | // candidate operator functions of the form | ||||
8301 | // | ||||
8302 | // VQ T& operator++(VQ T&); | ||||
8303 | // T operator++(VQ T&, int); | ||||
8304 | // | ||||
8305 | // C++ [over.built]p4: | ||||
8306 | // | ||||
8307 | // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is an arithmetic type other | ||||
8308 | // than bool, and VQ is either volatile or empty, there exist | ||||
8309 | // candidate operator functions of the form | ||||
8310 | // | ||||
8311 | // VQ T& operator--(VQ T&); | ||||
8312 | // T operator--(VQ T&, int); | ||||
8313 | void addPlusPlusMinusMinusArithmeticOverloads(OverloadedOperatorKind Op) { | ||||
8314 | if (!HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType) | ||||
8315 | return; | ||||
8316 | |||||
8317 | for (unsigned Arith = 0; Arith < NumArithmeticTypes; ++Arith) { | ||||
8318 | const auto TypeOfT = ArithmeticTypes[Arith]; | ||||
8319 | if (TypeOfT == S.Context.BoolTy) { | ||||
8320 | if (Op == OO_MinusMinus) | ||||
8321 | continue; | ||||
8322 | if (Op == OO_PlusPlus && S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17) | ||||
8323 | continue; | ||||
8324 | } | ||||
8325 | addPlusPlusMinusMinusStyleOverloads( | ||||
8326 | TypeOfT, | ||||
8327 | VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile(), | ||||
8328 | VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasRestrict()); | ||||
8329 | } | ||||
8330 | } | ||||
8331 | |||||
8332 | // C++ [over.built]p5: | ||||
8333 | // | ||||
8334 | // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is a cv-qualified or | ||||
8335 | // cv-unqualified object type, and VQ is either volatile or | ||||
8336 | // empty, there exist candidate operator functions of the form | ||||
8337 | // | ||||
8338 | // T*VQ& operator++(T*VQ&); | ||||
8339 | // T*VQ& operator--(T*VQ&); | ||||
8340 | // T* operator++(T*VQ&, int); | ||||
8341 | // T* operator--(T*VQ&, int); | ||||
8342 | void addPlusPlusMinusMinusPointerOverloads() { | ||||
8343 | for (QualType PtrTy : CandidateTypes[0].pointer_types()) { | ||||
8344 | // Skip pointer types that aren't pointers to object types. | ||||
8345 | if (!PtrTy->getPointeeType()->isObjectType()) | ||||
8346 | continue; | ||||
8347 | |||||
8348 | addPlusPlusMinusMinusStyleOverloads( | ||||
8349 | PtrTy, | ||||
8350 | (!PtrTy.isVolatileQualified() && | ||||
8351 | VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()), | ||||
8352 | (!PtrTy.isRestrictQualified() && | ||||
8353 | VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasRestrict())); | ||||
8354 | } | ||||
8355 | } | ||||
8356 | |||||
8357 | // C++ [over.built]p6: | ||||
8358 | // For every cv-qualified or cv-unqualified object type T, there | ||||
8359 | // exist candidate operator functions of the form | ||||
8360 | // | ||||
8361 | // T& operator*(T*); | ||||
8362 | // | ||||
8363 | // C++ [over.built]p7: | ||||
8364 | // For every function type T that does not have cv-qualifiers or a | ||||
8365 | // ref-qualifier, there exist candidate operator functions of the form | ||||
8366 | // T& operator*(T*); | ||||
8367 | void addUnaryStarPointerOverloads() { | ||||
8368 | for (QualType ParamTy : CandidateTypes[0].pointer_types()) { | ||||
8369 | QualType PointeeTy = ParamTy->getPointeeType(); | ||||
8370 | if (!PointeeTy->isObjectType() && !PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) | ||||
8371 | continue; | ||||
8372 | |||||
8373 | if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto =PointeeTy->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) | ||||
8374 | if (Proto->getMethodQuals() || Proto->getRefQualifier()) | ||||
8375 | continue; | ||||
8376 | |||||
8377 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(&ParamTy, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||
8378 | } | ||||
8379 | } | ||||
8380 | |||||
8381 | // C++ [over.built]p9: | ||||
8382 | // For every promoted arithmetic type T, there exist candidate | ||||
8383 | // operator functions of the form | ||||
8384 | // | ||||
8385 | // T operator+(T); | ||||
8386 | // T operator-(T); | ||||
8387 | void addUnaryPlusOrMinusArithmeticOverloads() { | ||||
8388 | if (!HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType) | ||||
8389 | return; | ||||
8390 | |||||
8391 | for (unsigned Arith = FirstPromotedArithmeticType; | ||||
8392 | Arith < LastPromotedArithmeticType; ++Arith) { | ||||
8393 | QualType ArithTy = ArithmeticTypes[Arith]; | ||||
8394 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(&ArithTy, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||
8395 | } | ||||
8396 | |||||
8397 | // Extension: We also add these operators for vector types. | ||||
8398 | for (QualType VecTy : CandidateTypes[0].vector_types()) | ||||
8399 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(&VecTy, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||
8400 | } | ||||
8401 | |||||
8402 | // C++ [over.built]p8: | ||||
8403 | // For every type T, there exist candidate operator functions of | ||||
8404 | // the form | ||||
8405 | // | ||||
8406 | // T* operator+(T*); | ||||
8407 | void addUnaryPlusPointerOverloads() { | ||||
8408 | for (QualType ParamTy : CandidateTypes[0].pointer_types()) | ||||
8409 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(&ParamTy, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||
8410 | } | ||||
8411 | |||||
8412 | // C++ [over.built]p10: | ||||
8413 | // For every promoted integral type T, there exist candidate | ||||
8414 | // operator functions of the form | ||||
8415 | // | ||||
8416 | // T operator~(T); | ||||
8417 | void addUnaryTildePromotedIntegralOverloads() { | ||||
8418 | if (!HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType) | ||||
8419 | return; | ||||
8420 | |||||
8421 | for (unsigned Int = FirstPromotedIntegralType; | ||||
8422 | Int < LastPromotedIntegralType; ++Int) { | ||||
8423 | QualType IntTy = ArithmeticTypes[Int]; | ||||
8424 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(&IntTy, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||
8425 | } | ||||
8426 | |||||
8427 | // Extension: We also add this operator for vector types. | ||||
8428 | for (QualType VecTy : CandidateTypes[0].vector_types()) | ||||
8429 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(&VecTy, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||
8430 | } | ||||
8431 | |||||
8432 | // C++ [over.match.oper]p16: | ||||
8433 | // For every pointer to member type T or type std::nullptr_t, there | ||||
8434 | // exist candidate operator functions of the form | ||||
8435 | // | ||||
8436 | // bool operator==(T,T); | ||||
8437 | // bool operator!=(T,T); | ||||
8438 | void addEqualEqualOrNotEqualMemberPointerOrNullptrOverloads() { | ||||
8439 | /// Set of (canonical) types that we've already handled. | ||||
8440 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<QualType, 8> AddedTypes; | ||||
8441 | |||||
8442 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, N = Args.size(); ArgIdx != N; ++ArgIdx) { | ||||
8443 | for (QualType MemPtrTy : CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].member_pointer_types()) { | ||||
8444 | // Don't add the same builtin candidate twice. | ||||
8445 | if (!AddedTypes.insert(S.Context.getCanonicalType(MemPtrTy)).second) | ||||
8446 | continue; | ||||
8447 | |||||
8448 | QualType ParamTypes[2] = {MemPtrTy, MemPtrTy}; | ||||
8449 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||
8450 | } | ||||
8451 | |||||
8452 | if (CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].hasNullPtrType()) { | ||||
8453 | CanQualType NullPtrTy = S.Context.getCanonicalType(S.Context.NullPtrTy); | ||||
8454 | if (AddedTypes.insert(NullPtrTy).second) { | ||||
8455 | QualType ParamTypes[2] = { NullPtrTy, NullPtrTy }; | ||||
8456 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||
8457 | } | ||||
8458 | } | ||||
8459 | } | ||||
8460 | } | ||||
8461 | |||||
8462 | // C++ [over.built]p15: | ||||
8463 | // | ||||
8464 | // For every T, where T is an enumeration type or a pointer type, | ||||
8465 | // there exist candidate operator functions of the form | ||||
8466 | // | ||||
8467 | // bool operator<(T, T); | ||||
8468 | // bool operator>(T, T); | ||||
8469 | // bool operator<=(T, T); | ||||
8470 | // bool operator>=(T, T); | ||||
8471 | // bool operator==(T, T); | ||||
8472 | // bool operator!=(T, T); | ||||
8473 | // R operator<=>(T, T) | ||||
8474 | void addGenericBinaryPointerOrEnumeralOverloads() { | ||||
8475 | // C++ [over.match.oper]p3: | ||||
8476 | // [...]the built-in candidates include all of the candidate operator | ||||
8477 | // functions defined in 13.6 that, compared to the given operator, [...] | ||||
8478 | // do not have the same parameter-type-list as any non-template non-member | ||||
8479 | // candidate. | ||||
8480 | // | ||||
8481 | // Note that in practice, this only affects enumeration types because there | ||||
8482 | // aren't any built-in candidates of record type, and a user-defined operator | ||||
8483 | // must have an operand of record or enumeration type. Also, the only other | ||||
8484 | // overloaded operator with enumeration arguments, operator=, | ||||
8485 | // cannot be overloaded for enumeration types, so this is the only place | ||||
8486 | // where we must suppress candidates like this. | ||||
8487 | llvm::DenseSet<std::pair<CanQualType, CanQualType> > | ||||
8488 | UserDefinedBinaryOperators; | ||||
8489 | |||||
8490 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, N = Args.size(); ArgIdx != N; ++ArgIdx) { | ||||
8491 | if (!CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].enumeration_types().empty()) { | ||||
8492 | for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator C = CandidateSet.begin(), | ||||
8493 | CEnd = CandidateSet.end(); | ||||
8494 | C != CEnd; ++C) { | ||||
8495 | if (!C->Viable || !C->Function || C->Function->getNumParams() != 2) | ||||
8496 | continue; | ||||
8497 | |||||
8498 | if (C->Function->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) | ||||
8499 | continue; | ||||
8500 | |||||
8501 | // We interpret "same parameter-type-list" as applying to the | ||||
8502 | // "synthesized candidate, with the order of the two parameters | ||||
8503 | // reversed", not to the original function. | ||||
8504 | bool Reversed = C->isReversed(); | ||||
8505 | QualType FirstParamType = C->Function->getParamDecl(Reversed ? 1 : 0) | ||||
8506 | ->getType() | ||||
8507 | .getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||
8508 | QualType SecondParamType = C->Function->getParamDecl(Reversed ? 0 : 1) | ||||
8509 | ->getType() | ||||
8510 | .getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||
8511 | |||||
8512 | // Skip if either parameter isn't of enumeral type. | ||||
8513 | if (!FirstParamType->isEnumeralType() || | ||||
8514 | !SecondParamType->isEnumeralType()) | ||||
8515 | continue; | ||||
8516 | |||||
8517 | // Add this operator to the set of known user-defined operators. | ||||
8518 | UserDefinedBinaryOperators.insert( | ||||
8519 | std::make_pair(S.Context.getCanonicalType(FirstParamType), | ||||
8520 | S.Context.getCanonicalType(SecondParamType))); | ||||
8521 | } | ||||
8522 | } | ||||
8523 | } | ||||
8524 | |||||
8525 | /// Set of (canonical) types that we've already handled. | ||||
8526 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<QualType, 8> AddedTypes; | ||||
8527 | |||||
8528 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, N = Args.size(); ArgIdx != N; ++ArgIdx) { | ||||
8529 | for (QualType PtrTy : CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].pointer_types()) { | ||||
8530 | // Don't add the same builtin candidate twice. | ||||
8531 | if (!AddedTypes.insert(S.Context.getCanonicalType(PtrTy)).second) | ||||
8532 | continue; | ||||
8533 | |||||
8534 | QualType ParamTypes[2] = {PtrTy, PtrTy}; | ||||
8535 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||
8536 | } | ||||
8537 | for (QualType EnumTy : CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].enumeration_types()) { | ||||
8538 | CanQualType CanonType = S.Context.getCanonicalType(EnumTy); | ||||
8539 | |||||
8540 | // Don't add the same builtin candidate twice, or if a user defined | ||||
8541 | // candidate exists. | ||||
8542 | if (!AddedTypes.insert(CanonType).second || | ||||
8543 | UserDefinedBinaryOperators.count(std::make_pair(CanonType, | ||||
8544 | CanonType))) | ||||
8545 | continue; | ||||
8546 | QualType ParamTypes[2] = {EnumTy, EnumTy}; | ||||
8547 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||
8548 | } | ||||
8549 | } | ||||
8550 | } | ||||
8551 | |||||
8552 | // C++ [over.built]p13: | ||||
8553 | // | ||||
8554 | // For every cv-qualified or cv-unqualified object type T | ||||
8555 | // there exist candidate operator functions of the form | ||||
8556 | // | ||||
8557 | // T* operator+(T*, ptrdiff_t); | ||||
8558 | // T& operator[](T*, ptrdiff_t); [BELOW] | ||||
8559 | // T* operator-(T*, ptrdiff_t); | ||||
8560 | // T* operator+(ptrdiff_t, T*); | ||||
8561 | // T& operator[](ptrdiff_t, T*); [BELOW] | ||||
8562 | // | ||||
8563 | // C++ [over.built]p14: | ||||
8564 | // | ||||
8565 | // For every T, where T is a pointer to object type, there | ||||
8566 | // exist candidate operator functions of the form | ||||
8567 | // | ||||
8568 | // ptrdiff_t operator-(T, T); | ||||
8569 | void addBinaryPlusOrMinusPointerOverloads(OverloadedOperatorKind Op) { | ||||
8570 | /// Set of (canonical) types that we've already handled. | ||||
8571 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<QualType, 8> AddedTypes; | ||||
8572 | |||||
8573 | for (int Arg = 0; Arg < 2; ++Arg) { | ||||
8574 | QualType AsymmetricParamTypes[2] = { | ||||
8575 | S.Context.getPointerDiffType(), | ||||
8576 | S.Context.getPointerDiffType(), | ||||
8577 | }; | ||||
8578 | for (QualType PtrTy : CandidateTypes[Arg].pointer_types()) { | ||||
8579 | QualType PointeeTy = PtrTy->getPointeeType(); | ||||
8580 | if (!PointeeTy->isObjectType()) | ||||
8581 | continue; | ||||
8582 | |||||
8583 | AsymmetricParamTypes[Arg] = PtrTy; | ||||
8584 | if (Arg == 0 || Op == OO_Plus) { | ||||
8585 | // operator+(T*, ptrdiff_t) or operator-(T*, ptrdiff_t) | ||||
8586 | // T* operator+(ptrdiff_t, T*); | ||||
8587 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(AsymmetricParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||
8588 | } | ||||
8589 | if (Op == OO_Minus) { | ||||
8590 | // ptrdiff_t operator-(T, T); | ||||
8591 | if (!AddedTypes.insert(S.Context.getCanonicalType(PtrTy)).second) | ||||
8592 | continue; | ||||
8593 | |||||
8594 | QualType ParamTypes[2] = {PtrTy, PtrTy}; | ||||
8595 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||
8596 | } | ||||
8597 | } | ||||
8598 | } | ||||
8599 | } | ||||
8600 | |||||
8601 | // C++ [over.built]p12: | ||||
8602 | // | ||||
8603 | // For every pair of promoted arithmetic types L and R, there | ||||
8604 | // exist candidate operator functions of the form | ||||
8605 | // | ||||
8606 | // LR operator*(L, R); | ||||
8607 | // LR operator/(L, R); | ||||
8608 | // LR operator+(L, R); | ||||
8609 | // LR operator-(L, R); | ||||
8610 | // bool operator<(L, R); | ||||
8611 | // bool operator>(L, R); | ||||
8612 | // bool operator<=(L, R); | ||||
8613 | // bool operator>=(L, R); | ||||
8614 | // bool operator==(L, R); | ||||
8615 | // bool operator!=(L, R); | ||||
8616 | // | ||||
8617 | // where LR is the result of the usual arithmetic conversions | ||||
8618 | // between types L and R. | ||||
8619 | // | ||||
8620 | // C++ [over.built]p24: | ||||
8621 | // | ||||
8622 | // For every pair of promoted arithmetic types L and R, there exist | ||||
8623 | // candidate operator functions of the form | ||||
8624 | // | ||||
8625 | // LR operator?(bool, L, R); | ||||
8626 | // | ||||
8627 | // where LR is the result of the usual arithmetic conversions | ||||
8628 | // between types L and R. | ||||
8629 | // Our candidates ignore the first parameter. | ||||
8630 | void addGenericBinaryArithmeticOverloads() { | ||||
8631 | if (!HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType) | ||||
8632 | return; | ||||
8633 | |||||
8634 | for (unsigned Left = FirstPromotedArithmeticType; | ||||
8635 | Left < LastPromotedArithmeticType; ++Left) { | ||||
8636 | for (unsigned Right = FirstPromotedArithmeticType; | ||||
8637 | Right < LastPromotedArithmeticType; ++Right) { | ||||
8638 | QualType LandR[2] = { ArithmeticTypes[Left], | ||||
8639 | ArithmeticTypes[Right] }; | ||||
8640 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(LandR, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||
8641 | } | ||||
8642 | } | ||||
8643 | |||||
8644 | // Extension: Add the binary operators ==, !=, <, <=, >=, >, *, /, and the | ||||
8645 | // conditional operator for vector types. | ||||
8646 | for (QualType Vec1Ty : CandidateTypes[0].vector_types()) | ||||
8647 | for (QualType Vec2Ty : CandidateTypes[1].vector_types()) { | ||||
8648 | QualType LandR[2] = {Vec1Ty, Vec2Ty}; | ||||
8649 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(LandR, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||
8650 | } | ||||
8651 | } | ||||
8652 | |||||
8653 | /// Add binary operator overloads for each candidate matrix type M1, M2: | ||||
8654 | /// * (M1, M1) -> M1 | ||||
8655 | /// * (M1, M1.getElementType()) -> M1 | ||||
8656 | /// * (M2.getElementType(), M2) -> M2 | ||||
8657 | /// * (M2, M2) -> M2 // Only if M2 is not part of CandidateTypes[0]. | ||||
8658 | void addMatrixBinaryArithmeticOverloads() { | ||||
8659 | if (!HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType) | ||||
8660 | return; | ||||
8661 | |||||
8662 | for (QualType M1 : CandidateTypes[0].matrix_types()) { | ||||
8663 | AddCandidate(M1, cast<MatrixType>(M1)->getElementType()); | ||||
8664 | AddCandidate(M1, M1); | ||||
8665 | } | ||||
8666 | |||||
8667 | for (QualType M2 : CandidateTypes[1].matrix_types()) { | ||||
8668 | AddCandidate(cast<MatrixType>(M2)->getElementType(), M2); | ||||
8669 | if (!CandidateTypes[0].containsMatrixType(M2)) | ||||
8670 | AddCandidate(M2, M2); | ||||
8671 | } | ||||
8672 | } | ||||
8673 | |||||
8674 | // C++2a [over.built]p14: | ||||
8675 | // | ||||
8676 | // For every integral type T there exists a candidate operator function | ||||
8677 | // of the form | ||||
8678 | // | ||||
8679 | // std::strong_ordering operator<=>(T, T) | ||||
8680 | // | ||||
8681 | // C++2a [over.built]p15: | ||||
8682 | // | ||||
8683 | // For every pair of floating-point types L and R, there exists a candidate | ||||
8684 | // operator function of the form | ||||
8685 | // | ||||
8686 | // std::partial_ordering operator<=>(L, R); | ||||
8687 | // | ||||
8688 | // FIXME: The current specification for integral types doesn't play nice with | ||||
8689 | // the direction of p0946r0, which allows mixed integral and unscoped-enum | ||||
8690 | // comparisons. Under the current spec this can lead to ambiguity during | ||||
8691 | // overload resolution. For example: | ||||
8692 | // | ||||
8693 | // enum A : int {a}; | ||||
8694 | // auto x = (a <=> (long)42); | ||||
8695 | // | ||||
8696 | // error: call is ambiguous for arguments 'A' and 'long'. | ||||
8697 | // note: candidate operator<=>(int, int) | ||||
8698 | // note: candidate operator<=>(long, long) | ||||
8699 | // | ||||
8700 | // To avoid this error, this function deviates from the specification and adds | ||||
8701 | // the mixed overloads `operator<=>(L, R)` where L and R are promoted | ||||
8702 | // arithmetic types (the same as the generic relational overloads). | ||||
8703 | // | ||||
8704 | // For now this function acts as a placeholder. | ||||
8705 | void addThreeWayArithmeticOverloads() { | ||||
8706 | addGenericBinaryArithmeticOverloads(); | ||||
8707 | } | ||||
8708 | |||||
8709 | // C++ [over.built]p17: | ||||
8710 | // | ||||
8711 | // For every pair of promoted integral types L and R, there | ||||
8712 | // exist candidate operator functions of the form | ||||
8713 | // | ||||
8714 | // LR operator%(L, R); | ||||
8715 | // LR operator&(L, R); | ||||
8716 | // LR operator^(L, R); | ||||
8717 | // LR operator|(L, R); | ||||
8718 | // L operator<<(L, R); | ||||
8719 | // L operator>>(L, R); | ||||
8720 | // | ||||
8721 | // where LR is the result of the usual arithmetic conversions | ||||
8722 | // between types L and R. | ||||
8723 | void addBinaryBitwiseArithmeticOverloads(OverloadedOperatorKind Op) { | ||||
8724 | if (!HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType) | ||||
8725 | return; | ||||
8726 | |||||
8727 | for (unsigned Left = FirstPromotedIntegralType; | ||||
8728 | Left < LastPromotedIntegralType; ++Left) { | ||||
8729 | for (unsigned Right = FirstPromotedIntegralType; | ||||
8730 | Right < LastPromotedIntegralType; ++Right) { | ||||
8731 | QualType LandR[2] = { ArithmeticTypes[Left], | ||||
8732 | ArithmeticTypes[Right] }; | ||||
8733 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(LandR, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||
8734 | } | ||||
8735 | } | ||||
8736 | } | ||||
8737 | |||||
8738 | // C++ [over.built]p20: | ||||
8739 | // | ||||
8740 | // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is an enumeration or | ||||
8741 | // pointer to member type and VQ is either volatile or | ||||
8742 | // empty, there exist candidate operator functions of the form | ||||
8743 | // | ||||
8744 | // VQ T& operator=(VQ T&, T); | ||||
8745 | void addAssignmentMemberPointerOrEnumeralOverloads() { | ||||
8746 | /// Set of (canonical) types that we've already handled. | ||||
8747 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<QualType, 8> AddedTypes; | ||||
8748 | |||||
8749 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < 2; ++ArgIdx) { | ||||
8750 | for (QualType EnumTy : CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].enumeration_types()) { | ||||
8751 | if (!AddedTypes.insert(S.Context.getCanonicalType(EnumTy)).second) | ||||
8752 | continue; | ||||
8753 | |||||
8754 | AddBuiltinAssignmentOperatorCandidates(S, EnumTy, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||
8755 | } | ||||
8756 | |||||
8757 | for (QualType MemPtrTy : CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].member_pointer_types()) { | ||||
8758 | if (!AddedTypes.insert(S.Context.getCanonicalType(MemPtrTy)).second) | ||||
8759 | continue; | ||||
8760 | |||||
8761 | AddBuiltinAssignmentOperatorCandidates(S, MemPtrTy, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||
8762 | } | ||||
8763 | } | ||||
8764 | } | ||||
8765 | |||||
8766 | // C++ [over.built]p19: | ||||
8767 | // | ||||
8768 | // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is any type and VQ is either | ||||
8769 | // volatile or empty, there exist candidate operator functions | ||||
8770 | // of the form | ||||
8771 | // | ||||
8772 | // T*VQ& operator=(T*VQ&, T*); | ||||
8773 | // | ||||
8774 | // C++ [over.built]p21: | ||||
8775 | // | ||||
8776 | // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is a cv-qualified or | ||||
8777 | // cv-unqualified object type and VQ is either volatile or | ||||
8778 | // empty, there exist candidate operator functions of the form | ||||
8779 | // | ||||
8780 | // T*VQ& operator+=(T*VQ&, ptrdiff_t); | ||||
8781 | // T*VQ& operator-=(T*VQ&, ptrdiff_t); | ||||
8782 | void addAssignmentPointerOverloads(bool isEqualOp) { | ||||
8783 | /// Set of (canonical) types that we've already handled. | ||||
8784 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<QualType, 8> AddedTypes; | ||||
8785 | |||||
8786 | for (QualType PtrTy : CandidateTypes[0].pointer_types()) { | ||||
8787 | // If this is operator=, keep track of the builtin candidates we added. | ||||
8788 | if (isEqualOp) | ||||
8789 | AddedTypes.insert(S.Context.getCanonicalType(PtrTy)); | ||||
8790 | else if (!PtrTy->getPointeeType()->isObjectType()) | ||||
8791 | continue; | ||||
8792 | |||||
8793 | // non-volatile version | ||||
8794 | QualType ParamTypes[2] = { | ||||
8795 | S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(PtrTy), | ||||
8796 | isEqualOp ? PtrTy : S.Context.getPointerDiffType(), | ||||
8797 | }; | ||||
8798 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||
8799 | /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/ isEqualOp); | ||||
8800 | |||||
8801 | bool NeedVolatile = !PtrTy.isVolatileQualified() && | ||||
8802 | VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile(); | ||||
8803 | if (NeedVolatile) { | ||||
8804 | // volatile version | ||||
8805 | ParamTypes[0] = | ||||
8806 | S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(S.Context.getVolatileType(PtrTy)); | ||||
8807 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||
8808 | /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/isEqualOp); | ||||
8809 | } | ||||
8810 | |||||
8811 | if (!PtrTy.isRestrictQualified() && | ||||
8812 | VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasRestrict()) { | ||||
8813 | // restrict version | ||||
8814 | ParamTypes[0] = | ||||
8815 | S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(S.Context.getRestrictType(PtrTy)); | ||||
8816 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||
8817 | /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/isEqualOp); | ||||
8818 | |||||
8819 | if (NeedVolatile) { | ||||
8820 | // volatile restrict version | ||||
8821 | ParamTypes[0] = | ||||
8822 | S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(S.Context.getCVRQualifiedType( | ||||
8823 | PtrTy, (Qualifiers::Volatile | Qualifiers::Restrict))); | ||||
8824 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||
8825 | /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/isEqualOp); | ||||
8826 | } | ||||
8827 | } | ||||
8828 | } | ||||
8829 | |||||
8830 | if (isEqualOp) { | ||||
8831 | for (QualType PtrTy : CandidateTypes[1].pointer_types()) { | ||||
8832 | // Make sure we don't add the same candidate twice. | ||||
8833 | if (!AddedTypes.insert(S.Context.getCanonicalType(PtrTy)).second) | ||||
8834 | continue; | ||||
8835 | |||||
8836 | QualType ParamTypes[2] = { | ||||
8837 | S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(PtrTy), | ||||
8838 | PtrTy, | ||||
8839 | }; | ||||
8840 | |||||
8841 | // non-volatile version | ||||
8842 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||
8843 | /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/true); | ||||
8844 | |||||
8845 | bool NeedVolatile = !PtrTy.isVolatileQualified() && | ||||
8846 | VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile(); | ||||
8847 | if (NeedVolatile) { | ||||
8848 | // volatile version | ||||
8849 | ParamTypes[0] = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType( | ||||
8850 | S.Context.getVolatileType(PtrTy)); | ||||
8851 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||
8852 | /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/true); | ||||
8853 | } | ||||
8854 | |||||
8855 | if (!PtrTy.isRestrictQualified() && | ||||
8856 | VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasRestrict()) { | ||||
8857 | // restrict version | ||||
8858 | ParamTypes[0] = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType( | ||||
8859 | S.Context.getRestrictType(PtrTy)); | ||||
8860 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||
8861 | /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/true); | ||||
8862 | |||||
8863 | if (NeedVolatile) { | ||||
8864 | // volatile restrict version | ||||
8865 | ParamTypes[0] = | ||||
8866 | S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(S.Context.getCVRQualifiedType( | ||||
8867 | PtrTy, (Qualifiers::Volatile | Qualifiers::Restrict))); | ||||
8868 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||
8869 | /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/true); | ||||
8870 | } | ||||
8871 | } | ||||
8872 | } | ||||
8873 | } | ||||
8874 | } | ||||
8875 | |||||
8876 | // C++ [over.built]p18: | ||||
8877 | // | ||||
8878 | // For every triple (L, VQ, R), where L is an arithmetic type, | ||||
8879 | // VQ is either volatile or empty, and R is a promoted | ||||
8880 | // arithmetic type, there exist candidate operator functions of | ||||
8881 | // the form | ||||
8882 | // | ||||
8883 | // VQ L& operator=(VQ L&, R); | ||||
8884 | // VQ L& operator*=(VQ L&, R); | ||||
8885 | // VQ L& operator/=(VQ L&, R); | ||||
8886 | // VQ L& operator+=(VQ L&, R); | ||||
8887 | // VQ L& operator-=(VQ L&, R); | ||||
8888 | void addAssignmentArithmeticOverloads(bool isEqualOp) { | ||||
8889 | if (!HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType) | ||||
8890 | return; | ||||
8891 | |||||
8892 | for (unsigned Left = 0; Left < NumArithmeticTypes; ++Left) { | ||||
8893 | for (unsigned Right = FirstPromotedArithmeticType; | ||||
8894 | Right < LastPromotedArithmeticType; ++Right) { | ||||
8895 | QualType ParamTypes[2]; | ||||
8896 | ParamTypes[1] = ArithmeticTypes[Right]; | ||||
8897 | auto LeftBaseTy = AdjustAddressSpaceForBuiltinOperandType( | ||||
8898 | S, ArithmeticTypes[Left], Args[0]); | ||||
8899 | // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is empty). | ||||
8900 | ParamTypes[0] = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(LeftBaseTy); | ||||
8901 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||
8902 | /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/isEqualOp); | ||||
8903 | |||||
8904 | // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is 'volatile'). | ||||
8905 | if (VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()) { | ||||
8906 | ParamTypes[0] = S.Context.getVolatileType(LeftBaseTy); | ||||
8907 | ParamTypes[0] = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(ParamTypes[0]); | ||||
8908 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||
8909 | /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/isEqualOp); | ||||
8910 | } | ||||
8911 | } | ||||
8912 | } | ||||
8913 | |||||
8914 | // Extension: Add the binary operators =, +=, -=, *=, /= for vector types. | ||||
8915 | for (QualType Vec1Ty : CandidateTypes[0].vector_types()) | ||||
8916 | for (QualType Vec2Ty : CandidateTypes[0].vector_types()) { | ||||
8917 | QualType ParamTypes[2]; | ||||
8918 | ParamTypes[1] = Vec2Ty; | ||||
8919 | // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is empty). | ||||
8920 | ParamTypes[0] = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(Vec1Ty); | ||||
8921 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||
8922 | /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/isEqualOp); | ||||
8923 | |||||
8924 | // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is 'volatile'). | ||||
8925 | if (VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()) { | ||||
8926 | ParamTypes[0] = S.Context.getVolatileType(Vec1Ty); | ||||
8927 | ParamTypes[0] = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(ParamTypes[0]); | ||||
8928 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||
8929 | /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/isEqualOp); | ||||
8930 | } | ||||
8931 | } | ||||
8932 | } | ||||
8933 | |||||
8934 | // C++ [over.built]p22: | ||||
8935 | // | ||||
8936 | // For every triple (L, VQ, R), where L is an integral type, VQ | ||||
8937 | // is either volatile or empty, and R is a promoted integral | ||||
8938 | // type, there exist candidate operator functions of the form | ||||
8939 | // | ||||
8940 | // VQ L& operator%=(VQ L&, R); | ||||
8941 | // VQ L& operator<<=(VQ L&, R); | ||||
8942 | // VQ L& operator>>=(VQ L&, R); | ||||
8943 | // VQ L& operator&=(VQ L&, R); | ||||
8944 | // VQ L& operator^=(VQ L&, R); | ||||
8945 | // VQ L& operator|=(VQ L&, R); | ||||
8946 | void addAssignmentIntegralOverloads() { | ||||
8947 | if (!HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType) | ||||
8948 | return; | ||||
8949 | |||||
8950 | for (unsigned Left = FirstIntegralType; Left < LastIntegralType; ++Left) { | ||||
8951 | for (unsigned Right = FirstPromotedIntegralType; | ||||
8952 | Right < LastPromotedIntegralType; ++Right) { | ||||
8953 | QualType ParamTypes[2]; | ||||
8954 | ParamTypes[1] = ArithmeticTypes[Right]; | ||||
8955 | auto LeftBaseTy = AdjustAddressSpaceForBuiltinOperandType( | ||||
8956 | S, ArithmeticTypes[Left], Args[0]); | ||||
8957 | // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is empty). | ||||
8958 | ParamTypes[0] = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(LeftBaseTy); | ||||
8959 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||
8960 | if (VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()) { | ||||
8961 | // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is 'volatile'). | ||||
8962 | ParamTypes[0] = LeftBaseTy; | ||||
8963 | ParamTypes[0] = S.Context.getVolatileType(ParamTypes[0]); | ||||
8964 | ParamTypes[0] = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(ParamTypes[0]); | ||||
8965 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||
8966 | } | ||||
8967 | } | ||||
8968 | } | ||||
8969 | } | ||||
8970 | |||||
8971 | // C++ [over.operator]p23: | ||||
8972 | // | ||||
8973 | // There also exist candidate operator functions of the form | ||||
8974 | // | ||||
8975 | // bool operator!(bool); | ||||
8976 | // bool operator&&(bool, bool); | ||||
8977 | // bool operator||(bool, bool); | ||||
8978 | void addExclaimOverload() { | ||||
8979 | QualType ParamTy = S.Context.BoolTy; | ||||
8980 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(&ParamTy, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||
8981 | /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/false, | ||||
8982 | /*NumContextualBoolArguments=*/1); | ||||
8983 | } | ||||
8984 | void addAmpAmpOrPipePipeOverload() { | ||||
8985 | QualType ParamTypes[2] = { S.Context.BoolTy, S.Context.BoolTy }; | ||||
8986 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||
8987 | /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/false, | ||||
8988 | /*NumContextualBoolArguments=*/2); | ||||
8989 | } | ||||
8990 | |||||
8991 | // C++ [over.built]p13: | ||||
8992 | // | ||||
8993 | // For every cv-qualified or cv-unqualified object type T there | ||||
8994 | // exist candidate operator functions of the form | ||||
8995 | // | ||||
8996 | // T* operator+(T*, ptrdiff_t); [ABOVE] | ||||
8997 | // T& operator[](T*, ptrdiff_t); | ||||
8998 | // T* operator-(T*, ptrdiff_t); [ABOVE] | ||||
8999 | // T* operator+(ptrdiff_t, T*); [ABOVE] | ||||
9000 | // T& operator[](ptrdiff_t, T*); | ||||
9001 | void addSubscriptOverloads() { | ||||
9002 | for (QualType PtrTy : CandidateTypes[0].pointer_types()) { | ||||
9003 | QualType ParamTypes[2] = {PtrTy, S.Context.getPointerDiffType()}; | ||||
9004 | QualType PointeeType = PtrTy->getPointeeType(); | ||||
9005 | if (!PointeeType->isObjectType()) | ||||
9006 | continue; | ||||
9007 | |||||
9008 | // T& operator[](T*, ptrdiff_t) | ||||
9009 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||
9010 | } | ||||
9011 | |||||
9012 | for (QualType PtrTy : CandidateTypes[1].pointer_types()) { | ||||
9013 | QualType ParamTypes[2] = {S.Context.getPointerDiffType(), PtrTy}; | ||||
9014 | QualType PointeeType = PtrTy->getPointeeType(); | ||||
9015 | if (!PointeeType->isObjectType()) | ||||
9016 | continue; | ||||
9017 | |||||
9018 | // T& operator[](ptrdiff_t, T*) | ||||
9019 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||
9020 | } | ||||
9021 | } | ||||
9022 | |||||
9023 | // C++ [over.built]p11: | ||||
9024 | // For every quintuple (C1, C2, T, CV1, CV2), where C2 is a class type, | ||||
9025 | // C1 is the same type as C2 or is a derived class of C2, T is an object | ||||
9026 | // type or a function type, and CV1 and CV2 are cv-qualifier-seqs, | ||||
9027 | // there exist candidate operator functions of the form | ||||
9028 | // | ||||
9029 | // CV12 T& operator->*(CV1 C1*, CV2 T C2::*); | ||||
9030 | // | ||||
9031 | // where CV12 is the union of CV1 and CV2. | ||||
9032 | void addArrowStarOverloads() { | ||||
9033 | for (QualType PtrTy : CandidateTypes[0].pointer_types()) { | ||||
9034 | QualType C1Ty = PtrTy; | ||||
9035 | QualType C1; | ||||
9036 | QualifierCollector Q1; | ||||
9037 | C1 = QualType(Q1.strip(C1Ty->getPointeeType()), 0); | ||||
9038 | if (!isa<RecordType>(C1)) | ||||
9039 | continue; | ||||
9040 | // heuristic to reduce number of builtin candidates in the set. | ||||
9041 | // Add volatile/restrict version only if there are conversions to a | ||||
9042 | // volatile/restrict type. | ||||
9043 | if (!VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile() && Q1.hasVolatile()) | ||||
9044 | continue; | ||||
9045 | if (!VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasRestrict() && Q1.hasRestrict()) | ||||
9046 | continue; | ||||
9047 | for (QualType MemPtrTy : CandidateTypes[1].member_pointer_types()) { | ||||
9048 | const MemberPointerType *mptr = cast<MemberPointerType>(MemPtrTy); | ||||
9049 | QualType C2 = QualType(mptr->getClass(), 0); | ||||
9050 | C2 = C2.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||
9051 | if (C1 != C2 && !S.IsDerivedFrom(CandidateSet.getLocation(), C1, C2)) | ||||
9052 | break; | ||||
9053 | QualType ParamTypes[2] = {PtrTy, MemPtrTy}; | ||||
9054 | // build CV12 T& | ||||
9055 | QualType T = mptr->getPointeeType(); | ||||
9056 | if (!VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile() && | ||||
9057 | T.isVolatileQualified()) | ||||
9058 | continue; | ||||
9059 | if (!VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasRestrict() && | ||||
9060 | T.isRestrictQualified()) | ||||
9061 | continue; | ||||
9062 | T = Q1.apply(S.Context, T); | ||||
9063 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||
9064 | } | ||||
9065 | } | ||||
9066 | } | ||||
9067 | |||||
9068 | // Note that we don't consider the first argument, since it has been | ||||
9069 | // contextually converted to bool long ago. The candidates below are | ||||
9070 | // therefore added as binary. | ||||
9071 | // | ||||
9072 | // C++ [over.built]p25: | ||||
9073 | // For every type T, where T is a pointer, pointer-to-member, or scoped | ||||
9074 | // enumeration type, there exist candidate operator functions of the form | ||||
9075 | // | ||||
9076 | // T operator?(bool, T, T); | ||||
9077 | // | ||||
9078 | void addConditionalOperatorOverloads() { | ||||
9079 | /// Set of (canonical) types that we've already handled. | ||||
9080 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<QualType, 8> AddedTypes; | ||||
9081 | |||||
9082 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < 2; ++ArgIdx) { | ||||
9083 | for (QualType PtrTy : CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].pointer_types()) { | ||||
9084 | if (!AddedTypes.insert(S.Context.getCanonicalType(PtrTy)).second) | ||||
9085 | continue; | ||||
9086 | |||||
9087 | QualType ParamTypes[2] = {PtrTy, PtrTy}; | ||||
9088 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||
9089 | } | ||||
9090 | |||||
9091 | for (QualType MemPtrTy : CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].member_pointer_types()) { | ||||
9092 | if (!AddedTypes.insert(S.Context.getCanonicalType(MemPtrTy)).second) | ||||
9093 | continue; | ||||
9094 | |||||
9095 | QualType ParamTypes[2] = {MemPtrTy, MemPtrTy}; | ||||
9096 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||
9097 | } | ||||
9098 | |||||
9099 | if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { | ||||
9100 | for (QualType EnumTy : CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].enumeration_types()) { | ||||
9101 | if (!EnumTy->castAs<EnumType>()->getDecl()->isScoped()) | ||||
9102 | continue; | ||||
9103 | |||||
9104 | if (!AddedTypes.insert(S.Context.getCanonicalType(EnumTy)).second) | ||||
9105 | continue; | ||||
9106 | |||||
9107 | QualType ParamTypes[2] = {EnumTy, EnumTy}; | ||||
9108 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||
9109 | } | ||||
9110 | } | ||||
9111 | } | ||||
9112 | } | ||||
9113 | }; | ||||
9114 | |||||
9115 | } // end anonymous namespace | ||||
9116 | |||||
9117 | /// AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates - Add the appropriate built-in | ||||
9118 | /// operator overloads to the candidate set (C++ [over.built]), based | ||||
9119 | /// on the operator @p Op and the arguments given. For example, if the | ||||
9120 | /// operator is a binary '+', this routine might add "int | ||||
9121 | /// operator+(int, int)" to cover integer addition. | ||||
9122 | void Sema::AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, | ||||
9123 | SourceLocation OpLoc, | ||||
9124 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||
9125 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet) { | ||||
9126 | // Find all of the types that the arguments can convert to, but only | ||||
9127 | // if the operator we're looking at has built-in operator candidates | ||||
9128 | // that make use of these types. Also record whether we encounter non-record | ||||
9129 | // candidate types or either arithmetic or enumeral candidate types. | ||||
9130 | Qualifiers VisibleTypeConversionsQuals; | ||||
9131 | VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.addConst(); | ||||
9132 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, N = Args.size(); ArgIdx != N; ++ArgIdx) | ||||
9133 | VisibleTypeConversionsQuals += CollectVRQualifiers(Context, Args[ArgIdx]); | ||||
9134 | |||||
9135 | bool HasNonRecordCandidateType = false; | ||||
9136 | bool HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType = false; | ||||
9137 | SmallVector<BuiltinCandidateTypeSet, 2> CandidateTypes; | ||||
9138 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, N = Args.size(); ArgIdx != N; ++ArgIdx) { | ||||
9139 | CandidateTypes.emplace_back(*this); | ||||
9140 | CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].AddTypesConvertedFrom(Args[ArgIdx]->getType(), | ||||
9141 | OpLoc, | ||||
9142 | true, | ||||
9143 | (Op == OO_Exclaim || | ||||
9144 | Op == OO_AmpAmp || | ||||
9145 | Op == OO_PipePipe), | ||||
9146 | VisibleTypeConversionsQuals); | ||||
9147 | HasNonRecordCandidateType = HasNonRecordCandidateType || | ||||
9148 | CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].hasNonRecordTypes(); | ||||
9149 | HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType = | ||||
9150 | HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType || | ||||
9151 | CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].hasArithmeticOrEnumeralTypes(); | ||||
9152 | } | ||||
9153 | |||||
9154 | // Exit early when no non-record types have been added to the candidate set | ||||
9155 | // for any of the arguments to the operator. | ||||
9156 | // | ||||
9157 | // We can't exit early for !, ||, or &&, since there we have always have | ||||
9158 | // 'bool' overloads. | ||||
9159 | if (!HasNonRecordCandidateType && | ||||
9160 | !(Op == OO_Exclaim || Op == OO_AmpAmp || Op == OO_PipePipe)) | ||||
9161 | return; | ||||
9162 | |||||
9163 | // Setup an object to manage the common state for building overloads. | ||||
9164 | BuiltinOperatorOverloadBuilder OpBuilder(*this, Args, | ||||
9165 | VisibleTypeConversionsQuals, | ||||
9166 | HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType, | ||||
9167 | CandidateTypes, CandidateSet); | ||||
9168 | |||||
9169 | // Dispatch over the operation to add in only those overloads which apply. | ||||
9170 | switch (Op) { | ||||
9171 | case OO_None: | ||||
9172 | case NUM_OVERLOADED_OPERATORS: | ||||
9173 | llvm_unreachable("Expected an overloaded operator")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Expected an overloaded operator" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 9173); | ||||
9174 | |||||
9175 | case OO_New: | ||||
9176 | case OO_Delete: | ||||
9177 | case OO_Array_New: | ||||
9178 | case OO_Array_Delete: | ||||
9179 | case OO_Call: | ||||
9180 | llvm_unreachable(::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Special operators don't use AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 9181) | ||||
9181 | "Special operators don't use AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Special operators don't use AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 9181); | ||||
9182 | |||||
9183 | case OO_Comma: | ||||
9184 | case OO_Arrow: | ||||
9185 | case OO_Coawait: | ||||
9186 | // C++ [over.match.oper]p3: | ||||
9187 | // -- For the operator ',', the unary operator '&', the | ||||
9188 | // operator '->', or the operator 'co_await', the | ||||
9189 | // built-in candidates set is empty. | ||||
9190 | break; | ||||
9191 | |||||
9192 | case OO_Plus: // '+' is either unary or binary | ||||
9193 | if (Args.size() == 1) | ||||
9194 | OpBuilder.addUnaryPlusPointerOverloads(); | ||||
9195 | LLVM_FALLTHROUGH[[gnu::fallthrough]]; | ||||
9196 | |||||
9197 | case OO_Minus: // '-' is either unary or binary | ||||
9198 | if (Args.size() == 1) { | ||||
9199 | OpBuilder.addUnaryPlusOrMinusArithmeticOverloads(); | ||||
9200 | } else { | ||||
9201 | OpBuilder.addBinaryPlusOrMinusPointerOverloads(Op); | ||||
9202 | OpBuilder.addGenericBinaryArithmeticOverloads(); | ||||
9203 | OpBuilder.addMatrixBinaryArithmeticOverloads(); | ||||
9204 | } | ||||
9205 | break; | ||||
9206 | |||||
9207 | case OO_Star: // '*' is either unary or binary | ||||
9208 | if (Args.size() == 1) | ||||
9209 | OpBuilder.addUnaryStarPointerOverloads(); | ||||
9210 | else { | ||||
9211 | OpBuilder.addGenericBinaryArithmeticOverloads(); | ||||
9212 | OpBuilder.addMatrixBinaryArithmeticOverloads(); | ||||
9213 | } | ||||
9214 | break; | ||||
9215 | |||||
9216 | case OO_Slash: | ||||
9217 | OpBuilder.addGenericBinaryArithmeticOverloads(); | ||||
9218 | break; | ||||
9219 | |||||
9220 | case OO_PlusPlus: | ||||
9221 | case OO_MinusMinus: | ||||
9222 | OpBuilder.addPlusPlusMinusMinusArithmeticOverloads(Op); | ||||
9223 | OpBuilder.addPlusPlusMinusMinusPointerOverloads(); | ||||
9224 | break; | ||||
9225 | |||||
9226 | case OO_EqualEqual: | ||||
9227 | case OO_ExclaimEqual: | ||||
9228 | OpBuilder.addEqualEqualOrNotEqualMemberPointerOrNullptrOverloads(); | ||||
9229 | LLVM_FALLTHROUGH[[gnu::fallthrough]]; | ||||
9230 | |||||
9231 | case OO_Less: | ||||
9232 | case OO_Greater: | ||||
9233 | case OO_LessEqual: | ||||
9234 | case OO_GreaterEqual: | ||||
9235 | OpBuilder.addGenericBinaryPointerOrEnumeralOverloads(); | ||||
9236 | OpBuilder.addGenericBinaryArithmeticOverloads(); | ||||
9237 | break; | ||||
9238 | |||||
9239 | case OO_Spaceship: | ||||
9240 | OpBuilder.addGenericBinaryPointerOrEnumeralOverloads(); | ||||
9241 | OpBuilder.addThreeWayArithmeticOverloads(); | ||||
9242 | break; | ||||
9243 | |||||
9244 | case OO_Percent: | ||||
9245 | case OO_Caret: | ||||
9246 | case OO_Pipe: | ||||
9247 | case OO_LessLess: | ||||
9248 | case OO_GreaterGreater: | ||||
9249 | OpBuilder.addBinaryBitwiseArithmeticOverloads(Op); | ||||
9250 | break; | ||||
9251 | |||||
9252 | case OO_Amp: // '&' is either unary or binary | ||||
9253 | if (Args.size() == 1) | ||||
9254 | // C++ [over.match.oper]p3: | ||||
9255 | // -- For the operator ',', the unary operator '&', or the | ||||
9256 | // operator '->', the built-in candidates set is empty. | ||||
9257 | break; | ||||
9258 | |||||
9259 | OpBuilder.addBinaryBitwiseArithmeticOverloads(Op); | ||||
9260 | break; | ||||
9261 | |||||
9262 | case OO_Tilde: | ||||
9263 | OpBuilder.addUnaryTildePromotedIntegralOverloads(); | ||||
9264 | break; | ||||
9265 | |||||
9266 | case OO_Equal: | ||||
9267 | OpBuilder.addAssignmentMemberPointerOrEnumeralOverloads(); | ||||
9268 | LLVM_FALLTHROUGH[[gnu::fallthrough]]; | ||||
9269 | |||||
9270 | case OO_PlusEqual: | ||||
9271 | case OO_MinusEqual: | ||||
9272 | OpBuilder.addAssignmentPointerOverloads(Op == OO_Equal); | ||||
9273 | LLVM_FALLTHROUGH[[gnu::fallthrough]]; | ||||
9274 | |||||
9275 | case OO_StarEqual: | ||||
9276 | case OO_SlashEqual: | ||||
9277 | OpBuilder.addAssignmentArithmeticOverloads(Op == OO_Equal); | ||||
9278 | break; | ||||
9279 | |||||
9280 | case OO_PercentEqual: | ||||
9281 | case OO_LessLessEqual: | ||||
9282 | case OO_GreaterGreaterEqual: | ||||
9283 | case OO_AmpEqual: | ||||
9284 | case OO_CaretEqual: | ||||
9285 | case OO_PipeEqual: | ||||
9286 | OpBuilder.addAssignmentIntegralOverloads(); | ||||
9287 | break; | ||||
9288 | |||||
9289 | case OO_Exclaim: | ||||
9290 | OpBuilder.addExclaimOverload(); | ||||
9291 | break; | ||||
9292 | |||||
9293 | case OO_AmpAmp: | ||||
9294 | case OO_PipePipe: | ||||
9295 | OpBuilder.addAmpAmpOrPipePipeOverload(); | ||||
9296 | break; | ||||
9297 | |||||
9298 | case OO_Subscript: | ||||
9299 | OpBuilder.addSubscriptOverloads(); | ||||
9300 | break; | ||||
9301 | |||||
9302 | case OO_ArrowStar: | ||||
9303 | OpBuilder.addArrowStarOverloads(); | ||||
9304 | break; | ||||
9305 | |||||
9306 | case OO_Conditional: | ||||
9307 | OpBuilder.addConditionalOperatorOverloads(); | ||||
9308 | OpBuilder.addGenericBinaryArithmeticOverloads(); | ||||
9309 | break; | ||||
9310 | } | ||||
9311 | } | ||||
9312 | |||||
9313 | /// Add function candidates found via argument-dependent lookup | ||||
9314 | /// to the set of overloading candidates. | ||||
9315 | /// | ||||
9316 | /// This routine performs argument-dependent name lookup based on the | ||||
9317 | /// given function name (which may also be an operator name) and adds | ||||
9318 | /// all of the overload candidates found by ADL to the overload | ||||
9319 | /// candidate set (C++ [basic.lookup.argdep]). | ||||
9320 | void | ||||
9321 | Sema::AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name, | ||||
9322 | SourceLocation Loc, | ||||
9323 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||
9324 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, | ||||
9325 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, | ||||
9326 | bool PartialOverloading) { | ||||
9327 | ADLResult Fns; | ||||
9328 | |||||
9329 | // FIXME: This approach for uniquing ADL results (and removing | ||||
9330 | // redundant candidates from the set) relies on pointer-equality, | ||||
9331 | // which means we need to key off the canonical decl. However, | ||||
9332 | // always going back to the canonical decl might not get us the | ||||
9333 | // right set of default arguments. What default arguments are | ||||
9334 | // we supposed to consider on ADL candidates, anyway? | ||||
9335 | |||||
9336 | // FIXME: Pass in the explicit template arguments? | ||||
9337 | ArgumentDependentLookup(Name, Loc, Args, Fns); | ||||
9338 | |||||
9339 | // Erase all of the candidates we already knew about. | ||||
9340 | for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = CandidateSet.begin(), | ||||
9341 | CandEnd = CandidateSet.end(); | ||||
9342 | Cand != CandEnd; ++Cand) | ||||
9343 | if (Cand->Function) { | ||||
9344 | Fns.erase(Cand->Function); | ||||
9345 | if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = Cand->Function->getPrimaryTemplate()) | ||||
9346 | Fns.erase(FunTmpl); | ||||
9347 | } | ||||
9348 | |||||
9349 | // For each of the ADL candidates we found, add it to the overload | ||||
9350 | // set. | ||||
9351 | for (ADLResult::iterator I = Fns.begin(), E = Fns.end(); I != E; ++I) { | ||||
9352 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = DeclAccessPair::make(*I, AS_none); | ||||
9353 | |||||
9354 | if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*I)) { | ||||
9355 | if (ExplicitTemplateArgs) | ||||
9356 | continue; | ||||
9357 | |||||
9358 | AddOverloadCandidate( | ||||
9359 | FD, FoundDecl, Args, CandidateSet, /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, | ||||
9360 | PartialOverloading, /*AllowExplicit=*/true, | ||||
9361 | /*AllowExplicitConversions=*/false, ADLCallKind::UsesADL); | ||||
9362 | if (CandidateSet.getRewriteInfo().shouldAddReversed(Context, FD)) { | ||||
9363 | AddOverloadCandidate( | ||||
9364 | FD, FoundDecl, {Args[1], Args[0]}, CandidateSet, | ||||
9365 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, PartialOverloading, | ||||
9366 | /*AllowExplicit=*/true, /*AllowExplicitConversions=*/false, | ||||
9367 | ADLCallKind::UsesADL, None, OverloadCandidateParamOrder::Reversed); | ||||
9368 | } | ||||
9369 | } else { | ||||
9370 | auto *FTD = cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*I); | ||||
9371 | AddTemplateOverloadCandidate( | ||||
9372 | FTD, FoundDecl, ExplicitTemplateArgs, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||
9373 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, PartialOverloading, | ||||
9374 | /*AllowExplicit=*/true, ADLCallKind::UsesADL); | ||||
9375 | if (CandidateSet.getRewriteInfo().shouldAddReversed( | ||||
9376 | Context, FTD->getTemplatedDecl())) { | ||||
9377 | AddTemplateOverloadCandidate( | ||||
9378 | FTD, FoundDecl, ExplicitTemplateArgs, {Args[1], Args[0]}, | ||||
9379 | CandidateSet, /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, PartialOverloading, | ||||
9380 | /*AllowExplicit=*/true, ADLCallKind::UsesADL, | ||||
9381 | OverloadCandidateParamOrder::Reversed); | ||||
9382 | } | ||||
9383 | } | ||||
9384 | } | ||||
9385 | } | ||||
9386 | |||||
9387 | namespace { | ||||
9388 | enum class Comparison { Equal, Better, Worse }; | ||||
9389 | } | ||||
9390 | |||||
9391 | /// Compares the enable_if attributes of two FunctionDecls, for the purposes of | ||||
9392 | /// overload resolution. | ||||
9393 | /// | ||||
9394 | /// Cand1's set of enable_if attributes are said to be "better" than Cand2's iff | ||||
9395 | /// Cand1's first N enable_if attributes have precisely the same conditions as | ||||
9396 | /// Cand2's first N enable_if attributes (where N = the number of enable_if | ||||
9397 | /// attributes on Cand2), and Cand1 has more than N enable_if attributes. | ||||
9398 | /// | ||||
9399 | /// Note that you can have a pair of candidates such that Cand1's enable_if | ||||
9400 | /// attributes are worse than Cand2's, and Cand2's enable_if attributes are | ||||
9401 | /// worse than Cand1's. | ||||
9402 | static Comparison compareEnableIfAttrs(const Sema &S, const FunctionDecl *Cand1, | ||||
9403 | const FunctionDecl *Cand2) { | ||||
9404 | // Common case: One (or both) decls don't have enable_if attrs. | ||||
9405 | bool Cand1Attr = Cand1->hasAttr<EnableIfAttr>(); | ||||
9406 | bool Cand2Attr = Cand2->hasAttr<EnableIfAttr>(); | ||||
9407 | if (!Cand1Attr || !Cand2Attr) { | ||||
9408 | if (Cand1Attr == Cand2Attr) | ||||
9409 | return Comparison::Equal; | ||||
9410 | return Cand1Attr ? Comparison::Better : Comparison::Worse; | ||||
9411 | } | ||||
9412 | |||||
9413 | auto Cand1Attrs = Cand1->specific_attrs<EnableIfAttr>(); | ||||
9414 | auto Cand2Attrs = Cand2->specific_attrs<EnableIfAttr>(); | ||||
9415 | |||||
9416 | llvm::FoldingSetNodeID Cand1ID, Cand2ID; | ||||
9417 | for (auto Pair : zip_longest(Cand1Attrs, Cand2Attrs)) { | ||||
9418 | Optional<EnableIfAttr *> Cand1A = std::get<0>(Pair); | ||||
9419 | Optional<EnableIfAttr *> Cand2A = std::get<1>(Pair); | ||||
9420 | |||||
9421 | // It's impossible for Cand1 to be better than (or equal to) Cand2 if Cand1 | ||||
9422 | // has fewer enable_if attributes than Cand2, and vice versa. | ||||
9423 | if (!Cand1A) | ||||
9424 | return Comparison::Worse; | ||||
9425 | if (!Cand2A) | ||||
9426 | return Comparison::Better; | ||||
9427 | |||||
9428 | Cand1ID.clear(); | ||||
9429 | Cand2ID.clear(); | ||||
9430 | |||||
9431 | (*Cand1A)->getCond()->Profile(Cand1ID, S.getASTContext(), true); | ||||
9432 | (*Cand2A)->getCond()->Profile(Cand2ID, S.getASTContext(), true); | ||||
9433 | if (Cand1ID != Cand2ID) | ||||
9434 | return Comparison::Worse; | ||||
9435 | } | ||||
9436 | |||||
9437 | return Comparison::Equal; | ||||
9438 | } | ||||
9439 | |||||
9440 | static Comparison | ||||
9441 | isBetterMultiversionCandidate(const OverloadCandidate &Cand1, | ||||
9442 | const OverloadCandidate &Cand2) { | ||||
9443 | if (!Cand1.Function || !Cand1.Function->isMultiVersion() || !Cand2.Function || | ||||
9444 | !Cand2.Function->isMultiVersion()) | ||||
9445 | return Comparison::Equal; | ||||
9446 | |||||
9447 | // If both are invalid, they are equal. If one of them is invalid, the other | ||||
9448 | // is better. | ||||
9449 | if (Cand1.Function->isInvalidDecl()) { | ||||
9450 | if (Cand2.Function->isInvalidDecl()) | ||||
9451 | return Comparison::Equal; | ||||
9452 | return Comparison::Worse; | ||||
9453 | } | ||||
9454 | if (Cand2.Function->isInvalidDecl()) | ||||
9455 | return Comparison::Better; | ||||
9456 | |||||
9457 | // If this is a cpu_dispatch/cpu_specific multiversion situation, prefer | ||||
9458 | // cpu_dispatch, else arbitrarily based on the identifiers. | ||||
9459 | bool Cand1CPUDisp = Cand1.Function->hasAttr<CPUDispatchAttr>(); | ||||
9460 | bool Cand2CPUDisp = Cand2.Function->hasAttr<CPUDispatchAttr>(); | ||||
9461 | const auto *Cand1CPUSpec = Cand1.Function->getAttr<CPUSpecificAttr>(); | ||||
9462 | const auto *Cand2CPUSpec = Cand2.Function->getAttr<CPUSpecificAttr>(); | ||||
9463 | |||||
9464 | if (!Cand1CPUDisp && !Cand2CPUDisp && !Cand1CPUSpec && !Cand2CPUSpec) | ||||
9465 | return Comparison::Equal; | ||||
9466 | |||||
9467 | if (Cand1CPUDisp && !Cand2CPUDisp) | ||||
9468 | return Comparison::Better; | ||||
9469 | if (Cand2CPUDisp && !Cand1CPUDisp) | ||||
9470 | return Comparison::Worse; | ||||
9471 | |||||
9472 | if (Cand1CPUSpec && Cand2CPUSpec) { | ||||
9473 | if (Cand1CPUSpec->cpus_size() != Cand2CPUSpec->cpus_size()) | ||||
9474 | return Cand1CPUSpec->cpus_size() < Cand2CPUSpec->cpus_size() | ||||
9475 | ? Comparison::Better | ||||
9476 | : Comparison::Worse; | ||||
9477 | |||||
9478 | std::pair<CPUSpecificAttr::cpus_iterator, CPUSpecificAttr::cpus_iterator> | ||||
9479 | FirstDiff = std::mismatch( | ||||
9480 | Cand1CPUSpec->cpus_begin(), Cand1CPUSpec->cpus_end(), | ||||
9481 | Cand2CPUSpec->cpus_begin(), | ||||
9482 | [](const IdentifierInfo *LHS, const IdentifierInfo *RHS) { | ||||
9483 | return LHS->getName() == RHS->getName(); | ||||
9484 | }); | ||||
9485 | |||||
9486 | assert(FirstDiff.first != Cand1CPUSpec->cpus_end() &&((FirstDiff.first != Cand1CPUSpec->cpus_end() && "Two different cpu-specific versions should not have the same " "identifier list, otherwise they'd be the same decl!") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("FirstDiff.first != Cand1CPUSpec->cpus_end() && \"Two different cpu-specific versions should not have the same \" \"identifier list, otherwise they'd be the same decl!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 9488, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
9487 | "Two different cpu-specific versions should not have the same "((FirstDiff.first != Cand1CPUSpec->cpus_end() && "Two different cpu-specific versions should not have the same " "identifier list, otherwise they'd be the same decl!") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("FirstDiff.first != Cand1CPUSpec->cpus_end() && \"Two different cpu-specific versions should not have the same \" \"identifier list, otherwise they'd be the same decl!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 9488, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
9488 | "identifier list, otherwise they'd be the same decl!")((FirstDiff.first != Cand1CPUSpec->cpus_end() && "Two different cpu-specific versions should not have the same " "identifier list, otherwise they'd be the same decl!") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("FirstDiff.first != Cand1CPUSpec->cpus_end() && \"Two different cpu-specific versions should not have the same \" \"identifier list, otherwise they'd be the same decl!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 9488, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
9489 | return (*FirstDiff.first)->getName() < (*FirstDiff.second)->getName() | ||||
9490 | ? Comparison::Better | ||||
9491 | : Comparison::Worse; | ||||
9492 | } | ||||
9493 | llvm_unreachable("No way to get here unless both had cpu_dispatch")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("No way to get here unless both had cpu_dispatch" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 9493); | ||||
9494 | } | ||||
9495 | |||||
9496 | /// Compute the type of the implicit object parameter for the given function, | ||||
9497 | /// if any. Returns None if there is no implicit object parameter, and a null | ||||
9498 | /// QualType if there is a 'matches anything' implicit object parameter. | ||||
9499 | static Optional<QualType> getImplicitObjectParamType(ASTContext &Context, | ||||
9500 | const FunctionDecl *F) { | ||||
9501 | if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(F) || isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(F)) | ||||
9502 | return llvm::None; | ||||
9503 | |||||
9504 | auto *M = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(F); | ||||
9505 | // Static member functions' object parameters match all types. | ||||
9506 | if (M->isStatic()) | ||||
9507 | return QualType(); | ||||
9508 | |||||
9509 | QualType T = M->getThisObjectType(); | ||||
9510 | if (M->getRefQualifier() == RQ_RValue) | ||||
9511 | return Context.getRValueReferenceType(T); | ||||
9512 | return Context.getLValueReferenceType(T); | ||||
9513 | } | ||||
9514 | |||||
9515 | static bool haveSameParameterTypes(ASTContext &Context, const FunctionDecl *F1, | ||||
9516 | const FunctionDecl *F2, unsigned NumParams) { | ||||
9517 | if (declaresSameEntity(F1, F2)) | ||||
9518 | return true; | ||||
9519 | |||||
9520 | auto NextParam = [&](const FunctionDecl *F, unsigned &I, bool First) { | ||||
9521 | if (First) { | ||||
9522 | if (Optional<QualType> T = getImplicitObjectParamType(Context, F)) | ||||
9523 | return *T; | ||||
9524 | } | ||||
9525 | assert(I < F->getNumParams())((I < F->getNumParams()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("I < F->getNumParams()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 9525, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
9526 | return F->getParamDecl(I++)->getType(); | ||||
9527 | }; | ||||
9528 | |||||
9529 | unsigned I1 = 0, I2 = 0; | ||||
9530 | for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumParams; ++I) { | ||||
9531 | QualType T1 = NextParam(F1, I1, I == 0); | ||||
9532 | QualType T2 = NextParam(F2, I2, I == 0); | ||||
9533 | if (!T1.isNull() && !T1.isNull() && !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T1, T2)) | ||||
9534 | return false; | ||||
9535 | } | ||||
9536 | return true; | ||||
9537 | } | ||||
9538 | |||||
9539 | /// isBetterOverloadCandidate - Determines whether the first overload | ||||
9540 | /// candidate is a better candidate than the second (C++ 13.3.3p1). | ||||
9541 | bool clang::isBetterOverloadCandidate( | ||||
9542 | Sema &S, const OverloadCandidate &Cand1, const OverloadCandidate &Cand2, | ||||
9543 | SourceLocation Loc, OverloadCandidateSet::CandidateSetKind Kind) { | ||||
9544 | // Define viable functions to be better candidates than non-viable | ||||
9545 | // functions. | ||||
9546 | if (!Cand2.Viable) | ||||
9547 | return Cand1.Viable; | ||||
9548 | else if (!Cand1.Viable) | ||||
9549 | return false; | ||||
9550 | |||||
9551 | // [CUDA] A function with 'never' preference is marked not viable, therefore | ||||
9552 | // is never shown up here. The worst preference shown up here is 'wrong side', | ||||
9553 | // e.g. an H function called by a HD function in device compilation. This is | ||||
9554 | // valid AST as long as the HD function is not emitted, e.g. it is an inline | ||||
9555 | // function which is called only by an H function. A deferred diagnostic will | ||||
9556 | // be triggered if it is emitted. However a wrong-sided function is still | ||||
9557 | // a viable candidate here. | ||||
9558 | // | ||||
9559 | // If Cand1 can be emitted and Cand2 cannot be emitted in the current | ||||
9560 | // context, Cand1 is better than Cand2. If Cand1 can not be emitted and Cand2 | ||||
9561 | // can be emitted, Cand1 is not better than Cand2. This rule should have | ||||
9562 | // precedence over other rules. | ||||
9563 | // | ||||
9564 | // If both Cand1 and Cand2 can be emitted, or neither can be emitted, then | ||||
9565 | // other rules should be used to determine which is better. This is because | ||||
9566 | // host/device based overloading resolution is mostly for determining | ||||
9567 | // viability of a function. If two functions are both viable, other factors | ||||
9568 | // should take precedence in preference, e.g. the standard-defined preferences | ||||
9569 | // like argument conversion ranks or enable_if partial-ordering. The | ||||
9570 | // preference for pass-object-size parameters is probably most similar to a | ||||
9571 | // type-based-overloading decision and so should take priority. | ||||
9572 | // | ||||
9573 | // If other rules cannot determine which is better, CUDA preference will be | ||||
9574 | // used again to determine which is better. | ||||
9575 | // | ||||
9576 | // TODO: Currently IdentifyCUDAPreference does not return correct values | ||||
9577 | // for functions called in global variable initializers due to missing | ||||
9578 | // correct context about device/host. Therefore we can only enforce this | ||||
9579 | // rule when there is a caller. We should enforce this rule for functions | ||||
9580 | // in global variable initializers once proper context is added. | ||||
9581 | // | ||||
9582 | // TODO: We can only enable the hostness based overloading resolution when | ||||
9583 | // -fgpu-exclude-wrong-side-overloads is on since this requires deferring | ||||
9584 | // overloading resolution diagnostics. | ||||
9585 | if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && Cand1.Function && Cand2.Function && | ||||
9586 | S.getLangOpts().GPUExcludeWrongSideOverloads) { | ||||
9587 | if (FunctionDecl *Caller = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(S.CurContext)) { | ||||
9588 | bool IsCallerImplicitHD = Sema::isCUDAImplicitHostDeviceFunction(Caller); | ||||
9589 | bool IsCand1ImplicitHD = | ||||
9590 | Sema::isCUDAImplicitHostDeviceFunction(Cand1.Function); | ||||
9591 | bool IsCand2ImplicitHD = | ||||
9592 | Sema::isCUDAImplicitHostDeviceFunction(Cand2.Function); | ||||
9593 | auto P1 = S.IdentifyCUDAPreference(Caller, Cand1.Function); | ||||
9594 | auto P2 = S.IdentifyCUDAPreference(Caller, Cand2.Function); | ||||
9595 | assert(P1 != Sema::CFP_Never && P2 != Sema::CFP_Never)((P1 != Sema::CFP_Never && P2 != Sema::CFP_Never) ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("P1 != Sema::CFP_Never && P2 != Sema::CFP_Never" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 9595, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
9596 | // The implicit HD function may be a function in a system header which | ||||
9597 | // is forced by pragma. In device compilation, if we prefer HD candidates | ||||
9598 | // over wrong-sided candidates, overloading resolution may change, which | ||||
9599 | // may result in non-deferrable diagnostics. As a workaround, we let | ||||
9600 | // implicit HD candidates take equal preference as wrong-sided candidates. | ||||
9601 | // This will preserve the overloading resolution. | ||||
9602 | // TODO: We still need special handling of implicit HD functions since | ||||
9603 | // they may incur other diagnostics to be deferred. We should make all | ||||
9604 | // host/device related diagnostics deferrable and remove special handling | ||||
9605 | // of implicit HD functions. | ||||
9606 | auto EmitThreshold = | ||||
9607 | (S.getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice && IsCallerImplicitHD && | ||||
9608 | (IsCand1ImplicitHD || IsCand2ImplicitHD)) | ||||
9609 | ? Sema::CFP_Never | ||||
9610 | : Sema::CFP_WrongSide; | ||||
9611 | auto Cand1Emittable = P1 > EmitThreshold; | ||||
9612 | auto Cand2Emittable = P2 > EmitThreshold; | ||||
9613 | if (Cand1Emittable && !Cand2Emittable) | ||||
9614 | return true; | ||||
9615 | if (!Cand1Emittable && Cand2Emittable) | ||||
9616 | return false; | ||||
9617 | } | ||||
9618 | } | ||||
9619 | |||||
9620 | // C++ [over.match.best]p1: | ||||
9621 | // | ||||
9622 | // -- if F is a static member function, ICS1(F) is defined such | ||||
9623 | // that ICS1(F) is neither better nor worse than ICS1(G) for | ||||
9624 | // any function G, and, symmetrically, ICS1(G) is neither | ||||
9625 | // better nor worse than ICS1(F). | ||||
9626 | unsigned StartArg = 0; | ||||
9627 | if (Cand1.IgnoreObjectArgument || Cand2.IgnoreObjectArgument) | ||||
9628 | StartArg = 1; | ||||
9629 | |||||
9630 | auto IsIllFormedConversion = [&](const ImplicitConversionSequence &ICS) { | ||||
9631 | // We don't allow incompatible pointer conversions in C++. | ||||
9632 | if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) | ||||
9633 | return ICS.isStandard() && | ||||
9634 | ICS.Standard.Second == ICK_Incompatible_Pointer_Conversion; | ||||
9635 | |||||
9636 | // The only ill-formed conversion we allow in C++ is the string literal to | ||||
9637 | // char* conversion, which is only considered ill-formed after C++11. | ||||
9638 | return S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !S.getLangOpts().WritableStrings && | ||||
9639 | hasDeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtrConversion(ICS); | ||||
9640 | }; | ||||
9641 | |||||
9642 | // Define functions that don't require ill-formed conversions for a given | ||||
9643 | // argument to be better candidates than functions that do. | ||||
9644 | unsigned NumArgs = Cand1.Conversions.size(); | ||||
9645 | assert(Cand2.Conversions.size() == NumArgs && "Overload candidate mismatch")((Cand2.Conversions.size() == NumArgs && "Overload candidate mismatch" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Cand2.Conversions.size() == NumArgs && \"Overload candidate mismatch\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 9645, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
9646 | bool HasBetterConversion = false; | ||||
9647 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = StartArg; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) { | ||||
9648 | bool Cand1Bad = IsIllFormedConversion(Cand1.Conversions[ArgIdx]); | ||||
9649 | bool Cand2Bad = IsIllFormedConversion(Cand2.Conversions[ArgIdx]); | ||||
9650 | if (Cand1Bad != Cand2Bad) { | ||||
9651 | if (Cand1Bad) | ||||
9652 | return false; | ||||
9653 | HasBetterConversion = true; | ||||
9654 | } | ||||
9655 | } | ||||
9656 | |||||
9657 | if (HasBetterConversion) | ||||
9658 | return true; | ||||
9659 | |||||
9660 | // C++ [over.match.best]p1: | ||||
9661 | // A viable function F1 is defined to be a better function than another | ||||
9662 | // viable function F2 if for all arguments i, ICSi(F1) is not a worse | ||||
9663 | // conversion sequence than ICSi(F2), and then... | ||||
9664 | bool HasWorseConversion = false; | ||||
9665 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = StartArg; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) { | ||||
9666 | switch (CompareImplicitConversionSequences(S, Loc, | ||||
9667 | Cand1.Conversions[ArgIdx], | ||||
9668 | Cand2.Conversions[ArgIdx])) { | ||||
9669 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::Better: | ||||
9670 | // Cand1 has a better conversion sequence. | ||||
9671 | HasBetterConversion = true; | ||||
9672 | break; | ||||
9673 | |||||
9674 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse: | ||||
9675 | if (Cand1.Function && Cand2.Function && | ||||
9676 | Cand1.isReversed() != Cand2.isReversed() && | ||||
9677 | haveSameParameterTypes(S.Context, Cand1.Function, Cand2.Function, | ||||
9678 | NumArgs)) { | ||||
9679 | // Work around large-scale breakage caused by considering reversed | ||||
9680 | // forms of operator== in C++20: | ||||
9681 | // | ||||
9682 | // When comparing a function against a reversed function with the same | ||||
9683 | // parameter types, if we have a better conversion for one argument and | ||||
9684 | // a worse conversion for the other, the implicit conversion sequences | ||||
9685 | // are treated as being equally good. | ||||
9686 | // | ||||
9687 | // This prevents a comparison function from being considered ambiguous | ||||
9688 | // with a reversed form that is written in the same way. | ||||
9689 | // | ||||
9690 | // We diagnose this as an extension from CreateOverloadedBinOp. | ||||
9691 | HasWorseConversion = true; | ||||
9692 | break; | ||||
9693 | } | ||||
9694 | |||||
9695 | // Cand1 can't be better than Cand2. | ||||
9696 | return false; | ||||
9697 | |||||
9698 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable: | ||||
9699 | // Do nothing. | ||||
9700 | break; | ||||
9701 | } | ||||
9702 | } | ||||
9703 | |||||
9704 | // -- for some argument j, ICSj(F1) is a better conversion sequence than | ||||
9705 | // ICSj(F2), or, if not that, | ||||
9706 | if (HasBetterConversion && !HasWorseConversion) | ||||
9707 | return true; | ||||
9708 | |||||
9709 | // -- the context is an initialization by user-defined conversion | ||||
9710 | // (see 8.5, 13.3.1.5) and the standard conversion sequence | ||||
9711 | // from the return type of F1 to the destination type (i.e., | ||||
9712 | // the type of the entity being initialized) is a better | ||||
9713 | // conversion sequence than the standard conversion sequence | ||||
9714 | // from the return type of F2 to the destination type. | ||||
9715 | if (Kind == OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_InitByUserDefinedConversion && | ||||
9716 | Cand1.Function && Cand2.Function && | ||||
9717 | isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Cand1.Function) && | ||||
9718 | isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Cand2.Function)) { | ||||
9719 | // First check whether we prefer one of the conversion functions over the | ||||
9720 | // other. This only distinguishes the results in non-standard, extension | ||||
9721 | // cases such as the conversion from a lambda closure type to a function | ||||
9722 | // pointer or block. | ||||
9723 | ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind Result = | ||||
9724 | compareConversionFunctions(S, Cand1.Function, Cand2.Function); | ||||
9725 | if (Result == ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable) | ||||
9726 | Result = CompareStandardConversionSequences(S, Loc, | ||||
9727 | Cand1.FinalConversion, | ||||
9728 | Cand2.FinalConversion); | ||||
9729 | |||||
9730 | if (Result != ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable) | ||||
9731 | return Result == ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||
9732 | |||||
9733 | // FIXME: Compare kind of reference binding if conversion functions | ||||
9734 | // convert to a reference type used in direct reference binding, per | ||||
9735 | // C++14 [over.match.best]p1 section 2 bullet 3. | ||||
9736 | } | ||||
9737 | |||||
9738 | // FIXME: Work around a defect in the C++17 guaranteed copy elision wording, | ||||
9739 | // as combined with the resolution to CWG issue 243. | ||||
9740 | // | ||||
9741 | // When the context is initialization by constructor ([over.match.ctor] or | ||||
9742 | // either phase of [over.match.list]), a constructor is preferred over | ||||
9743 | // a conversion function. | ||||
9744 | if (Kind == OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_InitByConstructor && NumArgs == 1 && | ||||
9745 | Cand1.Function && Cand2.Function && | ||||
9746 | isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Cand1.Function) != | ||||
9747 | isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Cand2.Function)) | ||||
9748 | return isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Cand1.Function); | ||||
9749 | |||||
9750 | // -- F1 is a non-template function and F2 is a function template | ||||
9751 | // specialization, or, if not that, | ||||
9752 | bool Cand1IsSpecialization = Cand1.Function && | ||||
9753 | Cand1.Function->getPrimaryTemplate(); | ||||
9754 | bool Cand2IsSpecialization = Cand2.Function && | ||||
9755 | Cand2.Function->getPrimaryTemplate(); | ||||
9756 | if (Cand1IsSpecialization != Cand2IsSpecialization) | ||||
9757 | return Cand2IsSpecialization; | ||||
9758 | |||||
9759 | // -- F1 and F2 are function template specializations, and the function | ||||
9760 | // template for F1 is more specialized than the template for F2 | ||||
9761 | // according to the partial ordering rules described in 14.5.5.2, or, | ||||
9762 | // if not that, | ||||
9763 | if (Cand1IsSpecialization && Cand2IsSpecialization) { | ||||
9764 | if (FunctionTemplateDecl *BetterTemplate = S.getMoreSpecializedTemplate( | ||||
9765 | Cand1.Function->getPrimaryTemplate(), | ||||
9766 | Cand2.Function->getPrimaryTemplate(), Loc, | ||||
9767 | isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Cand1.Function) ? TPOC_Conversion | ||||
9768 | : TPOC_Call, | ||||
9769 | Cand1.ExplicitCallArguments, Cand2.ExplicitCallArguments, | ||||
9770 | Cand1.isReversed() ^ Cand2.isReversed())) | ||||
9771 | return BetterTemplate == Cand1.Function->getPrimaryTemplate(); | ||||
9772 | } | ||||
9773 | |||||
9774 | // -— F1 and F2 are non-template functions with the same | ||||
9775 | // parameter-type-lists, and F1 is more constrained than F2 [...], | ||||
9776 | if (Cand1.Function && Cand2.Function && !Cand1IsSpecialization && | ||||
9777 | !Cand2IsSpecialization && Cand1.Function->hasPrototype() && | ||||
9778 | Cand2.Function->hasPrototype()) { | ||||
9779 | auto *PT1 = cast<FunctionProtoType>(Cand1.Function->getFunctionType()); | ||||
9780 | auto *PT2 = cast<FunctionProtoType>(Cand2.Function->getFunctionType()); | ||||
9781 | if (PT1->getNumParams() == PT2->getNumParams() && | ||||
9782 | PT1->isVariadic() == PT2->isVariadic() && | ||||
9783 | S.FunctionParamTypesAreEqual(PT1, PT2)) { | ||||
9784 | Expr *RC1 = Cand1.Function->getTrailingRequiresClause(); | ||||
9785 | Expr *RC2 = Cand2.Function->getTrailingRequiresClause(); | ||||
9786 | if (RC1 && RC2) { | ||||
9787 | bool AtLeastAsConstrained1, AtLeastAsConstrained2; | ||||
9788 | if (S.IsAtLeastAsConstrained(Cand1.Function, {RC1}, Cand2.Function, | ||||
9789 | {RC2}, AtLeastAsConstrained1) || | ||||
9790 | S.IsAtLeastAsConstrained(Cand2.Function, {RC2}, Cand1.Function, | ||||
9791 | {RC1}, AtLeastAsConstrained2)) | ||||
9792 | return false; | ||||
9793 | if (AtLeastAsConstrained1 != AtLeastAsConstrained2) | ||||
9794 | return AtLeastAsConstrained1; | ||||
9795 | } else if (RC1 || RC2) { | ||||
9796 | return RC1 != nullptr; | ||||
9797 | } | ||||
9798 | } | ||||
9799 | } | ||||
9800 | |||||
9801 | // -- F1 is a constructor for a class D, F2 is a constructor for a base | ||||
9802 | // class B of D, and for all arguments the corresponding parameters of | ||||
9803 | // F1 and F2 have the same type. | ||||
9804 | // FIXME: Implement the "all parameters have the same type" check. | ||||
9805 | bool Cand1IsInherited = | ||||
9806 | dyn_cast_or_null<ConstructorUsingShadowDecl>(Cand1.FoundDecl.getDecl()); | ||||
9807 | bool Cand2IsInherited = | ||||
9808 | dyn_cast_or_null<ConstructorUsingShadowDecl>(Cand2.FoundDecl.getDecl()); | ||||
9809 | if (Cand1IsInherited != Cand2IsInherited) | ||||
9810 | return Cand2IsInherited; | ||||
9811 | else if (Cand1IsInherited) { | ||||
9812 | assert(Cand2IsInherited)((Cand2IsInherited) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Cand2IsInherited", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 9812, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
9813 | auto *Cand1Class = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cand1.Function->getDeclContext()); | ||||
9814 | auto *Cand2Class = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cand2.Function->getDeclContext()); | ||||
9815 | if (Cand1Class->isDerivedFrom(Cand2Class)) | ||||
9816 | return true; | ||||
9817 | if (Cand2Class->isDerivedFrom(Cand1Class)) | ||||
9818 | return false; | ||||
9819 | // Inherited from sibling base classes: still ambiguous. | ||||
9820 | } | ||||
9821 | |||||
9822 | // -- F2 is a rewritten candidate (12.4.1.2) and F1 is not | ||||
9823 | // -- F1 and F2 are rewritten candidates, and F2 is a synthesized candidate | ||||
9824 | // with reversed order of parameters and F1 is not | ||||
9825 | // | ||||
9826 | // We rank reversed + different operator as worse than just reversed, but | ||||
9827 | // that comparison can never happen, because we only consider reversing for | ||||
9828 | // the maximally-rewritten operator (== or <=>). | ||||
9829 | if (Cand1.RewriteKind != Cand2.RewriteKind) | ||||
9830 | return Cand1.RewriteKind < Cand2.RewriteKind; | ||||
9831 | |||||
9832 | // Check C++17 tie-breakers for deduction guides. | ||||
9833 | { | ||||
9834 | auto *Guide1 = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXDeductionGuideDecl>(Cand1.Function); | ||||
9835 | auto *Guide2 = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXDeductionGuideDecl>(Cand2.Function); | ||||
9836 | if (Guide1 && Guide2) { | ||||
9837 | // -- F1 is generated from a deduction-guide and F2 is not | ||||
9838 | if (Guide1->isImplicit() != Guide2->isImplicit()) | ||||
9839 | return Guide2->isImplicit(); | ||||
9840 | |||||
9841 | // -- F1 is the copy deduction candidate(16.3.1.8) and F2 is not | ||||
9842 | if (Guide1->isCopyDeductionCandidate()) | ||||
9843 | return true; | ||||
9844 | } | ||||
9845 | } | ||||
9846 | |||||
9847 | // Check for enable_if value-based overload resolution. | ||||
9848 | if (Cand1.Function && Cand2.Function) { | ||||
9849 | Comparison Cmp = compareEnableIfAttrs(S, Cand1.Function, Cand2.Function); | ||||
9850 | if (Cmp != Comparison::Equal) | ||||
9851 | return Cmp == Comparison::Better; | ||||
9852 | } | ||||
9853 | |||||
9854 | bool HasPS1 = Cand1.Function != nullptr && | ||||
9855 | functionHasPassObjectSizeParams(Cand1.Function); | ||||
9856 | bool HasPS2 = Cand2.Function != nullptr && | ||||
9857 | functionHasPassObjectSizeParams(Cand2.Function); | ||||
9858 | if (HasPS1 != HasPS2 && HasPS1) | ||||
9859 | return true; | ||||
9860 | |||||
9861 | auto MV = isBetterMultiversionCandidate(Cand1, Cand2); | ||||
9862 | if (MV == Comparison::Better) | ||||
9863 | return true; | ||||
9864 | if (MV == Comparison::Worse) | ||||
9865 | return false; | ||||
9866 | |||||
9867 | // If other rules cannot determine which is better, CUDA preference is used | ||||
9868 | // to determine which is better. | ||||
9869 | if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && Cand1.Function && Cand2.Function) { | ||||
9870 | FunctionDecl *Caller = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(S.CurContext); | ||||
9871 | return S.IdentifyCUDAPreference(Caller, Cand1.Function) > | ||||
9872 | S.IdentifyCUDAPreference(Caller, Cand2.Function); | ||||
9873 | } | ||||
9874 | |||||
9875 | return false; | ||||
9876 | } | ||||
9877 | |||||
9878 | /// Determine whether two declarations are "equivalent" for the purposes of | ||||
9879 | /// name lookup and overload resolution. This applies when the same internal/no | ||||
9880 | /// linkage entity is defined by two modules (probably by textually including | ||||
9881 | /// the same header). In such a case, we don't consider the declarations to | ||||
9882 | /// declare the same entity, but we also don't want lookups with both | ||||
9883 | /// declarations visible to be ambiguous in some cases (this happens when using | ||||
9884 | /// a modularized libstdc++). | ||||
9885 | bool Sema::isEquivalentInternalLinkageDeclaration(const NamedDecl *A, | ||||
9886 | const NamedDecl *B) { | ||||
9887 | auto *VA = dyn_cast_or_null<ValueDecl>(A); | ||||
9888 | auto *VB = dyn_cast_or_null<ValueDecl>(B); | ||||
9889 | if (!VA || !VB) | ||||
9890 | return false; | ||||
9891 | |||||
9892 | // The declarations must be declaring the same name as an internal linkage | ||||
9893 | // entity in different modules. | ||||
9894 | if (!VA->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( | ||||
9895 | VB->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) || | ||||
9896 | getOwningModule(VA) == getOwningModule(VB) || | ||||
9897 | VA->isExternallyVisible() || VB->isExternallyVisible()) | ||||
9898 | return false; | ||||
9899 | |||||
9900 | // Check that the declarations appear to be equivalent. | ||||
9901 | // | ||||
9902 | // FIXME: Checking the type isn't really enough to resolve the ambiguity. | ||||
9903 | // For constants and functions, we should check the initializer or body is | ||||
9904 | // the same. For non-constant variables, we shouldn't allow it at all. | ||||
9905 | if (Context.hasSameType(VA->getType(), VB->getType())) | ||||
9906 | return true; | ||||
9907 | |||||
9908 | // Enum constants within unnamed enumerations will have different types, but | ||||
9909 | // may still be similar enough to be interchangeable for our purposes. | ||||
9910 | if (auto *EA = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(VA)) { | ||||
9911 | if (auto *EB = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(VB)) { | ||||
9912 | // Only handle anonymous enums. If the enumerations were named and | ||||
9913 | // equivalent, they would have been merged to the same type. | ||||
9914 | auto *EnumA = cast<EnumDecl>(EA->getDeclContext()); | ||||
9915 | auto *EnumB = cast<EnumDecl>(EB->getDeclContext()); | ||||
9916 | if (EnumA->hasNameForLinkage() || EnumB->hasNameForLinkage() || | ||||
9917 | !Context.hasSameType(EnumA->getIntegerType(), | ||||
9918 | EnumB->getIntegerType())) | ||||
9919 | return false; | ||||
9920 | // Allow this only if the value is the same for both enumerators. | ||||
9921 | return llvm::APSInt::isSameValue(EA->getInitVal(), EB->getInitVal()); | ||||
9922 | } | ||||
9923 | } | ||||
9924 | |||||
9925 | // Nothing else is sufficiently similar. | ||||
9926 | return false; | ||||
9927 | } | ||||
9928 | |||||
9929 | void Sema::diagnoseEquivalentInternalLinkageDeclarations( | ||||
9930 | SourceLocation Loc, const NamedDecl *D, ArrayRef<const NamedDecl *> Equiv) { | ||||
9931 | assert(D && "Unknown declaration")((D && "Unknown declaration") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("D && \"Unknown declaration\"", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 9931, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
9932 | Diag(Loc, diag::ext_equivalent_internal_linkage_decl_in_modules) << D; | ||||
9933 | |||||
9934 | Module *M = getOwningModule(D); | ||||
9935 | Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_equivalent_internal_linkage_decl) | ||||
9936 | << !M << (M ? M->getFullModuleName() : ""); | ||||
9937 | |||||
9938 | for (auto *E : Equiv) { | ||||
9939 | Module *M = getOwningModule(E); | ||||
9940 | Diag(E->getLocation(), diag::note_equivalent_internal_linkage_decl) | ||||
9941 | << !M << (M ? M->getFullModuleName() : ""); | ||||
9942 | } | ||||
9943 | } | ||||
9944 | |||||
9945 | /// Computes the best viable function (C++ 13.3.3) | ||||
9946 | /// within an overload candidate set. | ||||
9947 | /// | ||||
9948 | /// \param Loc The location of the function name (or operator symbol) for | ||||
9949 | /// which overload resolution occurs. | ||||
9950 | /// | ||||
9951 | /// \param Best If overload resolution was successful or found a deleted | ||||
9952 | /// function, \p Best points to the candidate function found. | ||||
9953 | /// | ||||
9954 | /// \returns The result of overload resolution. | ||||
9955 | OverloadingResult | ||||
9956 | OverloadCandidateSet::BestViableFunction(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||
9957 | iterator &Best) { | ||||
9958 | llvm::SmallVector<OverloadCandidate *, 16> Candidates; | ||||
9959 | std::transform(begin(), end(), std::back_inserter(Candidates), | ||||
9960 | [](OverloadCandidate &Cand) { return &Cand; }); | ||||
9961 | |||||
9962 | // [CUDA] HD->H or HD->D calls are technically not allowed by CUDA but | ||||
9963 | // are accepted by both clang and NVCC. However, during a particular | ||||
9964 | // compilation mode only one call variant is viable. We need to | ||||
9965 | // exclude non-viable overload candidates from consideration based | ||||
9966 | // only on their host/device attributes. Specifically, if one | ||||
9967 | // candidate call is WrongSide and the other is SameSide, we ignore | ||||
9968 | // the WrongSide candidate. | ||||
9969 | // We only need to remove wrong-sided candidates here if | ||||
9970 | // -fgpu-exclude-wrong-side-overloads is off. When | ||||
9971 | // -fgpu-exclude-wrong-side-overloads is on, all candidates are compared | ||||
9972 | // uniformly in isBetterOverloadCandidate. | ||||
9973 | if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && !S.getLangOpts().GPUExcludeWrongSideOverloads) { | ||||
9974 | const FunctionDecl *Caller = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(S.CurContext); | ||||
9975 | bool ContainsSameSideCandidate = | ||||
9976 | llvm::any_of(Candidates, [&](OverloadCandidate *Cand) { | ||||
9977 | // Check viable function only. | ||||
9978 | return Cand->Viable && Cand->Function && | ||||
9979 | S.IdentifyCUDAPreference(Caller, Cand->Function) == | ||||
9980 | Sema::CFP_SameSide; | ||||
9981 | }); | ||||
9982 | if (ContainsSameSideCandidate) { | ||||
9983 | auto IsWrongSideCandidate = [&](OverloadCandidate *Cand) { | ||||
9984 | // Check viable function only to avoid unnecessary data copying/moving. | ||||
9985 | return Cand->Viable && Cand->Function && | ||||
9986 | S.IdentifyCUDAPreference(Caller, Cand->Function) == | ||||
9987 | Sema::CFP_WrongSide; | ||||
9988 | }; | ||||
9989 | llvm::erase_if(Candidates, IsWrongSideCandidate); | ||||
9990 | } | ||||
9991 | } | ||||
9992 | |||||
9993 | // Find the best viable function. | ||||
9994 | Best = end(); | ||||
9995 | for (auto *Cand : Candidates) { | ||||
9996 | Cand->Best = false; | ||||
9997 | if (Cand->Viable) | ||||
9998 | if (Best == end() || | ||||
9999 | isBetterOverloadCandidate(S, *Cand, *Best, Loc, Kind)) | ||||
10000 | Best = Cand; | ||||
10001 | } | ||||
10002 | |||||
10003 | // If we didn't find any viable functions, abort. | ||||
10004 | if (Best == end()) | ||||
10005 | return OR_No_Viable_Function; | ||||
10006 | |||||
10007 | llvm::SmallVector<const NamedDecl *, 4> EquivalentCands; | ||||
10008 | |||||
10009 | llvm::SmallVector<OverloadCandidate*, 4> PendingBest; | ||||
10010 | PendingBest.push_back(&*Best); | ||||
10011 | Best->Best = true; | ||||
10012 | |||||
10013 | // Make sure that this function is better than every other viable | ||||
10014 | // function. If not, we have an ambiguity. | ||||
10015 | while (!PendingBest.empty()) { | ||||
10016 | auto *Curr = PendingBest.pop_back_val(); | ||||
10017 | for (auto *Cand : Candidates) { | ||||
10018 | if (Cand->Viable && !Cand->Best && | ||||
10019 | !isBetterOverloadCandidate(S, *Curr, *Cand, Loc, Kind)) { | ||||
10020 | PendingBest.push_back(Cand); | ||||
10021 | Cand->Best = true; | ||||
10022 | |||||
10023 | if (S.isEquivalentInternalLinkageDeclaration(Cand->Function, | ||||
10024 | Curr->Function)) | ||||
10025 | EquivalentCands.push_back(Cand->Function); | ||||
10026 | else | ||||
10027 | Best = end(); | ||||
10028 | } | ||||
10029 | } | ||||
10030 | } | ||||
10031 | |||||
10032 | // If we found more than one best candidate, this is ambiguous. | ||||
10033 | if (Best == end()) | ||||
10034 | return OR_Ambiguous; | ||||
10035 | |||||
10036 | // Best is the best viable function. | ||||
10037 | if (Best->Function && Best->Function->isDeleted()) | ||||
10038 | return OR_Deleted; | ||||
10039 | |||||
10040 | if (!EquivalentCands.empty()) | ||||
10041 | S.diagnoseEquivalentInternalLinkageDeclarations(Loc, Best->Function, | ||||
10042 | EquivalentCands); | ||||
10043 | |||||
10044 | return OR_Success; | ||||
10045 | } | ||||
10046 | |||||
10047 | namespace { | ||||
10048 | |||||
10049 | enum OverloadCandidateKind { | ||||
10050 | oc_function, | ||||
10051 | oc_method, | ||||
10052 | oc_reversed_binary_operator, | ||||
10053 | oc_constructor, | ||||
10054 | oc_implicit_default_constructor, | ||||
10055 | oc_implicit_copy_constructor, | ||||
10056 | oc_implicit_move_constructor, | ||||
10057 | oc_implicit_copy_assignment, | ||||
10058 | oc_implicit_move_assignment, | ||||
10059 | oc_implicit_equality_comparison, | ||||
10060 | oc_inherited_constructor | ||||
10061 | }; | ||||
10062 | |||||
10063 | enum OverloadCandidateSelect { | ||||
10064 | ocs_non_template, | ||||
10065 | ocs_template, | ||||
10066 | ocs_described_template, | ||||
10067 | }; | ||||
10068 | |||||
10069 | static std::pair<OverloadCandidateKind, OverloadCandidateSelect> | ||||
10070 | ClassifyOverloadCandidate(Sema &S, NamedDecl *Found, FunctionDecl *Fn, | ||||
10071 | OverloadCandidateRewriteKind CRK, | ||||
10072 | std::string &Description) { | ||||
10073 | |||||
10074 | bool isTemplate = Fn->isTemplateDecl() || Found->isTemplateDecl(); | ||||
10075 | if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = Fn->getPrimaryTemplate()) { | ||||
10076 | isTemplate = true; | ||||
10077 | Description = S.getTemplateArgumentBindingsText( | ||||
10078 | FunTmpl->getTemplateParameters(), *Fn->getTemplateSpecializationArgs()); | ||||
10079 | } | ||||
10080 | |||||
10081 | OverloadCandidateSelect Select = [&]() { | ||||
10082 | if (!Description.empty()) | ||||
10083 | return ocs_described_template; | ||||
10084 | return isTemplate ? ocs_template : ocs_non_template; | ||||
10085 | }(); | ||||
10086 | |||||
10087 | OverloadCandidateKind Kind = [&]() { | ||||
10088 | if (Fn->isImplicit() && Fn->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_EqualEqual) | ||||
10089 | return oc_implicit_equality_comparison; | ||||
10090 | |||||
10091 | if (CRK & CRK_Reversed) | ||||
10092 | return oc_reversed_binary_operator; | ||||
10093 | |||||
10094 | if (CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Fn)) { | ||||
10095 | if (!Ctor->isImplicit()) { | ||||
10096 | if (isa<ConstructorUsingShadowDecl>(Found)) | ||||
10097 | return oc_inherited_constructor; | ||||
10098 | else | ||||
10099 | return oc_constructor; | ||||
10100 | } | ||||
10101 | |||||
10102 | if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) | ||||
10103 | return oc_implicit_default_constructor; | ||||
10104 | |||||
10105 | if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) | ||||
10106 | return oc_implicit_move_constructor; | ||||
10107 | |||||
10108 | assert(Ctor->isCopyConstructor() &&((Ctor->isCopyConstructor() && "unexpected sort of implicit constructor" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Ctor->isCopyConstructor() && \"unexpected sort of implicit constructor\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 10109, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
10109 | "unexpected sort of implicit constructor")((Ctor->isCopyConstructor() && "unexpected sort of implicit constructor" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Ctor->isCopyConstructor() && \"unexpected sort of implicit constructor\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 10109, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
10110 | return oc_implicit_copy_constructor; | ||||
10111 | } | ||||
10112 | |||||
10113 | if (CXXMethodDecl *Meth = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn)) { | ||||
10114 | // This actually gets spelled 'candidate function' for now, but | ||||
10115 | // it doesn't hurt to split it out. | ||||
10116 | if (!Meth->isImplicit()) | ||||
10117 | return oc_method; | ||||
10118 | |||||
10119 | if (Meth->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) | ||||
10120 | return oc_implicit_move_assignment; | ||||
10121 | |||||
10122 | if (Meth->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) | ||||
10123 | return oc_implicit_copy_assignment; | ||||
10124 | |||||
10125 | assert(isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Meth) && "expected conversion")((isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Meth) && "expected conversion" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Meth) && \"expected conversion\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 10125, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
10126 | return oc_method; | ||||
10127 | } | ||||
10128 | |||||
10129 | return oc_function; | ||||
10130 | }(); | ||||
10131 | |||||
10132 | return std::make_pair(Kind, Select); | ||||
10133 | } | ||||
10134 | |||||
10135 | void MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(Sema &S, Decl *FoundDecl) { | ||||
10136 | // FIXME: It'd be nice to only emit a note once per using-decl per overload | ||||
10137 | // set. | ||||
10138 | if (auto *Shadow = dyn_cast<ConstructorUsingShadowDecl>(FoundDecl)) | ||||
10139 | S.Diag(FoundDecl->getLocation(), | ||||
10140 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_inherited_constructor) | ||||
10141 | << Shadow->getNominatedBaseClass(); | ||||
10142 | } | ||||
10143 | |||||
10144 | } // end anonymous namespace | ||||
10145 | |||||
10146 | static bool isFunctionAlwaysEnabled(const ASTContext &Ctx, | ||||
10147 | const FunctionDecl *FD) { | ||||
10148 | for (auto *EnableIf : FD->specific_attrs<EnableIfAttr>()) { | ||||
10149 | bool AlwaysTrue; | ||||
10150 | if (EnableIf->getCond()->isValueDependent() || | ||||
10151 | !EnableIf->getCond()->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(AlwaysTrue, Ctx)) | ||||
10152 | return false; | ||||
10153 | if (!AlwaysTrue) | ||||
10154 | return false; | ||||
10155 | } | ||||
10156 | return true; | ||||
10157 | } | ||||
10158 | |||||
10159 | /// Returns true if we can take the address of the function. | ||||
10160 | /// | ||||
10161 | /// \param Complain - If true, we'll emit a diagnostic | ||||
10162 | /// \param InOverloadResolution - For the purposes of emitting a diagnostic, are | ||||
10163 | /// we in overload resolution? | ||||
10164 | /// \param Loc - The location of the statement we're complaining about. Ignored | ||||
10165 | /// if we're not complaining, or if we're in overload resolution. | ||||
10166 | static bool checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(Sema &S, const FunctionDecl *FD, | ||||
10167 | bool Complain, | ||||
10168 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||
10169 | SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||
10170 | if (!isFunctionAlwaysEnabled(S.Context, FD)) { | ||||
10171 | if (Complain) { | ||||
10172 | if (InOverloadResolution) | ||||
10173 | S.Diag(FD->getBeginLoc(), | ||||
10174 | diag::note_addrof_ovl_candidate_disabled_by_enable_if_attr); | ||||
10175 | else | ||||
10176 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_addrof_function_disabled_by_enable_if_attr) << FD; | ||||
10177 | } | ||||
10178 | return false; | ||||
10179 | } | ||||
10180 | |||||
10181 | if (FD->getTrailingRequiresClause()) { | ||||
10182 | ConstraintSatisfaction Satisfaction; | ||||
10183 | if (S.CheckFunctionConstraints(FD, Satisfaction, Loc)) | ||||
10184 | return false; | ||||
10185 | if (!Satisfaction.IsSatisfied) { | ||||
10186 | if (Complain) { | ||||
10187 | if (InOverloadResolution) | ||||
10188 | S.Diag(FD->getBeginLoc(), | ||||
10189 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_unsatisfied_constraints); | ||||
10190 | else | ||||
10191 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_addrof_function_constraints_not_satisfied) | ||||
10192 | << FD; | ||||
10193 | S.DiagnoseUnsatisfiedConstraint(Satisfaction); | ||||
10194 | } | ||||
10195 | return false; | ||||
10196 | } | ||||
10197 | } | ||||
10198 | |||||
10199 | auto I = llvm::find_if(FD->parameters(), [](const ParmVarDecl *P) { | ||||
10200 | return P->hasAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>(); | ||||
10201 | }); | ||||
10202 | if (I == FD->param_end()) | ||||
10203 | return true; | ||||
10204 | |||||
10205 | if (Complain) { | ||||
10206 | // Add one to ParamNo because it's user-facing | ||||
10207 | unsigned ParamNo = std::distance(FD->param_begin(), I) + 1; | ||||
10208 | if (InOverloadResolution) | ||||
10209 | S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), | ||||
10210 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_has_pass_object_size_params) | ||||
10211 | << ParamNo; | ||||
10212 | else | ||||
10213 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_address_of_function_with_pass_object_size_params) | ||||
10214 | << FD << ParamNo; | ||||
10215 | } | ||||
10216 | return false; | ||||
10217 | } | ||||
10218 | |||||
10219 | static bool checkAddressOfCandidateIsAvailable(Sema &S, | ||||
10220 | const FunctionDecl *FD) { | ||||
10221 | return checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(S, FD, /*Complain=*/true, | ||||
10222 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/true, | ||||
10223 | /*Loc=*/SourceLocation()); | ||||
10224 | } | ||||
10225 | |||||
10226 | bool Sema::checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(const FunctionDecl *Function, | ||||
10227 | bool Complain, | ||||
10228 | SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||
10229 | return ::checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(*this, Function, Complain, | ||||
10230 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, | ||||
10231 | Loc); | ||||
10232 | } | ||||
10233 | |||||
10234 | // Don't print candidates other than the one that matches the calling | ||||
10235 | // convention of the call operator, since that is guaranteed to exist. | ||||
10236 | static bool shouldSkipNotingLambdaConversionDecl(FunctionDecl *Fn) { | ||||
10237 | const auto *ConvD = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(Fn); | ||||
10238 | |||||
10239 | if (!ConvD
| ||||
10240 | return false; | ||||
10241 | const auto *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Fn->getParent()); | ||||
10242 | if (!RD->isLambda()) | ||||
10243 | return false; | ||||
10244 | |||||
10245 | CXXMethodDecl *CallOp = RD->getLambdaCallOperator(); | ||||
10246 | CallingConv CallOpCC = | ||||
10247 | CallOp->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getCallConv(); | ||||
10248 | QualType ConvRTy = ConvD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(); | ||||
10249 | CallingConv ConvToCC = | ||||
10250 | ConvRTy->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getCallConv(); | ||||
| |||||
10251 | |||||
10252 | return ConvToCC != CallOpCC; | ||||
10253 | } | ||||
10254 | |||||
10255 | // Notes the location of an overload candidate. | ||||
10256 | void Sema::NoteOverloadCandidate(NamedDecl *Found, FunctionDecl *Fn, | ||||
10257 | OverloadCandidateRewriteKind RewriteKind, | ||||
10258 | QualType DestType, bool TakingAddress) { | ||||
10259 | if (TakingAddress
| ||||
10260 | return; | ||||
10261 | if (Fn->isMultiVersion() && Fn->hasAttr<TargetAttr>() && | ||||
10262 | !Fn->getAttr<TargetAttr>()->isDefaultVersion()) | ||||
10263 | return; | ||||
10264 | if (shouldSkipNotingLambdaConversionDecl(Fn)) | ||||
10265 | return; | ||||
10266 | |||||
10267 | std::string FnDesc; | ||||
10268 | std::pair<OverloadCandidateKind, OverloadCandidateSelect> KSPair = | ||||
10269 | ClassifyOverloadCandidate(*this, Found, Fn, RewriteKind, FnDesc); | ||||
10270 | PartialDiagnostic PD = PDiag(diag::note_ovl_candidate) | ||||
10271 | << (unsigned)KSPair.first << (unsigned)KSPair.second | ||||
10272 | << Fn << FnDesc; | ||||
10273 | |||||
10274 | HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PD, Fn->getType(), DestType); | ||||
10275 | Diag(Fn->getLocation(), PD); | ||||
10276 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(*this, Found); | ||||
10277 | } | ||||
10278 | |||||
10279 | static void | ||||
10280 | MaybeDiagnoseAmbiguousConstraints(Sema &S, ArrayRef<OverloadCandidate> Cands) { | ||||
10281 | // Perhaps the ambiguity was caused by two atomic constraints that are | ||||
10282 | // 'identical' but not equivalent: | ||||
10283 | // | ||||
10284 | // void foo() requires (sizeof(T) > 4) { } // #1 | ||||
10285 | // void foo() requires (sizeof(T) > 4) && T::value { } // #2 | ||||
10286 | // | ||||
10287 | // The 'sizeof(T) > 4' constraints are seemingly equivalent and should cause | ||||
10288 | // #2 to subsume #1, but these constraint are not considered equivalent | ||||
10289 | // according to the subsumption rules because they are not the same | ||||
10290 | // source-level construct. This behavior is quite confusing and we should try | ||||
10291 | // to help the user figure out what happened. | ||||
10292 | |||||
10293 | SmallVector<const Expr *, 3> FirstAC, SecondAC; | ||||
10294 | FunctionDecl *FirstCand = nullptr, *SecondCand = nullptr; | ||||
10295 | for (auto I = Cands.begin(), E = Cands.end(); I != E; ++I) { | ||||
10296 | if (!I->Function) | ||||
10297 | continue; | ||||
10298 | SmallVector<const Expr *, 3> AC; | ||||
10299 | if (auto *Template = I->Function->getPrimaryTemplate()) | ||||
10300 | Template->getAssociatedConstraints(AC); | ||||
10301 | else | ||||
10302 | I->Function->getAssociatedConstraints(AC); | ||||
10303 | if (AC.empty()) | ||||
10304 | continue; | ||||
10305 | if (FirstCand == nullptr) { | ||||
10306 | FirstCand = I->Function; | ||||
10307 | FirstAC = AC; | ||||
10308 | } else if (SecondCand == nullptr) { | ||||
10309 | SecondCand = I->Function; | ||||
10310 | SecondAC = AC; | ||||
10311 | } else { | ||||
10312 | // We have more than one pair of constrained functions - this check is | ||||
10313 | // expensive and we'd rather not try to diagnose it. | ||||
10314 | return; | ||||
10315 | } | ||||
10316 | } | ||||
10317 | if (!SecondCand) | ||||
10318 | return; | ||||
10319 | // The diagnostic can only happen if there are associated constraints on | ||||
10320 | // both sides (there needs to be some identical atomic constraint). | ||||
10321 | if (S.MaybeEmitAmbiguousAtomicConstraintsDiagnostic(FirstCand, FirstAC, | ||||
10322 | SecondCand, SecondAC)) | ||||
10323 | // Just show the user one diagnostic, they'll probably figure it out | ||||
10324 | // from here. | ||||
10325 | return; | ||||
10326 | } | ||||
10327 | |||||
10328 | // Notes the location of all overload candidates designated through | ||||
10329 | // OverloadedExpr | ||||
10330 | void Sema::NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr *OverloadedExpr, QualType DestType, | ||||
10331 | bool TakingAddress) { | ||||
10332 | assert(OverloadedExpr->getType() == Context.OverloadTy)((OverloadedExpr->getType() == Context.OverloadTy) ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("OverloadedExpr->getType() == Context.OverloadTy" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 10332, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
10333 | |||||
10334 | OverloadExpr::FindResult Ovl = OverloadExpr::find(OverloadedExpr); | ||||
10335 | OverloadExpr *OvlExpr = Ovl.Expression; | ||||
10336 | |||||
10337 | for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = OvlExpr->decls_begin(), | ||||
10338 | IEnd = OvlExpr->decls_end(); | ||||
10339 | I != IEnd; ++I) { | ||||
10340 | if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl
| ||||
10341 | dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>((*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()) ) { | ||||
10342 | NoteOverloadCandidate(*I, FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(), CRK_None, DestType, | ||||
10343 | TakingAddress); | ||||
10344 | } else if (FunctionDecl *Fun | ||||
10345 | = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>((*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()) ) { | ||||
10346 | NoteOverloadCandidate(*I, Fun, CRK_None, DestType, TakingAddress); | ||||
10347 | } | ||||
10348 | } | ||||
10349 | } | ||||
10350 | |||||
10351 | /// Diagnoses an ambiguous conversion. The partial diagnostic is the | ||||
10352 | /// "lead" diagnostic; it will be given two arguments, the source and | ||||
10353 | /// target types of the conversion. | ||||
10354 | void ImplicitConversionSequence::DiagnoseAmbiguousConversion( | ||||
10355 | Sema &S, | ||||
10356 | SourceLocation CaretLoc, | ||||
10357 | const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag) const { | ||||
10358 | S.Diag(CaretLoc, PDiag) | ||||
10359 | << Ambiguous.getFromType() << Ambiguous.getToType(); | ||||
10360 | unsigned CandsShown = 0; | ||||
10361 | AmbiguousConversionSequence::const_iterator I, E; | ||||
10362 | for (I = Ambiguous.begin(), E = Ambiguous.end(); I != E; ++I) { | ||||
10363 | if (CandsShown >= S.Diags.getNumOverloadCandidatesToShow()) | ||||
10364 | break; | ||||
10365 | ++CandsShown; | ||||
10366 | S.NoteOverloadCandidate(I->first, I->second); | ||||
10367 | } | ||||
10368 | S.Diags.overloadCandidatesShown(CandsShown); | ||||
10369 | if (I != E) | ||||
10370 | S.Diag(SourceLocation(), diag::note_ovl_too_many_candidates) << int(E - I); | ||||
10371 | } | ||||
10372 | |||||
10373 | static void DiagnoseBadConversion(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand, | ||||
10374 | unsigned I, bool TakingCandidateAddress) { | ||||
10375 | const ImplicitConversionSequence &Conv = Cand->Conversions[I]; | ||||
10376 | assert(Conv.isBad())((Conv.isBad()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Conv.isBad()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 10376, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
10377 | assert(Cand->Function && "for now, candidate must be a function")((Cand->Function && "for now, candidate must be a function" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Cand->Function && \"for now, candidate must be a function\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 10377, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
10378 | FunctionDecl *Fn = Cand->Function; | ||||
10379 | |||||
10380 | // There's a conversion slot for the object argument if this is a | ||||
10381 | // non-constructor method. Note that 'I' corresponds the | ||||
10382 | // conversion-slot index. | ||||
10383 | bool isObjectArgument = false; | ||||
10384 | if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn) && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Fn)) { | ||||
10385 | if (I == 0) | ||||
10386 | isObjectArgument = true; | ||||
10387 | else | ||||
10388 | I--; | ||||
10389 | } | ||||
10390 | |||||
10391 | std::string FnDesc; | ||||
10392 | std::pair<OverloadCandidateKind, OverloadCandidateSelect> FnKindPair = | ||||
10393 | ClassifyOverloadCandidate(S, Cand->FoundDecl, Fn, Cand->getRewriteKind(), | ||||
10394 | FnDesc); | ||||
10395 | |||||
10396 | Expr *FromExpr = Conv.Bad.FromExpr; | ||||
10397 | QualType FromTy = Conv.Bad.getFromType(); | ||||
10398 | QualType ToTy = Conv.Bad.getToType(); | ||||
10399 | |||||
10400 | if (FromTy == S.Context.OverloadTy) { | ||||
10401 | assert(FromExpr && "overload set argument came from implicit argument?")((FromExpr && "overload set argument came from implicit argument?" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("FromExpr && \"overload set argument came from implicit argument?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 10401, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
10402 | Expr *E = FromExpr->IgnoreParens(); | ||||
10403 | if (isa<UnaryOperator>(E)) | ||||
10404 | E = cast<UnaryOperator>(E)->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens(); | ||||
10405 | DeclarationName Name = cast<OverloadExpr>(E)->getName(); | ||||
10406 | |||||
10407 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_overload) | ||||
10408 | << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)FnKindPair.second << FnDesc | ||||
10409 | << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange()) << ToTy | ||||
10410 | << Name << I + 1; | ||||
10411 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->FoundDecl); | ||||
10412 | return; | ||||
10413 | } | ||||
10414 | |||||
10415 | // Do some hand-waving analysis to see if the non-viability is due | ||||
10416 | // to a qualifier mismatch. | ||||
10417 | CanQualType CFromTy = S.Context.getCanonicalType(FromTy); | ||||
10418 | CanQualType CToTy = S.Context.getCanonicalType(ToTy); | ||||
10419 | if (CanQual<ReferenceType> RT = CToTy->getAs<ReferenceType>()) | ||||
10420 | CToTy = RT->getPointeeType(); | ||||
10421 | else { | ||||
10422 | // TODO: detect and diagnose the full richness of const mismatches. | ||||
10423 | if (CanQual<PointerType> FromPT = CFromTy->getAs<PointerType>()) | ||||
10424 | if (CanQual<PointerType> ToPT = CToTy->getAs<PointerType>()) { | ||||
10425 | CFromTy = FromPT->getPointeeType(); | ||||
10426 | CToTy = ToPT->getPointeeType(); | ||||
10427 | } | ||||
10428 | } | ||||
10429 | |||||
10430 | if (CToTy.getUnqualifiedType() == CFromTy.getUnqualifiedType() && | ||||
10431 | !CToTy.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(CFromTy)) { | ||||
10432 | Qualifiers FromQs = CFromTy.getQualifiers(); | ||||
10433 | Qualifiers ToQs = CToTy.getQualifiers(); | ||||
10434 | |||||
10435 | if (FromQs.getAddressSpace() != ToQs.getAddressSpace()) { | ||||
10436 | if (isObjectArgument) | ||||
10437 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_addrspace_this) | ||||
10438 | << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)FnKindPair.second | ||||
10439 | << FnDesc << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange()) | ||||
10440 | << FromQs.getAddressSpace() << ToQs.getAddressSpace(); | ||||
10441 | else | ||||
10442 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_addrspace) | ||||
10443 | << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)FnKindPair.second | ||||
10444 | << FnDesc << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange()) | ||||
10445 | << FromQs.getAddressSpace() << ToQs.getAddressSpace() | ||||
10446 | << ToTy->isReferenceType() << I + 1; | ||||
10447 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->FoundDecl); | ||||
10448 | return; | ||||
10449 | } | ||||
10450 | |||||
10451 | if (FromQs.getObjCLifetime() != ToQs.getObjCLifetime()) { | ||||
10452 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_ownership) | ||||
10453 | << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)FnKindPair.second << FnDesc | ||||
10454 | << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange()) << FromTy | ||||
10455 | << FromQs.getObjCLifetime() << ToQs.getObjCLifetime() | ||||
10456 | << (unsigned)isObjectArgument << I + 1; | ||||
10457 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->FoundDecl); | ||||
10458 | return; | ||||
10459 | } | ||||
10460 | |||||
10461 | if (FromQs.getObjCGCAttr() != ToQs.getObjCGCAttr()) { | ||||
10462 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_gc) | ||||
10463 | << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)FnKindPair.second << FnDesc | ||||
10464 | << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange()) << FromTy | ||||
10465 | << FromQs.getObjCGCAttr() << ToQs.getObjCGCAttr() | ||||
10466 | << (unsigned)isObjectArgument << I + 1; | ||||
10467 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->FoundDecl); | ||||
10468 | return; | ||||
10469 | } | ||||
10470 | |||||
10471 | if (FromQs.hasUnaligned() != ToQs.hasUnaligned()) { | ||||
10472 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_unaligned) | ||||
10473 | << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)FnKindPair.second << FnDesc | ||||
10474 | << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange()) << FromTy | ||||
10475 | << FromQs.hasUnaligned() << I + 1; | ||||
10476 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->FoundDecl); | ||||
10477 | return; | ||||
10478 | } | ||||
10479 | |||||
10480 | unsigned CVR = FromQs.getCVRQualifiers() & ~ToQs.getCVRQualifiers(); | ||||
10481 | assert(CVR && "expected qualifiers mismatch")((CVR && "expected qualifiers mismatch") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("CVR && \"expected qualifiers mismatch\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 10481, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
10482 | |||||
10483 | if (isObjectArgument) { | ||||
10484 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_cvr_this) | ||||
10485 | << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)FnKindPair.second << FnDesc | ||||
10486 | << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange()) << FromTy | ||||
10487 | << (CVR - 1); | ||||
10488 | } else { | ||||
10489 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_cvr) | ||||
10490 | << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)FnKindPair.second << FnDesc | ||||
10491 | << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange()) << FromTy | ||||
10492 | << (CVR - 1) << I + 1; | ||||
10493 | } | ||||
10494 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->FoundDecl); | ||||
10495 | return; | ||||
10496 | } | ||||
10497 | |||||
10498 | if (Conv.Bad.Kind == BadConversionSequence::lvalue_ref_to_rvalue || | ||||
10499 | Conv.Bad.Kind == BadConversionSequence::rvalue_ref_to_lvalue) { | ||||
10500 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_value_category) | ||||
10501 | << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)FnKindPair.second << FnDesc | ||||
10502 | << (unsigned)isObjectArgument << I + 1 | ||||
10503 | << (Conv.Bad.Kind == BadConversionSequence::rvalue_ref_to_lvalue) | ||||
10504 | << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange()); | ||||
10505 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->FoundDecl); | ||||
10506 | return; | ||||
10507 | } | ||||
10508 | |||||
10509 | // Special diagnostic for failure to convert an initializer list, since | ||||
10510 | // telling the user that it has type void is not useful. | ||||
10511 | if (FromExpr && isa<InitListExpr>(FromExpr)) { | ||||
10512 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_list_argument) | ||||
10513 | << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)FnKindPair.second << FnDesc | ||||
10514 | << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange()) << FromTy | ||||
10515 | << ToTy << (unsigned)isObjectArgument << I + 1; | ||||
10516 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->FoundDecl); | ||||
10517 | return; | ||||
10518 | } | ||||
10519 | |||||
10520 | // Diagnose references or pointers to incomplete types differently, | ||||
10521 | // since it's far from impossible that the incompleteness triggered | ||||
10522 | // the failure. | ||||
10523 | QualType TempFromTy = FromTy.getNonReferenceType(); | ||||
10524 | if (const PointerType *PTy = TempFromTy->getAs<PointerType>()) | ||||
10525 | TempFromTy = PTy->getPointeeType(); | ||||
10526 | if (TempFromTy->isIncompleteType()) { | ||||
10527 | // Emit the generic diagnostic and, optionally, add the hints to it. | ||||
10528 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_conv_incomplete) | ||||
10529 | << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)FnKindPair.second << FnDesc | ||||
10530 | << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange()) << FromTy | ||||
10531 | << ToTy << (unsigned)isObjectArgument << I + 1 | ||||
10532 | << (unsigned)(Cand->Fix.Kind); | ||||
10533 | |||||
10534 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->FoundDecl); | ||||
10535 | return; | ||||
10536 | } | ||||
10537 | |||||
10538 | // Diagnose base -> derived pointer conversions. | ||||
10539 | unsigned BaseToDerivedConversion = 0; | ||||
10540 | if (const PointerType *FromPtrTy = FromTy->getAs<PointerType>()) { | ||||
10541 | if (const PointerType *ToPtrTy = ToTy->getAs<PointerType>()) { | ||||
10542 | if (ToPtrTy->getPointeeType().isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs( | ||||
10543 | FromPtrTy->getPointeeType()) && | ||||
10544 | !FromPtrTy->getPointeeType()->isIncompleteType() && | ||||
10545 | !ToPtrTy->getPointeeType()->isIncompleteType() && | ||||
10546 | S.IsDerivedFrom(SourceLocation(), ToPtrTy->getPointeeType(), | ||||
10547 | FromPtrTy->getPointeeType())) | ||||
10548 | BaseToDerivedConversion = 1; | ||||
10549 | } | ||||
10550 | } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *FromPtrTy | ||||
10551 | = FromTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) { | ||||
10552 | if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *ToPtrTy | ||||
10553 | = ToTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) | ||||
10554 | if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *FromIface = FromPtrTy->getInterfaceDecl()) | ||||
10555 | if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ToIface = ToPtrTy->getInterfaceDecl()) | ||||
10556 | if (ToPtrTy->getPointeeType().isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs( | ||||
10557 | FromPtrTy->getPointeeType()) && | ||||
10558 | FromIface->isSuperClassOf(ToIface)) | ||||
10559 | BaseToDerivedConversion = 2; | ||||
10560 | } else if (const ReferenceType *ToRefTy = ToTy->getAs<ReferenceType>()) { | ||||
10561 | if (ToRefTy->getPointeeType().isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(FromTy) && | ||||
10562 | !FromTy->isIncompleteType() && | ||||
10563 | !ToRefTy->getPointeeType()->isIncompleteType() && | ||||
10564 | S.IsDerivedFrom(SourceLocation(), ToRefTy->getPointeeType(), FromTy)) { | ||||
10565 | BaseToDerivedConversion = 3; | ||||
10566 | } | ||||
10567 | } | ||||
10568 | |||||
10569 | if (BaseToDerivedConversion) { | ||||
10570 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_base_to_derived_conv) | ||||
10571 | << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)FnKindPair.second << FnDesc | ||||
10572 | << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange()) | ||||
10573 | << (BaseToDerivedConversion - 1) << FromTy << ToTy << I + 1; | ||||
10574 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->FoundDecl); | ||||
10575 | return; | ||||
10576 | } | ||||
10577 | |||||
10578 | if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(CFromTy) && | ||||
10579 | isa<PointerType>(CToTy)) { | ||||
10580 | Qualifiers FromQs = CFromTy.getQualifiers(); | ||||
10581 | Qualifiers ToQs = CToTy.getQualifiers(); | ||||
10582 | if (FromQs.getObjCLifetime() != ToQs.getObjCLifetime()) { | ||||
10583 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_arc_conv) | ||||
10584 | << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)FnKindPair.second | ||||
10585 | << FnDesc << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange()) | ||||
10586 | << FromTy << ToTy << (unsigned)isObjectArgument << I + 1; | ||||
10587 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->FoundDecl); | ||||
10588 | return; | ||||
10589 | } | ||||
10590 | } | ||||
10591 | |||||
10592 | if (TakingCandidateAddress && | ||||
10593 | !checkAddressOfCandidateIsAvailable(S, Cand->Function)) | ||||
10594 | return; | ||||
10595 | |||||
10596 | // Emit the generic diagnostic and, optionally, add the hints to it. | ||||
10597 | PartialDiagnostic FDiag = S.PDiag(diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_conv); | ||||
10598 | FDiag << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)FnKindPair.second << FnDesc | ||||
10599 | << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange()) << FromTy | ||||
10600 | << ToTy << (unsigned)isObjectArgument << I + 1 | ||||
10601 | << (unsigned)(Cand->Fix.Kind); | ||||
10602 | |||||
10603 | // If we can fix the conversion, suggest the FixIts. | ||||
10604 | for (std::vector<FixItHint>::iterator HI = Cand->Fix.Hints.begin(), | ||||
10605 | HE = Cand->Fix.Hints.end(); HI != HE; ++HI) | ||||
10606 | FDiag << *HI; | ||||
10607 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), FDiag); | ||||
10608 | |||||
10609 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->FoundDecl); | ||||
10610 | } | ||||
10611 | |||||
10612 | /// Additional arity mismatch diagnosis specific to a function overload | ||||
10613 | /// candidates. This is not covered by the more general DiagnoseArityMismatch() | ||||
10614 | /// over a candidate in any candidate set. | ||||
10615 | static bool CheckArityMismatch(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand, | ||||
10616 | unsigned NumArgs) { | ||||
10617 | FunctionDecl *Fn = Cand->Function; | ||||
10618 | unsigned MinParams = Fn->getMinRequiredArguments(); | ||||
10619 | |||||
10620 | // With invalid overloaded operators, it's possible that we think we | ||||
10621 | // have an arity mismatch when in fact it looks like we have the | ||||
10622 | // right number of arguments, because only overloaded operators have | ||||
10623 | // the weird behavior of overloading member and non-member functions. | ||||
10624 | // Just don't report anything. | ||||
10625 | if (Fn->isInvalidDecl() && | ||||
10626 | Fn->getDeclName().getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName) | ||||
10627 | return true; | ||||
10628 | |||||
10629 | if (NumArgs < MinParams) { | ||||
10630 | assert((Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_few_arguments) ||(((Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_few_arguments) || (Cand ->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_deduction && Cand-> DeductionFailure.Result == Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments)) ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_few_arguments) || (Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_deduction && Cand->DeductionFailure.Result == Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments)" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 10632, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
10631 | (Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_deduction &&(((Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_few_arguments) || (Cand ->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_deduction && Cand-> DeductionFailure.Result == Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments)) ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_few_arguments) || (Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_deduction && Cand->DeductionFailure.Result == Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments)" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 10632, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
10632 | Cand->DeductionFailure.Result == Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments))(((Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_few_arguments) || (Cand ->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_deduction && Cand-> DeductionFailure.Result == Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments)) ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_few_arguments) || (Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_deduction && Cand->DeductionFailure.Result == Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments)" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 10632, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
10633 | } else { | ||||
10634 | assert((Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_many_arguments) ||(((Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_many_arguments) || (Cand ->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_deduction && Cand-> DeductionFailure.Result == Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments)) ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_many_arguments) || (Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_deduction && Cand->DeductionFailure.Result == Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments)" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 10636, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
10635 | (Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_deduction &&(((Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_many_arguments) || (Cand ->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_deduction && Cand-> DeductionFailure.Result == Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments)) ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_many_arguments) || (Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_deduction && Cand->DeductionFailure.Result == Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments)" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 10636, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
10636 | Cand->DeductionFailure.Result == Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments))(((Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_many_arguments) || (Cand ->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_deduction && Cand-> DeductionFailure.Result == Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments)) ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_many_arguments) || (Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_deduction && Cand->DeductionFailure.Result == Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments)" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 10636, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
10637 | } | ||||
10638 | |||||
10639 | return false; | ||||
10640 | } | ||||
10641 | |||||
10642 | /// General arity mismatch diagnosis over a candidate in a candidate set. | ||||
10643 | static void DiagnoseArityMismatch(Sema &S, NamedDecl *Found, Decl *D, | ||||
10644 | unsigned NumFormalArgs) { | ||||
10645 | assert(isa<FunctionDecl>(D) &&((isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && "The templated declaration should at least be a function" " when diagnosing bad template argument deduction due to too many" " or too few arguments") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && \"The templated declaration should at least be a function\" \" when diagnosing bad template argument deduction due to too many\" \" or too few arguments\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 10648, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
10646 | "The templated declaration should at least be a function"((isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && "The templated declaration should at least be a function" " when diagnosing bad template argument deduction due to too many" " or too few arguments") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && \"The templated declaration should at least be a function\" \" when diagnosing bad template argument deduction due to too many\" \" or too few arguments\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 10648, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
10647 | " when diagnosing bad template argument deduction due to too many"((isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && "The templated declaration should at least be a function" " when diagnosing bad template argument deduction due to too many" " or too few arguments") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && \"The templated declaration should at least be a function\" \" when diagnosing bad template argument deduction due to too many\" \" or too few arguments\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 10648, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
10648 | " or too few arguments")((isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && "The templated declaration should at least be a function" " when diagnosing bad template argument deduction due to too many" " or too few arguments") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && \"The templated declaration should at least be a function\" \" when diagnosing bad template argument deduction due to too many\" \" or too few arguments\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 10648, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
10649 | |||||
10650 | FunctionDecl *Fn = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); | ||||
10651 | |||||
10652 | // TODO: treat calls to a missing default constructor as a special case | ||||
10653 | const auto *FnTy = Fn->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||
10654 | unsigned MinParams = Fn->getMinRequiredArguments(); | ||||
10655 | |||||
10656 | // at least / at most / exactly | ||||
10657 | unsigned mode, modeCount; | ||||
10658 | if (NumFormalArgs < MinParams) { | ||||
10659 | if (MinParams != FnTy->getNumParams() || FnTy->isVariadic() || | ||||
10660 | FnTy->isTemplateVariadic()) | ||||
10661 | mode = 0; // "at least" | ||||
10662 | else | ||||
10663 | mode = 2; // "exactly" | ||||
10664 | modeCount = MinParams; | ||||
10665 | } else { | ||||
10666 | if (MinParams != FnTy->getNumParams()) | ||||
10667 | mode = 1; // "at most" | ||||
10668 | else | ||||
10669 | mode = 2; // "exactly" | ||||
10670 | modeCount = FnTy->getNumParams(); | ||||
10671 | } | ||||
10672 | |||||
10673 | std::string Description; | ||||
10674 | std::pair<OverloadCandidateKind, OverloadCandidateSelect> FnKindPair = | ||||
10675 | ClassifyOverloadCandidate(S, Found, Fn, CRK_None, Description); | ||||
10676 | |||||
10677 | if (modeCount == 1 && Fn->getParamDecl(0)->getDeclName()) | ||||
10678 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_arity_one) | ||||
10679 | << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)FnKindPair.second | ||||
10680 | << Description << mode << Fn->getParamDecl(0) << NumFormalArgs; | ||||
10681 | else | ||||
10682 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_arity) | ||||
10683 | << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)FnKindPair.second | ||||
10684 | << Description << mode << modeCount << NumFormalArgs; | ||||
10685 | |||||
10686 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Found); | ||||
10687 | } | ||||
10688 | |||||
10689 | /// Arity mismatch diagnosis specific to a function overload candidate. | ||||
10690 | static void DiagnoseArityMismatch(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand, | ||||
10691 | unsigned NumFormalArgs) { | ||||
10692 | if (!CheckArityMismatch(S, Cand, NumFormalArgs)) | ||||
10693 | DiagnoseArityMismatch(S, Cand->FoundDecl, Cand->Function, NumFormalArgs); | ||||
10694 | } | ||||
10695 | |||||
10696 | static TemplateDecl *getDescribedTemplate(Decl *Templated) { | ||||
10697 | if (TemplateDecl *TD = Templated->getDescribedTemplate()) | ||||
10698 | return TD; | ||||
10699 | llvm_unreachable("Unsupported: Getting the described template declaration"::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Unsupported: Getting the described template declaration" " for bad deduction diagnosis", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 10700) | ||||
10700 | " for bad deduction diagnosis")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Unsupported: Getting the described template declaration" " for bad deduction diagnosis", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 10700); | ||||
10701 | } | ||||
10702 | |||||
10703 | /// Diagnose a failed template-argument deduction. | ||||
10704 | static void DiagnoseBadDeduction(Sema &S, NamedDecl *Found, Decl *Templated, | ||||
10705 | DeductionFailureInfo &DeductionFailure, | ||||
10706 | unsigned NumArgs, | ||||
10707 | bool TakingCandidateAddress) { | ||||
10708 | TemplateParameter Param = DeductionFailure.getTemplateParameter(); | ||||
10709 | NamedDecl *ParamD; | ||||
10710 | (ParamD = Param.dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl*>()) || | ||||
10711 | (ParamD = Param.dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl*>()) || | ||||
10712 | (ParamD = Param.dyn_cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl*>()); | ||||
10713 | switch (DeductionFailure.Result) { | ||||
10714 | case Sema::TDK_Success: | ||||
10715 | llvm_unreachable("TDK_success while diagnosing bad deduction")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("TDK_success while diagnosing bad deduction" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 10715); | ||||
10716 | |||||
10717 | case Sema::TDK_Incomplete: { | ||||
10718 | assert(ParamD && "no parameter found for incomplete deduction result")((ParamD && "no parameter found for incomplete deduction result" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ParamD && \"no parameter found for incomplete deduction result\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 10718, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
10719 | S.Diag(Templated->getLocation(), | ||||
10720 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_incomplete_deduction) | ||||
10721 | << ParamD->getDeclName(); | ||||
10722 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Found); | ||||
10723 | return; | ||||
10724 | } | ||||
10725 | |||||
10726 | case Sema::TDK_IncompletePack: { | ||||
10727 | assert(ParamD && "no parameter found for incomplete deduction result")((ParamD && "no parameter found for incomplete deduction result" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ParamD && \"no parameter found for incomplete deduction result\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 10727, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
10728 | S.Diag(Templated->getLocation(), | ||||
10729 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_incomplete_deduction_pack) | ||||
10730 | << ParamD->getDeclName() | ||||
10731 | << (DeductionFailure.getFirstArg()->pack_size() + 1) | ||||
10732 | << *DeductionFailure.getFirstArg(); | ||||
10733 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Found); | ||||
10734 | return; | ||||
10735 | } | ||||
10736 | |||||
10737 | case Sema::TDK_Underqualified: { | ||||
10738 | assert(ParamD && "no parameter found for bad qualifiers deduction result")((ParamD && "no parameter found for bad qualifiers deduction result" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ParamD && \"no parameter found for bad qualifiers deduction result\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 10738, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
10739 | TemplateTypeParmDecl *TParam = cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(ParamD); | ||||
10740 | |||||
10741 | QualType Param = DeductionFailure.getFirstArg()->getAsType(); | ||||
10742 | |||||
10743 | // Param will have been canonicalized, but it should just be a | ||||
10744 | // qualified version of ParamD, so move the qualifiers to that. | ||||
10745 | QualifierCollector Qs; | ||||
10746 | Qs.strip(Param); | ||||
10747 | QualType NonCanonParam = Qs.apply(S.Context, TParam->getTypeForDecl()); | ||||
10748 | assert(S.Context.hasSameType(Param, NonCanonParam))((S.Context.hasSameType(Param, NonCanonParam)) ? static_cast< void> (0) : __assert_fail ("S.Context.hasSameType(Param, NonCanonParam)" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 10748, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
10749 | |||||
10750 | // Arg has also been canonicalized, but there's nothing we can do | ||||
10751 | // about that. It also doesn't matter as much, because it won't | ||||
10752 | // have any template parameters in it (because deduction isn't | ||||
10753 | // done on dependent types). | ||||
10754 | QualType Arg = DeductionFailure.getSecondArg()->getAsType(); | ||||
10755 | |||||
10756 | S.Diag(Templated->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_underqualified) | ||||
10757 | << ParamD->getDeclName() << Arg << NonCanonParam; | ||||
10758 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Found); | ||||
10759 | return; | ||||
10760 | } | ||||
10761 | |||||
10762 | case Sema::TDK_Inconsistent: { | ||||
10763 | assert(ParamD && "no parameter found for inconsistent deduction result")((ParamD && "no parameter found for inconsistent deduction result" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ParamD && \"no parameter found for inconsistent deduction result\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 10763, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
10764 | int which = 0; | ||||
10765 | if (isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(ParamD)) | ||||
10766 | which = 0; | ||||
10767 | else if (isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(ParamD)) { | ||||
10768 | // Deduction might have failed because we deduced arguments of two | ||||
10769 | // different types for a non-type template parameter. | ||||
10770 | // FIXME: Use a different TDK value for this. | ||||
10771 | QualType T1 = | ||||
10772 | DeductionFailure.getFirstArg()->getNonTypeTemplateArgumentType(); | ||||
10773 | QualType T2 = | ||||
10774 | DeductionFailure.getSecondArg()->getNonTypeTemplateArgumentType(); | ||||
10775 | if (!T1.isNull() && !T2.isNull() && !S.Context.hasSameType(T1, T2)) { | ||||
10776 | S.Diag(Templated->getLocation(), | ||||
10777 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_inconsistent_deduction_types) | ||||
10778 | << ParamD->getDeclName() << *DeductionFailure.getFirstArg() << T1 | ||||
10779 | << *DeductionFailure.getSecondArg() << T2; | ||||
10780 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Found); | ||||
10781 | return; | ||||
10782 | } | ||||
10783 | |||||
10784 | which = 1; | ||||
10785 | } else { | ||||
10786 | which = 2; | ||||
10787 | } | ||||
10788 | |||||
10789 | // Tweak the diagnostic if the problem is that we deduced packs of | ||||
10790 | // different arities. We'll print the actual packs anyway in case that | ||||
10791 | // includes additional useful information. | ||||
10792 | if (DeductionFailure.getFirstArg()->getKind() == TemplateArgument::Pack && | ||||
10793 | DeductionFailure.getSecondArg()->getKind() == TemplateArgument::Pack && | ||||
10794 | DeductionFailure.getFirstArg()->pack_size() != | ||||
10795 | DeductionFailure.getSecondArg()->pack_size()) { | ||||
10796 | which = 3; | ||||
10797 | } | ||||
10798 | |||||
10799 | S.Diag(Templated->getLocation(), | ||||
10800 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_inconsistent_deduction) | ||||
10801 | << which << ParamD->getDeclName() << *DeductionFailure.getFirstArg() | ||||
10802 | << *DeductionFailure.getSecondArg(); | ||||
10803 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Found); | ||||
10804 | return; | ||||
10805 | } | ||||
10806 | |||||
10807 | case Sema::TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments: | ||||
10808 | assert(ParamD && "no parameter found for invalid explicit arguments")((ParamD && "no parameter found for invalid explicit arguments" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ParamD && \"no parameter found for invalid explicit arguments\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 10808, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
10809 | if (ParamD->getDeclName()) | ||||
10810 | S.Diag(Templated->getLocation(), | ||||
10811 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_explicit_arg_mismatch_named) | ||||
10812 | << ParamD->getDeclName(); | ||||
10813 | else { | ||||
10814 | int index = 0; | ||||
10815 | if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(ParamD)) | ||||
10816 | index = TTP->getIndex(); | ||||
10817 | else if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP | ||||
10818 | = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(ParamD)) | ||||
10819 | index = NTTP->getIndex(); | ||||
10820 | else | ||||
10821 | index = cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(ParamD)->getIndex(); | ||||
10822 | S.Diag(Templated->getLocation(), | ||||
10823 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_explicit_arg_mismatch_unnamed) | ||||
10824 | << (index + 1); | ||||
10825 | } | ||||
10826 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Found); | ||||
10827 | return; | ||||
10828 | |||||
10829 | case Sema::TDK_ConstraintsNotSatisfied: { | ||||
10830 | // Format the template argument list into the argument string. | ||||
10831 | SmallString<128> TemplateArgString; | ||||
10832 | TemplateArgumentList *Args = DeductionFailure.getTemplateArgumentList(); | ||||
10833 | TemplateArgString = " "; | ||||
10834 | TemplateArgString += S.getTemplateArgumentBindingsText( | ||||
10835 | getDescribedTemplate(Templated)->getTemplateParameters(), *Args); | ||||
10836 | if (TemplateArgString.size() == 1) | ||||
10837 | TemplateArgString.clear(); | ||||
10838 | S.Diag(Templated->getLocation(), | ||||
10839 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_unsatisfied_constraints) | ||||
10840 | << TemplateArgString; | ||||
10841 | |||||
10842 | S.DiagnoseUnsatisfiedConstraint( | ||||
10843 | static_cast<CNSInfo*>(DeductionFailure.Data)->Satisfaction); | ||||
10844 | return; | ||||
10845 | } | ||||
10846 | case Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments: | ||||
10847 | case Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments: | ||||
10848 | DiagnoseArityMismatch(S, Found, Templated, NumArgs); | ||||
10849 | return; | ||||
10850 | |||||
10851 | case Sema::TDK_InstantiationDepth: | ||||
10852 | S.Diag(Templated->getLocation(), | ||||
10853 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_instantiation_depth); | ||||
10854 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Found); | ||||
10855 | return; | ||||
10856 | |||||
10857 | case Sema::TDK_SubstitutionFailure: { | ||||
10858 | // Format the template argument list into the argument string. | ||||
10859 | SmallString<128> TemplateArgString; | ||||
10860 | if (TemplateArgumentList *Args = | ||||
10861 | DeductionFailure.getTemplateArgumentList()) { | ||||
10862 | TemplateArgString = " "; | ||||
10863 | TemplateArgString += S.getTemplateArgumentBindingsText( | ||||
10864 | getDescribedTemplate(Templated)->getTemplateParameters(), *Args); | ||||
10865 | if (TemplateArgString.size() == 1) | ||||
10866 | TemplateArgString.clear(); | ||||
10867 | } | ||||
10868 | |||||
10869 | // If this candidate was disabled by enable_if, say so. | ||||
10870 | PartialDiagnosticAt *PDiag = DeductionFailure.getSFINAEDiagnostic(); | ||||
10871 | if (PDiag && PDiag->second.getDiagID() == | ||||
10872 | diag::err_typename_nested_not_found_enable_if) { | ||||
10873 | // FIXME: Use the source range of the condition, and the fully-qualified | ||||
10874 | // name of the enable_if template. These are both present in PDiag. | ||||
10875 | S.Diag(PDiag->first, diag::note_ovl_candidate_disabled_by_enable_if) | ||||
10876 | << "'enable_if'" << TemplateArgString; | ||||
10877 | return; | ||||
10878 | } | ||||
10879 | |||||
10880 | // We found a specific requirement that disabled the enable_if. | ||||
10881 | if (PDiag && PDiag->second.getDiagID() == | ||||
10882 | diag::err_typename_nested_not_found_requirement) { | ||||
10883 | S.Diag(Templated->getLocation(), | ||||
10884 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_disabled_by_requirement) | ||||
10885 | << PDiag->second.getStringArg(0) << TemplateArgString; | ||||
10886 | return; | ||||
10887 | } | ||||
10888 | |||||
10889 | // Format the SFINAE diagnostic into the argument string. | ||||
10890 | // FIXME: Add a general mechanism to include a PartialDiagnostic *'s | ||||
10891 | // formatted message in another diagnostic. | ||||
10892 | SmallString<128> SFINAEArgString; | ||||
10893 | SourceRange R; | ||||
10894 | if (PDiag) { | ||||
10895 | SFINAEArgString = ": "; | ||||
10896 | R = SourceRange(PDiag->first, PDiag->first); | ||||
10897 | PDiag->second.EmitToString(S.getDiagnostics(), SFINAEArgString); | ||||
10898 | } | ||||
10899 | |||||
10900 | S.Diag(Templated->getLocation(), | ||||
10901 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_substitution_failure) | ||||
10902 | << TemplateArgString << SFINAEArgString << R; | ||||
10903 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Found); | ||||
10904 | return; | ||||
10905 | } | ||||
10906 | |||||
10907 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatch: | ||||
10908 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatchNested: { | ||||
10909 | // Format the template argument list into the argument string. | ||||
10910 | SmallString<128> TemplateArgString; | ||||
10911 | if (TemplateArgumentList *Args = | ||||
10912 | DeductionFailure.getTemplateArgumentList()) { | ||||
10913 | TemplateArgString = " "; | ||||
10914 | TemplateArgString += S.getTemplateArgumentBindingsText( | ||||
10915 | getDescribedTemplate(Templated)->getTemplateParameters(), *Args); | ||||
10916 | if (TemplateArgString.size() == 1) | ||||
10917 | TemplateArgString.clear(); | ||||
10918 | } | ||||
10919 | |||||
10920 | S.Diag(Templated->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_deduced_mismatch) | ||||
10921 | << (*DeductionFailure.getCallArgIndex() + 1) | ||||
10922 | << *DeductionFailure.getFirstArg() << *DeductionFailure.getSecondArg() | ||||
10923 | << TemplateArgString | ||||
10924 | << (DeductionFailure.Result == Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatchNested); | ||||
10925 | break; | ||||
10926 | } | ||||
10927 | |||||
10928 | case Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch: { | ||||
10929 | // FIXME: Provide a source location to indicate what we couldn't match. | ||||
10930 | TemplateArgument FirstTA = *DeductionFailure.getFirstArg(); | ||||
10931 | TemplateArgument SecondTA = *DeductionFailure.getSecondArg(); | ||||
10932 | if (FirstTA.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Template && | ||||
10933 | SecondTA.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Template) { | ||||
10934 | TemplateName FirstTN = FirstTA.getAsTemplate(); | ||||
10935 | TemplateName SecondTN = SecondTA.getAsTemplate(); | ||||
10936 | if (FirstTN.getKind() == TemplateName::Template && | ||||
10937 | SecondTN.getKind() == TemplateName::Template) { | ||||
10938 | if (FirstTN.getAsTemplateDecl()->getName() == | ||||
10939 | SecondTN.getAsTemplateDecl()->getName()) { | ||||
10940 | // FIXME: This fixes a bad diagnostic where both templates are named | ||||
10941 | // the same. This particular case is a bit difficult since: | ||||
10942 | // 1) It is passed as a string to the diagnostic printer. | ||||
10943 | // 2) The diagnostic printer only attempts to find a better | ||||
10944 | // name for types, not decls. | ||||
10945 | // Ideally, this should folded into the diagnostic printer. | ||||
10946 | S.Diag(Templated->getLocation(), | ||||
10947 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_non_deduced_mismatch_qualified) | ||||
10948 | << FirstTN.getAsTemplateDecl() << SecondTN.getAsTemplateDecl(); | ||||
10949 | return; | ||||
10950 | } | ||||
10951 | } | ||||
10952 | } | ||||
10953 | |||||
10954 | if (TakingCandidateAddress && isa<FunctionDecl>(Templated) && | ||||
10955 | !checkAddressOfCandidateIsAvailable(S, cast<FunctionDecl>(Templated))) | ||||
10956 | return; | ||||
10957 | |||||
10958 | // FIXME: For generic lambda parameters, check if the function is a lambda | ||||
10959 | // call operator, and if so, emit a prettier and more informative | ||||
10960 | // diagnostic that mentions 'auto' and lambda in addition to | ||||
10961 | // (or instead of?) the canonical template type parameters. | ||||
10962 | S.Diag(Templated->getLocation(), | ||||
10963 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_non_deduced_mismatch) | ||||
10964 | << FirstTA << SecondTA; | ||||
10965 | return; | ||||
10966 | } | ||||
10967 | // TODO: diagnose these individually, then kill off | ||||
10968 | // note_ovl_candidate_bad_deduction, which is uselessly vague. | ||||
10969 | case Sema::TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure: | ||||
10970 | S.Diag(Templated->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_deduction); | ||||
10971 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Found); | ||||
10972 | return; | ||||
10973 | case Sema::TDK_CUDATargetMismatch: | ||||
10974 | S.Diag(Templated->getLocation(), | ||||
10975 | diag::note_cuda_ovl_candidate_target_mismatch); | ||||
10976 | return; | ||||
10977 | } | ||||
10978 | } | ||||
10979 | |||||
10980 | /// Diagnose a failed template-argument deduction, for function calls. | ||||
10981 | static void DiagnoseBadDeduction(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand, | ||||
10982 | unsigned NumArgs, | ||||
10983 | bool TakingCandidateAddress) { | ||||
10984 | unsigned TDK = Cand->DeductionFailure.Result; | ||||
10985 | if (TDK == Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments || TDK == Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments) { | ||||
10986 | if (CheckArityMismatch(S, Cand, NumArgs)) | ||||
10987 | return; | ||||
10988 | } | ||||
10989 | DiagnoseBadDeduction(S, Cand->FoundDecl, Cand->Function, // pattern | ||||
10990 | Cand->DeductionFailure, NumArgs, TakingCandidateAddress); | ||||
10991 | } | ||||
10992 | |||||
10993 | /// CUDA: diagnose an invalid call across targets. | ||||
10994 | static void DiagnoseBadTarget(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand) { | ||||
10995 | FunctionDecl *Caller = cast<FunctionDecl>(S.CurContext); | ||||
10996 | FunctionDecl *Callee = Cand->Function; | ||||
10997 | |||||
10998 | Sema::CUDAFunctionTarget CallerTarget = S.IdentifyCUDATarget(Caller), | ||||
10999 | CalleeTarget = S.IdentifyCUDATarget(Callee); | ||||
11000 | |||||
11001 | std::string FnDesc; | ||||
11002 | std::pair<OverloadCandidateKind, OverloadCandidateSelect> FnKindPair = | ||||
11003 | ClassifyOverloadCandidate(S, Cand->FoundDecl, Callee, | ||||
11004 | Cand->getRewriteKind(), FnDesc); | ||||
11005 | |||||
11006 | S.Diag(Callee->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_target) | ||||
11007 | << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)ocs_non_template | ||||
11008 | << FnDesc /* Ignored */ | ||||
11009 | << CalleeTarget << CallerTarget; | ||||
11010 | |||||
11011 | // This could be an implicit constructor for which we could not infer the | ||||
11012 | // target due to a collsion. Diagnose that case. | ||||
11013 | CXXMethodDecl *Meth = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Callee); | ||||
11014 | if (Meth != nullptr && Meth->isImplicit()) { | ||||
11015 | CXXRecordDecl *ParentClass = Meth->getParent(); | ||||
11016 | Sema::CXXSpecialMember CSM; | ||||
11017 | |||||
11018 | switch (FnKindPair.first) { | ||||
11019 | default: | ||||
11020 | return; | ||||
11021 | case oc_implicit_default_constructor: | ||||
11022 | CSM = Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; | ||||
11023 | break; | ||||
11024 | case oc_implicit_copy_constructor: | ||||
11025 | CSM = Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; | ||||
11026 | break; | ||||
11027 | case oc_implicit_move_constructor: | ||||
11028 | CSM = Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; | ||||
11029 | break; | ||||
11030 | case oc_implicit_copy_assignment: | ||||
11031 | CSM = Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; | ||||
11032 | break; | ||||
11033 | case oc_implicit_move_assignment: | ||||
11034 | CSM = Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; | ||||
11035 | break; | ||||
11036 | }; | ||||
11037 | |||||
11038 | bool ConstRHS = false; | ||||
11039 | if (Meth->getNumParams()) { | ||||
11040 | if (const ReferenceType *RT = | ||||
11041 | Meth->getParamDecl(0)->getType()->getAs<ReferenceType>()) { | ||||
11042 | ConstRHS = RT->getPointeeType().isConstQualified(); | ||||
11043 | } | ||||
11044 | } | ||||
11045 | |||||
11046 | S.inferCUDATargetForImplicitSpecialMember(ParentClass, CSM, Meth, | ||||
11047 | /* ConstRHS */ ConstRHS, | ||||
11048 | /* Diagnose */ true); | ||||
11049 | } | ||||
11050 | } | ||||
11051 | |||||
11052 | static void DiagnoseFailedEnableIfAttr(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand) { | ||||
11053 | FunctionDecl *Callee = Cand->Function; | ||||
11054 | EnableIfAttr *Attr = static_cast<EnableIfAttr*>(Cand->DeductionFailure.Data); | ||||
11055 | |||||
11056 | S.Diag(Callee->getLocation(), | ||||
11057 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_disabled_by_function_cond_attr) | ||||
11058 | << Attr->getCond()->getSourceRange() << Attr->getMessage(); | ||||
11059 | } | ||||
11060 | |||||
11061 | static void DiagnoseFailedExplicitSpec(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand) { | ||||
11062 | ExplicitSpecifier ES = ExplicitSpecifier::getFromDecl(Cand->Function); | ||||
11063 | assert(ES.isExplicit() && "not an explicit candidate")((ES.isExplicit() && "not an explicit candidate") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ES.isExplicit() && \"not an explicit candidate\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 11063, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
11064 | |||||
11065 | unsigned Kind; | ||||
11066 | switch (Cand->Function->getDeclKind()) { | ||||
11067 | case Decl::Kind::CXXConstructor: | ||||
11068 | Kind = 0; | ||||
11069 | break; | ||||
11070 | case Decl::Kind::CXXConversion: | ||||
11071 | Kind = 1; | ||||
11072 | break; | ||||
11073 | case Decl::Kind::CXXDeductionGuide: | ||||
11074 | Kind = Cand->Function->isImplicit() ? 0 : 2; | ||||
11075 | break; | ||||
11076 | default: | ||||
11077 | llvm_unreachable("invalid Decl")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("invalid Decl", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 11077); | ||||
11078 | } | ||||
11079 | |||||
11080 | // Note the location of the first (in-class) declaration; a redeclaration | ||||
11081 | // (particularly an out-of-class definition) will typically lack the | ||||
11082 | // 'explicit' specifier. | ||||
11083 | // FIXME: This is probably a good thing to do for all 'candidate' notes. | ||||
11084 | FunctionDecl *First = Cand->Function->getFirstDecl(); | ||||
11085 | if (FunctionDecl *Pattern = First->getTemplateInstantiationPattern()) | ||||
11086 | First = Pattern->getFirstDecl(); | ||||
11087 | |||||
11088 | S.Diag(First->getLocation(), | ||||
11089 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_explicit) | ||||
11090 | << Kind << (ES.getExpr() ? 1 : 0) | ||||
11091 | << (ES.getExpr() ? ES.getExpr()->getSourceRange() : SourceRange()); | ||||
11092 | } | ||||
11093 | |||||
11094 | static void DiagnoseOpenCLExtensionDisabled(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand) { | ||||
11095 | FunctionDecl *Callee = Cand->Function; | ||||
11096 | |||||
11097 | S.Diag(Callee->getLocation(), | ||||
11098 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_disabled_by_extension) | ||||
11099 | << S.getOpenCLExtensionsFromDeclExtMap(Callee); | ||||
11100 | } | ||||
11101 | |||||
11102 | /// Generates a 'note' diagnostic for an overload candidate. We've | ||||
11103 | /// already generated a primary error at the call site. | ||||
11104 | /// | ||||
11105 | /// It really does need to be a single diagnostic with its caret | ||||
11106 | /// pointed at the candidate declaration. Yes, this creates some | ||||
11107 | /// major challenges of technical writing. Yes, this makes pointing | ||||
11108 | /// out problems with specific arguments quite awkward. It's still | ||||
11109 | /// better than generating twenty screens of text for every failed | ||||
11110 | /// overload. | ||||
11111 | /// | ||||
11112 | /// It would be great to be able to express per-candidate problems | ||||
11113 | /// more richly for those diagnostic clients that cared, but we'd | ||||
11114 | /// still have to be just as careful with the default diagnostics. | ||||
11115 | /// \param CtorDestAS Addr space of object being constructed (for ctor | ||||
11116 | /// candidates only). | ||||
11117 | static void NoteFunctionCandidate(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand, | ||||
11118 | unsigned NumArgs, | ||||
11119 | bool TakingCandidateAddress, | ||||
11120 | LangAS CtorDestAS = LangAS::Default) { | ||||
11121 | FunctionDecl *Fn = Cand->Function; | ||||
11122 | if (shouldSkipNotingLambdaConversionDecl(Fn)) | ||||
11123 | return; | ||||
11124 | |||||
11125 | // Note deleted candidates, but only if they're viable. | ||||
11126 | if (Cand->Viable) { | ||||
11127 | if (Fn->isDeleted()) { | ||||
11128 | std::string FnDesc; | ||||
11129 | std::pair<OverloadCandidateKind, OverloadCandidateSelect> FnKindPair = | ||||
11130 | ClassifyOverloadCandidate(S, Cand->FoundDecl, Fn, | ||||
11131 | Cand->getRewriteKind(), FnDesc); | ||||
11132 | |||||
11133 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_deleted) | ||||
11134 | << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)FnKindPair.second << FnDesc | ||||
11135 | << (Fn->isDeleted() ? (Fn->isDeletedAsWritten() ? 1 : 2) : 0); | ||||
11136 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->FoundDecl); | ||||
11137 | return; | ||||
11138 | } | ||||
11139 | |||||
11140 | // We don't really have anything else to say about viable candidates. | ||||
11141 | S.NoteOverloadCandidate(Cand->FoundDecl, Fn, Cand->getRewriteKind()); | ||||
11142 | return; | ||||
11143 | } | ||||
11144 | |||||
11145 | switch (Cand->FailureKind) { | ||||
11146 | case ovl_fail_too_many_arguments: | ||||
11147 | case ovl_fail_too_few_arguments: | ||||
11148 | return DiagnoseArityMismatch(S, Cand, NumArgs); | ||||
11149 | |||||
11150 | case ovl_fail_bad_deduction: | ||||
11151 | return DiagnoseBadDeduction(S, Cand, NumArgs, | ||||
11152 | TakingCandidateAddress); | ||||
11153 | |||||
11154 | case ovl_fail_illegal_constructor: { | ||||
11155 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_illegal_constructor) | ||||
11156 | << (Fn->getPrimaryTemplate() ? 1 : 0); | ||||
11157 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->FoundDecl); | ||||
11158 | return; | ||||
11159 | } | ||||
11160 | |||||
11161 | case ovl_fail_object_addrspace_mismatch: { | ||||
11162 | Qualifiers QualsForPrinting; | ||||
11163 | QualsForPrinting.setAddressSpace(CtorDestAS); | ||||
11164 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), | ||||
11165 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_illegal_constructor_adrspace_mismatch) | ||||
11166 | << QualsForPrinting; | ||||
11167 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->FoundDecl); | ||||
11168 | return; | ||||
11169 | } | ||||
11170 | |||||
11171 | case ovl_fail_trivial_conversion: | ||||
11172 | case ovl_fail_bad_final_conversion: | ||||
11173 | case ovl_fail_final_conversion_not_exact: | ||||
11174 | return S.NoteOverloadCandidate(Cand->FoundDecl, Fn, Cand->getRewriteKind()); | ||||
11175 | |||||
11176 | case ovl_fail_bad_conversion: { | ||||
11177 | unsigned I = (Cand->IgnoreObjectArgument ? 1 : 0); | ||||
11178 | for (unsigned N = Cand->Conversions.size(); I != N; ++I) | ||||
11179 | if (Cand->Conversions[I].isBad()) | ||||
11180 | return DiagnoseBadConversion(S, Cand, I, TakingCandidateAddress); | ||||
11181 | |||||
11182 | // FIXME: this currently happens when we're called from SemaInit | ||||
11183 | // when user-conversion overload fails. Figure out how to handle | ||||
11184 | // those conditions and diagnose them well. | ||||
11185 | return S.NoteOverloadCandidate(Cand->FoundDecl, Fn, Cand->getRewriteKind()); | ||||
11186 | } | ||||
11187 | |||||
11188 | case ovl_fail_bad_target: | ||||
11189 | return DiagnoseBadTarget(S, Cand); | ||||
11190 | |||||
11191 | case ovl_fail_enable_if: | ||||
11192 | return DiagnoseFailedEnableIfAttr(S, Cand); | ||||
11193 | |||||
11194 | case ovl_fail_explicit: | ||||
11195 | return DiagnoseFailedExplicitSpec(S, Cand); | ||||
11196 | |||||
11197 | case ovl_fail_ext_disabled: | ||||
11198 | return DiagnoseOpenCLExtensionDisabled(S, Cand); | ||||
11199 | |||||
11200 | case ovl_fail_inhctor_slice: | ||||
11201 | // It's generally not interesting to note copy/move constructors here. | ||||
11202 | if (cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Fn)->isCopyOrMoveConstructor()) | ||||
11203 | return; | ||||
11204 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), | ||||
11205 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_inherited_constructor_slice) | ||||
11206 | << (Fn->getPrimaryTemplate() ? 1 : 0) | ||||
11207 | << Fn->getParamDecl(0)->getType()->isRValueReferenceType(); | ||||
11208 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->FoundDecl); | ||||
11209 | return; | ||||
11210 | |||||
11211 | case ovl_fail_addr_not_available: { | ||||
11212 | bool Available = checkAddressOfCandidateIsAvailable(S, Cand->Function); | ||||
11213 | (void)Available; | ||||
11214 | assert(!Available)((!Available) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ( "!Available", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 11214, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
11215 | break; | ||||
11216 | } | ||||
11217 | case ovl_non_default_multiversion_function: | ||||
11218 | // Do nothing, these should simply be ignored. | ||||
11219 | break; | ||||
11220 | |||||
11221 | case ovl_fail_constraints_not_satisfied: { | ||||
11222 | std::string FnDesc; | ||||
11223 | std::pair<OverloadCandidateKind, OverloadCandidateSelect> FnKindPair = | ||||
11224 | ClassifyOverloadCandidate(S, Cand->FoundDecl, Fn, | ||||
11225 | Cand->getRewriteKind(), FnDesc); | ||||
11226 | |||||
11227 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), | ||||
11228 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_constraints_not_satisfied) | ||||
11229 | << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)ocs_non_template | ||||
11230 | << FnDesc /* Ignored */; | ||||
11231 | ConstraintSatisfaction Satisfaction; | ||||
11232 | if (S.CheckFunctionConstraints(Fn, Satisfaction)) | ||||
11233 | break; | ||||
11234 | S.DiagnoseUnsatisfiedConstraint(Satisfaction); | ||||
11235 | } | ||||
11236 | } | ||||
11237 | } | ||||
11238 | |||||
11239 | static void NoteSurrogateCandidate(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand) { | ||||
11240 | if (shouldSkipNotingLambdaConversionDecl(Cand->Surrogate)) | ||||
11241 | return; | ||||
11242 | |||||
11243 | // Desugar the type of the surrogate down to a function type, | ||||
11244 | // retaining as many typedefs as possible while still showing | ||||
11245 | // the function type (and, therefore, its parameter types). | ||||
11246 | QualType FnType = Cand->Surrogate->getConversionType(); | ||||
11247 | bool isLValueReference = false; | ||||
11248 | bool isRValueReference = false; | ||||
11249 | bool isPointer = false; | ||||
11250 | if (const LValueReferenceType *FnTypeRef = | ||||
11251 | FnType->getAs<LValueReferenceType>()) { | ||||
11252 | FnType = FnTypeRef->getPointeeType(); | ||||
11253 | isLValueReference = true; | ||||
11254 | } else if (const RValueReferenceType *FnTypeRef = | ||||
11255 | FnType->getAs<RValueReferenceType>()) { | ||||
11256 | FnType = FnTypeRef->getPointeeType(); | ||||
11257 | isRValueReference = true; | ||||
11258 | } | ||||
11259 | if (const PointerType *FnTypePtr = FnType->getAs<PointerType>()) { | ||||
11260 | FnType = FnTypePtr->getPointeeType(); | ||||
11261 | isPointer = true; | ||||
11262 | } | ||||
11263 | // Desugar down to a function type. | ||||
11264 | FnType = QualType(FnType->getAs<FunctionType>(), 0); | ||||
11265 | // Reconstruct the pointer/reference as appropriate. | ||||
11266 | if (isPointer) FnType = S.Context.getPointerType(FnType); | ||||
11267 | if (isRValueReference) FnType = S.Context.getRValueReferenceType(FnType); | ||||
11268 | if (isLValueReference) FnType = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(FnType); | ||||
11269 | |||||
11270 | S.Diag(Cand->Surrogate->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_surrogate_cand) | ||||
11271 | << FnType; | ||||
11272 | } | ||||
11273 | |||||
11274 | static void NoteBuiltinOperatorCandidate(Sema &S, StringRef Opc, | ||||
11275 | SourceLocation OpLoc, | ||||
11276 | OverloadCandidate *Cand) { | ||||
11277 | assert(Cand->Conversions.size() <= 2 && "builtin operator is not binary")((Cand->Conversions.size() <= 2 && "builtin operator is not binary" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Cand->Conversions.size() <= 2 && \"builtin operator is not binary\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 11277, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
11278 | std::string TypeStr("operator"); | ||||
11279 | TypeStr += Opc; | ||||
11280 | TypeStr += "("; | ||||
11281 | TypeStr += Cand->BuiltinParamTypes[0].getAsString(); | ||||
11282 | if (Cand->Conversions.size() == 1) { | ||||
11283 | TypeStr += ")"; | ||||
11284 | S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_ovl_builtin_candidate) << TypeStr; | ||||
11285 | } else { | ||||
11286 | TypeStr += ", "; | ||||
11287 | TypeStr += Cand->BuiltinParamTypes[1].getAsString(); | ||||
11288 | TypeStr += ")"; | ||||
11289 | S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_ovl_builtin_candidate) << TypeStr; | ||||
11290 | } | ||||
11291 | } | ||||
11292 | |||||
11293 | static void NoteAmbiguousUserConversions(Sema &S, SourceLocation OpLoc, | ||||
11294 | OverloadCandidate *Cand) { | ||||
11295 | for (const ImplicitConversionSequence &ICS : Cand->Conversions) { | ||||
11296 | if (ICS.isBad()) break; // all meaningless after first invalid | ||||
11297 | if (!ICS.isAmbiguous()) continue; | ||||
11298 | |||||
11299 | ICS.DiagnoseAmbiguousConversion( | ||||
11300 | S, OpLoc, S.PDiag(diag::note_ambiguous_type_conversion)); | ||||
11301 | } | ||||
11302 | } | ||||
11303 | |||||
11304 | static SourceLocation GetLocationForCandidate(const OverloadCandidate *Cand) { | ||||
11305 | if (Cand->Function) | ||||
11306 | return Cand->Function->getLocation(); | ||||
11307 | if (Cand->IsSurrogate) | ||||
11308 | return Cand->Surrogate->getLocation(); | ||||
11309 | return SourceLocation(); | ||||
11310 | } | ||||
11311 | |||||
11312 | static unsigned RankDeductionFailure(const DeductionFailureInfo &DFI) { | ||||
11313 | switch ((Sema::TemplateDeductionResult)DFI.Result) { | ||||
11314 | case Sema::TDK_Success: | ||||
11315 | case Sema::TDK_NonDependentConversionFailure: | ||||
11316 | llvm_unreachable("non-deduction failure while diagnosing bad deduction")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("non-deduction failure while diagnosing bad deduction" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 11316); | ||||
11317 | |||||
11318 | case Sema::TDK_Invalid: | ||||
11319 | case Sema::TDK_Incomplete: | ||||
11320 | case Sema::TDK_IncompletePack: | ||||
11321 | return 1; | ||||
11322 | |||||
11323 | case Sema::TDK_Underqualified: | ||||
11324 | case Sema::TDK_Inconsistent: | ||||
11325 | return 2; | ||||
11326 | |||||
11327 | case Sema::TDK_SubstitutionFailure: | ||||
11328 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatch: | ||||
11329 | case Sema::TDK_ConstraintsNotSatisfied: | ||||
11330 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatchNested: | ||||
11331 | case Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch: | ||||
11332 | case Sema::TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure: | ||||
11333 | case Sema::TDK_CUDATargetMismatch: | ||||
11334 | return 3; | ||||
11335 | |||||
11336 | case Sema::TDK_InstantiationDepth: | ||||
11337 | return 4; | ||||
11338 | |||||
11339 | case Sema::TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments: | ||||
11340 | return 5; | ||||
11341 | |||||
11342 | case Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments: | ||||
11343 | case Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments: | ||||
11344 | return 6; | ||||
11345 | } | ||||
11346 | llvm_unreachable("Unhandled deduction result")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Unhandled deduction result" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 11346); | ||||
11347 | } | ||||
11348 | |||||
11349 | namespace { | ||||
11350 | struct CompareOverloadCandidatesForDisplay { | ||||
11351 | Sema &S; | ||||
11352 | SourceLocation Loc; | ||||
11353 | size_t NumArgs; | ||||
11354 | OverloadCandidateSet::CandidateSetKind CSK; | ||||
11355 | |||||
11356 | CompareOverloadCandidatesForDisplay( | ||||
11357 | Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, size_t NArgs, | ||||
11358 | OverloadCandidateSet::CandidateSetKind CSK) | ||||
11359 | : S(S), NumArgs(NArgs), CSK(CSK) {} | ||||
11360 | |||||
11361 | OverloadFailureKind EffectiveFailureKind(const OverloadCandidate *C) const { | ||||
11362 | // If there are too many or too few arguments, that's the high-order bit we | ||||
11363 | // want to sort by, even if the immediate failure kind was something else. | ||||
11364 | if (C->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_many_arguments || | ||||
11365 | C->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_few_arguments) | ||||
11366 | return static_cast<OverloadFailureKind>(C->FailureKind); | ||||
11367 | |||||
11368 | if (C->Function) { | ||||
11369 | if (NumArgs > C->Function->getNumParams() && !C->Function->isVariadic()) | ||||
11370 | return ovl_fail_too_many_arguments; | ||||
11371 | if (NumArgs < C->Function->getMinRequiredArguments()) | ||||
11372 | return ovl_fail_too_few_arguments; | ||||
11373 | } | ||||
11374 | |||||
11375 | return static_cast<OverloadFailureKind>(C->FailureKind); | ||||
11376 | } | ||||
11377 | |||||
11378 | bool operator()(const OverloadCandidate *L, | ||||
11379 | const OverloadCandidate *R) { | ||||
11380 | // Fast-path this check. | ||||
11381 | if (L == R) return false; | ||||
11382 | |||||
11383 | // Order first by viability. | ||||
11384 | if (L->Viable) { | ||||
11385 | if (!R->Viable) return true; | ||||
11386 | |||||
11387 | // TODO: introduce a tri-valued comparison for overload | ||||
11388 | // candidates. Would be more worthwhile if we had a sort | ||||
11389 | // that could exploit it. | ||||
11390 | if (isBetterOverloadCandidate(S, *L, *R, SourceLocation(), CSK)) | ||||
11391 | return true; | ||||
11392 | if (isBetterOverloadCandidate(S, *R, *L, SourceLocation(), CSK)) | ||||
11393 | return false; | ||||
11394 | } else if (R->Viable) | ||||
11395 | return false; | ||||
11396 | |||||
11397 | assert(L->Viable == R->Viable)((L->Viable == R->Viable) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("L->Viable == R->Viable", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 11397, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
11398 | |||||
11399 | // Criteria by which we can sort non-viable candidates: | ||||
11400 | if (!L->Viable) { | ||||
11401 | OverloadFailureKind LFailureKind = EffectiveFailureKind(L); | ||||
11402 | OverloadFailureKind RFailureKind = EffectiveFailureKind(R); | ||||
11403 | |||||
11404 | // 1. Arity mismatches come after other candidates. | ||||
11405 | if (LFailureKind == ovl_fail_too_many_arguments || | ||||
11406 | LFailureKind == ovl_fail_too_few_arguments) { | ||||
11407 | if (RFailureKind == ovl_fail_too_many_arguments || | ||||
11408 | RFailureKind == ovl_fail_too_few_arguments) { | ||||
11409 | int LDist = std::abs((int)L->getNumParams() - (int)NumArgs); | ||||
11410 | int RDist = std::abs((int)R->getNumParams() - (int)NumArgs); | ||||
11411 | if (LDist == RDist) { | ||||
11412 | if (LFailureKind == RFailureKind) | ||||
11413 | // Sort non-surrogates before surrogates. | ||||
11414 | return !L->IsSurrogate && R->IsSurrogate; | ||||
11415 | // Sort candidates requiring fewer parameters than there were | ||||
11416 | // arguments given after candidates requiring more parameters | ||||
11417 | // than there were arguments given. | ||||
11418 | return LFailureKind == ovl_fail_too_many_arguments; | ||||
11419 | } | ||||
11420 | return LDist < RDist; | ||||
11421 | } | ||||
11422 | return false; | ||||
11423 | } | ||||
11424 | if (RFailureKind == ovl_fail_too_many_arguments || | ||||
11425 | RFailureKind == ovl_fail_too_few_arguments) | ||||
11426 | return true; | ||||
11427 | |||||
11428 | // 2. Bad conversions come first and are ordered by the number | ||||
11429 | // of bad conversions and quality of good conversions. | ||||
11430 | if (LFailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_conversion) { | ||||
11431 | if (RFailureKind != ovl_fail_bad_conversion) | ||||
11432 | return true; | ||||
11433 | |||||
11434 | // The conversion that can be fixed with a smaller number of changes, | ||||
11435 | // comes first. | ||||
11436 | unsigned numLFixes = L->Fix.NumConversionsFixed; | ||||
11437 | unsigned numRFixes = R->Fix.NumConversionsFixed; | ||||
11438 | numLFixes = (numLFixes == 0) ? UINT_MAX(2147483647 *2U +1U) : numLFixes; | ||||
11439 | numRFixes = (numRFixes == 0) ? UINT_MAX(2147483647 *2U +1U) : numRFixes; | ||||
11440 | if (numLFixes != numRFixes) { | ||||
11441 | return numLFixes < numRFixes; | ||||
11442 | } | ||||
11443 | |||||
11444 | // If there's any ordering between the defined conversions... | ||||
11445 | // FIXME: this might not be transitive. | ||||
11446 | assert(L->Conversions.size() == R->Conversions.size())((L->Conversions.size() == R->Conversions.size()) ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("L->Conversions.size() == R->Conversions.size()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 11446, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
11447 | |||||
11448 | int leftBetter = 0; | ||||
11449 | unsigned I = (L->IgnoreObjectArgument || R->IgnoreObjectArgument); | ||||
11450 | for (unsigned E = L->Conversions.size(); I != E; ++I) { | ||||
11451 | switch (CompareImplicitConversionSequences(S, Loc, | ||||
11452 | L->Conversions[I], | ||||
11453 | R->Conversions[I])) { | ||||
11454 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::Better: | ||||
11455 | leftBetter++; | ||||
11456 | break; | ||||
11457 | |||||
11458 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse: | ||||
11459 | leftBetter--; | ||||
11460 | break; | ||||
11461 | |||||
11462 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable: | ||||
11463 | break; | ||||
11464 | } | ||||
11465 | } | ||||
11466 | if (leftBetter > 0) return true; | ||||
11467 | if (leftBetter < 0) return false; | ||||
11468 | |||||
11469 | } else if (RFailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_conversion) | ||||
11470 | return false; | ||||
11471 | |||||
11472 | if (LFailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_deduction) { | ||||
11473 | if (RFailureKind != ovl_fail_bad_deduction) | ||||
11474 | return true; | ||||
11475 | |||||
11476 | if (L->DeductionFailure.Result != R->DeductionFailure.Result) | ||||
11477 | return RankDeductionFailure(L->DeductionFailure) | ||||
11478 | < RankDeductionFailure(R->DeductionFailure); | ||||
11479 | } else if (RFailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_deduction) | ||||
11480 | return false; | ||||
11481 | |||||
11482 | // TODO: others? | ||||
11483 | } | ||||
11484 | |||||
11485 | // Sort everything else by location. | ||||
11486 | SourceLocation LLoc = GetLocationForCandidate(L); | ||||
11487 | SourceLocation RLoc = GetLocationForCandidate(R); | ||||
11488 | |||||
11489 | // Put candidates without locations (e.g. builtins) at the end. | ||||
11490 | if (LLoc.isInvalid()) return false; | ||||
11491 | if (RLoc.isInvalid()) return true; | ||||
11492 | |||||
11493 | return S.SourceMgr.isBeforeInTranslationUnit(LLoc, RLoc); | ||||
11494 | } | ||||
11495 | }; | ||||
11496 | } | ||||
11497 | |||||
11498 | /// CompleteNonViableCandidate - Normally, overload resolution only | ||||
11499 | /// computes up to the first bad conversion. Produces the FixIt set if | ||||
11500 | /// possible. | ||||
11501 | static void | ||||
11502 | CompleteNonViableCandidate(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand, | ||||
11503 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||
11504 | OverloadCandidateSet::CandidateSetKind CSK) { | ||||
11505 | assert(!Cand->Viable)((!Cand->Viable) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!Cand->Viable", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 11505, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
11506 | |||||
11507 | // Don't do anything on failures other than bad conversion. | ||||
11508 | if (Cand->FailureKind != ovl_fail_bad_conversion) | ||||
11509 | return; | ||||
11510 | |||||
11511 | // We only want the FixIts if all the arguments can be corrected. | ||||
11512 | bool Unfixable = false; | ||||
11513 | // Use a implicit copy initialization to check conversion fixes. | ||||
11514 | Cand->Fix.setConversionChecker(TryCopyInitialization); | ||||
11515 | |||||
11516 | // Attempt to fix the bad conversion. | ||||
11517 | unsigned ConvCount = Cand->Conversions.size(); | ||||
11518 | for (unsigned ConvIdx = (Cand->IgnoreObjectArgument ? 1 : 0); /**/; | ||||
11519 | ++ConvIdx) { | ||||
11520 | assert(ConvIdx != ConvCount && "no bad conversion in candidate")((ConvIdx != ConvCount && "no bad conversion in candidate" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ConvIdx != ConvCount && \"no bad conversion in candidate\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 11520, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
11521 | if (Cand->Conversions[ConvIdx].isInitialized() && | ||||
11522 | Cand->Conversions[ConvIdx].isBad()) { | ||||
11523 | Unfixable = !Cand->TryToFixBadConversion(ConvIdx, S); | ||||
11524 | break; | ||||
11525 | } | ||||
11526 | } | ||||
11527 | |||||
11528 | // FIXME: this should probably be preserved from the overload | ||||
11529 | // operation somehow. | ||||
11530 | bool SuppressUserConversions = false; | ||||
11531 | |||||
11532 | unsigned ConvIdx = 0; | ||||
11533 | unsigned ArgIdx = 0; | ||||
11534 | ArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes; | ||||
11535 | bool Reversed = Cand->isReversed(); | ||||
11536 | |||||
11537 | if (Cand->IsSurrogate) { | ||||
11538 | QualType ConvType | ||||
11539 | = Cand->Surrogate->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType(); | ||||
11540 | if (const PointerType *ConvPtrType = ConvType->getAs<PointerType>()) | ||||
11541 | ConvType = ConvPtrType->getPointeeType(); | ||||
11542 | ParamTypes = ConvType->castAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getParamTypes(); | ||||
11543 | // Conversion 0 is 'this', which doesn't have a corresponding parameter. | ||||
11544 | ConvIdx = 1; | ||||
11545 | } else if (Cand->Function) { | ||||
11546 | ParamTypes = | ||||
11547 | Cand->Function->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getParamTypes(); | ||||
11548 | if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Cand->Function) && | ||||
11549 | !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Cand->Function) && !Reversed) { | ||||
11550 | // Conversion 0 is 'this', which doesn't have a corresponding parameter. | ||||
11551 | ConvIdx = 1; | ||||
11552 | if (CSK == OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Operator && | ||||
11553 | Cand->Function->getDeclName().getCXXOverloadedOperator() != OO_Call) | ||||
11554 | // Argument 0 is 'this', which doesn't have a corresponding parameter. | ||||
11555 | ArgIdx = 1; | ||||
11556 | } | ||||
11557 | } else { | ||||
11558 | // Builtin operator. | ||||
11559 | assert(ConvCount <= 3)((ConvCount <= 3) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ConvCount <= 3", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 11559, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
11560 | ParamTypes = Cand->BuiltinParamTypes; | ||||
11561 | } | ||||
11562 | |||||
11563 | // Fill in the rest of the conversions. | ||||
11564 | for (unsigned ParamIdx = Reversed ? ParamTypes.size() - 1 : 0; | ||||
11565 | ConvIdx != ConvCount; | ||||
11566 | ++ConvIdx, ++ArgIdx, ParamIdx += (Reversed ? -1 : 1)) { | ||||
11567 | assert(ArgIdx < Args.size() && "no argument for this arg conversion")((ArgIdx < Args.size() && "no argument for this arg conversion" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ArgIdx < Args.size() && \"no argument for this arg conversion\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 11567, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
11568 | if (Cand->Conversions[ConvIdx].isInitialized()) { | ||||
11569 | // We've already checked this conversion. | ||||
11570 | } else if (ParamIdx < ParamTypes.size()) { | ||||
11571 | if (ParamTypes[ParamIdx]->isDependentType()) | ||||
11572 | Cand->Conversions[ConvIdx].setAsIdentityConversion( | ||||
11573 | Args[ArgIdx]->getType()); | ||||
11574 | else { | ||||
11575 | Cand->Conversions[ConvIdx] = | ||||
11576 | TryCopyInitialization(S, Args[ArgIdx], ParamTypes[ParamIdx], | ||||
11577 | SuppressUserConversions, | ||||
11578 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/true, | ||||
11579 | /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/ | ||||
11580 | S.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); | ||||
11581 | // Store the FixIt in the candidate if it exists. | ||||
11582 | if (!Unfixable && Cand->Conversions[ConvIdx].isBad()) | ||||
11583 | Unfixable = !Cand->TryToFixBadConversion(ConvIdx, S); | ||||
11584 | } | ||||
11585 | } else | ||||
11586 | Cand->Conversions[ConvIdx].setEllipsis(); | ||||
11587 | } | ||||
11588 | } | ||||
11589 | |||||
11590 | SmallVector<OverloadCandidate *, 32> OverloadCandidateSet::CompleteCandidates( | ||||
11591 | Sema &S, OverloadCandidateDisplayKind OCD, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||
11592 | SourceLocation OpLoc, | ||||
11593 | llvm::function_ref<bool(OverloadCandidate &)> Filter) { | ||||
11594 | // Sort the candidates by viability and position. Sorting directly would | ||||
11595 | // be prohibitive, so we make a set of pointers and sort those. | ||||
11596 | SmallVector<OverloadCandidate*, 32> Cands; | ||||
11597 | if (OCD == OCD_AllCandidates) Cands.reserve(size()); | ||||
11598 | for (iterator Cand = begin(), LastCand = end(); Cand != LastCand; ++Cand) { | ||||
11599 | if (!Filter(*Cand)) | ||||
11600 | continue; | ||||
11601 | switch (OCD) { | ||||
11602 | case OCD_AllCandidates: | ||||
11603 | if (!Cand->Viable) { | ||||
11604 | if (!Cand->Function && !Cand->IsSurrogate) { | ||||
11605 | // This a non-viable builtin candidate. We do not, in general, | ||||
11606 | // want to list every possible builtin candidate. | ||||
11607 | continue; | ||||
11608 | } | ||||
11609 | CompleteNonViableCandidate(S, Cand, Args, Kind); | ||||
11610 | } | ||||
11611 | break; | ||||
11612 | |||||
11613 | case OCD_ViableCandidates: | ||||
11614 | if (!Cand->Viable) | ||||
11615 | continue; | ||||
11616 | break; | ||||
11617 | |||||
11618 | case OCD_AmbiguousCandidates: | ||||
11619 | if (!Cand->Best) | ||||
11620 | continue; | ||||
11621 | break; | ||||
11622 | } | ||||
11623 | |||||
11624 | Cands.push_back(Cand); | ||||
11625 | } | ||||
11626 | |||||
11627 | llvm::stable_sort( | ||||
11628 | Cands, CompareOverloadCandidatesForDisplay(S, OpLoc, Args.size(), Kind)); | ||||
11629 | |||||
11630 | return Cands; | ||||
11631 | } | ||||
11632 | |||||
11633 | bool OverloadCandidateSet::shouldDeferDiags(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||
11634 | SourceLocation OpLoc) { | ||||
11635 | bool DeferHint = false; | ||||
11636 | if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && S.getLangOpts().GPUDeferDiag) { | ||||
11637 | // Defer diagnostic for CUDA/HIP if there are wrong-sided candidates or | ||||
11638 | // host device candidates. | ||||
11639 | auto WrongSidedCands = | ||||
11640 | CompleteCandidates(S, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, OpLoc, [](auto &Cand) { | ||||
11641 | return (Cand.Viable == false && | ||||
11642 | Cand.FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_target) || | ||||
11643 | (Cand.Function->template hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>() && | ||||
11644 | Cand.Function->template hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>()); | ||||
11645 | }); | ||||
11646 | DeferHint = !WrongSidedCands.empty(); | ||||
11647 | } | ||||
11648 | return DeferHint; | ||||
11649 | } | ||||
11650 | |||||
11651 | /// When overload resolution fails, prints diagnostic messages containing the | ||||
11652 | /// candidates in the candidate set. | ||||
11653 | void OverloadCandidateSet::NoteCandidates( | ||||
11654 | PartialDiagnosticAt PD, Sema &S, OverloadCandidateDisplayKind OCD, | ||||
11655 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, StringRef Opc, SourceLocation OpLoc, | ||||
11656 | llvm::function_ref<bool(OverloadCandidate &)> Filter) { | ||||
11657 | |||||
11658 | auto Cands = CompleteCandidates(S, OCD, Args, OpLoc, Filter); | ||||
11659 | |||||
11660 | S.Diag(PD.first, PD.second, shouldDeferDiags(S, Args, OpLoc)); | ||||
11661 | |||||
11662 | NoteCandidates(S, Args, Cands, Opc, OpLoc); | ||||
11663 | |||||
11664 | if (OCD == OCD_AmbiguousCandidates) | ||||
11665 | MaybeDiagnoseAmbiguousConstraints(S, {begin(), end()}); | ||||
11666 | } | ||||
11667 | |||||
11668 | void OverloadCandidateSet::NoteCandidates(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||
11669 | ArrayRef<OverloadCandidate *> Cands, | ||||
11670 | StringRef Opc, SourceLocation OpLoc) { | ||||
11671 | bool ReportedAmbiguousConversions = false; | ||||
11672 | |||||
11673 | const OverloadsShown ShowOverloads = S.Diags.getShowOverloads(); | ||||
11674 | unsigned CandsShown = 0; | ||||
11675 | auto I = Cands.begin(), E = Cands.end(); | ||||
11676 | for (; I != E; ++I) { | ||||
11677 | OverloadCandidate *Cand = *I; | ||||
11678 | |||||
11679 | if (CandsShown >= S.Diags.getNumOverloadCandidatesToShow() && | ||||
11680 | ShowOverloads == Ovl_Best) { | ||||
11681 | break; | ||||
11682 | } | ||||
11683 | ++CandsShown; | ||||
11684 | |||||
11685 | if (Cand->Function) | ||||
11686 | NoteFunctionCandidate(S, Cand, Args.size(), | ||||
11687 | /*TakingCandidateAddress=*/false, DestAS); | ||||
11688 | else if (Cand->IsSurrogate) | ||||
11689 | NoteSurrogateCandidate(S, Cand); | ||||
11690 | else { | ||||
11691 | assert(Cand->Viable &&((Cand->Viable && "Non-viable built-in candidates are not added to Cands." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Cand->Viable && \"Non-viable built-in candidates are not added to Cands.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 11692, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
11692 | "Non-viable built-in candidates are not added to Cands.")((Cand->Viable && "Non-viable built-in candidates are not added to Cands." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Cand->Viable && \"Non-viable built-in candidates are not added to Cands.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 11692, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
11693 | // Generally we only see ambiguities including viable builtin | ||||
11694 | // operators if overload resolution got screwed up by an | ||||
11695 | // ambiguous user-defined conversion. | ||||
11696 | // | ||||
11697 | // FIXME: It's quite possible for different conversions to see | ||||
11698 | // different ambiguities, though. | ||||
11699 | if (!ReportedAmbiguousConversions) { | ||||
11700 | NoteAmbiguousUserConversions(S, OpLoc, Cand); | ||||
11701 | ReportedAmbiguousConversions = true; | ||||
11702 | } | ||||
11703 | |||||
11704 | // If this is a viable builtin, print it. | ||||
11705 | NoteBuiltinOperatorCandidate(S, Opc, OpLoc, Cand); | ||||
11706 | } | ||||
11707 | } | ||||
11708 | |||||
11709 | // Inform S.Diags that we've shown an overload set with N elements. This may | ||||
11710 | // inform the future value of S.Diags.getNumOverloadCandidatesToShow(). | ||||
11711 | S.Diags.overloadCandidatesShown(CandsShown); | ||||
11712 | |||||
11713 | if (I != E) | ||||
11714 | S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_ovl_too_many_candidates, | ||||
11715 | shouldDeferDiags(S, Args, OpLoc)) | ||||
11716 | << int(E - I); | ||||
11717 | } | ||||
11718 | |||||
11719 | static SourceLocation | ||||
11720 | GetLocationForCandidate(const TemplateSpecCandidate *Cand) { | ||||
11721 | return Cand->Specialization ? Cand->Specialization->getLocation() | ||||
11722 | : SourceLocation(); | ||||
11723 | } | ||||
11724 | |||||
11725 | namespace { | ||||
11726 | struct CompareTemplateSpecCandidatesForDisplay { | ||||
11727 | Sema &S; | ||||
11728 | CompareTemplateSpecCandidatesForDisplay(Sema &S) : S(S) {} | ||||
11729 | |||||
11730 | bool operator()(const TemplateSpecCandidate *L, | ||||
11731 | const TemplateSpecCandidate *R) { | ||||
11732 | // Fast-path this check. | ||||
11733 | if (L == R) | ||||
11734 | return false; | ||||
11735 | |||||
11736 | // Assuming that both candidates are not matches... | ||||
11737 | |||||
11738 | // Sort by the ranking of deduction failures. | ||||
11739 | if (L->DeductionFailure.Result != R->DeductionFailure.Result) | ||||
11740 | return RankDeductionFailure(L->DeductionFailure) < | ||||
11741 | RankDeductionFailure(R->DeductionFailure); | ||||
11742 | |||||
11743 | // Sort everything else by location. | ||||
11744 | SourceLocation LLoc = GetLocationForCandidate(L); | ||||
11745 | SourceLocation RLoc = GetLocationForCandidate(R); | ||||
11746 | |||||
11747 | // Put candidates without locations (e.g. builtins) at the end. | ||||
11748 | if (LLoc.isInvalid()) | ||||
11749 | return false; | ||||
11750 | if (RLoc.isInvalid()) | ||||
11751 | return true; | ||||
11752 | |||||
11753 | return S.SourceMgr.isBeforeInTranslationUnit(LLoc, RLoc); | ||||
11754 | } | ||||
11755 | }; | ||||
11756 | } | ||||
11757 | |||||
11758 | /// Diagnose a template argument deduction failure. | ||||
11759 | /// We are treating these failures as overload failures due to bad | ||||
11760 | /// deductions. | ||||
11761 | void TemplateSpecCandidate::NoteDeductionFailure(Sema &S, | ||||
11762 | bool ForTakingAddress) { | ||||
11763 | DiagnoseBadDeduction(S, FoundDecl, Specialization, // pattern | ||||
11764 | DeductionFailure, /*NumArgs=*/0, ForTakingAddress); | ||||
11765 | } | ||||
11766 | |||||
11767 | void TemplateSpecCandidateSet::destroyCandidates() { | ||||
11768 | for (iterator i = begin(), e = end(); i != e; ++i) { | ||||
11769 | i->DeductionFailure.Destroy(); | ||||
11770 | } | ||||
11771 | } | ||||
11772 | |||||
11773 | void TemplateSpecCandidateSet::clear() { | ||||
11774 | destroyCandidates(); | ||||
11775 | Candidates.clear(); | ||||
11776 | } | ||||
11777 | |||||
11778 | /// NoteCandidates - When no template specialization match is found, prints | ||||
11779 | /// diagnostic messages containing the non-matching specializations that form | ||||
11780 | /// the candidate set. | ||||
11781 | /// This is analoguous to OverloadCandidateSet::NoteCandidates() with | ||||
11782 | /// OCD == OCD_AllCandidates and Cand->Viable == false. | ||||
11783 | void TemplateSpecCandidateSet::NoteCandidates(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||
11784 | // Sort the candidates by position (assuming no candidate is a match). | ||||
11785 | // Sorting directly would be prohibitive, so we make a set of pointers | ||||
11786 | // and sort those. | ||||
11787 | SmallVector<TemplateSpecCandidate *, 32> Cands; | ||||
11788 | Cands.reserve(size()); | ||||
11789 | for (iterator Cand = begin(), LastCand = end(); Cand != LastCand; ++Cand) { | ||||
11790 | if (Cand->Specialization) | ||||
11791 | Cands.push_back(Cand); | ||||
11792 | // Otherwise, this is a non-matching builtin candidate. We do not, | ||||
11793 | // in general, want to list every possible builtin candidate. | ||||
11794 | } | ||||
11795 | |||||
11796 | llvm::sort(Cands, CompareTemplateSpecCandidatesForDisplay(S)); | ||||
11797 | |||||
11798 | // FIXME: Perhaps rename OverloadsShown and getShowOverloads() | ||||
11799 | // for generalization purposes (?). | ||||
11800 | const OverloadsShown ShowOverloads = S.Diags.getShowOverloads(); | ||||
11801 | |||||
11802 | SmallVectorImpl<TemplateSpecCandidate *>::iterator I, E; | ||||
11803 | unsigned CandsShown = 0; | ||||
11804 | for (I = Cands.begin(), E = Cands.end(); I != E; ++I) { | ||||
11805 | TemplateSpecCandidate *Cand = *I; | ||||
11806 | |||||
11807 | // Set an arbitrary limit on the number of candidates we'll spam | ||||
11808 | // the user with. FIXME: This limit should depend on details of the | ||||
11809 | // candidate list. | ||||
11810 | if (CandsShown >= 4 && ShowOverloads == Ovl_Best) | ||||
11811 | break; | ||||
11812 | ++CandsShown; | ||||
11813 | |||||
11814 | assert(Cand->Specialization &&((Cand->Specialization && "Non-matching built-in candidates are not added to Cands." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Cand->Specialization && \"Non-matching built-in candidates are not added to Cands.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 11815, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
11815 | "Non-matching built-in candidates are not added to Cands.")((Cand->Specialization && "Non-matching built-in candidates are not added to Cands." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Cand->Specialization && \"Non-matching built-in candidates are not added to Cands.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 11815, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
11816 | Cand->NoteDeductionFailure(S, ForTakingAddress); | ||||
11817 | } | ||||
11818 | |||||
11819 | if (I != E) | ||||
11820 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::note_ovl_too_many_candidates) << int(E - I); | ||||
11821 | } | ||||
11822 | |||||
11823 | // [PossiblyAFunctionType] --> [Return] | ||||
11824 | // NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType | ||||
11825 | // R (A) --> R(A) | ||||
11826 | // R (*)(A) --> R (A) | ||||
11827 | // R (&)(A) --> R (A) | ||||
11828 | // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A) | ||||
11829 | QualType Sema::ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(QualType PossiblyAFunctionType) { | ||||
11830 | QualType Ret = PossiblyAFunctionType; | ||||
11831 | if (const PointerType *ToTypePtr = | ||||
11832 | PossiblyAFunctionType->getAs<PointerType>()) | ||||
11833 | Ret = ToTypePtr->getPointeeType(); | ||||
11834 | else if (const ReferenceType *ToTypeRef = | ||||
11835 | PossiblyAFunctionType->getAs<ReferenceType>()) | ||||
11836 | Ret = ToTypeRef->getPointeeType(); | ||||
11837 | else if (const MemberPointerType *MemTypePtr = | ||||
11838 | PossiblyAFunctionType->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) | ||||
11839 | Ret = MemTypePtr->getPointeeType(); | ||||
11840 | Ret = | ||||
11841 | Context.getCanonicalType(Ret).getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||
11842 | return Ret; | ||||
11843 | } | ||||
11844 | |||||
11845 | static bool completeFunctionType(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||
11846 | bool Complain = true) { | ||||
11847 | if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType() && | ||||
11848 | S.DeduceReturnType(FD, Loc, Complain)) | ||||
11849 | return true; | ||||
11850 | |||||
11851 | auto *FPT = FD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||
11852 | if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 && | ||||
11853 | isUnresolvedExceptionSpec(FPT->getExceptionSpecType()) && | ||||
11854 | !S.ResolveExceptionSpec(Loc, FPT)) | ||||
11855 | return true; | ||||
11856 | |||||
11857 | return false; | ||||
11858 | } | ||||
11859 | |||||
11860 | namespace { | ||||
11861 | // A helper class to help with address of function resolution | ||||
11862 | // - allows us to avoid passing around all those ugly parameters | ||||
11863 | class AddressOfFunctionResolver { | ||||
11864 | Sema& S; | ||||
11865 | Expr* SourceExpr; | ||||
11866 | const QualType& TargetType; | ||||
11867 | QualType TargetFunctionType; // Extracted function type from target type | ||||
11868 | |||||
11869 | bool Complain; | ||||
11870 | //DeclAccessPair& ResultFunctionAccessPair; | ||||
11871 | ASTContext& Context; | ||||
11872 | |||||
11873 | bool TargetTypeIsNonStaticMemberFunction; | ||||
11874 | bool FoundNonTemplateFunction; | ||||
11875 | bool StaticMemberFunctionFromBoundPointer; | ||||
11876 | bool HasComplained; | ||||
11877 | |||||
11878 | OverloadExpr::FindResult OvlExprInfo; | ||||
11879 | OverloadExpr *OvlExpr; | ||||
11880 | TemplateArgumentListInfo OvlExplicitTemplateArgs; | ||||
11881 | SmallVector<std::pair<DeclAccessPair, FunctionDecl*>, 4> Matches; | ||||
11882 | TemplateSpecCandidateSet FailedCandidates; | ||||
11883 | |||||
11884 | public: | ||||
11885 | AddressOfFunctionResolver(Sema &S, Expr *SourceExpr, | ||||
11886 | const QualType &TargetType, bool Complain) | ||||
11887 | : S(S), SourceExpr(SourceExpr), TargetType(TargetType), | ||||
11888 | Complain(Complain), Context(S.getASTContext()), | ||||
11889 | TargetTypeIsNonStaticMemberFunction( | ||||
11890 | !!TargetType->getAs<MemberPointerType>()), | ||||
11891 | FoundNonTemplateFunction(false), | ||||
11892 | StaticMemberFunctionFromBoundPointer(false), | ||||
11893 | HasComplained(false), | ||||
11894 | OvlExprInfo(OverloadExpr::find(SourceExpr)), | ||||
11895 | OvlExpr(OvlExprInfo.Expression), | ||||
11896 | FailedCandidates(OvlExpr->getNameLoc(), /*ForTakingAddress=*/true) { | ||||
11897 | ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionTypeFromTargetType(); | ||||
11898 | |||||
11899 | if (TargetFunctionType->isFunctionType()) { | ||||
11900 | if (UnresolvedMemberExpr *UME = dyn_cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(OvlExpr)) | ||||
11901 | if (!UME->isImplicitAccess() && | ||||
11902 | !S.ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(UME)) | ||||
11903 | StaticMemberFunctionFromBoundPointer = true; | ||||
11904 | } else if (OvlExpr->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) { | ||||
11905 | DeclAccessPair dap; | ||||
11906 | if (FunctionDecl *Fn = S.ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization( | ||||
11907 | OvlExpr, false, &dap)) { | ||||
11908 | if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn)) | ||||
11909 | if (!Method->isStatic()) { | ||||
11910 | // If the target type is a non-function type and the function found | ||||
11911 | // is a non-static member function, pretend as if that was the | ||||
11912 | // target, it's the only possible type to end up with. | ||||
11913 | TargetTypeIsNonStaticMemberFunction = true; | ||||
11914 | |||||
11915 | // And skip adding the function if its not in the proper form. | ||||
11916 | // We'll diagnose this due to an empty set of functions. | ||||
11917 | if (!OvlExprInfo.HasFormOfMemberPointer) | ||||
11918 | return; | ||||
11919 | } | ||||
11920 | |||||
11921 | Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(dap, Fn)); | ||||
11922 | } | ||||
11923 | return; | ||||
11924 | } | ||||
11925 | |||||
11926 | if (OvlExpr->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) | ||||
11927 | OvlExpr->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(OvlExplicitTemplateArgs); | ||||
11928 | |||||
11929 | if (FindAllFunctionsThatMatchTargetTypeExactly()) { | ||||
11930 | // C++ [over.over]p4: | ||||
11931 | // If more than one function is selected, [...] | ||||
11932 | if (Matches.size() > 1 && !eliminiateSuboptimalOverloadCandidates()) { | ||||
11933 | if (FoundNonTemplateFunction) | ||||
11934 | EliminateAllTemplateMatches(); | ||||
11935 | else | ||||
11936 | EliminateAllExceptMostSpecializedTemplate(); | ||||
11937 | } | ||||
11938 | } | ||||
11939 | |||||
11940 | if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && Matches.size() > 1) | ||||
11941 | EliminateSuboptimalCudaMatches(); | ||||
11942 | } | ||||
11943 | |||||
11944 | bool hasComplained() const { return HasComplained; } | ||||
11945 | |||||
11946 | private: | ||||
11947 | bool candidateHasExactlyCorrectType(const FunctionDecl *FD) { | ||||
11948 | QualType Discard; | ||||
11949 | return Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(TargetFunctionType, FD->getType()) || | ||||
11950 | S.IsFunctionConversion(FD->getType(), TargetFunctionType, Discard); | ||||
11951 | } | ||||
11952 | |||||
11953 | /// \return true if A is considered a better overload candidate for the | ||||
11954 | /// desired type than B. | ||||
11955 | bool isBetterCandidate(const FunctionDecl *A, const FunctionDecl *B) { | ||||
11956 | // If A doesn't have exactly the correct type, we don't want to classify it | ||||
11957 | // as "better" than anything else. This way, the user is required to | ||||
11958 | // disambiguate for us if there are multiple candidates and no exact match. | ||||
11959 | return candidateHasExactlyCorrectType(A) && | ||||
11960 | (!candidateHasExactlyCorrectType(B) || | ||||
11961 | compareEnableIfAttrs(S, A, B) == Comparison::Better); | ||||
11962 | } | ||||
11963 | |||||
11964 | /// \return true if we were able to eliminate all but one overload candidate, | ||||
11965 | /// false otherwise. | ||||
11966 | bool eliminiateSuboptimalOverloadCandidates() { | ||||
11967 | // Same algorithm as overload resolution -- one pass to pick the "best", | ||||
11968 | // another pass to be sure that nothing is better than the best. | ||||
11969 | auto Best = Matches.begin(); | ||||
11970 | for (auto I = Matches.begin()+1, E = Matches.end(); I != E; ++I) | ||||
11971 | if (isBetterCandidate(I->second, Best->second)) | ||||
11972 | Best = I; | ||||
11973 | |||||
11974 | const FunctionDecl *BestFn = Best->second; | ||||
11975 | auto IsBestOrInferiorToBest = [this, BestFn]( | ||||
11976 | const std::pair<DeclAccessPair, FunctionDecl *> &Pair) { | ||||
11977 | return BestFn == Pair.second || isBetterCandidate(BestFn, Pair.second); | ||||
11978 | }; | ||||
11979 | |||||
11980 | // Note: We explicitly leave Matches unmodified if there isn't a clear best | ||||
11981 | // option, so we can potentially give the user a better error | ||||
11982 | if (!llvm::all_of(Matches, IsBestOrInferiorToBest)) | ||||
11983 | return false; | ||||
11984 | Matches[0] = *Best; | ||||
11985 | Matches.resize(1); | ||||
11986 | return true; | ||||
11987 | } | ||||
11988 | |||||
11989 | bool isTargetTypeAFunction() const { | ||||
11990 | return TargetFunctionType->isFunctionType(); | ||||
11991 | } | ||||
11992 | |||||
11993 | // [ToType] [Return] | ||||
11994 | |||||
11995 | // R (*)(A) --> R (A), IsNonStaticMemberFunction = false | ||||
11996 | // R (&)(A) --> R (A), IsNonStaticMemberFunction = false | ||||
11997 | // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A), IsNonStaticMemberFunction = true | ||||
11998 | void inline ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionTypeFromTargetType() { | ||||
11999 | TargetFunctionType = S.ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(TargetType); | ||||
12000 | } | ||||
12001 | |||||
12002 | // return true if any matching specializations were found | ||||
12003 | bool AddMatchingTemplateFunction(FunctionTemplateDecl* FunctionTemplate, | ||||
12004 | const DeclAccessPair& CurAccessFunPair) { | ||||
12005 | if (CXXMethodDecl *Method | ||||
12006 | = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl())) { | ||||
12007 | // Skip non-static function templates when converting to pointer, and | ||||
12008 | // static when converting to member pointer. | ||||
12009 | if (Method->isStatic() == TargetTypeIsNonStaticMemberFunction) | ||||
12010 | return false; | ||||
12011 | } | ||||
12012 | else if (TargetTypeIsNonStaticMemberFunction) | ||||
12013 | return false; | ||||
12014 | |||||
12015 | // C++ [over.over]p2: | ||||
12016 | // If the name is a function template, template argument deduction is | ||||
12017 | // done (14.8.2.2), and if the argument deduction succeeds, the | ||||
12018 | // resulting template argument list is used to generate a single | ||||
12019 | // function template specialization, which is added to the set of | ||||
12020 | // overloaded functions considered. | ||||
12021 | FunctionDecl *Specialization = nullptr; | ||||
12022 | TemplateDeductionInfo Info(FailedCandidates.getLocation()); | ||||
12023 | if (Sema::TemplateDeductionResult Result | ||||
12024 | = S.DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplate, | ||||
12025 | &OvlExplicitTemplateArgs, | ||||
12026 | TargetFunctionType, Specialization, | ||||
12027 | Info, /*IsAddressOfFunction*/true)) { | ||||
12028 | // Make a note of the failed deduction for diagnostics. | ||||
12029 | FailedCandidates.addCandidate() | ||||
12030 | .set(CurAccessFunPair, FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(), | ||||
12031 | MakeDeductionFailureInfo(Context, Result, Info)); | ||||
12032 | return false; | ||||
12033 | } | ||||
12034 | |||||
12035 | // Template argument deduction ensures that we have an exact match or | ||||
12036 | // compatible pointer-to-function arguments that would be adjusted by ICS. | ||||
12037 | // This function template specicalization works. | ||||
12038 | assert(S.isSameOrCompatibleFunctionType(((S.isSameOrCompatibleFunctionType( Context.getCanonicalType( Specialization->getType()), Context.getCanonicalType(TargetFunctionType ))) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("S.isSameOrCompatibleFunctionType( Context.getCanonicalType(Specialization->getType()), Context.getCanonicalType(TargetFunctionType))" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 12040, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
12039 | Context.getCanonicalType(Specialization->getType()),((S.isSameOrCompatibleFunctionType( Context.getCanonicalType( Specialization->getType()), Context.getCanonicalType(TargetFunctionType ))) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("S.isSameOrCompatibleFunctionType( Context.getCanonicalType(Specialization->getType()), Context.getCanonicalType(TargetFunctionType))" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 12040, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
12040 | Context.getCanonicalType(TargetFunctionType)))((S.isSameOrCompatibleFunctionType( Context.getCanonicalType( Specialization->getType()), Context.getCanonicalType(TargetFunctionType ))) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("S.isSameOrCompatibleFunctionType( Context.getCanonicalType(Specialization->getType()), Context.getCanonicalType(TargetFunctionType))" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 12040, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
12041 | |||||
12042 | if (!S.checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(Specialization)) | ||||
12043 | return false; | ||||
12044 | |||||
12045 | Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(CurAccessFunPair, Specialization)); | ||||
12046 | return true; | ||||
12047 | } | ||||
12048 | |||||
12049 | bool AddMatchingNonTemplateFunction(NamedDecl* Fn, | ||||
12050 | const DeclAccessPair& CurAccessFunPair) { | ||||
12051 | if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn)) { | ||||
12052 | // Skip non-static functions when converting to pointer, and static | ||||
12053 | // when converting to member pointer. | ||||
12054 | if (Method->isStatic() == TargetTypeIsNonStaticMemberFunction) | ||||
12055 | return false; | ||||
12056 | } | ||||
12057 | else if (TargetTypeIsNonStaticMemberFunction) | ||||
12058 | return false; | ||||
12059 | |||||
12060 | if (FunctionDecl *FunDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Fn)) { | ||||
12061 | if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA) | ||||
12062 | if (FunctionDecl *Caller = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(S.CurContext)) | ||||
12063 | if (!Caller->isImplicit() && !S.IsAllowedCUDACall(Caller, FunDecl)) | ||||
12064 | return false; | ||||
12065 | if (FunDecl->isMultiVersion()) { | ||||
12066 | const auto *TA = FunDecl->getAttr<TargetAttr>(); | ||||
12067 | if (TA && !TA->isDefaultVersion()) | ||||
12068 | return false; | ||||
12069 | } | ||||
12070 | |||||
12071 | // If any candidate has a placeholder return type, trigger its deduction | ||||
12072 | // now. | ||||
12073 | if (completeFunctionType(S, FunDecl, SourceExpr->getBeginLoc(), | ||||
12074 | Complain)) { | ||||
12075 | HasComplained |= Complain; | ||||
12076 | return false; | ||||
12077 | } | ||||
12078 | |||||
12079 | if (!S.checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(FunDecl)) | ||||
12080 | return false; | ||||
12081 | |||||
12082 | // If we're in C, we need to support types that aren't exactly identical. | ||||
12083 | if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || | ||||
12084 | candidateHasExactlyCorrectType(FunDecl)) { | ||||
12085 | Matches.push_back(std::make_pair( | ||||
12086 | CurAccessFunPair, cast<FunctionDecl>(FunDecl->getCanonicalDecl()))); | ||||
12087 | FoundNonTemplateFunction = true; | ||||
12088 | return true; | ||||
12089 | } | ||||
12090 | } | ||||
12091 | |||||
12092 | return false; | ||||
12093 | } | ||||
12094 | |||||
12095 | bool FindAllFunctionsThatMatchTargetTypeExactly() { | ||||
12096 | bool Ret = false; | ||||
12097 | |||||
12098 | // If the overload expression doesn't have the form of a pointer to | ||||
12099 | // member, don't try to convert it to a pointer-to-member type. | ||||
12100 | if (IsInvalidFormOfPointerToMemberFunction()) | ||||
12101 | return false; | ||||
12102 | |||||
12103 | for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = OvlExpr->decls_begin(), | ||||
12104 | E = OvlExpr->decls_end(); | ||||
12105 | I != E; ++I) { | ||||
12106 | // Look through any using declarations to find the underlying function. | ||||
12107 | NamedDecl *Fn = (*I)->getUnderlyingDecl(); | ||||
12108 | |||||
12109 | // C++ [over.over]p3: | ||||
12110 | // Non-member functions and static member functions match | ||||
12111 | // targets of type "pointer-to-function" or "reference-to-function." | ||||
12112 | // Nonstatic member functions match targets of | ||||
12113 | // type "pointer-to-member-function." | ||||
12114 | // Note that according to DR 247, the containing class does not matter. | ||||
12115 | if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate | ||||
12116 | = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Fn)) { | ||||
12117 | if (AddMatchingTemplateFunction(FunctionTemplate, I.getPair())) | ||||
12118 | Ret = true; | ||||
12119 | } | ||||
12120 | // If we have explicit template arguments supplied, skip non-templates. | ||||
12121 | else if (!OvlExpr->hasExplicitTemplateArgs() && | ||||
12122 | AddMatchingNonTemplateFunction(Fn, I.getPair())) | ||||
12123 | Ret = true; | ||||
12124 | } | ||||
12125 | assert(Ret || Matches.empty())((Ret || Matches.empty()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Ret || Matches.empty()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 12125, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
12126 | return Ret; | ||||
12127 | } | ||||
12128 | |||||
12129 | void EliminateAllExceptMostSpecializedTemplate() { | ||||
12130 | // [...] and any given function template specialization F1 is | ||||
12131 | // eliminated if the set contains a second function template | ||||
12132 | // specialization whose function template is more specialized | ||||
12133 | // than the function template of F1 according to the partial | ||||
12134 | // ordering rules of 14.5.5.2. | ||||
12135 | |||||
12136 | // The algorithm specified above is quadratic. We instead use a | ||||
12137 | // two-pass algorithm (similar to the one used to identify the | ||||
12138 | // best viable function in an overload set) that identifies the | ||||
12139 | // best function template (if it exists). | ||||
12140 | |||||
12141 | UnresolvedSet<4> MatchesCopy; // TODO: avoid! | ||||
12142 | for (unsigned I = 0, E = Matches.size(); I != E; ++I) | ||||
12143 | MatchesCopy.addDecl(Matches[I].second, Matches[I].first.getAccess()); | ||||
12144 | |||||
12145 | // TODO: It looks like FailedCandidates does not serve much purpose | ||||
12146 | // here, since the no_viable diagnostic has index 0. | ||||
12147 | UnresolvedSetIterator Result = S.getMostSpecialized( | ||||
12148 | MatchesCopy.begin(), MatchesCopy.end(), FailedCandidates, | ||||
12149 | SourceExpr->getBeginLoc(), S.PDiag(), | ||||
12150 | S.PDiag(diag::err_addr_ovl_ambiguous) | ||||
12151 | << Matches[0].second->getDeclName(), | ||||
12152 | S.PDiag(diag::note_ovl_candidate) | ||||
12153 | << (unsigned)oc_function << (unsigned)ocs_described_template, | ||||
12154 | Complain, TargetFunctionType); | ||||
12155 | |||||
12156 | if (Result != MatchesCopy.end()) { | ||||
12157 | // Make it the first and only element | ||||
12158 | Matches[0].first = Matches[Result - MatchesCopy.begin()].first; | ||||
12159 | Matches[0].second = cast<FunctionDecl>(*Result); | ||||
12160 | Matches.resize(1); | ||||
12161 | } else | ||||
12162 | HasComplained |= Complain; | ||||
12163 | } | ||||
12164 | |||||
12165 | void EliminateAllTemplateMatches() { | ||||
12166 | // [...] any function template specializations in the set are | ||||
12167 | // eliminated if the set also contains a non-template function, [...] | ||||
12168 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = Matches.size(); I != N; ) { | ||||
12169 | if (Matches[I].second->getPrimaryTemplate() == nullptr) | ||||
12170 | ++I; | ||||
12171 | else { | ||||
12172 | Matches[I] = Matches[--N]; | ||||
12173 | Matches.resize(N); | ||||
12174 | } | ||||
12175 | } | ||||
12176 | } | ||||
12177 | |||||
12178 | void EliminateSuboptimalCudaMatches() { | ||||
12179 | S.EraseUnwantedCUDAMatches(dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(S.CurContext), Matches); | ||||
12180 | } | ||||
12181 | |||||
12182 | public: | ||||
12183 | void ComplainNoMatchesFound() const { | ||||
12184 | assert(Matches.empty())((Matches.empty()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Matches.empty()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 12184, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
12185 | S.Diag(OvlExpr->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_addr_ovl_no_viable) | ||||
12186 | << OvlExpr->getName() << TargetFunctionType | ||||
12187 | << OvlExpr->getSourceRange(); | ||||
12188 | if (FailedCandidates.empty()) | ||||
12189 | S.NoteAllOverloadCandidates(OvlExpr, TargetFunctionType, | ||||
12190 | /*TakingAddress=*/true); | ||||
12191 | else { | ||||
12192 | // We have some deduction failure messages. Use them to diagnose | ||||
12193 | // the function templates, and diagnose the non-template candidates | ||||
12194 | // normally. | ||||
12195 | for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = OvlExpr->decls_begin(), | ||||
12196 | IEnd = OvlExpr->decls_end(); | ||||
12197 | I != IEnd; ++I) | ||||
12198 | if (FunctionDecl *Fun = | ||||
12199 | dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>((*I)->getUnderlyingDecl())) | ||||
12200 | if (!functionHasPassObjectSizeParams(Fun)) | ||||
12201 | S.NoteOverloadCandidate(*I, Fun, CRK_None, TargetFunctionType, | ||||
12202 | /*TakingAddress=*/true); | ||||
12203 | FailedCandidates.NoteCandidates(S, OvlExpr->getBeginLoc()); | ||||
12204 | } | ||||
12205 | } | ||||
12206 | |||||
12207 | bool IsInvalidFormOfPointerToMemberFunction() const { | ||||
12208 | return TargetTypeIsNonStaticMemberFunction && | ||||
12209 | !OvlExprInfo.HasFormOfMemberPointer; | ||||
12210 | } | ||||
12211 | |||||
12212 | void ComplainIsInvalidFormOfPointerToMemberFunction() const { | ||||
12213 | // TODO: Should we condition this on whether any functions might | ||||
12214 | // have matched, or is it more appropriate to do that in callers? | ||||
12215 | // TODO: a fixit wouldn't hurt. | ||||
12216 | S.Diag(OvlExpr->getNameLoc(), diag::err_addr_ovl_no_qualifier) | ||||
12217 | << TargetType << OvlExpr->getSourceRange(); | ||||
12218 | } | ||||
12219 | |||||
12220 | bool IsStaticMemberFunctionFromBoundPointer() const { | ||||
12221 | return StaticMemberFunctionFromBoundPointer; | ||||
12222 | } | ||||
12223 | |||||
12224 | void ComplainIsStaticMemberFunctionFromBoundPointer() const { | ||||
12225 | S.Diag(OvlExpr->getBeginLoc(), | ||||
12226 | diag::err_invalid_form_pointer_member_function) | ||||
12227 | << OvlExpr->getSourceRange(); | ||||
12228 | } | ||||
12229 | |||||
12230 | void ComplainOfInvalidConversion() const { | ||||
12231 | S.Diag(OvlExpr->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_addr_ovl_not_func_ptrref) | ||||
12232 | << OvlExpr->getName() << TargetType; | ||||
12233 | } | ||||
12234 | |||||
12235 | void ComplainMultipleMatchesFound() const { | ||||
12236 | assert(Matches.size() > 1)((Matches.size() > 1) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Matches.size() > 1", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 12236, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| |||||
12237 | S.Diag(OvlExpr->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_addr_ovl_ambiguous) | ||||
12238 | << OvlExpr->getName() << OvlExpr->getSourceRange(); | ||||
12239 | S.NoteAllOverloadCandidates(OvlExpr, TargetFunctionType, | ||||
12240 | /*TakingAddress=*/true); | ||||
12241 | } | ||||
12242 | |||||
12243 | bool hadMultipleCandidates() const { return (OvlExpr->getNumDecls() > 1); } | ||||
12244 | |||||
12245 | int getNumMatches() const { return Matches.size(); } | ||||
12246 | |||||
12247 | FunctionDecl* getMatchingFunctionDecl() const { | ||||
12248 | if (Matches.size() != 1) return nullptr; | ||||
12249 | return Matches[0].second; | ||||
12250 | } | ||||
12251 | |||||
12252 | const DeclAccessPair* getMatchingFunctionAccessPair() const { | ||||
12253 | if (Matches.size() != 1) return nullptr; | ||||
12254 | return &Matches[0].first; | ||||
12255 | } | ||||
12256 | }; | ||||
12257 | } | ||||
12258 | |||||
12259 | /// ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction - Try to resolve the address of | ||||
12260 | /// an overloaded function (C++ [over.over]), where @p From is an | ||||
12261 | /// expression with overloaded function type and @p ToType is the type | ||||
12262 | /// we're trying to resolve to. For example: | ||||
12263 | /// | ||||
12264 | /// @code | ||||
12265 | /// int f(double); | ||||
12266 | /// int f(int); | ||||
12267 | /// | ||||
12268 | /// int (*pfd)(double) = f; // selects f(double) | ||||
12269 | /// @endcode | ||||
12270 | /// | ||||
12271 | /// This routine returns the resulting FunctionDecl if it could be | ||||
12272 | /// resolved, and NULL otherwise. When @p Complain is true, this | ||||
12273 | /// routine will emit diagnostics if there is an error. | ||||
12274 | FunctionDecl * | ||||
12275 | Sema::ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr, | ||||
12276 | QualType TargetType, | ||||
12277 | bool Complain, | ||||
12278 | DeclAccessPair &FoundResult, | ||||
12279 | bool *pHadMultipleCandidates) { | ||||
12280 | assert(AddressOfExpr->getType() == Context.OverloadTy)((AddressOfExpr->getType() == Context.OverloadTy) ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("AddressOfExpr->getType() == Context.OverloadTy" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 12280, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
12281 | |||||
12282 | AddressOfFunctionResolver Resolver(*this, AddressOfExpr, TargetType, | ||||
12283 | Complain); | ||||
12284 | int NumMatches = Resolver.getNumMatches(); | ||||
12285 | FunctionDecl *Fn = nullptr; | ||||
12286 | bool ShouldComplain = Complain && !Resolver.hasComplained(); | ||||
12287 | if (NumMatches == 0 && ShouldComplain) { | ||||
12288 | if (Resolver.IsInvalidFormOfPointerToMemberFunction()) | ||||
12289 | Resolver.ComplainIsInvalidFormOfPointerToMemberFunction(); | ||||
12290 | else | ||||
12291 | Resolver.ComplainNoMatchesFound(); | ||||
12292 | } | ||||
12293 | else if (NumMatches > 1 && ShouldComplain) | ||||
12294 | Resolver.ComplainMultipleMatchesFound(); | ||||
12295 | else if (NumMatches == 1) { | ||||
12296 | Fn = Resolver.getMatchingFunctionDecl(); | ||||
12297 | assert(Fn)((Fn) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Fn", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 12297, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
12298 | if (auto *FPT = Fn->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) | ||||
12299 | ResolveExceptionSpec(AddressOfExpr->getExprLoc(), FPT); | ||||
12300 | FoundResult = *Resolver.getMatchingFunctionAccessPair(); | ||||
12301 | if (Complain) { | ||||
12302 | if (Resolver.IsStaticMemberFunctionFromBoundPointer()) | ||||
12303 | Resolver.ComplainIsStaticMemberFunctionFromBoundPointer(); | ||||
12304 | else | ||||
12305 | CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(AddressOfExpr, FoundResult); | ||||
12306 | } | ||||
12307 | } | ||||
12308 | |||||
12309 | if (pHadMultipleCandidates) | ||||
12310 | *pHadMultipleCandidates = Resolver.hadMultipleCandidates(); | ||||
12311 | return Fn; | ||||
12312 | } | ||||
12313 | |||||
12314 | /// Given an expression that refers to an overloaded function, try to | ||||
12315 | /// resolve that function to a single function that can have its address taken. | ||||
12316 | /// This will modify `Pair` iff it returns non-null. | ||||
12317 | /// | ||||
12318 | /// This routine can only succeed if from all of the candidates in the overload | ||||
12319 | /// set for SrcExpr that can have their addresses taken, there is one candidate | ||||
12320 | /// that is more constrained than the rest. | ||||
12321 | FunctionDecl * | ||||
12322 | Sema::resolveAddressOfSingleOverloadCandidate(Expr *E, DeclAccessPair &Pair) { | ||||
12323 | OverloadExpr::FindResult R = OverloadExpr::find(E); | ||||
12324 | OverloadExpr *Ovl = R.Expression; | ||||
12325 | bool IsResultAmbiguous = false; | ||||
12326 | FunctionDecl *Result = nullptr; | ||||
12327 | DeclAccessPair DAP; | ||||
12328 | SmallVector<FunctionDecl *, 2> AmbiguousDecls; | ||||
12329 | |||||
12330 | auto CheckMoreConstrained = | ||||
12331 | [&] (FunctionDecl *FD1, FunctionDecl *FD2) -> Optional<bool> { | ||||
12332 | SmallVector<const Expr *, 1> AC1, AC2; | ||||
12333 | FD1->getAssociatedConstraints(AC1); | ||||
12334 | FD2->getAssociatedConstraints(AC2); | ||||
12335 | bool AtLeastAsConstrained1, AtLeastAsConstrained2; | ||||
12336 | if (IsAtLeastAsConstrained(FD1, AC1, FD2, AC2, AtLeastAsConstrained1)) | ||||
12337 | return None; | ||||
12338 | if (IsAtLeastAsConstrained(FD2, AC2, FD1, AC1, AtLeastAsConstrained2)) | ||||
12339 | return None; | ||||
12340 | if (AtLeastAsConstrained1 == AtLeastAsConstrained2) | ||||
12341 | return None; | ||||
12342 | return AtLeastAsConstrained1; | ||||
12343 | }; | ||||
12344 | |||||
12345 | // Don't use the AddressOfResolver because we're specifically looking for | ||||
12346 | // cases where we have one overload candidate that lacks | ||||
12347 | // enable_if/pass_object_size/... | ||||
12348 | for (auto I = Ovl->decls_begin(), E = Ovl->decls_end(); I != E; ++I) { | ||||
12349 | auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(I->getUnderlyingDecl()); | ||||
12350 | if (!FD) | ||||
12351 | return nullptr; | ||||
12352 | |||||
12353 | if (!checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(FD)) | ||||
12354 | continue; | ||||
12355 | |||||
12356 | // We have more than one result - see if it is more constrained than the | ||||
12357 | // previous one. | ||||
12358 | if (Result) { | ||||
12359 | Optional<bool> MoreConstrainedThanPrevious = CheckMoreConstrained(FD, | ||||
12360 | Result); | ||||
12361 | if (!MoreConstrainedThanPrevious) { | ||||
12362 | IsResultAmbiguous = true; | ||||
12363 | AmbiguousDecls.push_back(FD); | ||||
12364 | continue; | ||||
12365 | } | ||||
12366 | if (!*MoreConstrainedThanPrevious) | ||||
12367 | continue; | ||||
12368 | // FD is more constrained - replace Result with it. | ||||
12369 | } | ||||
12370 | IsResultAmbiguous = false; | ||||
12371 | DAP = I.getPair(); | ||||
12372 | Result = FD; | ||||
12373 | } | ||||
12374 | |||||
12375 | if (IsResultAmbiguous) | ||||
12376 | return nullptr; | ||||
12377 | |||||
12378 | if (Result) { | ||||
12379 | SmallVector<const Expr *, 1> ResultAC; | ||||
12380 | // We skipped over some ambiguous declarations which might be ambiguous with | ||||
12381 | // the selected result. | ||||
12382 | for (FunctionDecl *Skipped : AmbiguousDecls) | ||||
12383 | if (!CheckMoreConstrained(Skipped, Result).hasValue()) | ||||
12384 | return nullptr; | ||||
12385 | Pair = DAP; | ||||
12386 | } | ||||
12387 | return Result; | ||||
12388 | } | ||||
12389 | |||||
12390 | /// Given an overloaded function, tries to turn it into a non-overloaded | ||||
12391 | /// function reference using resolveAddressOfSingleOverloadCandidate. This | ||||
12392 | /// will perform access checks, diagnose the use of the resultant decl, and, if | ||||
12393 | /// requested, potentially perform a function-to-pointer decay. | ||||
12394 | /// | ||||
12395 | /// Returns false if resolveAddressOfSingleOverloadCandidate fails. | ||||
12396 | /// Otherwise, returns true. This may emit diagnostics and return true. | ||||
12397 | bool Sema::resolveAndFixAddressOfSingleOverloadCandidate( | ||||
12398 | ExprResult &SrcExpr, bool DoFunctionPointerConverion) { | ||||
12399 | Expr *E = SrcExpr.get(); | ||||
12400 | assert(E->getType() == Context.OverloadTy && "SrcExpr must be an overload")((E->getType() == Context.OverloadTy && "SrcExpr must be an overload" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("E->getType() == Context.OverloadTy && \"SrcExpr must be an overload\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 12400, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
12401 | |||||
12402 | DeclAccessPair DAP; | ||||
12403 | FunctionDecl *Found = resolveAddressOfSingleOverloadCandidate(E, DAP); | ||||
12404 | if (!Found || Found->isCPUDispatchMultiVersion() || | ||||
12405 | Found->isCPUSpecificMultiVersion()) | ||||
12406 | return false; | ||||
12407 | |||||
12408 | // Emitting multiple diagnostics for a function that is both inaccessible and | ||||
12409 | // unavailable is consistent with our behavior elsewhere. So, always check | ||||
12410 | // for both. | ||||
12411 | DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Found, E->getExprLoc()); | ||||
12412 | CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(E, DAP); | ||||
12413 | Expr *Fixed = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(E, DAP, Found); | ||||
12414 | if (DoFunctionPointerConverion && Fixed->getType()->isFunctionType()) | ||||
12415 | SrcExpr = DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Fixed, /*Diagnose=*/false); | ||||
12416 | else | ||||
12417 | SrcExpr = Fixed; | ||||
12418 | return true; | ||||
12419 | } | ||||
12420 | |||||
12421 | /// Given an expression that refers to an overloaded function, try to | ||||
12422 | /// resolve that overloaded function expression down to a single function. | ||||
12423 | /// | ||||
12424 | /// This routine can only resolve template-ids that refer to a single function | ||||
12425 | /// template, where that template-id refers to a single template whose template | ||||
12426 | /// arguments are either provided by the template-id or have defaults, | ||||
12427 | /// as described in C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p3. | ||||
12428 | /// | ||||
12429 | /// If no template-ids are found, no diagnostics are emitted and NULL is | ||||
12430 | /// returned. | ||||
12431 | FunctionDecl * | ||||
12432 | Sema::ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(OverloadExpr *ovl, | ||||
12433 | bool Complain, | ||||
12434 | DeclAccessPair *FoundResult) { | ||||
12435 | // C++ [over.over]p1: | ||||
12436 | // [...] [Note: any redundant set of parentheses surrounding the | ||||
12437 | // overloaded function name is ignored (5.1). ] | ||||
12438 | // C++ [over.over]p1: | ||||
12439 | // [...] The overloaded function name can be preceded by the & | ||||
12440 | // operator. | ||||
12441 | |||||
12442 | // If we didn't actually find any template-ids, we're done. | ||||
12443 | if (!ovl->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) | ||||
12444 | return nullptr; | ||||
12445 | |||||
12446 | TemplateArgumentListInfo ExplicitTemplateArgs; | ||||
12447 | ovl->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(ExplicitTemplateArgs); | ||||
12448 | TemplateSpecCandidateSet FailedCandidates(ovl->getNameLoc()); | ||||
12449 | |||||
12450 | // Look through all of the overloaded functions, searching for one | ||||
12451 | // whose type matches exactly. | ||||
12452 | FunctionDecl *Matched = nullptr; | ||||
12453 | for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = ovl->decls_begin(), | ||||
12454 | E = ovl->decls_end(); I != E; ++I) { | ||||
12455 | // C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p3: | ||||
12456 | // [...] In contexts where deduction is done and fails, or in contexts | ||||
12457 | // where deduction is not done, if a template argument list is | ||||
12458 | // specified and it, along with any default template arguments, | ||||
12459 | // identifies a single function template specialization, then the | ||||
12460 | // template-id is an lvalue for the function template specialization. | ||||
12461 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate | ||||
12462 | = cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>((*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()); | ||||
12463 | |||||
12464 | // C++ [over.over]p2: | ||||
12465 | // If the name is a function template, template argument deduction is | ||||
12466 | // done (14.8.2.2), and if the argument deduction succeeds, the | ||||
12467 | // resulting template argument list is used to generate a single | ||||
12468 | // function template specialization, which is added to the set of | ||||
12469 | // overloaded functions considered. | ||||
12470 | FunctionDecl *Specialization = nullptr; | ||||
12471 | TemplateDeductionInfo Info(FailedCandidates.getLocation()); | ||||
12472 | if (TemplateDeductionResult Result | ||||
12473 | = DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplate, &ExplicitTemplateArgs, | ||||
12474 | Specialization, Info, | ||||
12475 | /*IsAddressOfFunction*/true)) { | ||||
12476 | // Make a note of the failed deduction for diagnostics. | ||||
12477 | // TODO: Actually use the failed-deduction info? | ||||
12478 | FailedCandidates.addCandidate() | ||||
12479 | .set(I.getPair(), FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(), | ||||
12480 | MakeDeductionFailureInfo(Context, Result, Info)); | ||||
12481 | continue; | ||||
12482 | } | ||||
12483 | |||||
12484 | assert(Specialization && "no specialization and no error?")((Specialization && "no specialization and no error?" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Specialization && \"no specialization and no error?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 12484, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
12485 | |||||
12486 | // Multiple matches; we can't resolve to a single declaration. | ||||
12487 | if (Matched) { | ||||
12488 | if (Complain) { | ||||
12489 | Diag(ovl->getExprLoc(), diag::err_addr_ovl_ambiguous) | ||||
12490 | << ovl->getName(); | ||||
12491 | NoteAllOverloadCandidates(ovl); | ||||
12492 | } | ||||
12493 | return nullptr; | ||||
12494 | } | ||||
12495 | |||||
12496 | Matched = Specialization; | ||||
12497 | if (FoundResult) *FoundResult = I.getPair(); | ||||
12498 | } | ||||
12499 | |||||
12500 | if (Matched && | ||||
12501 | completeFunctionType(*this, Matched, ovl->getExprLoc(), Complain)) | ||||
12502 | return nullptr; | ||||
12503 | |||||
12504 | return Matched; | ||||
12505 | } | ||||
12506 | |||||
12507 | // Resolve and fix an overloaded expression that can be resolved | ||||
12508 | // because it identifies a single function template specialization. | ||||
12509 | // | ||||
12510 | // Last three arguments should only be supplied if Complain = true | ||||
12511 | // | ||||
12512 | // Return true if it was logically possible to so resolve the | ||||
12513 | // expression, regardless of whether or not it succeeded. Always | ||||
12514 | // returns true if 'complain' is set. | ||||
12515 | bool Sema::ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization( | ||||
12516 | ExprResult &SrcExpr, bool doFunctionPointerConverion, | ||||
12517 | bool complain, SourceRange OpRangeForComplaining, | ||||
12518 | QualType DestTypeForComplaining, | ||||
12519 | unsigned DiagIDForComplaining) { | ||||
12520 | assert(SrcExpr.get()->getType() == Context.OverloadTy)((SrcExpr.get()->getType() == Context.OverloadTy) ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("SrcExpr.get()->getType() == Context.OverloadTy" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 12520, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
12521 | |||||
12522 | OverloadExpr::FindResult ovl = OverloadExpr::find(SrcExpr.get()); | ||||
12523 | |||||
12524 | DeclAccessPair found; | ||||
12525 | ExprResult SingleFunctionExpression; | ||||
12526 | if (FunctionDecl *fn = ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization( | ||||
12527 | ovl.Expression, /*complain*/ false, &found)) { | ||||
12528 | if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(fn, SrcExpr.get()->getBeginLoc())) { | ||||
12529 | SrcExpr = ExprError(); | ||||
12530 | return true; | ||||
12531 | } | ||||
12532 | |||||
12533 | // It is only correct to resolve to an instance method if we're | ||||
12534 | // resolving a form that's permitted to be a pointer to member. | ||||
12535 | // Otherwise we'll end up making a bound member expression, which | ||||
12536 | // is illegal in all the contexts we resolve like this. | ||||
12537 | if (!ovl.HasFormOfMemberPointer && | ||||
12538 | isa<CXXMethodDecl>(fn) && | ||||
12539 | cast<CXXMethodDecl>(fn)->isInstance()) { | ||||
12540 | if (!complain) return false; | ||||
12541 | |||||
12542 | Diag(ovl.Expression->getExprLoc(), | ||||
12543 | diag::err_bound_member_function) | ||||
12544 | << 0 << ovl.Expression->getSourceRange(); | ||||
12545 | |||||
12546 | // TODO: I believe we only end up here if there's a mix of | ||||
12547 | // static and non-static candidates (otherwise the expression | ||||
12548 | // would have 'bound member' type, not 'overload' type). | ||||
12549 | // Ideally we would note which candidate was chosen and why | ||||
12550 | // the static candidates were rejected. | ||||
12551 | SrcExpr = ExprError(); | ||||
12552 | return true; | ||||
12553 | } | ||||
12554 | |||||
12555 | // Fix the expression to refer to 'fn'. | ||||
12556 | SingleFunctionExpression = | ||||
12557 | FixOverloadedFunctionReference(SrcExpr.get(), found, fn); | ||||
12558 | |||||
12559 | // If desired, do function-to-pointer decay. | ||||
12560 | if (doFunctionPointerConverion) { | ||||
12561 | SingleFunctionExpression = | ||||
12562 | DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(SingleFunctionExpression.get()); | ||||
12563 | if (SingleFunctionExpression.isInvalid()) { | ||||
12564 | SrcExpr = ExprError(); | ||||
12565 | return true; | ||||
12566 | } | ||||
12567 | } | ||||
12568 | } | ||||
12569 | |||||
12570 | if (!SingleFunctionExpression.isUsable()) { | ||||
12571 | if (complain) { | ||||
12572 | Diag(OpRangeForComplaining.getBegin(), DiagIDForComplaining) | ||||
12573 | << ovl.Expression->getName() | ||||
12574 | << DestTypeForComplaining | ||||
12575 | << OpRangeForComplaining | ||||
12576 | << ovl.Expression->getQualifierLoc().getSourceRange(); | ||||
12577 | NoteAllOverloadCandidates(SrcExpr.get()); | ||||
12578 | |||||
12579 | SrcExpr = ExprError(); | ||||
12580 | return true; | ||||
12581 | } | ||||
12582 | |||||
12583 | return false; | ||||
12584 | } | ||||
12585 | |||||
12586 | SrcExpr = SingleFunctionExpression; | ||||
12587 | return true; | ||||
12588 | } | ||||
12589 | |||||
12590 | /// Add a single candidate to the overload set. | ||||
12591 | static void AddOverloadedCallCandidate(Sema &S, | ||||
12592 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, | ||||
12593 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, | ||||
12594 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||
12595 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, | ||||
12596 | bool PartialOverloading, | ||||
12597 | bool KnownValid) { | ||||
12598 | NamedDecl *Callee = FoundDecl.getDecl(); | ||||
12599 | if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(Callee)) | ||||
12600 | Callee = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Callee)->getTargetDecl(); | ||||
12601 | |||||
12602 | if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Callee)) { | ||||
12603 | if (ExplicitTemplateArgs) { | ||||
12604 | assert(!KnownValid && "Explicit template arguments?")((!KnownValid && "Explicit template arguments?") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!KnownValid && \"Explicit template arguments?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 12604, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
12605 | return; | ||||
12606 | } | ||||
12607 | // Prevent ill-formed function decls to be added as overload candidates. | ||||
12608 | if (!dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(Func->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>())) | ||||
12609 | return; | ||||
12610 | |||||
12611 | S.AddOverloadCandidate(Func, FoundDecl, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||
12612 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, | ||||
12613 | PartialOverloading); | ||||
12614 | return; | ||||
12615 | } | ||||
12616 | |||||
12617 | if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FuncTemplate | ||||
12618 | = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Callee)) { | ||||
12619 | S.AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FuncTemplate, FoundDecl, | ||||
12620 | ExplicitTemplateArgs, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||
12621 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, | ||||
12622 | PartialOverloading); | ||||
12623 | return; | ||||
12624 | } | ||||
12625 | |||||
12626 | assert(!KnownValid && "unhandled case in overloaded call candidate")((!KnownValid && "unhandled case in overloaded call candidate" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!KnownValid && \"unhandled case in overloaded call candidate\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 12626, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
12627 | } | ||||
12628 | |||||
12629 | /// Add the overload candidates named by callee and/or found by argument | ||||
12630 | /// dependent lookup to the given overload set. | ||||
12631 | void Sema::AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, | ||||
12632 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||
12633 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, | ||||
12634 | bool PartialOverloading) { | ||||
12635 | |||||
12636 | #ifndef NDEBUG | ||||
12637 | // Verify that ArgumentDependentLookup is consistent with the rules | ||||
12638 | // in C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3: | ||||
12639 | // | ||||
12640 | // Let X be the lookup set produced by unqualified lookup (3.4.1) | ||||
12641 | // and let Y be the lookup set produced by argument dependent | ||||
12642 | // lookup (defined as follows). If X contains | ||||
12643 | // | ||||
12644 | // -- a declaration of a class member, or | ||||
12645 | // | ||||
12646 | // -- a block-scope function declaration that is not a | ||||
12647 | // using-declaration, or | ||||
12648 | // | ||||
12649 | // -- a declaration that is neither a function or a function | ||||
12650 | // template | ||||
12651 | // | ||||
12652 | // then Y is empty. | ||||
12653 | |||||
12654 | if (ULE->requiresADL()) { | ||||
12655 | for (UnresolvedLookupExpr::decls_iterator I = ULE->decls_begin(), | ||||
12656 | E = ULE->decls_end(); I != E; ++I) { | ||||
12657 | assert(!(*I)->getDeclContext()->isRecord())((!(*I)->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) ? static_cast< void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(*I)->getDeclContext()->isRecord()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 12657, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
12658 | assert(isa<UsingShadowDecl>(*I) ||((isa<UsingShadowDecl>(*I) || !(*I)->getDeclContext( )->isFunctionOrMethod()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<UsingShadowDecl>(*I) || !(*I)->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 12659, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
12659 | !(*I)->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())((isa<UsingShadowDecl>(*I) || !(*I)->getDeclContext( )->isFunctionOrMethod()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<UsingShadowDecl>(*I) || !(*I)->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 12659, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
12660 | assert((*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())(((*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate ()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 12660, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
12661 | } | ||||
12662 | } | ||||
12663 | #endif | ||||
12664 | |||||
12665 | // It would be nice to avoid this copy. | ||||
12666 | TemplateArgumentListInfo TABuffer; | ||||
12667 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr; | ||||
12668 | if (ULE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) { | ||||
12669 | ULE->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TABuffer); | ||||
12670 | ExplicitTemplateArgs = &TABuffer; | ||||
12671 | } | ||||
12672 | |||||
12673 | for (UnresolvedLookupExpr::decls_iterator I = ULE->decls_begin(), | ||||
12674 | E = ULE->decls_end(); I != E; ++I) | ||||
12675 | AddOverloadedCallCandidate(*this, I.getPair(), ExplicitTemplateArgs, Args, | ||||
12676 | CandidateSet, PartialOverloading, | ||||
12677 | /*KnownValid*/ true); | ||||
12678 | |||||
12679 | if (ULE->requiresADL()) | ||||
12680 | AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(ULE->getName(), ULE->getExprLoc(), | ||||
12681 | Args, ExplicitTemplateArgs, | ||||
12682 | CandidateSet, PartialOverloading); | ||||
12683 | } | ||||
12684 | |||||
12685 | /// Add the call candidates from the given set of lookup results to the given | ||||
12686 | /// overload set. Non-function lookup results are ignored. | ||||
12687 | void Sema::AddOverloadedCallCandidates( | ||||
12688 | LookupResult &R, TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, | ||||
12689 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet) { | ||||
12690 | for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) | ||||
12691 | AddOverloadedCallCandidate(*this, I.getPair(), ExplicitTemplateArgs, Args, | ||||
12692 | CandidateSet, false, /*KnownValid*/ false); | ||||
12693 | } | ||||
12694 | |||||
12695 | /// Determine whether a declaration with the specified name could be moved into | ||||
12696 | /// a different namespace. | ||||
12697 | static bool canBeDeclaredInNamespace(const DeclarationName &Name) { | ||||
12698 | switch (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator()) { | ||||
12699 | case OO_New: case OO_Array_New: | ||||
12700 | case OO_Delete: case OO_Array_Delete: | ||||
12701 | return false; | ||||
12702 | |||||
12703 | default: | ||||
12704 | return true; | ||||
12705 | } | ||||
12706 | } | ||||
12707 | |||||
12708 | /// Attempt to recover from an ill-formed use of a non-dependent name in a | ||||
12709 | /// template, where the non-dependent name was declared after the template | ||||
12710 | /// was defined. This is common in code written for a compilers which do not | ||||
12711 | /// correctly implement two-stage name lookup. | ||||
12712 | /// | ||||
12713 | /// Returns true if a viable candidate was found and a diagnostic was issued. | ||||
12714 | static bool DiagnoseTwoPhaseLookup( | ||||
12715 | Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation FnLoc, const CXXScopeSpec &SS, | ||||
12716 | LookupResult &R, OverloadCandidateSet::CandidateSetKind CSK, | ||||
12717 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||
12718 | CXXRecordDecl **FoundInClass = nullptr) { | ||||
12719 | if (!SemaRef.inTemplateInstantiation() || !SS.isEmpty()) | ||||
12720 | return false; | ||||
12721 | |||||
12722 | for (DeclContext *DC = SemaRef.CurContext; DC; DC = DC->getParent()) { | ||||
12723 | if (DC->isTransparentContext()) | ||||
12724 | continue; | ||||
12725 | |||||
12726 | SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(R, DC); | ||||
12727 | |||||
12728 | if (!R.empty()) { | ||||
12729 | R.suppressDiagnostics(); | ||||
12730 | |||||
12731 | OverloadCandidateSet Candidates(FnLoc, CSK); | ||||
12732 | SemaRef.AddOverloadedCallCandidates(R, ExplicitTemplateArgs, Args, | ||||
12733 | Candidates); | ||||
12734 | |||||
12735 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; | ||||
12736 | OverloadingResult OR = | ||||
12737 | Candidates.BestViableFunction(SemaRef, FnLoc, Best); | ||||
12738 | |||||
12739 | if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { | ||||
12740 | // We either found non-function declarations or a best viable function | ||||
12741 | // at class scope. A class-scope lookup result disables ADL. Don't | ||||
12742 | // look past this, but let the caller know that we found something that | ||||
12743 | // either is, or might be, usable in this class. | ||||
12744 | if (FoundInClass) { | ||||
12745 | *FoundInClass = RD; | ||||
12746 | if (OR == OR_Success) { | ||||
12747 | R.clear(); | ||||
12748 | R.addDecl(Best->FoundDecl.getDecl(), Best->FoundDecl.getAccess()); | ||||
12749 | R.resolveKind(); | ||||
12750 | } | ||||
12751 | } | ||||
12752 | return false; | ||||
12753 | } | ||||
12754 | |||||
12755 | if (OR != OR_Success) { | ||||
12756 | // There wasn't a unique best function or function template. | ||||
12757 | return false; | ||||
12758 | } | ||||
12759 | |||||
12760 | // Find the namespaces where ADL would have looked, and suggest | ||||
12761 | // declaring the function there instead. | ||||
12762 | Sema::AssociatedNamespaceSet AssociatedNamespaces; | ||||
12763 | Sema::AssociatedClassSet AssociatedClasses; | ||||
12764 | SemaRef.FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(FnLoc, Args, | ||||
12765 | AssociatedNamespaces, | ||||
12766 | AssociatedClasses); | ||||
12767 | Sema::AssociatedNamespaceSet SuggestedNamespaces; | ||||
12768 | if (canBeDeclaredInNamespace(R.getLookupName())) { | ||||
12769 | DeclContext *Std = SemaRef.getStdNamespace(); | ||||
12770 | for (Sema::AssociatedNamespaceSet::iterator | ||||
12771 | it = AssociatedNamespaces.begin(), | ||||
12772 | end = AssociatedNamespaces.end(); it != end; ++it) { | ||||
12773 | // Never suggest declaring a function within namespace 'std'. | ||||
12774 | if (Std && Std->Encloses(*it)) | ||||
12775 | continue; | ||||
12776 | |||||
12777 | // Never suggest declaring a function within a namespace with a | ||||
12778 | // reserved name, like __gnu_cxx. | ||||
12779 | NamespaceDecl *NS = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(*it); | ||||
12780 | if (NS && | ||||
12781 | NS->getQualifiedNameAsString().find("__") != std::string::npos) | ||||
12782 | continue; | ||||
12783 | |||||
12784 | SuggestedNamespaces.insert(*it); | ||||
12785 | } | ||||
12786 | } | ||||
12787 | |||||
12788 | SemaRef.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_not_found_by_two_phase_lookup) | ||||
12789 | << R.getLookupName(); | ||||
12790 | if (SuggestedNamespaces.empty()) { | ||||
12791 | SemaRef.Diag(Best->Function->getLocation(), | ||||
12792 | diag::note_not_found_by_two_phase_lookup) | ||||
12793 | << R.getLookupName() << 0; | ||||
12794 | } else if (SuggestedNamespaces.size() == 1) { | ||||
12795 | SemaRef.Diag(Best->Function->getLocation(), | ||||
12796 | diag::note_not_found_by_two_phase_lookup) | ||||
12797 | << R.getLookupName() << 1 << *SuggestedNamespaces.begin(); | ||||
12798 | } else { | ||||
12799 | // FIXME: It would be useful to list the associated namespaces here, | ||||
12800 | // but the diagnostics infrastructure doesn't provide a way to produce | ||||
12801 | // a localized representation of a list of items. | ||||
12802 | SemaRef.Diag(Best->Function->getLocation(), | ||||
12803 | diag::note_not_found_by_two_phase_lookup) | ||||
12804 | << R.getLookupName() << 2; | ||||
12805 | } | ||||
12806 | |||||
12807 | // Try to recover by calling this function. | ||||
12808 | return true; | ||||
12809 | } | ||||
12810 | |||||
12811 | R.clear(); | ||||
12812 | } | ||||
12813 | |||||
12814 | return false; | ||||
12815 | } | ||||
12816 | |||||
12817 | /// Attempt to recover from ill-formed use of a non-dependent operator in a | ||||
12818 | /// template, where the non-dependent operator was declared after the template | ||||
12819 | /// was defined. | ||||
12820 | /// | ||||
12821 | /// Returns true if a viable candidate was found and a diagnostic was issued. | ||||
12822 | static bool | ||||
12823 | DiagnoseTwoPhaseOperatorLookup(Sema &SemaRef, OverloadedOperatorKind Op, | ||||
12824 | SourceLocation OpLoc, | ||||
12825 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args) { | ||||
12826 | DeclarationName OpName = | ||||
12827 | SemaRef.Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op); | ||||
12828 | LookupResult R(SemaRef, OpName, OpLoc, Sema::LookupOperatorName); | ||||
12829 | return DiagnoseTwoPhaseLookup(SemaRef, OpLoc, CXXScopeSpec(), R, | ||||
12830 | OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Operator, | ||||
12831 | /*ExplicitTemplateArgs=*/nullptr, Args); | ||||
12832 | } | ||||
12833 | |||||
12834 | namespace { | ||||
12835 | class BuildRecoveryCallExprRAII { | ||||
12836 | Sema &SemaRef; | ||||
12837 | public: | ||||
12838 | BuildRecoveryCallExprRAII(Sema &S) : SemaRef(S) { | ||||
12839 | assert(SemaRef.IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr == false)((SemaRef.IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr == false) ? static_cast< void> (0) : __assert_fail ("SemaRef.IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr == false" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 12839, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
12840 | SemaRef.IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr = true; | ||||
12841 | } | ||||
12842 | |||||
12843 | ~BuildRecoveryCallExprRAII() { | ||||
12844 | SemaRef.IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr = false; | ||||
12845 | } | ||||
12846 | }; | ||||
12847 | |||||
12848 | } | ||||
12849 | |||||
12850 | /// Attempts to recover from a call where no functions were found. | ||||
12851 | /// | ||||
12852 | /// This function will do one of three things: | ||||
12853 | /// * Diagnose, recover, and return a recovery expression. | ||||
12854 | /// * Diagnose, fail to recover, and return ExprError(). | ||||
12855 | /// * Do not diagnose, do not recover, and return ExprResult(). The caller is | ||||
12856 | /// expected to diagnose as appropriate. | ||||
12857 | static ExprResult | ||||
12858 | BuildRecoveryCallExpr(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, Expr *Fn, | ||||
12859 | UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, | ||||
12860 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, | ||||
12861 | MutableArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||
12862 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, | ||||
12863 | bool EmptyLookup, bool AllowTypoCorrection) { | ||||
12864 | // Do not try to recover if it is already building a recovery call. | ||||
12865 | // This stops infinite loops for template instantiations like | ||||
12866 | // | ||||
12867 | // template <typename T> auto foo(T t) -> decltype(foo(t)) {} | ||||
12868 | // template <typename T> auto foo(T t) -> decltype(foo(&t)) {} | ||||
12869 | if (SemaRef.IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr) | ||||
12870 | return ExprResult(); | ||||
12871 | BuildRecoveryCallExprRAII RCE(SemaRef); | ||||
12872 | |||||
12873 | CXXScopeSpec SS; | ||||
12874 | SS.Adopt(ULE->getQualifierLoc()); | ||||
12875 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = ULE->getTemplateKeywordLoc(); | ||||
12876 | |||||
12877 | TemplateArgumentListInfo TABuffer; | ||||
12878 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr; | ||||
12879 | if (ULE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) { | ||||
12880 | ULE->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TABuffer); | ||||
12881 | ExplicitTemplateArgs = &TABuffer; | ||||
12882 | } | ||||
12883 | |||||
12884 | LookupResult R(SemaRef, ULE->getName(), ULE->getNameLoc(), | ||||
12885 | Sema::LookupOrdinaryName); | ||||
12886 | CXXRecordDecl *FoundInClass = nullptr; | ||||
12887 | if (DiagnoseTwoPhaseLookup(SemaRef, Fn->getExprLoc(), SS, R, | ||||
12888 | OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal, | ||||
12889 | ExplicitTemplateArgs, Args, &FoundInClass)) { | ||||
12890 | // OK, diagnosed a two-phase lookup issue. | ||||
12891 | } else if (EmptyLookup) { | ||||
12892 | // Try to recover from an empty lookup with typo correction. | ||||
12893 | R.clear(); | ||||
12894 | NoTypoCorrectionCCC NoTypoValidator{}; | ||||
12895 | FunctionCallFilterCCC FunctionCallValidator(SemaRef, Args.size(), | ||||
12896 | ExplicitTemplateArgs != nullptr, | ||||
12897 | dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Fn)); | ||||
12898 | CorrectionCandidateCallback &Validator = | ||||
12899 | AllowTypoCorrection | ||||
12900 | ? static_cast<CorrectionCandidateCallback &>(FunctionCallValidator) | ||||
12901 | : static_cast<CorrectionCandidateCallback &>(NoTypoValidator); | ||||
12902 | if (SemaRef.DiagnoseEmptyLookup(S, SS, R, Validator, ExplicitTemplateArgs, | ||||
12903 | Args)) | ||||
12904 | return ExprError(); | ||||
12905 | } else if (FoundInClass && SemaRef.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { | ||||
12906 | // We found a usable declaration of the name in a dependent base of some | ||||
12907 | // enclosing class. | ||||
12908 | // FIXME: We should also explain why the candidates found by name lookup | ||||
12909 | // were not viable. | ||||
12910 | if (SemaRef.DiagnoseDependentMemberLookup(R)) | ||||
12911 | return ExprError(); | ||||
12912 | } else { | ||||
12913 | // We had viable candidates and couldn't recover; let the caller diagnose | ||||
12914 | // this. | ||||
12915 | return ExprResult(); | ||||
12916 | } | ||||
12917 | |||||
12918 | // If we get here, we should have issued a diagnostic and formed a recovery | ||||
12919 | // lookup result. | ||||
12920 | assert(!R.empty() && "lookup results empty despite recovery")((!R.empty() && "lookup results empty despite recovery" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!R.empty() && \"lookup results empty despite recovery\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 12920, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
12921 | |||||
12922 | // If recovery created an ambiguity, just bail out. | ||||
12923 | if (R.isAmbiguous()) { | ||||
12924 | R.suppressDiagnostics(); | ||||
12925 | return ExprError(); | ||||
12926 | } | ||||
12927 | |||||
12928 | // Build an implicit member call if appropriate. Just drop the | ||||
12929 | // casts and such from the call, we don't really care. | ||||
12930 | ExprResult NewFn = ExprError(); | ||||
12931 | if ((*R.begin())->isCXXClassMember()) | ||||
12932 | NewFn = SemaRef.BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, TemplateKWLoc, R, | ||||
12933 | ExplicitTemplateArgs, S); | ||||
12934 | else if (ExplicitTemplateArgs || TemplateKWLoc.isValid()) | ||||
12935 | NewFn = SemaRef.BuildTemplateIdExpr(SS, TemplateKWLoc, R, false, | ||||
12936 | ExplicitTemplateArgs); | ||||
12937 | else | ||||
12938 | NewFn = SemaRef.BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, false); | ||||
12939 | |||||
12940 | if (NewFn.isInvalid()) | ||||
12941 | return ExprError(); | ||||
12942 | |||||
12943 | // This shouldn't cause an infinite loop because we're giving it | ||||
12944 | // an expression with viable lookup results, which should never | ||||
12945 | // end up here. | ||||
12946 | return SemaRef.BuildCallExpr(/*Scope*/ nullptr, NewFn.get(), LParenLoc, | ||||
12947 | MultiExprArg(Args.data(), Args.size()), | ||||
12948 | RParenLoc); | ||||
12949 | } | ||||
12950 | |||||
12951 | /// Constructs and populates an OverloadedCandidateSet from | ||||
12952 | /// the given function. | ||||
12953 | /// \returns true when an the ExprResult output parameter has been set. | ||||
12954 | bool Sema::buildOverloadedCallSet(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, | ||||
12955 | UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, | ||||
12956 | MultiExprArg Args, | ||||
12957 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, | ||||
12958 | OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, | ||||
12959 | ExprResult *Result) { | ||||
12960 | #ifndef NDEBUG | ||||
12961 | if (ULE->requiresADL()) { | ||||
12962 | // To do ADL, we must have found an unqualified name. | ||||
12963 | assert(!ULE->getQualifier() && "qualified name with ADL")((!ULE->getQualifier() && "qualified name with ADL" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!ULE->getQualifier() && \"qualified name with ADL\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 12963, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
12964 | |||||
12965 | // We don't perform ADL for implicit declarations of builtins. | ||||
12966 | // Verify that this was correctly set up. | ||||
12967 | FunctionDecl *F; | ||||
12968 | if (ULE->decls_begin() != ULE->decls_end() && | ||||
12969 | ULE->decls_begin() + 1 == ULE->decls_end() && | ||||
12970 | (F = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*ULE->decls_begin())) && | ||||
12971 | F->getBuiltinID() && F->isImplicit()) | ||||
12972 | llvm_unreachable("performing ADL for builtin")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("performing ADL for builtin" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 12972); | ||||
12973 | |||||
12974 | // We don't perform ADL in C. | ||||
12975 | assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "ADL enabled in C")((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "ADL enabled in C") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && \"ADL enabled in C\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 12975, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
12976 | } | ||||
12977 | #endif | ||||
12978 | |||||
12979 | UnbridgedCastsSet UnbridgedCasts; | ||||
12980 | if (checkArgPlaceholdersForOverload(*this, Args, UnbridgedCasts)) { | ||||
12981 | *Result = ExprError(); | ||||
12982 | return true; | ||||
12983 | } | ||||
12984 | |||||
12985 | // Add the functions denoted by the callee to the set of candidate | ||||
12986 | // functions, including those from argument-dependent lookup. | ||||
12987 | AddOverloadedCallCandidates(ULE, Args, *CandidateSet); | ||||
12988 | |||||
12989 | if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && | ||||
12990 | CurContext->isDependentContext() && !isSFINAEContext() && | ||||
12991 | (isa<FunctionDecl>(CurContext) || isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext))) { | ||||
12992 | |||||
12993 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; | ||||
12994 | if (CandidateSet->empty() || | ||||
12995 | CandidateSet->BestViableFunction(*this, Fn->getBeginLoc(), Best) == | ||||
12996 | OR_No_Viable_Function) { | ||||
12997 | // In Microsoft mode, if we are inside a template class member function | ||||
12998 | // then create a type dependent CallExpr. The goal is to postpone name | ||||
12999 | // lookup to instantiation time to be able to search into type dependent | ||||
13000 | // base classes. | ||||
13001 | CallExpr *CE = | ||||
13002 | CallExpr::Create(Context, Fn, Args, Context.DependentTy, VK_RValue, | ||||
13003 | RParenLoc, CurFPFeatureOverrides()); | ||||
13004 | CE->markDependentForPostponedNameLookup(); | ||||
13005 | *Result = CE; | ||||
13006 | return true; | ||||
13007 | } | ||||
13008 | } | ||||
13009 | |||||
13010 | if (CandidateSet->empty()) | ||||
13011 | return false; | ||||
13012 | |||||
13013 | UnbridgedCasts.restore(); | ||||
13014 | return false; | ||||
13015 | } | ||||
13016 | |||||
13017 | // Guess at what the return type for an unresolvable overload should be. | ||||
13018 | static QualType chooseRecoveryType(OverloadCandidateSet &CS, | ||||
13019 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator *Best) { | ||||
13020 | llvm::Optional<QualType> Result; | ||||
13021 | // Adjust Type after seeing a candidate. | ||||
13022 | auto ConsiderCandidate = [&](const OverloadCandidate &Candidate) { | ||||
13023 | if (!Candidate.Function) | ||||
13024 | return; | ||||
13025 | if (Candidate.Function->isInvalidDecl()) | ||||
13026 | return; | ||||
13027 | QualType T = Candidate.Function->getReturnType(); | ||||
13028 | if (T.isNull()) | ||||
13029 | return; | ||||
13030 | if (!Result) | ||||
13031 | Result = T; | ||||
13032 | else if (Result != T) | ||||
13033 | Result = QualType(); | ||||
13034 | }; | ||||
13035 | |||||
13036 | // Look for an unambiguous type from a progressively larger subset. | ||||
13037 | // e.g. if types disagree, but all *viable* overloads return int, choose int. | ||||
13038 | // | ||||
13039 | // First, consider only the best candidate. | ||||
13040 | if (Best && *Best != CS.end()) | ||||
13041 | ConsiderCandidate(**Best); | ||||
13042 | // Next, consider only viable candidates. | ||||
13043 | if (!Result) | ||||
13044 | for (const auto &C : CS) | ||||
13045 | if (C.Viable) | ||||
13046 | ConsiderCandidate(C); | ||||
13047 | // Finally, consider all candidates. | ||||
13048 | if (!Result) | ||||
13049 | for (const auto &C : CS) | ||||
13050 | ConsiderCandidate(C); | ||||
13051 | |||||
13052 | if (!Result) | ||||
13053 | return QualType(); | ||||
13054 | auto Value = Result.getValue(); | ||||
13055 | if (Value.isNull() || Value->isUndeducedType()) | ||||
13056 | return QualType(); | ||||
13057 | return Value; | ||||
13058 | } | ||||
13059 | |||||
13060 | /// FinishOverloadedCallExpr - given an OverloadCandidateSet, builds and returns | ||||
13061 | /// the completed call expression. If overload resolution fails, emits | ||||
13062 | /// diagnostics and returns ExprError() | ||||
13063 | static ExprResult FinishOverloadedCallExpr(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, Expr *Fn, | ||||
13064 | UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, | ||||
13065 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, | ||||
13066 | MultiExprArg Args, | ||||
13067 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, | ||||
13068 | Expr *ExecConfig, | ||||
13069 | OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, | ||||
13070 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator *Best, | ||||
13071 | OverloadingResult OverloadResult, | ||||
13072 | bool AllowTypoCorrection) { | ||||
13073 | switch (OverloadResult) { | ||||
13074 | case OR_Success: { | ||||
13075 | FunctionDecl *FDecl = (*Best)->Function; | ||||
13076 | SemaRef.CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(ULE, (*Best)->FoundDecl); | ||||
13077 | if (SemaRef.DiagnoseUseOfDecl(FDecl, ULE->getNameLoc())) | ||||
13078 | return ExprError(); | ||||
13079 | Fn = SemaRef.FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Fn, (*Best)->FoundDecl, FDecl); | ||||
13080 | return SemaRef.BuildResolvedCallExpr(Fn, FDecl, LParenLoc, Args, RParenLoc, | ||||
13081 | ExecConfig, /*IsExecConfig=*/false, | ||||
13082 | (*Best)->IsADLCandidate); | ||||
13083 | } | ||||
13084 | |||||
13085 | case OR_No_Viable_Function: { | ||||
13086 | // Try to recover by looking for viable functions which the user might | ||||
13087 | // have meant to call. | ||||
13088 | ExprResult Recovery = BuildRecoveryCallExpr(SemaRef, S, Fn, ULE, LParenLoc, | ||||
13089 | Args, RParenLoc, | ||||
13090 | CandidateSet->empty(), | ||||
13091 | AllowTypoCorrection); | ||||
13092 | if (Recovery.isInvalid() || Recovery.isUsable()) | ||||
13093 | return Recovery; | ||||
13094 | |||||
13095 | // If the user passes in a function that we can't take the address of, we | ||||
13096 | // generally end up emitting really bad error messages. Here, we attempt to | ||||
13097 | // emit better ones. | ||||
13098 | for (const Expr *Arg : Args) { | ||||
13099 | if (!Arg->getType()->isFunctionType()) | ||||
13100 | continue; | ||||
13101 | if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts())) { | ||||
13102 | auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); | ||||
13103 | if (FD && | ||||
13104 | !SemaRef.checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(FD, /*Complain=*/true, | ||||
13105 | Arg->getExprLoc())) | ||||
13106 | return ExprError(); | ||||
13107 | } | ||||
13108 | } | ||||
13109 | |||||
13110 | CandidateSet->NoteCandidates( | ||||
13111 | PartialDiagnosticAt( | ||||
13112 | Fn->getBeginLoc(), | ||||
13113 | SemaRef.PDiag(diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call) | ||||
13114 | << ULE->getName() << Fn->getSourceRange()), | ||||
13115 | SemaRef, OCD_AllCandidates, Args); | ||||
13116 | break; | ||||
13117 | } | ||||
13118 | |||||
13119 | case OR_Ambiguous: | ||||
13120 | CandidateSet->NoteCandidates( | ||||
13121 | PartialDiagnosticAt(Fn->getBeginLoc(), | ||||
13122 | SemaRef.PDiag(diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call) | ||||
13123 | << ULE->getName() << Fn->getSourceRange()), | ||||
13124 | SemaRef, OCD_AmbiguousCandidates, Args); | ||||
13125 | break; | ||||
13126 | |||||
13127 | case OR_Deleted: { | ||||
13128 | CandidateSet->NoteCandidates( | ||||
13129 | PartialDiagnosticAt(Fn->getBeginLoc(), | ||||
13130 | SemaRef.PDiag(diag::err_ovl_deleted_call) | ||||
13131 | << ULE->getName() << Fn->getSourceRange()), | ||||
13132 | SemaRef, OCD_AllCandidates, Args); | ||||
13133 | |||||
13134 | // We emitted an error for the unavailable/deleted function call but keep | ||||
13135 | // the call in the AST. | ||||
13136 | FunctionDecl *FDecl = (*Best)->Function; | ||||
13137 | Fn = SemaRef.FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Fn, (*Best)->FoundDecl, FDecl); | ||||
13138 | return SemaRef.BuildResolvedCallExpr(Fn, FDecl, LParenLoc, Args, RParenLoc, | ||||
13139 | ExecConfig, /*IsExecConfig=*/false, | ||||
13140 | (*Best)->IsADLCandidate); | ||||
13141 | } | ||||
13142 | } | ||||
13143 | |||||
13144 | // Overload resolution failed, try to recover. | ||||
13145 | SmallVector<Expr *, 8> SubExprs = {Fn}; | ||||
13146 | SubExprs.append(Args.begin(), Args.end()); | ||||
13147 | return SemaRef.CreateRecoveryExpr(Fn->getBeginLoc(), RParenLoc, SubExprs, | ||||
13148 | chooseRecoveryType(*CandidateSet, Best)); | ||||
13149 | } | ||||
13150 | |||||
13151 | static void markUnaddressableCandidatesUnviable(Sema &S, | ||||
13152 | OverloadCandidateSet &CS) { | ||||
13153 | for (auto I = CS.begin(), E = CS.end(); I != E; ++I) { | ||||
13154 | if (I->Viable && | ||||
13155 | !S.checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(I->Function, /*Complain=*/false)) { | ||||
13156 | I->Viable = false; | ||||
13157 | I->FailureKind = ovl_fail_addr_not_available; | ||||
13158 | } | ||||
13159 | } | ||||
13160 | } | ||||
13161 | |||||
13162 | /// BuildOverloadedCallExpr - Given the call expression that calls Fn | ||||
13163 | /// (which eventually refers to the declaration Func) and the call | ||||
13164 | /// arguments Args/NumArgs, attempt to resolve the function call down | ||||
13165 | /// to a specific function. If overload resolution succeeds, returns | ||||
13166 | /// the call expression produced by overload resolution. | ||||
13167 | /// Otherwise, emits diagnostics and returns ExprError. | ||||
13168 | ExprResult Sema::BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, | ||||
13169 | UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, | ||||
13170 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, | ||||
13171 | MultiExprArg Args, | ||||
13172 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, | ||||
13173 | Expr *ExecConfig, | ||||
13174 | bool AllowTypoCorrection, | ||||
13175 | bool CalleesAddressIsTaken) { | ||||
13176 | OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(Fn->getExprLoc(), | ||||
13177 | OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal); | ||||
13178 | ExprResult result; | ||||
13179 | |||||
13180 | if (buildOverloadedCallSet(S, Fn, ULE, Args, LParenLoc, &CandidateSet, | ||||
13181 | &result)) | ||||
13182 | return result; | ||||
13183 | |||||
13184 | // If the user handed us something like `(&Foo)(Bar)`, we need to ensure that | ||||
13185 | // functions that aren't addressible are considered unviable. | ||||
13186 | if (CalleesAddressIsTaken) | ||||
13187 | markUnaddressableCandidatesUnviable(*this, CandidateSet); | ||||
13188 | |||||
13189 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; | ||||
13190 | OverloadingResult OverloadResult = | ||||
13191 | CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(*this, Fn->getBeginLoc(), Best); | ||||
13192 | |||||
13193 | return FinishOverloadedCallExpr(*this, S, Fn, ULE, LParenLoc, Args, RParenLoc, | ||||
13194 | ExecConfig, &CandidateSet, &Best, | ||||
13195 | OverloadResult, AllowTypoCorrection); | ||||
13196 | } | ||||
13197 | |||||
13198 | static bool IsOverloaded(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions) { | ||||
13199 | return Functions.size() > 1 || | ||||
13200 | (Functions.size() == 1 && | ||||
13201 | isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>((*Functions.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl())); | ||||
13202 | } | ||||
13203 | |||||
13204 | ExprResult Sema::CreateUnresolvedLookupExpr(CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass, | ||||
13205 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNSLoc, | ||||
13206 | DeclarationNameInfo DNI, | ||||
13207 | const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, | ||||
13208 | bool PerformADL) { | ||||
13209 | return UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create(Context, NamingClass, NNSLoc, DNI, | ||||
13210 | PerformADL, IsOverloaded(Fns), | ||||
13211 | Fns.begin(), Fns.end()); | ||||
13212 | } | ||||
13213 | |||||
13214 | /// Create a unary operation that may resolve to an overloaded | ||||
13215 | /// operator. | ||||
13216 | /// | ||||
13217 | /// \param OpLoc The location of the operator itself (e.g., '*'). | ||||
13218 | /// | ||||
13219 | /// \param Opc The UnaryOperatorKind that describes this operator. | ||||
13220 | /// | ||||
13221 | /// \param Fns The set of non-member functions that will be | ||||
13222 | /// considered by overload resolution. The caller needs to build this | ||||
13223 | /// set based on the context using, e.g., | ||||
13224 | /// LookupOverloadedOperatorName() and ArgumentDependentLookup(). This | ||||
13225 | /// set should not contain any member functions; those will be added | ||||
13226 | /// by CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(). | ||||
13227 | /// | ||||
13228 | /// \param Input The input argument. | ||||
13229 | ExprResult | ||||
13230 | Sema::CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc, | ||||
13231 | const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, | ||||
13232 | Expr *Input, bool PerformADL) { | ||||
13233 | OverloadedOperatorKind Op = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc); | ||||
13234 | assert(Op != OO_None && "Invalid opcode for overloaded unary operator")((Op != OO_None && "Invalid opcode for overloaded unary operator" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Op != OO_None && \"Invalid opcode for overloaded unary operator\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 13234, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
13235 | DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op); | ||||
13236 | // TODO: provide better source location info. | ||||
13237 | DeclarationNameInfo OpNameInfo(OpName, OpLoc); | ||||
13238 | |||||
13239 | if (checkPlaceholderForOverload(*this, Input)) | ||||
13240 | return ExprError(); | ||||
13241 | |||||
13242 | Expr *Args[2] = { Input, nullptr }; | ||||
13243 | unsigned NumArgs = 1; | ||||
13244 | |||||
13245 | // For post-increment and post-decrement, add the implicit '0' as | ||||
13246 | // the second argument, so that we know this is a post-increment or | ||||
13247 | // post-decrement. | ||||
13248 | if (Opc == UO_PostInc || Opc == UO_PostDec) { | ||||
13249 | llvm::APSInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), false); | ||||
13250 | Args[1] = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, | ||||
13251 | SourceLocation()); | ||||
13252 | NumArgs = 2; | ||||
13253 | } | ||||
13254 | |||||
13255 | ArrayRef<Expr *> ArgsArray(Args, NumArgs); | ||||
13256 | |||||
13257 | if (Input->isTypeDependent()) { | ||||
13258 | if (Fns.empty()) | ||||
13259 | return UnaryOperator::Create(Context, Input, Opc, Context.DependentTy, | ||||
13260 | VK_RValue, OK_Ordinary, OpLoc, false, | ||||
13261 | CurFPFeatureOverrides()); | ||||
13262 | |||||
13263 | CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass = nullptr; // lookup ignores member operators | ||||
13264 | ExprResult Fn = CreateUnresolvedLookupExpr( | ||||
13265 | NamingClass, NestedNameSpecifierLoc(), OpNameInfo, Fns); | ||||
13266 | if (Fn.isInvalid()) | ||||
13267 | return ExprError(); | ||||
13268 | return CXXOperatorCallExpr::Create(Context, Op, Fn.get(), ArgsArray, | ||||
13269 | Context.DependentTy, VK_RValue, OpLoc, | ||||
13270 | CurFPFeatureOverrides()); | ||||
13271 | } | ||||
13272 | |||||
13273 | // Build an empty overload set. | ||||
13274 | OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(OpLoc, OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Operator); | ||||
13275 | |||||
13276 | // Add the candidates from the given function set. | ||||
13277 | AddNonMemberOperatorCandidates(Fns, ArgsArray, CandidateSet); | ||||
13278 | |||||
13279 | // Add operator candidates that are member functions. | ||||
13280 | AddMemberOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, ArgsArray, CandidateSet); | ||||
13281 | |||||
13282 | // Add candidates from ADL. | ||||
13283 | if (PerformADL) { | ||||
13284 | AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(OpName, OpLoc, ArgsArray, | ||||
13285 | /*ExplicitTemplateArgs*/nullptr, | ||||
13286 | CandidateSet); | ||||
13287 | } | ||||
13288 | |||||
13289 | // Add builtin operator candidates. | ||||
13290 | AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, ArgsArray, CandidateSet); | ||||
13291 | |||||
13292 | bool HadMultipleCandidates = (CandidateSet.size() > 1); | ||||
13293 | |||||
13294 | // Perform overload resolution. | ||||
13295 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; | ||||
13296 | switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(*this, OpLoc, Best)) { | ||||
13297 | case OR_Success: { | ||||
13298 | // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator. | ||||
13299 | FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function; | ||||
13300 | |||||
13301 | if (FnDecl) { | ||||
13302 | Expr *Base = nullptr; | ||||
13303 | // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that | ||||
13304 | // operator. | ||||
13305 | |||||
13306 | // Convert the arguments. | ||||
13307 | if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) { | ||||
13308 | CheckMemberOperatorAccess(OpLoc, Args[0], nullptr, Best->FoundDecl); | ||||
13309 | |||||
13310 | ExprResult InputRes = | ||||
13311 | PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Input, /*Qualifier=*/nullptr, | ||||
13312 | Best->FoundDecl, Method); | ||||
13313 | if (InputRes.isInvalid()) | ||||
13314 | return ExprError(); | ||||
13315 | Base = Input = InputRes.get(); | ||||
13316 | } else { | ||||
13317 | // Convert the arguments. | ||||
13318 | ExprResult InputInit | ||||
13319 | = PerformCopyInitialization(InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter( | ||||
13320 | Context, | ||||
13321 | FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)), | ||||
13322 | SourceLocation(), | ||||
13323 | Input); | ||||
13324 | if (InputInit.isInvalid()) | ||||
13325 | return ExprError(); | ||||
13326 | Input = InputInit.get(); | ||||
13327 | } | ||||
13328 | |||||
13329 | // Build the actual expression node. | ||||
13330 | ExprResult FnExpr = CreateFunctionRefExpr(*this, FnDecl, Best->FoundDecl, | ||||
13331 | Base, HadMultipleCandidates, | ||||
13332 | OpLoc); | ||||
13333 | if (FnExpr.isInvalid()) | ||||
13334 | return ExprError(); | ||||
13335 | |||||
13336 | // Determine the result type. | ||||
13337 | QualType ResultTy = FnDecl->getReturnType(); | ||||
13338 | ExprValueKind VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(ResultTy); | ||||
13339 | ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonLValueExprType(Context); | ||||
13340 | |||||
13341 | Args[0] = Input; | ||||
13342 | CallExpr *TheCall = CXXOperatorCallExpr::Create( | ||||
13343 | Context, Op, FnExpr.get(), ArgsArray, ResultTy, VK, OpLoc, | ||||
13344 | CurFPFeatureOverrides(), Best->IsADLCandidate); | ||||
13345 | |||||
13346 | if (CheckCallReturnType(FnDecl->getReturnType(), OpLoc, TheCall, FnDecl)) | ||||
13347 | return ExprError(); | ||||
13348 | |||||
13349 | if (CheckFunctionCall(FnDecl, TheCall, | ||||
13350 | FnDecl->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>())) | ||||
13351 | return ExprError(); | ||||
13352 | return CheckForImmediateInvocation(MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall), FnDecl); | ||||
13353 | } else { | ||||
13354 | // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then | ||||
13355 | // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in | ||||
13356 | // operator node. | ||||
13357 | ExprResult InputRes = PerformImplicitConversion( | ||||
13358 | Input, Best->BuiltinParamTypes[0], Best->Conversions[0], AA_Passing, | ||||
13359 | CCK_ForBuiltinOverloadedOp); | ||||
13360 | if (InputRes.isInvalid()) | ||||
13361 | return ExprError(); | ||||
13362 | Input = InputRes.get(); | ||||
13363 | break; | ||||
13364 | } | ||||
13365 | } | ||||
13366 | |||||
13367 | case OR_No_Viable_Function: | ||||
13368 | // This is an erroneous use of an operator which can be overloaded by | ||||
13369 | // a non-member function. Check for non-member operators which were | ||||
13370 | // defined too late to be candidates. | ||||
13371 | if (DiagnoseTwoPhaseOperatorLookup(*this, Op, OpLoc, ArgsArray)) | ||||
13372 | // FIXME: Recover by calling the found function. | ||||
13373 | return ExprError(); | ||||
13374 | |||||
13375 | // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a | ||||
13376 | // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us. | ||||
13377 | break; | ||||
13378 | |||||
13379 | case OR_Ambiguous: | ||||
13380 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates( | ||||
13381 | PartialDiagnosticAt(OpLoc, | ||||
13382 | PDiag(diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper_unary) | ||||
13383 | << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc) | ||||
13384 | << Input->getType() << Input->getSourceRange()), | ||||
13385 | *this, OCD_AmbiguousCandidates, ArgsArray, | ||||
13386 | UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc), OpLoc); | ||||
13387 | return ExprError(); | ||||
13388 | |||||
13389 | case OR_Deleted: | ||||
13390 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates( | ||||
13391 | PartialDiagnosticAt(OpLoc, PDiag(diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper) | ||||
13392 | << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc) | ||||
13393 | << Input->getSourceRange()), | ||||
13394 | *this, OCD_AllCandidates, ArgsArray, UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc), | ||||
13395 | OpLoc); | ||||
13396 | return ExprError(); | ||||
13397 | } | ||||
13398 | |||||
13399 | // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a | ||||
13400 | // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to | ||||
13401 | // build a built-in operation. | ||||
13402 | return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Input); | ||||
13403 | } | ||||
13404 | |||||
13405 | /// Perform lookup for an overloaded binary operator. | ||||
13406 | void Sema::LookupOverloadedBinOp(OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, | ||||
13407 | OverloadedOperatorKind Op, | ||||
13408 | const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, | ||||
13409 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, bool PerformADL) { | ||||
13410 | SourceLocation OpLoc = CandidateSet.getLocation(); | ||||
13411 | |||||
13412 | OverloadedOperatorKind ExtraOp = | ||||
13413 | CandidateSet.getRewriteInfo().AllowRewrittenCandidates | ||||
13414 | ? getRewrittenOverloadedOperator(Op) | ||||
13415 | : OO_None; | ||||
13416 | |||||
13417 | // Add the candidates from the given function set. This also adds the | ||||
13418 | // rewritten candidates using these functions if necessary. | ||||
13419 | AddNonMemberOperatorCandidates(Fns, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||
13420 | |||||
13421 | // Add operator candidates that are member functions. | ||||
13422 | AddMemberOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||
13423 | if (CandidateSet.getRewriteInfo().shouldAddReversed(Op)) | ||||
13424 | AddMemberOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, {Args[1], Args[0]}, CandidateSet, | ||||
13425 | OverloadCandidateParamOrder::Reversed); | ||||
13426 | |||||
13427 | // In C++20, also add any rewritten member candidates. | ||||
13428 | if (ExtraOp) { | ||||
13429 | AddMemberOperatorCandidates(ExtraOp, OpLoc, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||
13430 | if (CandidateSet.getRewriteInfo().shouldAddReversed(ExtraOp)) | ||||
13431 | AddMemberOperatorCandidates(ExtraOp, OpLoc, {Args[1], Args[0]}, | ||||
13432 | CandidateSet, | ||||
13433 | OverloadCandidateParamOrder::Reversed); | ||||
13434 | } | ||||
13435 | |||||
13436 | // Add candidates from ADL. Per [over.match.oper]p2, this lookup is not | ||||
13437 | // performed for an assignment operator (nor for operator[] nor operator->, | ||||
13438 | // which don't get here). | ||||
13439 | if (Op != OO_Equal && PerformADL) { | ||||
13440 | DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op); | ||||
13441 | AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(OpName, OpLoc, Args, | ||||
13442 | /*ExplicitTemplateArgs*/ nullptr, | ||||
13443 | CandidateSet); | ||||
13444 | if (ExtraOp) { | ||||
13445 | DeclarationName ExtraOpName = | ||||
13446 | Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(ExtraOp); | ||||
13447 | AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(ExtraOpName, OpLoc, Args, | ||||
13448 | /*ExplicitTemplateArgs*/ nullptr, | ||||
13449 | CandidateSet); | ||||
13450 | } | ||||
13451 | } | ||||
13452 | |||||
13453 | // Add builtin operator candidates. | ||||
13454 | // | ||||
13455 | // FIXME: We don't add any rewritten candidates here. This is strictly | ||||
13456 | // incorrect; a builtin candidate could be hidden by a non-viable candidate, | ||||
13457 | // resulting in our selecting a rewritten builtin candidate. For example: | ||||
13458 | // | ||||
13459 | // enum class E { e }; | ||||
13460 | // bool operator!=(E, E) requires false; | ||||
13461 | // bool k = E::e != E::e; | ||||
13462 | // | ||||
13463 | // ... should select the rewritten builtin candidate 'operator==(E, E)'. But | ||||
13464 | // it seems unreasonable to consider rewritten builtin candidates. A core | ||||
13465 | // issue has been filed proposing to removed this requirement. | ||||
13466 | AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||
13467 | } | ||||
13468 | |||||
13469 | /// Create a binary operation that may resolve to an overloaded | ||||
13470 | /// operator. | ||||
13471 | /// | ||||
13472 | /// \param OpLoc The location of the operator itself (e.g., '+'). | ||||
13473 | /// | ||||
13474 | /// \param Opc The BinaryOperatorKind that describes this operator. | ||||
13475 | /// | ||||
13476 | /// \param Fns The set of non-member functions that will be | ||||
13477 | /// considered by overload resolution. The caller needs to build this | ||||
13478 | /// set based on the context using, e.g., | ||||
13479 | /// LookupOverloadedOperatorName() and ArgumentDependentLookup(). This | ||||
13480 | /// set should not contain any member functions; those will be added | ||||
13481 | /// by CreateOverloadedBinOp(). | ||||
13482 | /// | ||||
13483 | /// \param LHS Left-hand argument. | ||||
13484 | /// \param RHS Right-hand argument. | ||||
13485 | /// \param PerformADL Whether to consider operator candidates found by ADL. | ||||
13486 | /// \param AllowRewrittenCandidates Whether to consider candidates found by | ||||
13487 | /// C++20 operator rewrites. | ||||
13488 | /// \param DefaultedFn If we are synthesizing a defaulted operator function, | ||||
13489 | /// the function in question. Such a function is never a candidate in | ||||
13490 | /// our overload resolution. This also enables synthesizing a three-way | ||||
13491 | /// comparison from < and == as described in C++20 [class.spaceship]p1. | ||||
13492 | ExprResult Sema::CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, | ||||
13493 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc, | ||||
13494 | const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, Expr *LHS, | ||||
13495 | Expr *RHS, bool PerformADL, | ||||
13496 | bool AllowRewrittenCandidates, | ||||
13497 | FunctionDecl *DefaultedFn) { | ||||
13498 | Expr *Args[2] = { LHS, RHS }; | ||||
13499 | LHS=RHS=nullptr; // Please use only Args instead of LHS/RHS couple | ||||
13500 | |||||
13501 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20) | ||||
13502 | AllowRewrittenCandidates = false; | ||||
13503 | |||||
13504 | OverloadedOperatorKind Op = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc); | ||||
13505 | |||||
13506 | // If either side is type-dependent, create an appropriate dependent | ||||
13507 | // expression. | ||||
13508 | if (Args[0]->isTypeDependent() || Args[1]->isTypeDependent()) { | ||||
13509 | if (Fns.empty()) { | ||||
13510 | // If there are no functions to store, just build a dependent | ||||
13511 | // BinaryOperator or CompoundAssignment. | ||||
13512 | if (BinaryOperator::isCompoundAssignmentOp(Opc)) | ||||
13513 | return CompoundAssignOperator::Create( | ||||
13514 | Context, Args[0], Args[1], Opc, Context.DependentTy, VK_LValue, | ||||
13515 | OK_Ordinary, OpLoc, CurFPFeatureOverrides(), Context.DependentTy, | ||||
13516 | Context.DependentTy); | ||||
13517 | return BinaryOperator::Create(Context, Args[0], Args[1], Opc, | ||||
13518 | Context.DependentTy, VK_RValue, OK_Ordinary, | ||||
13519 | OpLoc, CurFPFeatureOverrides()); | ||||
13520 | } | ||||
13521 | |||||
13522 | // FIXME: save results of ADL from here? | ||||
13523 | CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass = nullptr; // lookup ignores member operators | ||||
13524 | // TODO: provide better source location info in DNLoc component. | ||||
13525 | DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op); | ||||
13526 | DeclarationNameInfo OpNameInfo(OpName, OpLoc); | ||||
13527 | ExprResult Fn = CreateUnresolvedLookupExpr( | ||||
13528 | NamingClass, NestedNameSpecifierLoc(), OpNameInfo, Fns, PerformADL); | ||||
13529 | if (Fn.isInvalid()) | ||||
13530 | return ExprError(); | ||||
13531 | return CXXOperatorCallExpr::Create(Context, Op, Fn.get(), Args, | ||||
13532 | Context.DependentTy, VK_RValue, OpLoc, | ||||
13533 | CurFPFeatureOverrides()); | ||||
13534 | } | ||||
13535 | |||||
13536 | // Always do placeholder-like conversions on the RHS. | ||||
13537 | if (checkPlaceholderForOverload(*this, Args[1])) | ||||
13538 | return ExprError(); | ||||
13539 | |||||
13540 | // Do placeholder-like conversion on the LHS; note that we should | ||||
13541 | // not get here with a PseudoObject LHS. | ||||
13542 | assert(Args[0]->getObjectKind() != OK_ObjCProperty)((Args[0]->getObjectKind() != OK_ObjCProperty) ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Args[0]->getObjectKind() != OK_ObjCProperty" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 13542, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
13543 | if (checkPlaceholderForOverload(*this, Args[0])) | ||||
13544 | return ExprError(); | ||||
13545 | |||||
13546 | // If this is the assignment operator, we only perform overload resolution | ||||
13547 | // if the left-hand side is a class or enumeration type. This is actually | ||||
13548 | // a hack. The standard requires that we do overload resolution between the | ||||
13549 | // various built-in candidates, but as DR507 points out, this can lead to | ||||
13550 | // problems. So we do it this way, which pretty much follows what GCC does. | ||||
13551 | // Note that we go the traditional code path for compound assignment forms. | ||||
13552 | if (Opc == BO_Assign && !Args[0]->getType()->isOverloadableType()) | ||||
13553 | return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Args[0], Args[1]); | ||||
13554 | |||||
13555 | // If this is the .* operator, which is not overloadable, just | ||||
13556 | // create a built-in binary operator. | ||||
13557 | if (Opc == BO_PtrMemD) | ||||
13558 | return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Args[0], Args[1]); | ||||
13559 | |||||
13560 | // Build the overload set. | ||||
13561 | OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet( | ||||
13562 | OpLoc, OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Operator, | ||||
13563 | OverloadCandidateSet::OperatorRewriteInfo(Op, AllowRewrittenCandidates)); | ||||
13564 | if (DefaultedFn) | ||||
13565 | CandidateSet.exclude(DefaultedFn); | ||||
13566 | LookupOverloadedBinOp(CandidateSet, Op, Fns, Args, PerformADL); | ||||
13567 | |||||
13568 | bool HadMultipleCandidates = (CandidateSet.size() > 1); | ||||
13569 | |||||
13570 | // Perform overload resolution. | ||||
13571 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; | ||||
13572 | switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(*this, OpLoc, Best)) { | ||||
13573 | case OR_Success: { | ||||
13574 | // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator. | ||||
13575 | FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function; | ||||
13576 | |||||
13577 | bool IsReversed = Best->isReversed(); | ||||
13578 | if (IsReversed) | ||||
13579 | std::swap(Args[0], Args[1]); | ||||
13580 | |||||
13581 | if (FnDecl) { | ||||
13582 | Expr *Base = nullptr; | ||||
13583 | // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that | ||||
13584 | // operator. | ||||
13585 | |||||
13586 | OverloadedOperatorKind ChosenOp = | ||||
13587 | FnDecl->getDeclName().getCXXOverloadedOperator(); | ||||
13588 | |||||
13589 | // C++2a [over.match.oper]p9: | ||||
13590 | // If a rewritten operator== candidate is selected by overload | ||||
13591 | // resolution for an operator@, its return type shall be cv bool | ||||
13592 | if (Best->RewriteKind && ChosenOp == OO_EqualEqual && | ||||
13593 | !FnDecl->getReturnType()->isBooleanType()) { | ||||
13594 | bool IsExtension = | ||||
13595 | FnDecl->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType(); | ||||
13596 | Diag(OpLoc, IsExtension ? diag::ext_ovl_rewrite_equalequal_not_bool | ||||
13597 | : diag::err_ovl_rewrite_equalequal_not_bool) | ||||
13598 | << FnDecl->getReturnType() << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc) | ||||
13599 | << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange(); | ||||
13600 | Diag(FnDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); | ||||
13601 | if (!IsExtension) | ||||
13602 | return ExprError(); | ||||
13603 | } | ||||
13604 | |||||
13605 | if (AllowRewrittenCandidates && !IsReversed && | ||||
13606 | CandidateSet.getRewriteInfo().isReversible()) { | ||||
13607 | // We could have reversed this operator, but didn't. Check if some | ||||
13608 | // reversed form was a viable candidate, and if so, if it had a | ||||
13609 | // better conversion for either parameter. If so, this call is | ||||
13610 | // formally ambiguous, and allowing it is an extension. | ||||
13611 | llvm::SmallVector<FunctionDecl*, 4> AmbiguousWith; | ||||
13612 | for (OverloadCandidate &Cand : CandidateSet) { | ||||
13613 | if (Cand.Viable && Cand.Function && Cand.isReversed() && | ||||
13614 | haveSameParameterTypes(Context, Cand.Function, FnDecl, 2)) { | ||||
13615 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < 2; ++ArgIdx) { | ||||
13616 | if (CompareImplicitConversionSequences( | ||||
13617 | *this, OpLoc, Cand.Conversions[ArgIdx], | ||||
13618 | Best->Conversions[ArgIdx]) == | ||||
13619 | ImplicitConversionSequence::Better) { | ||||
13620 | AmbiguousWith.push_back(Cand.Function); | ||||
13621 | break; | ||||
13622 | } | ||||
13623 | } | ||||
13624 | } | ||||
13625 | } | ||||
13626 | |||||
13627 | if (!AmbiguousWith.empty()) { | ||||
13628 | bool AmbiguousWithSelf = | ||||
13629 | AmbiguousWith.size() == 1 && | ||||
13630 | declaresSameEntity(AmbiguousWith.front(), FnDecl); | ||||
13631 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_ovl_ambiguous_oper_binary_reversed) | ||||
13632 | << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc) | ||||
13633 | << Args[0]->getType() << Args[1]->getType() << AmbiguousWithSelf | ||||
13634 | << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange(); | ||||
13635 | if (AmbiguousWithSelf) { | ||||
13636 | Diag(FnDecl->getLocation(), | ||||
13637 | diag::note_ovl_ambiguous_oper_binary_reversed_self); | ||||
13638 | } else { | ||||
13639 | Diag(FnDecl->getLocation(), | ||||
13640 | diag::note_ovl_ambiguous_oper_binary_selected_candidate); | ||||
13641 | for (auto *F : AmbiguousWith) | ||||
13642 | Diag(F->getLocation(), | ||||
13643 | diag::note_ovl_ambiguous_oper_binary_reversed_candidate); | ||||
13644 | } | ||||
13645 | } | ||||
13646 | } | ||||
13647 | |||||
13648 | // Convert the arguments. | ||||
13649 | if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) { | ||||
13650 | // Best->Access is only meaningful for class members. | ||||
13651 | CheckMemberOperatorAccess(OpLoc, Args[0], Args[1], Best->FoundDecl); | ||||
13652 | |||||
13653 | ExprResult Arg1 = | ||||
13654 | PerformCopyInitialization( | ||||
13655 | InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, | ||||
13656 | FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)), | ||||
13657 | SourceLocation(), Args[1]); | ||||
13658 | if (Arg1.isInvalid()) | ||||
13659 | return ExprError(); | ||||
13660 | |||||
13661 | ExprResult Arg0 = | ||||
13662 | PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Args[0], /*Qualifier=*/nullptr, | ||||
13663 | Best->FoundDecl, Method); | ||||
13664 | if (Arg0.isInvalid()) | ||||
13665 | return ExprError(); | ||||
13666 | Base = Args[0] = Arg0.getAs<Expr>(); | ||||
13667 | Args[1] = RHS = Arg1.getAs<Expr>(); | ||||
13668 | } else { | ||||
13669 | // Convert the arguments. | ||||
13670 | ExprResult Arg0 = PerformCopyInitialization( | ||||
13671 | InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, | ||||
13672 | FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)), | ||||
13673 | SourceLocation(), Args[0]); | ||||
13674 | if (Arg0.isInvalid()) | ||||
13675 | return ExprError(); | ||||
13676 | |||||
13677 | ExprResult Arg1 = | ||||
13678 | PerformCopyInitialization( | ||||
13679 | InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, | ||||
13680 | FnDecl->getParamDecl(1)), | ||||
13681 | SourceLocation(), Args[1]); | ||||
13682 | if (Arg1.isInvalid()) | ||||
13683 | return ExprError(); | ||||
13684 | Args[0] = LHS = Arg0.getAs<Expr>(); | ||||
13685 | Args[1] = RHS = Arg1.getAs<Expr>(); | ||||
13686 | } | ||||
13687 | |||||
13688 | // Build the actual expression node. | ||||
13689 | ExprResult FnExpr = CreateFunctionRefExpr(*this, FnDecl, | ||||
13690 | Best->FoundDecl, Base, | ||||
13691 | HadMultipleCandidates, OpLoc); | ||||
13692 | if (FnExpr.isInvalid()) | ||||
13693 | return ExprError(); | ||||
13694 | |||||
13695 | // Determine the result type. | ||||
13696 | QualType ResultTy = FnDecl->getReturnType(); | ||||
13697 | ExprValueKind VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(ResultTy); | ||||
13698 | ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonLValueExprType(Context); | ||||
13699 | |||||
13700 | CXXOperatorCallExpr *TheCall = CXXOperatorCallExpr::Create( | ||||
13701 | Context, ChosenOp, FnExpr.get(), Args, ResultTy, VK, OpLoc, | ||||
13702 | CurFPFeatureOverrides(), Best->IsADLCandidate); | ||||
13703 | |||||
13704 | if (CheckCallReturnType(FnDecl->getReturnType(), OpLoc, TheCall, | ||||
13705 | FnDecl)) | ||||
13706 | return ExprError(); | ||||
13707 | |||||
13708 | ArrayRef<const Expr *> ArgsArray(Args, 2); | ||||
13709 | const Expr *ImplicitThis = nullptr; | ||||
13710 | // Cut off the implicit 'this'. | ||||
13711 | if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) { | ||||
13712 | ImplicitThis = ArgsArray[0]; | ||||
13713 | ArgsArray = ArgsArray.slice(1); | ||||
13714 | } | ||||
13715 | |||||
13716 | // Check for a self move. | ||||
13717 | if (Op == OO_Equal) | ||||
13718 | DiagnoseSelfMove(Args[0], Args[1], OpLoc); | ||||
13719 | |||||
13720 | if (ImplicitThis) { | ||||
13721 | QualType ThisType = Context.getPointerType(ImplicitThis->getType()); | ||||
13722 | QualType ThisTypeFromDecl = Context.getPointerType( | ||||
13723 | cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)->getThisObjectType()); | ||||
13724 | |||||
13725 | CheckArgAlignment(OpLoc, FnDecl, "'this'", ThisType, | ||||
13726 | ThisTypeFromDecl); | ||||
13727 | } | ||||
13728 | |||||
13729 | checkCall(FnDecl, nullptr, ImplicitThis, ArgsArray, | ||||
13730 | isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl), OpLoc, TheCall->getSourceRange(), | ||||
13731 | VariadicDoesNotApply); | ||||
13732 | |||||
13733 | ExprResult R = MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall); | ||||
13734 | if (R.isInvalid()) | ||||
13735 | return ExprError(); | ||||
13736 | |||||
13737 | R = CheckForImmediateInvocation(R, FnDecl); | ||||
13738 | if (R.isInvalid()) | ||||
13739 | return ExprError(); | ||||
13740 | |||||
13741 | // For a rewritten candidate, we've already reversed the arguments | ||||
13742 | // if needed. Perform the rest of the rewrite now. | ||||
13743 | if ((Best->RewriteKind & CRK_DifferentOperator) || | ||||
13744 | (Op == OO_Spaceship && IsReversed)) { | ||||
13745 | if (Op == OO_ExclaimEqual) { | ||||
13746 | assert(ChosenOp == OO_EqualEqual && "unexpected operator name")((ChosenOp == OO_EqualEqual && "unexpected operator name" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ChosenOp == OO_EqualEqual && \"unexpected operator name\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 13746, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
13747 | R = CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, UO_LNot, R.get()); | ||||
13748 | } else { | ||||
13749 | assert(ChosenOp == OO_Spaceship && "unexpected operator name")((ChosenOp == OO_Spaceship && "unexpected operator name" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ChosenOp == OO_Spaceship && \"unexpected operator name\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 13749, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
13750 | llvm::APSInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), false); | ||||
13751 | Expr *ZeroLiteral = | ||||
13752 | IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, OpLoc); | ||||
13753 | |||||
13754 | Sema::CodeSynthesisContext Ctx; | ||||
13755 | Ctx.Kind = Sema::CodeSynthesisContext::RewritingOperatorAsSpaceship; | ||||
13756 | Ctx.Entity = FnDecl; | ||||
13757 | pushCodeSynthesisContext(Ctx); | ||||
13758 | |||||
13759 | R = CreateOverloadedBinOp( | ||||
13760 | OpLoc, Opc, Fns, IsReversed ? ZeroLiteral : R.get(), | ||||
13761 | IsReversed ? R.get() : ZeroLiteral, PerformADL, | ||||
13762 | /*AllowRewrittenCandidates=*/false); | ||||
13763 | |||||
13764 | popCodeSynthesisContext(); | ||||
13765 | } | ||||
13766 | if (R.isInvalid()) | ||||
13767 | return ExprError(); | ||||
13768 | } else { | ||||
13769 | assert(ChosenOp == Op && "unexpected operator name")((ChosenOp == Op && "unexpected operator name") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ChosenOp == Op && \"unexpected operator name\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 13769, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
13770 | } | ||||
13771 | |||||
13772 | // Make a note in the AST if we did any rewriting. | ||||
13773 | if (Best->RewriteKind != CRK_None) | ||||
13774 | R = new (Context) CXXRewrittenBinaryOperator(R.get(), IsReversed); | ||||
13775 | |||||
13776 | return R; | ||||
13777 | } else { | ||||
13778 | // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then | ||||
13779 | // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in | ||||
13780 | // operator node. | ||||
13781 | ExprResult ArgsRes0 = PerformImplicitConversion( | ||||
13782 | Args[0], Best->BuiltinParamTypes[0], Best->Conversions[0], | ||||
13783 | AA_Passing, CCK_ForBuiltinOverloadedOp); | ||||
13784 | if (ArgsRes0.isInvalid()) | ||||
13785 | return ExprError(); | ||||
13786 | Args[0] = ArgsRes0.get(); | ||||
13787 | |||||
13788 | ExprResult ArgsRes1 = PerformImplicitConversion( | ||||
13789 | Args[1], Best->BuiltinParamTypes[1], Best->Conversions[1], | ||||
13790 | AA_Passing, CCK_ForBuiltinOverloadedOp); | ||||
13791 | if (ArgsRes1.isInvalid()) | ||||
13792 | return ExprError(); | ||||
13793 | Args[1] = ArgsRes1.get(); | ||||
13794 | break; | ||||
13795 | } | ||||
13796 | } | ||||
13797 | |||||
13798 | case OR_No_Viable_Function: { | ||||
13799 | // C++ [over.match.oper]p9: | ||||
13800 | // If the operator is the operator , [...] and there are no | ||||
13801 | // viable functions, then the operator is assumed to be the | ||||
13802 | // built-in operator and interpreted according to clause 5. | ||||
13803 | if (Opc == BO_Comma) | ||||
13804 | break; | ||||
13805 | |||||
13806 | // When defaulting an 'operator<=>', we can try to synthesize a three-way | ||||
13807 | // compare result using '==' and '<'. | ||||
13808 | if (DefaultedFn && Opc == BO_Cmp) { | ||||
13809 | ExprResult E = BuildSynthesizedThreeWayComparison(OpLoc, Fns, Args[0], | ||||
13810 | Args[1], DefaultedFn); | ||||
13811 | if (E.isInvalid() || E.isUsable()) | ||||
13812 | return E; | ||||
13813 | } | ||||
13814 | |||||
13815 | // For class as left operand for assignment or compound assignment | ||||
13816 | // operator do not fall through to handling in built-in, but report that | ||||
13817 | // no overloaded assignment operator found | ||||
13818 | ExprResult Result = ExprError(); | ||||
13819 | StringRef OpcStr = BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc); | ||||
13820 | auto Cands = CandidateSet.CompleteCandidates(*this, OCD_AllCandidates, | ||||
13821 | Args, OpLoc); | ||||
13822 | if (Args[0]->getType()->isRecordType() && | ||||
13823 | Opc >= BO_Assign && Opc <= BO_OrAssign) { | ||||
13824 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_oper) | ||||
13825 | << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc) | ||||
13826 | << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange(); | ||||
13827 | if (Args[0]->getType()->isIncompleteType()) { | ||||
13828 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_assign_lhs_incomplete) | ||||
13829 | << Args[0]->getType() | ||||
13830 | << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange(); | ||||
13831 | } | ||||
13832 | } else { | ||||
13833 | // This is an erroneous use of an operator which can be overloaded by | ||||
13834 | // a non-member function. Check for non-member operators which were | ||||
13835 | // defined too late to be candidates. | ||||
13836 | if (DiagnoseTwoPhaseOperatorLookup(*this, Op, OpLoc, Args)) | ||||
13837 | // FIXME: Recover by calling the found function. | ||||
13838 | return ExprError(); | ||||
13839 | |||||
13840 | // No viable function; try to create a built-in operation, which will | ||||
13841 | // produce an error. Then, show the non-viable candidates. | ||||
13842 | Result = CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Args[0], Args[1]); | ||||
13843 | } | ||||
13844 | assert(Result.isInvalid() &&((Result.isInvalid() && "C++ binary operator overloading is missing candidates!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Result.isInvalid() && \"C++ binary operator overloading is missing candidates!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 13845, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
13845 | "C++ binary operator overloading is missing candidates!")((Result.isInvalid() && "C++ binary operator overloading is missing candidates!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Result.isInvalid() && \"C++ binary operator overloading is missing candidates!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 13845, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
13846 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates(*this, Args, Cands, OpcStr, OpLoc); | ||||
13847 | return Result; | ||||
13848 | } | ||||
13849 | |||||
13850 | case OR_Ambiguous: | ||||
13851 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates( | ||||
13852 | PartialDiagnosticAt(OpLoc, PDiag(diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper_binary) | ||||
13853 | << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc) | ||||
13854 | << Args[0]->getType() | ||||
13855 | << Args[1]->getType() | ||||
13856 | << Args[0]->getSourceRange() | ||||
13857 | << Args[1]->getSourceRange()), | ||||
13858 | *this, OCD_AmbiguousCandidates, Args, BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc), | ||||
13859 | OpLoc); | ||||
13860 | return ExprError(); | ||||
13861 | |||||
13862 | case OR_Deleted: | ||||
13863 | if (isImplicitlyDeleted(Best->Function)) { | ||||
13864 | FunctionDecl *DeletedFD = Best->Function; | ||||
13865 | DefaultedFunctionKind DFK = getDefaultedFunctionKind(DeletedFD); | ||||
13866 | if (DFK.isSpecialMember()) { | ||||
13867 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_special_oper) | ||||
13868 | << Args[0]->getType() << DFK.asSpecialMember(); | ||||
13869 | } else { | ||||
13870 | assert(DFK.isComparison())((DFK.isComparison()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("DFK.isComparison()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 13870, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
13871 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_comparison) | ||||
13872 | << Args[0]->getType() << DeletedFD; | ||||
13873 | } | ||||
13874 | |||||
13875 | // The user probably meant to call this special member. Just | ||||
13876 | // explain why it's deleted. | ||||
13877 | NoteDeletedFunction(DeletedFD); | ||||
13878 | return ExprError(); | ||||
13879 | } | ||||
13880 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates( | ||||
13881 | PartialDiagnosticAt( | ||||
13882 | OpLoc, PDiag(diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper) | ||||
13883 | << getOperatorSpelling(Best->Function->getDeclName() | ||||
13884 | .getCXXOverloadedOperator()) | ||||
13885 | << Args[0]->getSourceRange() | ||||
13886 | << Args[1]->getSourceRange()), | ||||
13887 | *this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc), | ||||
13888 | OpLoc); | ||||
13889 | return ExprError(); | ||||
13890 | } | ||||
13891 | |||||
13892 | // We matched a built-in operator; build it. | ||||
13893 | return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Args[0], Args[1]); | ||||
13894 | } | ||||
13895 | |||||
13896 | ExprResult Sema::BuildSynthesizedThreeWayComparison( | ||||
13897 | SourceLocation OpLoc, const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS, | ||||
13898 | FunctionDecl *DefaultedFn) { | ||||
13899 | const ComparisonCategoryInfo *Info = | ||||
13900 | Context.CompCategories.lookupInfoForType(DefaultedFn->getReturnType()); | ||||
13901 | // If we're not producing a known comparison category type, we can't | ||||
13902 | // synthesize a three-way comparison. Let the caller diagnose this. | ||||
13903 | if (!Info) | ||||
13904 | return ExprResult((Expr*)nullptr); | ||||
13905 | |||||
13906 | // If we ever want to perform this synthesis more generally, we will need to | ||||
13907 | // apply the temporary materialization conversion to the operands. | ||||
13908 | assert(LHS->isGLValue() && RHS->isGLValue() &&((LHS->isGLValue() && RHS->isGLValue() && "cannot use prvalue expressions more than once") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("LHS->isGLValue() && RHS->isGLValue() && \"cannot use prvalue expressions more than once\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 13909, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
13909 | "cannot use prvalue expressions more than once")((LHS->isGLValue() && RHS->isGLValue() && "cannot use prvalue expressions more than once") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("LHS->isGLValue() && RHS->isGLValue() && \"cannot use prvalue expressions more than once\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 13909, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
13910 | Expr *OrigLHS = LHS; | ||||
13911 | Expr *OrigRHS = RHS; | ||||
13912 | |||||
13913 | // Replace the LHS and RHS with OpaqueValueExprs; we're going to refer to | ||||
13914 | // each of them multiple times below. | ||||
13915 | LHS = new (Context) | ||||
13916 | OpaqueValueExpr(LHS->getExprLoc(), LHS->getType(), LHS->getValueKind(), | ||||
13917 | LHS->getObjectKind(), LHS); | ||||
13918 | RHS = new (Context) | ||||
13919 | OpaqueValueExpr(RHS->getExprLoc(), RHS->getType(), RHS->getValueKind(), | ||||
13920 | RHS->getObjectKind(), RHS); | ||||
13921 | |||||
13922 | ExprResult Eq = CreateOverloadedBinOp(OpLoc, BO_EQ, Fns, LHS, RHS, true, true, | ||||
13923 | DefaultedFn); | ||||
13924 | if (Eq.isInvalid()) | ||||
13925 | return ExprError(); | ||||
13926 | |||||
13927 | ExprResult Less = CreateOverloadedBinOp(OpLoc, BO_LT, Fns, LHS, RHS, true, | ||||
13928 | true, DefaultedFn); | ||||
13929 | if (Less.isInvalid()) | ||||
13930 | return ExprError(); | ||||
13931 | |||||
13932 | ExprResult Greater; | ||||
13933 | if (Info->isPartial()) { | ||||
13934 | Greater = CreateOverloadedBinOp(OpLoc, BO_LT, Fns, RHS, LHS, true, true, | ||||
13935 | DefaultedFn); | ||||
13936 | if (Greater.isInvalid()) | ||||
13937 | return ExprError(); | ||||
13938 | } | ||||
13939 | |||||
13940 | // Form the list of comparisons we're going to perform. | ||||
13941 | struct Comparison { | ||||
13942 | ExprResult Cmp; | ||||
13943 | ComparisonCategoryResult Result; | ||||
13944 | } Comparisons[4] = | ||||
13945 | { {Eq, Info->isStrong() ? ComparisonCategoryResult::Equal | ||||
13946 | : ComparisonCategoryResult::Equivalent}, | ||||
13947 | {Less, ComparisonCategoryResult::Less}, | ||||
13948 | {Greater, ComparisonCategoryResult::Greater}, | ||||
13949 | {ExprResult(), ComparisonCategoryResult::Unordered}, | ||||
13950 | }; | ||||
13951 | |||||
13952 | int I = Info->isPartial() ? 3 : 2; | ||||
13953 | |||||
13954 | // Combine the comparisons with suitable conditional expressions. | ||||
13955 | ExprResult Result; | ||||
13956 | for (; I >= 0; --I) { | ||||
13957 | // Build a reference to the comparison category constant. | ||||
13958 | auto *VI = Info->lookupValueInfo(Comparisons[I].Result); | ||||
13959 | // FIXME: Missing a constant for a comparison category. Diagnose this? | ||||
13960 | if (!VI) | ||||
13961 | return ExprResult((Expr*)nullptr); | ||||
13962 | ExprResult ThisResult = | ||||
13963 | BuildDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec(), DeclarationNameInfo(), VI->VD); | ||||
13964 | if (ThisResult.isInvalid()) | ||||
13965 | return ExprError(); | ||||
13966 | |||||
13967 | // Build a conditional unless this is the final case. | ||||
13968 | if (Result.get()) { | ||||
13969 | Result = ActOnConditionalOp(OpLoc, OpLoc, Comparisons[I].Cmp.get(), | ||||
13970 | ThisResult.get(), Result.get()); | ||||
13971 | if (Result.isInvalid()) | ||||
13972 | return ExprError(); | ||||
13973 | } else { | ||||
13974 | Result = ThisResult; | ||||
13975 | } | ||||
13976 | } | ||||
13977 | |||||
13978 | // Build a PseudoObjectExpr to model the rewriting of an <=> operator, and to | ||||
13979 | // bind the OpaqueValueExprs before they're (repeatedly) used. | ||||
13980 | Expr *SyntacticForm = BinaryOperator::Create( | ||||
13981 | Context, OrigLHS, OrigRHS, BO_Cmp, Result.get()->getType(), | ||||
13982 | Result.get()->getValueKind(), Result.get()->getObjectKind(), OpLoc, | ||||
13983 | CurFPFeatureOverrides()); | ||||
13984 | Expr *SemanticForm[] = {LHS, RHS, Result.get()}; | ||||
13985 | return PseudoObjectExpr::Create(Context, SyntacticForm, SemanticForm, 2); | ||||
13986 | } | ||||
13987 | |||||
13988 | ExprResult | ||||
13989 | Sema::CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc, | ||||
13990 | SourceLocation RLoc, | ||||
13991 | Expr *Base, Expr *Idx) { | ||||
13992 | Expr *Args[2] = { Base, Idx }; | ||||
13993 | DeclarationName OpName = | ||||
13994 | Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Subscript); | ||||
13995 | |||||
13996 | // If either side is type-dependent, create an appropriate dependent | ||||
13997 | // expression. | ||||
13998 | if (Args[0]->isTypeDependent() || Args[1]->isTypeDependent()) { | ||||
13999 | |||||
14000 | CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass = nullptr; // lookup ignores member operators | ||||
14001 | // CHECKME: no 'operator' keyword? | ||||
14002 | DeclarationNameInfo OpNameInfo(OpName, LLoc); | ||||
14003 | OpNameInfo.setCXXOperatorNameRange(SourceRange(LLoc, RLoc)); | ||||
14004 | ExprResult Fn = CreateUnresolvedLookupExpr( | ||||
14005 | NamingClass, NestedNameSpecifierLoc(), OpNameInfo, UnresolvedSet<0>()); | ||||
14006 | if (Fn.isInvalid()) | ||||
14007 | return ExprError(); | ||||
14008 | // Can't add any actual overloads yet | ||||
14009 | |||||
14010 | return CXXOperatorCallExpr::Create(Context, OO_Subscript, Fn.get(), Args, | ||||
14011 | Context.DependentTy, VK_RValue, RLoc, | ||||
14012 | CurFPFeatureOverrides()); | ||||
14013 | } | ||||
14014 | |||||
14015 | // Handle placeholders on both operands. | ||||
14016 | if (checkPlaceholderForOverload(*this, Args[0])) | ||||
14017 | return ExprError(); | ||||
14018 | if (checkPlaceholderForOverload(*this, Args[1])) | ||||
14019 | return ExprError(); | ||||
14020 | |||||
14021 | // Build an empty overload set. | ||||
14022 | OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(LLoc, OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Operator); | ||||
14023 | |||||
14024 | // Subscript can only be overloaded as a member function. | ||||
14025 | |||||
14026 | // Add operator candidates that are member functions. | ||||
14027 | AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OO_Subscript, LLoc, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||
14028 | |||||
14029 | // Add builtin operator candidates. | ||||
14030 | AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OO_Subscript, LLoc, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||
14031 | |||||
14032 | bool HadMultipleCandidates = (CandidateSet.size() > 1); | ||||
14033 | |||||
14034 | // Perform overload resolution. | ||||
14035 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; | ||||
14036 | switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(*this, LLoc, Best)) { | ||||
14037 | case OR_Success: { | ||||
14038 | // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator. | ||||
14039 | FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function; | ||||
14040 | |||||
14041 | if (FnDecl) { | ||||
14042 | // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that | ||||
14043 | // operator. | ||||
14044 | |||||
14045 | CheckMemberOperatorAccess(LLoc, Args[0], Args[1], Best->FoundDecl); | ||||
14046 | |||||
14047 | // Convert the arguments. | ||||
14048 | CXXMethodDecl *Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl); | ||||
14049 | ExprResult Arg0 = | ||||
14050 | PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Args[0], /*Qualifier=*/nullptr, | ||||
14051 | Best->FoundDecl, Method); | ||||
14052 | if (Arg0.isInvalid()) | ||||
14053 | return ExprError(); | ||||
14054 | Args[0] = Arg0.get(); | ||||
14055 | |||||
14056 | // Convert the arguments. | ||||
14057 | ExprResult InputInit | ||||
14058 | = PerformCopyInitialization(InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter( | ||||
14059 | Context, | ||||
14060 | FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)), | ||||
14061 | SourceLocation(), | ||||
14062 | Args[1]); | ||||
14063 | if (InputInit.isInvalid()) | ||||
14064 | return ExprError(); | ||||
14065 | |||||
14066 | Args[1] = InputInit.getAs<Expr>(); | ||||
14067 | |||||
14068 | // Build the actual expression node. | ||||
14069 | DeclarationNameInfo OpLocInfo(OpName, LLoc); | ||||
14070 | OpLocInfo.setCXXOperatorNameRange(SourceRange(LLoc, RLoc)); | ||||
14071 | ExprResult FnExpr = CreateFunctionRefExpr(*this, FnDecl, | ||||
14072 | Best->FoundDecl, | ||||
14073 | Base, | ||||
14074 | HadMultipleCandidates, | ||||
14075 | OpLocInfo.getLoc(), | ||||
14076 | OpLocInfo.getInfo()); | ||||
14077 | if (FnExpr.isInvalid()) | ||||
14078 | return ExprError(); | ||||
14079 | |||||
14080 | // Determine the result type | ||||
14081 | QualType ResultTy = FnDecl->getReturnType(); | ||||
14082 | ExprValueKind VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(ResultTy); | ||||
14083 | ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonLValueExprType(Context); | ||||
14084 | |||||
14085 | CXXOperatorCallExpr *TheCall = CXXOperatorCallExpr::Create( | ||||
14086 | Context, OO_Subscript, FnExpr.get(), Args, ResultTy, VK, RLoc, | ||||
14087 | CurFPFeatureOverrides()); | ||||
14088 | if (CheckCallReturnType(FnDecl->getReturnType(), LLoc, TheCall, FnDecl)) | ||||
14089 | return ExprError(); | ||||
14090 | |||||
14091 | if (CheckFunctionCall(Method, TheCall, | ||||
14092 | Method->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>())) | ||||
14093 | return ExprError(); | ||||
14094 | |||||
14095 | return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall); | ||||
14096 | } else { | ||||
14097 | // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then | ||||
14098 | // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in | ||||
14099 | // operator node. | ||||
14100 | ExprResult ArgsRes0 = PerformImplicitConversion( | ||||
14101 | Args[0], Best->BuiltinParamTypes[0], Best->Conversions[0], | ||||
14102 | AA_Passing, CCK_ForBuiltinOverloadedOp); | ||||
14103 | if (ArgsRes0.isInvalid()) | ||||
14104 | return ExprError(); | ||||
14105 | Args[0] = ArgsRes0.get(); | ||||
14106 | |||||
14107 | ExprResult ArgsRes1 = PerformImplicitConversion( | ||||
14108 | Args[1], Best->BuiltinParamTypes[1], Best->Conversions[1], | ||||
14109 | AA_Passing, CCK_ForBuiltinOverloadedOp); | ||||
14110 | if (ArgsRes1.isInvalid()) | ||||
14111 | return ExprError(); | ||||
14112 | Args[1] = ArgsRes1.get(); | ||||
14113 | |||||
14114 | break; | ||||
14115 | } | ||||
14116 | } | ||||
14117 | |||||
14118 | case OR_No_Viable_Function: { | ||||
14119 | PartialDiagnostic PD = CandidateSet.empty() | ||||
14120 | ? (PDiag(diag::err_ovl_no_oper) | ||||
14121 | << Args[0]->getType() << /*subscript*/ 0 | ||||
14122 | << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange()) | ||||
14123 | : (PDiag(diag::err_ovl_no_viable_subscript) | ||||
14124 | << Args[0]->getType() << Args[0]->getSourceRange() | ||||
14125 | << Args[1]->getSourceRange()); | ||||
14126 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates(PartialDiagnosticAt(LLoc, PD), *this, | ||||
14127 | OCD_AllCandidates, Args, "[]", LLoc); | ||||
14128 | return ExprError(); | ||||
14129 | } | ||||
14130 | |||||
14131 | case OR_Ambiguous: | ||||
14132 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates( | ||||
14133 | PartialDiagnosticAt(LLoc, PDiag(diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper_binary) | ||||
14134 | << "[]" << Args[0]->getType() | ||||
14135 | << Args[1]->getType() | ||||
14136 | << Args[0]->getSourceRange() | ||||
14137 | << Args[1]->getSourceRange()), | ||||
14138 | *this, OCD_AmbiguousCandidates, Args, "[]", LLoc); | ||||
14139 | return ExprError(); | ||||
14140 | |||||
14141 | case OR_Deleted: | ||||
14142 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates( | ||||
14143 | PartialDiagnosticAt(LLoc, PDiag(diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper) | ||||
14144 | << "[]" << Args[0]->getSourceRange() | ||||
14145 | << Args[1]->getSourceRange()), | ||||
14146 | *this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, "[]", LLoc); | ||||
14147 | return ExprError(); | ||||
14148 | } | ||||
14149 | |||||
14150 | // We matched a built-in operator; build it. | ||||
14151 | return CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Args[0], LLoc, Args[1], RLoc); | ||||
14152 | } | ||||
14153 | |||||
14154 | /// BuildCallToMemberFunction - Build a call to a member | ||||
14155 | /// function. MemExpr is the expression that refers to the member | ||||
14156 | /// function (and includes the object parameter), Args/NumArgs are the | ||||
14157 | /// arguments to the function call (not including the object | ||||
14158 | /// parameter). The caller needs to validate that the member | ||||
14159 | /// expression refers to a non-static member function or an overloaded | ||||
14160 | /// member function. | ||||
14161 | ExprResult Sema::BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExprE, | ||||
14162 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, | ||||
14163 | MultiExprArg Args, | ||||
14164 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, | ||||
14165 | bool AllowRecovery) { | ||||
14166 | assert(MemExprE->getType() == Context.BoundMemberTy ||((MemExprE->getType() == Context.BoundMemberTy || MemExprE ->getType() == Context.OverloadTy) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("MemExprE->getType() == Context.BoundMemberTy || MemExprE->getType() == Context.OverloadTy" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 14167, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
14167 | MemExprE->getType() == Context.OverloadTy)((MemExprE->getType() == Context.BoundMemberTy || MemExprE ->getType() == Context.OverloadTy) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("MemExprE->getType() == Context.BoundMemberTy || MemExprE->getType() == Context.OverloadTy" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 14167, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
14168 | |||||
14169 | // Dig out the member expression. This holds both the object | ||||
14170 | // argument and the member function we're referring to. | ||||
14171 | Expr *NakedMemExpr = MemExprE->IgnoreParens(); | ||||
14172 | |||||
14173 | // Determine whether this is a call to a pointer-to-member function. | ||||
14174 | if (BinaryOperator *op = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(NakedMemExpr)) { | ||||
14175 | assert(op->getType() == Context.BoundMemberTy)((op->getType() == Context.BoundMemberTy) ? static_cast< void> (0) : __assert_fail ("op->getType() == Context.BoundMemberTy" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 14175, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
14176 | assert(op->getOpcode() == BO_PtrMemD || op->getOpcode() == BO_PtrMemI)((op->getOpcode() == BO_PtrMemD || op->getOpcode() == BO_PtrMemI ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("op->getOpcode() == BO_PtrMemD || op->getOpcode() == BO_PtrMemI" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 14176, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
14177 | |||||
14178 | QualType fnType = | ||||
14179 | op->getRHS()->getType()->castAs<MemberPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); | ||||
14180 | |||||
14181 | const FunctionProtoType *proto = fnType->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||
14182 | QualType resultType = proto->getCallResultType(Context); | ||||
14183 | ExprValueKind valueKind = Expr::getValueKindForType(proto->getReturnType()); | ||||
14184 | |||||
14185 | // Check that the object type isn't more qualified than the | ||||
14186 | // member function we're calling. | ||||
14187 | Qualifiers funcQuals = proto->getMethodQuals(); | ||||
14188 | |||||
14189 | QualType objectType = op->getLHS()->getType(); | ||||
14190 | if (op->getOpcode() == BO_PtrMemI) | ||||
14191 | objectType = objectType->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); | ||||
14192 | Qualifiers objectQuals = objectType.getQualifiers(); | ||||
14193 | |||||
14194 | Qualifiers difference = objectQuals - funcQuals; | ||||
14195 | difference.removeObjCGCAttr(); | ||||
14196 | difference.removeAddressSpace(); | ||||
14197 | if (difference) { | ||||
14198 | std::string qualsString = difference.getAsString(); | ||||
14199 | Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_call_drops_quals) | ||||
14200 | << fnType.getUnqualifiedType() | ||||
14201 | << qualsString | ||||
14202 | << (qualsString.find(' ') == std::string::npos ? 1 : 2); | ||||
14203 | } | ||||
14204 | |||||
14205 | CXXMemberCallExpr *call = CXXMemberCallExpr::Create( | ||||
14206 | Context, MemExprE, Args, resultType, valueKind, RParenLoc, | ||||
14207 | CurFPFeatureOverrides(), proto->getNumParams()); | ||||
14208 | |||||
14209 | if (CheckCallReturnType(proto->getReturnType(), op->getRHS()->getBeginLoc(), | ||||
14210 | call, nullptr)) | ||||
14211 | return ExprError(); | ||||
14212 | |||||
14213 | if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(call, op, nullptr, proto, Args, RParenLoc)) | ||||
14214 | return ExprError(); | ||||
14215 | |||||
14216 | if (CheckOtherCall(call, proto)) | ||||
14217 | return ExprError(); | ||||
14218 | |||||
14219 | return MaybeBindToTemporary(call); | ||||
14220 | } | ||||
14221 | |||||
14222 | // We only try to build a recovery expr at this level if we can preserve | ||||
14223 | // the return type, otherwise we return ExprError() and let the caller | ||||
14224 | // recover. | ||||
14225 | auto BuildRecoveryExpr = [&](QualType Type) { | ||||
14226 | if (!AllowRecovery) | ||||
14227 | return ExprError(); | ||||
14228 | std::vector<Expr *> SubExprs = {MemExprE}; | ||||
14229 | llvm::for_each(Args, [&SubExprs](Expr *E) { SubExprs.push_back(E); }); | ||||
14230 | return CreateRecoveryExpr(MemExprE->getBeginLoc(), RParenLoc, SubExprs, | ||||
14231 | Type); | ||||
14232 | }; | ||||
14233 | if (isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(NakedMemExpr)) | ||||
14234 | return CallExpr::Create(Context, MemExprE, Args, Context.VoidTy, VK_RValue, | ||||
14235 | RParenLoc, CurFPFeatureOverrides()); | ||||
14236 | |||||
14237 | UnbridgedCastsSet UnbridgedCasts; | ||||
14238 | if (checkArgPlaceholdersForOverload(*this, Args, UnbridgedCasts)) | ||||
14239 | return ExprError(); | ||||
14240 | |||||
14241 | MemberExpr *MemExpr; | ||||
14242 | CXXMethodDecl *Method = nullptr; | ||||
14243 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = DeclAccessPair::make(nullptr, AS_public); | ||||
14244 | NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = nullptr; | ||||
14245 | if (isa<MemberExpr>(NakedMemExpr)) { | ||||
14246 | MemExpr = cast<MemberExpr>(NakedMemExpr); | ||||
14247 | Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl()); | ||||
14248 | FoundDecl = MemExpr->getFoundDecl(); | ||||
14249 | Qualifier = MemExpr->getQualifier(); | ||||
14250 | UnbridgedCasts.restore(); | ||||
14251 | } else { | ||||
14252 | UnresolvedMemberExpr *UnresExpr = cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(NakedMemExpr); | ||||
14253 | Qualifier = UnresExpr->getQualifier(); | ||||
14254 | |||||
14255 | QualType ObjectType = UnresExpr->getBaseType(); | ||||
14256 | Expr::Classification ObjectClassification | ||||
14257 | = UnresExpr->isArrow()? Expr::Classification::makeSimpleLValue() | ||||
14258 | : UnresExpr->getBase()->Classify(Context); | ||||
14259 | |||||
14260 | // Add overload candidates | ||||
14261 | OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(UnresExpr->getMemberLoc(), | ||||
14262 | OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal); | ||||
14263 | |||||
14264 | // FIXME: avoid copy. | ||||
14265 | TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer, *TemplateArgs = nullptr; | ||||
14266 | if (UnresExpr->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) { | ||||
14267 | UnresExpr->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TemplateArgsBuffer); | ||||
14268 | TemplateArgs = &TemplateArgsBuffer; | ||||
14269 | } | ||||
14270 | |||||
14271 | for (UnresolvedMemberExpr::decls_iterator I = UnresExpr->decls_begin(), | ||||
14272 | E = UnresExpr->decls_end(); I != E; ++I) { | ||||
14273 | |||||
14274 | NamedDecl *Func = *I; | ||||
14275 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingDC = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Func->getDeclContext()); | ||||
14276 | if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(Func)) | ||||
14277 | Func = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Func)->getTargetDecl(); | ||||
14278 | |||||
14279 | |||||
14280 | // Microsoft supports direct constructor calls. | ||||
14281 | if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Func)) { | ||||
14282 | AddOverloadCandidate(cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Func), I.getPair(), Args, | ||||
14283 | CandidateSet, | ||||
14284 | /*SuppressUserConversions*/ false); | ||||
14285 | } else if ((Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Func))) { | ||||
14286 | // If explicit template arguments were provided, we can't call a | ||||
14287 | // non-template member function. | ||||
14288 | if (TemplateArgs) | ||||
14289 | continue; | ||||
14290 | |||||
14291 | AddMethodCandidate(Method, I.getPair(), ActingDC, ObjectType, | ||||
14292 | ObjectClassification, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||
14293 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false); | ||||
14294 | } else { | ||||
14295 | AddMethodTemplateCandidate( | ||||
14296 | cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Func), I.getPair(), ActingDC, | ||||
14297 | TemplateArgs, ObjectType, ObjectClassification, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||
14298 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false); | ||||
14299 | } | ||||
14300 | } | ||||
14301 | |||||
14302 | DeclarationName DeclName = UnresExpr->getMemberName(); | ||||
14303 | |||||
14304 | UnbridgedCasts.restore(); | ||||
14305 | |||||
14306 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; | ||||
14307 | bool Succeeded = false; | ||||
14308 | switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(*this, UnresExpr->getBeginLoc(), | ||||
14309 | Best)) { | ||||
14310 | case OR_Success: | ||||
14311 | Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function); | ||||
14312 | FoundDecl = Best->FoundDecl; | ||||
14313 | CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresExpr, Best->FoundDecl); | ||||
14314 | if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Best->FoundDecl, UnresExpr->getNameLoc())) | ||||
14315 | break; | ||||
14316 | // If FoundDecl is different from Method (such as if one is a template | ||||
14317 | // and the other a specialization), make sure DiagnoseUseOfDecl is | ||||
14318 | // called on both. | ||||
14319 | // FIXME: This would be more comprehensively addressed by modifying | ||||
14320 | // DiagnoseUseOfDecl to accept both the FoundDecl and the decl | ||||
14321 | // being used. | ||||
14322 | if (Method != FoundDecl.getDecl() && | ||||
14323 | DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Method, UnresExpr->getNameLoc())) | ||||
14324 | break; | ||||
14325 | Succeeded = true; | ||||
14326 | break; | ||||
14327 | |||||
14328 | case OR_No_Viable_Function: | ||||
14329 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates( | ||||
14330 | PartialDiagnosticAt( | ||||
14331 | UnresExpr->getMemberLoc(), | ||||
14332 | PDiag(diag::err_ovl_no_viable_member_function_in_call) | ||||
14333 | << DeclName << MemExprE->getSourceRange()), | ||||
14334 | *this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args); | ||||
14335 | break; | ||||
14336 | case OR_Ambiguous: | ||||
14337 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates( | ||||
14338 | PartialDiagnosticAt(UnresExpr->getMemberLoc(), | ||||
14339 | PDiag(diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_member_call) | ||||
14340 | << DeclName << MemExprE->getSourceRange()), | ||||
14341 | *this, OCD_AmbiguousCandidates, Args); | ||||
14342 | break; | ||||
14343 | case OR_Deleted: | ||||
14344 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates( | ||||
14345 | PartialDiagnosticAt(UnresExpr->getMemberLoc(), | ||||
14346 | PDiag(diag::err_ovl_deleted_member_call) | ||||
14347 | << DeclName << MemExprE->getSourceRange()), | ||||
14348 | *this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args); | ||||
14349 | break; | ||||
14350 | } | ||||
14351 | // Overload resolution fails, try to recover. | ||||
14352 | if (!Succeeded) | ||||
14353 | return BuildRecoveryExpr(chooseRecoveryType(CandidateSet, &Best)); | ||||
14354 | |||||
14355 | MemExprE = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(MemExprE, FoundDecl, Method); | ||||
14356 | |||||
14357 | // If overload resolution picked a static member, build a | ||||
14358 | // non-member call based on that function. | ||||
14359 | if (Method->isStatic()) { | ||||
14360 | return BuildResolvedCallExpr(MemExprE, Method, LParenLoc, Args, | ||||
14361 | RParenLoc); | ||||
14362 | } | ||||
14363 | |||||
14364 | MemExpr = cast<MemberExpr>(MemExprE->IgnoreParens()); | ||||
14365 | } | ||||
14366 | |||||
14367 | QualType ResultType = Method->getReturnType(); | ||||
14368 | ExprValueKind VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(ResultType); | ||||
14369 | ResultType = ResultType.getNonLValueExprType(Context); | ||||
14370 | |||||
14371 | assert(Method && "Member call to something that isn't a method?")((Method && "Member call to something that isn't a method?" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Method && \"Member call to something that isn't a method?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 14371, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
14372 | const auto *Proto = Method->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||
14373 | CXXMemberCallExpr *TheCall = CXXMemberCallExpr::Create( | ||||
14374 | Context, MemExprE, Args, ResultType, VK, RParenLoc, | ||||
14375 | CurFPFeatureOverrides(), Proto->getNumParams()); | ||||
14376 | |||||
14377 | // Check for a valid return type. | ||||
14378 | if (CheckCallReturnType(Method->getReturnType(), MemExpr->getMemberLoc(), | ||||
14379 | TheCall, Method)) | ||||
14380 | return BuildRecoveryExpr(ResultType); | ||||
14381 | |||||
14382 | // Convert the object argument (for a non-static member function call). | ||||
14383 | // We only need to do this if there was actually an overload; otherwise | ||||
14384 | // it was done at lookup. | ||||
14385 | if (!Method->isStatic()) { | ||||
14386 | ExprResult ObjectArg = | ||||
14387 | PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(MemExpr->getBase(), Qualifier, | ||||
14388 | FoundDecl, Method); | ||||
14389 | if (ObjectArg.isInvalid()) | ||||
14390 | return ExprError(); | ||||
14391 | MemExpr->setBase(ObjectArg.get()); | ||||
14392 | } | ||||
14393 | |||||
14394 | // Convert the rest of the arguments | ||||
14395 | if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(TheCall, MemExpr, Method, Proto, Args, | ||||
14396 | RParenLoc)) | ||||
14397 | return BuildRecoveryExpr(ResultType); | ||||
14398 | |||||
14399 | DiagnoseSentinelCalls(Method, LParenLoc, Args); | ||||
14400 | |||||
14401 | if (CheckFunctionCall(Method, TheCall, Proto)) | ||||
14402 | return ExprError(); | ||||
14403 | |||||
14404 | // In the case the method to call was not selected by the overloading | ||||
14405 | // resolution process, we still need to handle the enable_if attribute. Do | ||||
14406 | // that here, so it will not hide previous -- and more relevant -- errors. | ||||
14407 | if (auto *MemE = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(NakedMemExpr)) { | ||||
14408 | if (const EnableIfAttr *Attr = | ||||
14409 | CheckEnableIf(Method, LParenLoc, Args, true)) { | ||||
14410 | Diag(MemE->getMemberLoc(), | ||||
14411 | diag::err_ovl_no_viable_member_function_in_call) | ||||
14412 | << Method << Method->getSourceRange(); | ||||
14413 | Diag(Method->getLocation(), | ||||
14414 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_disabled_by_function_cond_attr) | ||||
14415 | << Attr->getCond()->getSourceRange() << Attr->getMessage(); | ||||
14416 | return ExprError(); | ||||
14417 | } | ||||
14418 | } | ||||
14419 | |||||
14420 | if ((isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(CurContext) || | ||||
14421 | isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(CurContext)) && | ||||
14422 | TheCall->getMethodDecl()->isPure()) { | ||||
14423 | const CXXMethodDecl *MD = TheCall->getMethodDecl(); | ||||
14424 | |||||
14425 | if (isa<CXXThisExpr>(MemExpr->getBase()->IgnoreParenCasts()) && | ||||
14426 | MemExpr->performsVirtualDispatch(getLangOpts())) { | ||||
14427 | Diag(MemExpr->getBeginLoc(), | ||||
14428 | diag::warn_call_to_pure_virtual_member_function_from_ctor_dtor) | ||||
14429 | << MD->getDeclName() << isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(CurContext) | ||||
14430 | << MD->getParent(); | ||||
14431 | |||||
14432 | Diag(MD->getBeginLoc(), diag::note_previous_decl) << MD->getDeclName(); | ||||
14433 | if (getLangOpts().AppleKext) | ||||
14434 | Diag(MemExpr->getBeginLoc(), diag::note_pure_qualified_call_kext) | ||||
14435 | << MD->getParent() << MD->getDeclName(); | ||||
14436 | } | ||||
14437 | } | ||||
14438 | |||||
14439 | if (CXXDestructorDecl *DD = | ||||
14440 | dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(TheCall->getMethodDecl())) { | ||||
14441 | // a->A::f() doesn't go through the vtable, except in AppleKext mode. | ||||
14442 | bool CallCanBeVirtual = !MemExpr->hasQualifier() || getLangOpts().AppleKext; | ||||
14443 | CheckVirtualDtorCall(DD, MemExpr->getBeginLoc(), /*IsDelete=*/false, | ||||
14444 | CallCanBeVirtual, /*WarnOnNonAbstractTypes=*/true, | ||||
14445 | MemExpr->getMemberLoc()); | ||||
14446 | } | ||||
14447 | |||||
14448 | return CheckForImmediateInvocation(MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall), | ||||
14449 | TheCall->getMethodDecl()); | ||||
14450 | } | ||||
14451 | |||||
14452 | /// BuildCallToObjectOfClassType - Build a call to an object of class | ||||
14453 | /// type (C++ [over.call.object]), which can end up invoking an | ||||
14454 | /// overloaded function call operator (@c operator()) or performing a | ||||
14455 | /// user-defined conversion on the object argument. | ||||
14456 | ExprResult | ||||
14457 | Sema::BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Obj, | ||||
14458 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, | ||||
14459 | MultiExprArg Args, | ||||
14460 | SourceLocation RParenLoc) { | ||||
14461 | if (checkPlaceholderForOverload(*this, Obj)) | ||||
14462 | return ExprError(); | ||||
14463 | ExprResult Object = Obj; | ||||
14464 | |||||
14465 | UnbridgedCastsSet UnbridgedCasts; | ||||
14466 | if (checkArgPlaceholdersForOverload(*this, Args, UnbridgedCasts)) | ||||
14467 | return ExprError(); | ||||
14468 | |||||
14469 | assert(Object.get()->getType()->isRecordType() &&((Object.get()->getType()->isRecordType() && "Requires object type argument" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Object.get()->getType()->isRecordType() && \"Requires object type argument\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 14470, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
14470 | "Requires object type argument")((Object.get()->getType()->isRecordType() && "Requires object type argument" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Object.get()->getType()->isRecordType() && \"Requires object type argument\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 14470, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
14471 | |||||
14472 | // C++ [over.call.object]p1: | ||||
14473 | // If the primary-expression E in the function call syntax | ||||
14474 | // evaluates to a class object of type "cv T", then the set of | ||||
14475 | // candidate functions includes at least the function call | ||||
14476 | // operators of T. The function call operators of T are obtained by | ||||
14477 | // ordinary lookup of the name operator() in the context of | ||||
14478 | // (E).operator(). | ||||
14479 | OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(LParenLoc, | ||||
14480 | OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Operator); | ||||
14481 | DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Call); | ||||
14482 | |||||
14483 | if (RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, Object.get()->getType(), | ||||
14484 | diag::err_incomplete_object_call, Object.get())) | ||||
14485 | return true; | ||||
14486 | |||||
14487 | const auto *Record = Object.get()->getType()->castAs<RecordType>(); | ||||
14488 | LookupResult R(*this, OpName, LParenLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); | ||||
14489 | LookupQualifiedName(R, Record->getDecl()); | ||||
14490 | R.suppressDiagnostics(); | ||||
14491 | |||||
14492 | for (LookupResult::iterator Oper = R.begin(), OperEnd = R.end(); | ||||
14493 | Oper != OperEnd; ++Oper) { | ||||
14494 | AddMethodCandidate(Oper.getPair(), Object.get()->getType(), | ||||
14495 | Object.get()->Classify(Context), Args, CandidateSet, | ||||
14496 | /*SuppressUserConversion=*/false); | ||||
14497 | } | ||||
14498 | |||||
14499 | // C++ [over.call.object]p2: | ||||
14500 | // In addition, for each (non-explicit in C++0x) conversion function | ||||
14501 | // declared in T of the form | ||||
14502 | // | ||||
14503 | // operator conversion-type-id () cv-qualifier; | ||||
14504 | // | ||||
14505 | // where cv-qualifier is the same cv-qualification as, or a | ||||
14506 | // greater cv-qualification than, cv, and where conversion-type-id | ||||
14507 | // denotes the type "pointer to function of (P1,...,Pn) returning | ||||
14508 | // R", or the type "reference to pointer to function of | ||||
14509 | // (P1,...,Pn) returning R", or the type "reference to function | ||||
14510 | // of (P1,...,Pn) returning R", a surrogate call function [...] | ||||
14511 | // is also considered as a candidate function. Similarly, | ||||
14512 | // surrogate call functions are added to the set of candidate | ||||
14513 | // functions for each conversion function declared in an | ||||
14514 | // accessible base class provided the function is not hidden | ||||
14515 | // within T by another intervening declaration. | ||||
14516 | const auto &Conversions = | ||||
14517 | cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl())->getVisibleConversionFunctions(); | ||||
14518 | for (auto I = Conversions.begin(), E = Conversions.end(); I != E; ++I) { | ||||
14519 | NamedDecl *D = *I; | ||||
14520 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext()); | ||||
14521 | if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D)) | ||||
14522 | D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl(); | ||||
14523 | |||||
14524 | // Skip over templated conversion functions; they aren't | ||||
14525 | // surrogates. | ||||
14526 | if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) | ||||
14527 | continue; | ||||
14528 | |||||
14529 | CXXConversionDecl *Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(D); | ||||
14530 | if (!Conv->isExplicit()) { | ||||
14531 | // Strip the reference type (if any) and then the pointer type (if | ||||
14532 | // any) to get down to what might be a function type. | ||||
14533 | QualType ConvType = Conv->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType(); | ||||
14534 | if (const PointerType *ConvPtrType = ConvType->getAs<PointerType>()) | ||||
14535 | ConvType = ConvPtrType->getPointeeType(); | ||||
14536 | |||||
14537 | if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = ConvType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) | ||||
14538 | { | ||||
14539 | AddSurrogateCandidate(Conv, I.getPair(), ActingContext, Proto, | ||||
14540 | Object.get(), Args, CandidateSet); | ||||
14541 | } | ||||
14542 | } | ||||
14543 | } | ||||
14544 | |||||
14545 | bool HadMultipleCandidates = (CandidateSet.size() > 1); | ||||
14546 | |||||
14547 | // Perform overload resolution. | ||||
14548 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; | ||||
14549 | switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(*this, Object.get()->getBeginLoc(), | ||||
14550 | Best)) { | ||||
14551 | case OR_Success: | ||||
14552 | // Overload resolution succeeded; we'll build the appropriate call | ||||
14553 | // below. | ||||
14554 | break; | ||||
14555 | |||||
14556 | case OR_No_Viable_Function: { | ||||
14557 | PartialDiagnostic PD = | ||||
14558 | CandidateSet.empty() | ||||
14559 | ? (PDiag(diag::err_ovl_no_oper) | ||||
14560 | << Object.get()->getType() << /*call*/ 1 | ||||
14561 | << Object.get()->getSourceRange()) | ||||
14562 | : (PDiag(diag::err_ovl_no_viable_object_call) | ||||
14563 | << Object.get()->getType() << Object.get()->getSourceRange()); | ||||
14564 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates( | ||||
14565 | PartialDiagnosticAt(Object.get()->getBeginLoc(), PD), *this, | ||||
14566 | OCD_AllCandidates, Args); | ||||
14567 | break; | ||||
14568 | } | ||||
14569 | case OR_Ambiguous: | ||||
14570 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates( | ||||
14571 | PartialDiagnosticAt(Object.get()->getBeginLoc(), | ||||
14572 | PDiag(diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_object_call) | ||||
14573 | << Object.get()->getType() | ||||
14574 | << Object.get()->getSourceRange()), | ||||
14575 | *this, OCD_AmbiguousCandidates, Args); | ||||
14576 | break; | ||||
14577 | |||||
14578 | case OR_Deleted: | ||||
14579 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates( | ||||
14580 | PartialDiagnosticAt(Object.get()->getBeginLoc(), | ||||
14581 | PDiag(diag::err_ovl_deleted_object_call) | ||||
14582 | << Object.get()->getType() | ||||
14583 | << Object.get()->getSourceRange()), | ||||
14584 | *this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args); | ||||
14585 | break; | ||||
14586 | } | ||||
14587 | |||||
14588 | if (Best == CandidateSet.end()) | ||||
14589 | return true; | ||||
14590 | |||||
14591 | UnbridgedCasts.restore(); | ||||
14592 | |||||
14593 | if (Best->Function == nullptr) { | ||||
14594 | // Since there is no function declaration, this is one of the | ||||
14595 | // surrogate candidates. Dig out the conversion function. | ||||
14596 | CXXConversionDecl *Conv | ||||
14597 | = cast<CXXConversionDecl>( | ||||
14598 | Best->Conversions[0].UserDefined.ConversionFunction); | ||||
14599 | |||||
14600 | CheckMemberOperatorAccess(LParenLoc, Object.get(), nullptr, | ||||
14601 | Best->FoundDecl); | ||||
14602 | if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Best->FoundDecl, LParenLoc)) | ||||
14603 | return ExprError(); | ||||
14604 | assert(Conv == Best->FoundDecl.getDecl() &&((Conv == Best->FoundDecl.getDecl() && "Found Decl & conversion-to-functionptr should be same, right?!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Conv == Best->FoundDecl.getDecl() && \"Found Decl & conversion-to-functionptr should be same, right?!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 14605, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
14605 | "Found Decl & conversion-to-functionptr should be same, right?!")((Conv == Best->FoundDecl.getDecl() && "Found Decl & conversion-to-functionptr should be same, right?!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Conv == Best->FoundDecl.getDecl() && \"Found Decl & conversion-to-functionptr should be same, right?!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 14605, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
14606 | // We selected one of the surrogate functions that converts the | ||||
14607 | // object parameter to a function pointer. Perform the conversion | ||||
14608 | // on the object argument, then let BuildCallExpr finish the job. | ||||
14609 | |||||
14610 | // Create an implicit member expr to refer to the conversion operator. | ||||
14611 | // and then call it. | ||||
14612 | ExprResult Call = BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Object.get(), Best->FoundDecl, | ||||
14613 | Conv, HadMultipleCandidates); | ||||
14614 | if (Call.isInvalid()) | ||||
14615 | return ExprError(); | ||||
14616 | // Record usage of conversion in an implicit cast. | ||||
14617 | Call = ImplicitCastExpr::Create( | ||||
14618 | Context, Call.get()->getType(), CK_UserDefinedConversion, Call.get(), | ||||
14619 | nullptr, VK_RValue, CurFPFeatureOverrides()); | ||||
14620 | |||||
14621 | return BuildCallExpr(S, Call.get(), LParenLoc, Args, RParenLoc); | ||||
14622 | } | ||||
14623 | |||||
14624 | CheckMemberOperatorAccess(LParenLoc, Object.get(), nullptr, Best->FoundDecl); | ||||
14625 | |||||
14626 | // We found an overloaded operator(). Build a CXXOperatorCallExpr | ||||
14627 | // that calls this method, using Object for the implicit object | ||||
14628 | // parameter and passing along the remaining arguments. | ||||
14629 | CXXMethodDecl *Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function); | ||||
14630 | |||||
14631 | // An error diagnostic has already been printed when parsing the declaration. | ||||
14632 | if (Method->isInvalidDecl()) | ||||
14633 | return ExprError(); | ||||
14634 | |||||
14635 | const auto *Proto = Method->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||
14636 | unsigned NumParams = Proto->getNumParams(); | ||||
14637 | |||||
14638 | DeclarationNameInfo OpLocInfo( | ||||
14639 | Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Call), LParenLoc); | ||||
14640 | OpLocInfo.setCXXOperatorNameRange(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc)); | ||||
14641 | ExprResult NewFn = CreateFunctionRefExpr(*this, Method, Best->FoundDecl, | ||||
14642 | Obj, HadMultipleCandidates, | ||||
14643 | OpLocInfo.getLoc(), | ||||
14644 | OpLocInfo.getInfo()); | ||||
14645 | if (NewFn.isInvalid()) | ||||
14646 | return true; | ||||
14647 | |||||
14648 | // The number of argument slots to allocate in the call. If we have default | ||||
14649 | // arguments we need to allocate space for them as well. We additionally | ||||
14650 | // need one more slot for the object parameter. | ||||
14651 | unsigned NumArgsSlots = 1 + std::max<unsigned>(Args.size(), NumParams); | ||||
14652 | |||||
14653 | // Build the full argument list for the method call (the implicit object | ||||
14654 | // parameter is placed at the beginning of the list). | ||||
14655 | SmallVector<Expr *, 8> MethodArgs(NumArgsSlots); | ||||
14656 | |||||
14657 | bool IsError = false; | ||||
14658 | |||||
14659 | // Initialize the implicit object parameter. | ||||
14660 | ExprResult ObjRes = | ||||
14661 | PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Object.get(), /*Qualifier=*/nullptr, | ||||
14662 | Best->FoundDecl, Method); | ||||
14663 | if (ObjRes.isInvalid()) | ||||
14664 | IsError = true; | ||||
14665 | else | ||||
14666 | Object = ObjRes; | ||||
14667 | MethodArgs[0] = Object.get(); | ||||
14668 | |||||
14669 | // Check the argument types. | ||||
14670 | for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumParams; i++) { | ||||
14671 | Expr *Arg; | ||||
14672 | if (i < Args.size()) { | ||||
14673 | Arg = Args[i]; | ||||
14674 | |||||
14675 | // Pass the argument. | ||||
14676 | |||||
14677 | ExprResult InputInit | ||||
14678 | = PerformCopyInitialization(InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter( | ||||
14679 | Context, | ||||
14680 | Method->getParamDecl(i)), | ||||
14681 | SourceLocation(), Arg); | ||||
14682 | |||||
14683 | IsError |= InputInit.isInvalid(); | ||||
14684 | Arg = InputInit.getAs<Expr>(); | ||||
14685 | } else { | ||||
14686 | ExprResult DefArg | ||||
14687 | = BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(LParenLoc, Method, Method->getParamDecl(i)); | ||||
14688 | if (DefArg.isInvalid()) { | ||||
14689 | IsError = true; | ||||
14690 | break; | ||||
14691 | } | ||||
14692 | |||||
14693 | Arg = DefArg.getAs<Expr>(); | ||||
14694 | } | ||||
14695 | |||||
14696 | MethodArgs[i + 1] = Arg; | ||||
14697 | } | ||||
14698 | |||||
14699 | // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...". | ||||
14700 | if (Proto->isVariadic()) { | ||||
14701 | // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7). | ||||
14702 | for (unsigned i = NumParams, e = Args.size(); i < e; i++) { | ||||
14703 | ExprResult Arg = DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Args[i], VariadicMethod, | ||||
14704 | nullptr); | ||||
14705 | IsError |= Arg.isInvalid(); | ||||
14706 | MethodArgs[i + 1] = Arg.get(); | ||||
14707 | } | ||||
14708 | } | ||||
14709 | |||||
14710 | if (IsError) | ||||
14711 | return true; | ||||
14712 | |||||
14713 | DiagnoseSentinelCalls(Method, LParenLoc, Args); | ||||
14714 | |||||
14715 | // Once we've built TheCall, all of the expressions are properly owned. | ||||
14716 | QualType ResultTy = Method->getReturnType(); | ||||
14717 | ExprValueKind VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(ResultTy); | ||||
14718 | ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonLValueExprType(Context); | ||||
14719 | |||||
14720 | CXXOperatorCallExpr *TheCall = CXXOperatorCallExpr::Create( | ||||
14721 | Context, OO_Call, NewFn.get(), MethodArgs, ResultTy, VK, RParenLoc, | ||||
14722 | CurFPFeatureOverrides()); | ||||
14723 | |||||
14724 | if (CheckCallReturnType(Method->getReturnType(), LParenLoc, TheCall, Method)) | ||||
14725 | return true; | ||||
14726 | |||||
14727 | if (CheckFunctionCall(Method, TheCall, Proto)) | ||||
14728 | return true; | ||||
14729 | |||||
14730 | return CheckForImmediateInvocation(MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall), Method); | ||||
14731 | } | ||||
14732 | |||||
14733 | /// BuildOverloadedArrowExpr - Build a call to an overloaded @c operator-> | ||||
14734 | /// (if one exists), where @c Base is an expression of class type and | ||||
14735 | /// @c Member is the name of the member we're trying to find. | ||||
14736 | ExprResult | ||||
14737 | Sema::BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation OpLoc, | ||||
14738 | bool *NoArrowOperatorFound) { | ||||
14739 | assert(Base->getType()->isRecordType() &&((Base->getType()->isRecordType() && "left-hand side must have class type" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Base->getType()->isRecordType() && \"left-hand side must have class type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 14740, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
14740 | "left-hand side must have class type")((Base->getType()->isRecordType() && "left-hand side must have class type" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Base->getType()->isRecordType() && \"left-hand side must have class type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 14740, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
14741 | |||||
14742 | if (checkPlaceholderForOverload(*this, Base)) | ||||
14743 | return ExprError(); | ||||
14744 | |||||
14745 | SourceLocation Loc = Base->getExprLoc(); | ||||
14746 | |||||
14747 | // C++ [over.ref]p1: | ||||
14748 | // | ||||
14749 | // [...] An expression x->m is interpreted as (x.operator->())->m | ||||
14750 | // for a class object x of type T if T::operator->() exists and if | ||||
14751 | // the operator is selected as the best match function by the | ||||
14752 | // overload resolution mechanism (13.3). | ||||
14753 | DeclarationName OpName = | ||||
14754 | Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Arrow); | ||||
14755 | OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(Loc, OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Operator); | ||||
14756 | |||||
14757 | if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, Base->getType(), | ||||
14758 | diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag, Base)) | ||||
14759 | return ExprError(); | ||||
14760 | |||||
14761 | LookupResult R(*this, OpName, OpLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); | ||||
14762 | LookupQualifiedName(R, Base->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()); | ||||
14763 | R.suppressDiagnostics(); | ||||
14764 | |||||
14765 | for (LookupResult::iterator Oper = R.begin(), OperEnd = R.end(); | ||||
14766 | Oper != OperEnd; ++Oper) { | ||||
14767 | AddMethodCandidate(Oper.getPair(), Base->getType(), Base->Classify(Context), | ||||
14768 | None, CandidateSet, /*SuppressUserConversion=*/false); | ||||
14769 | } | ||||
14770 | |||||
14771 | bool HadMultipleCandidates = (CandidateSet.size() > 1); | ||||
14772 | |||||
14773 | // Perform overload resolution. | ||||
14774 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; | ||||
14775 | switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(*this, OpLoc, Best)) { | ||||
14776 | case OR_Success: | ||||
14777 | // Overload resolution succeeded; we'll build the call below. | ||||
14778 | break; | ||||
14779 | |||||
14780 | case OR_No_Viable_Function: { | ||||
14781 | auto Cands = CandidateSet.CompleteCandidates(*this, OCD_AllCandidates, Base); | ||||
14782 | if (CandidateSet.empty()) { | ||||
14783 | QualType BaseType = Base->getType(); | ||||
14784 | if (NoArrowOperatorFound) { | ||||
14785 | // Report this specific error to the caller instead of emitting a | ||||
14786 | // diagnostic, as requested. | ||||
14787 | *NoArrowOperatorFound = true; | ||||
14788 | return ExprError(); | ||||
14789 | } | ||||
14790 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow) | ||||
14791 | << BaseType << Base->getSourceRange(); | ||||
14792 | if (BaseType->isRecordType() && !BaseType->isPointerType()) { | ||||
14793 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion) | ||||
14794 | << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, "."); | ||||
14795 | } | ||||
14796 | } else | ||||
14797 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_oper) | ||||
14798 | << "operator->" << Base->getSourceRange(); | ||||
14799 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates(*this, Base, Cands); | ||||
14800 | return ExprError(); | ||||
14801 | } | ||||
14802 | case OR_Ambiguous: | ||||
14803 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates( | ||||
14804 | PartialDiagnosticAt(OpLoc, PDiag(diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper_unary) | ||||
14805 | << "->" << Base->getType() | ||||
14806 | << Base->getSourceRange()), | ||||
14807 | *this, OCD_AmbiguousCandidates, Base); | ||||
14808 | return ExprError(); | ||||
14809 | |||||
14810 | case OR_Deleted: | ||||
14811 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates( | ||||
14812 | PartialDiagnosticAt(OpLoc, PDiag(diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper) | ||||
14813 | << "->" << Base->getSourceRange()), | ||||
14814 | *this, OCD_AllCandidates, Base); | ||||
14815 | return ExprError(); | ||||
14816 | } | ||||
14817 | |||||
14818 | CheckMemberOperatorAccess(OpLoc, Base, nullptr, Best->FoundDecl); | ||||
14819 | |||||
14820 | // Convert the object parameter. | ||||
14821 | CXXMethodDecl *Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function); | ||||
14822 | ExprResult BaseResult = | ||||
14823 | PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Base, /*Qualifier=*/nullptr, | ||||
14824 | Best->FoundDecl, Method); | ||||
14825 | if (BaseResult.isInvalid()) | ||||
14826 | return ExprError(); | ||||
14827 | Base = BaseResult.get(); | ||||
14828 | |||||
14829 | // Build the operator call. | ||||
14830 | ExprResult FnExpr = CreateFunctionRefExpr(*this, Method, Best->FoundDecl, | ||||
14831 | Base, HadMultipleCandidates, OpLoc); | ||||
14832 | if (FnExpr.isInvalid()) | ||||
14833 | return ExprError(); | ||||
14834 | |||||
14835 | QualType ResultTy = Method->getReturnType(); | ||||
14836 | ExprValueKind VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(ResultTy); | ||||
14837 | ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonLValueExprType(Context); | ||||
14838 | CXXOperatorCallExpr *TheCall = | ||||
14839 | CXXOperatorCallExpr::Create(Context, OO_Arrow, FnExpr.get(), Base, | ||||
14840 | ResultTy, VK, OpLoc, CurFPFeatureOverrides()); | ||||
14841 | |||||
14842 | if (CheckCallReturnType(Method->getReturnType(), OpLoc, TheCall, Method)) | ||||
14843 | return ExprError(); | ||||
14844 | |||||
14845 | if (CheckFunctionCall(Method, TheCall, | ||||
14846 | Method->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>())) | ||||
14847 | return ExprError(); | ||||
14848 | |||||
14849 | return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall); | ||||
14850 | } | ||||
14851 | |||||
14852 | /// BuildLiteralOperatorCall - Build a UserDefinedLiteral by creating a call to | ||||
14853 | /// a literal operator described by the provided lookup results. | ||||
14854 | ExprResult Sema::BuildLiteralOperatorCall(LookupResult &R, | ||||
14855 | DeclarationNameInfo &SuffixInfo, | ||||
14856 | ArrayRef<Expr*> Args, | ||||
14857 | SourceLocation LitEndLoc, | ||||
14858 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) { | ||||
14859 | SourceLocation UDSuffixLoc = SuffixInfo.getCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(); | ||||
14860 | |||||
14861 | OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(UDSuffixLoc, | ||||
14862 | OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal); | ||||
14863 | AddNonMemberOperatorCandidates(R.asUnresolvedSet(), Args, CandidateSet, | ||||
14864 | TemplateArgs); | ||||
14865 | |||||
14866 | bool HadMultipleCandidates = (CandidateSet.size() > 1); | ||||
14867 | |||||
14868 | // Perform overload resolution. This will usually be trivial, but might need | ||||
14869 | // to perform substitutions for a literal operator template. | ||||
14870 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; | ||||
14871 | switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(*this, UDSuffixLoc, Best)) { | ||||
14872 | case OR_Success: | ||||
14873 | case OR_Deleted: | ||||
14874 | break; | ||||
14875 | |||||
14876 | case OR_No_Viable_Function: | ||||
14877 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates( | ||||
14878 | PartialDiagnosticAt(UDSuffixLoc, | ||||
14879 | PDiag(diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call) | ||||
14880 | << R.getLookupName()), | ||||
14881 | *this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args); | ||||
14882 | return ExprError(); | ||||
14883 | |||||
14884 | case OR_Ambiguous: | ||||
14885 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates( | ||||
14886 | PartialDiagnosticAt(R.getNameLoc(), PDiag(diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call) | ||||
14887 | << R.getLookupName()), | ||||
14888 | *this, OCD_AmbiguousCandidates, Args); | ||||
14889 | return ExprError(); | ||||
14890 | } | ||||
14891 | |||||
14892 | FunctionDecl *FD = Best->Function; | ||||
14893 | ExprResult Fn = CreateFunctionRefExpr(*this, FD, Best->FoundDecl, | ||||
14894 | nullptr, HadMultipleCandidates, | ||||
14895 | SuffixInfo.getLoc(), | ||||
14896 | SuffixInfo.getInfo()); | ||||
14897 | if (Fn.isInvalid()) | ||||
14898 | return true; | ||||
14899 | |||||
14900 | // Check the argument types. This should almost always be a no-op, except | ||||
14901 | // that array-to-pointer decay is applied to string literals. | ||||
14902 | Expr *ConvArgs[2]; | ||||
14903 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, N = Args.size(); ArgIdx != N; ++ArgIdx) { | ||||
14904 | ExprResult InputInit = PerformCopyInitialization( | ||||
14905 | InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, FD->getParamDecl(ArgIdx)), | ||||
14906 | SourceLocation(), Args[ArgIdx]); | ||||
14907 | if (InputInit.isInvalid()) | ||||
14908 | return true; | ||||
14909 | ConvArgs[ArgIdx] = InputInit.get(); | ||||
14910 | } | ||||
14911 | |||||
14912 | QualType ResultTy = FD->getReturnType(); | ||||
14913 | ExprValueKind VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(ResultTy); | ||||
14914 | ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonLValueExprType(Context); | ||||
14915 | |||||
14916 | UserDefinedLiteral *UDL = UserDefinedLiteral::Create( | ||||
14917 | Context, Fn.get(), llvm::makeArrayRef(ConvArgs, Args.size()), ResultTy, | ||||
14918 | VK, LitEndLoc, UDSuffixLoc, CurFPFeatureOverrides()); | ||||
14919 | |||||
14920 | if (CheckCallReturnType(FD->getReturnType(), UDSuffixLoc, UDL, FD)) | ||||
14921 | return ExprError(); | ||||
14922 | |||||
14923 | if (CheckFunctionCall(FD, UDL, nullptr)) | ||||
14924 | return ExprError(); | ||||
14925 | |||||
14926 | return CheckForImmediateInvocation(MaybeBindToTemporary(UDL), FD); | ||||
14927 | } | ||||
14928 | |||||
14929 | /// Build a call to 'begin' or 'end' for a C++11 for-range statement. If the | ||||
14930 | /// given LookupResult is non-empty, it is assumed to describe a member which | ||||
14931 | /// will be invoked. Otherwise, the function will be found via argument | ||||
14932 | /// dependent lookup. | ||||
14933 | /// CallExpr is set to a valid expression and FRS_Success returned on success, | ||||
14934 | /// otherwise CallExpr is set to ExprError() and some non-success value | ||||
14935 | /// is returned. | ||||
14936 | Sema::ForRangeStatus | ||||
14937 | Sema::BuildForRangeBeginEndCall(SourceLocation Loc, | ||||
14938 | SourceLocation RangeLoc, | ||||
14939 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, | ||||
14940 | LookupResult &MemberLookup, | ||||
14941 | OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, | ||||
14942 | Expr *Range, ExprResult *CallExpr) { | ||||
14943 | Scope *S = nullptr; | ||||
14944 | |||||
14945 | CandidateSet->clear(OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal); | ||||
14946 | if (!MemberLookup.empty()) { | ||||
14947 | ExprResult MemberRef = | ||||
14948 | BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Range, Range->getType(), Loc, | ||||
14949 | /*IsPtr=*/false, CXXScopeSpec(), | ||||
14950 | /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), | ||||
14951 | /*FirstQualifierInScope=*/nullptr, | ||||
14952 | MemberLookup, | ||||
14953 | /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr, S); | ||||
14954 | if (MemberRef.isInvalid()) { | ||||
14955 | *CallExpr = ExprError(); | ||||
14956 | return FRS_DiagnosticIssued; | ||||
14957 | } | ||||
14958 | *CallExpr = BuildCallExpr(S, MemberRef.get(), Loc, None, Loc, nullptr); | ||||
14959 | if (CallExpr->isInvalid()) { | ||||
14960 | *CallExpr = ExprError(); | ||||
14961 | return FRS_DiagnosticIssued; | ||||
14962 | } | ||||
14963 | } else { | ||||
14964 | ExprResult FnR = CreateUnresolvedLookupExpr(/*NamingClass=*/nullptr, | ||||
14965 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc(), | ||||
14966 | NameInfo, UnresolvedSet<0>()); | ||||
14967 | if (FnR.isInvalid()) | ||||
14968 | return FRS_DiagnosticIssued; | ||||
14969 | UnresolvedLookupExpr *Fn = cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(FnR.get()); | ||||
14970 | |||||
14971 | bool CandidateSetError = buildOverloadedCallSet(S, Fn, Fn, Range, Loc, | ||||
14972 | CandidateSet, CallExpr); | ||||
14973 | if (CandidateSet->empty() || CandidateSetError) { | ||||
14974 | *CallExpr = ExprError(); | ||||
14975 | return FRS_NoViableFunction; | ||||
14976 | } | ||||
14977 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; | ||||
14978 | OverloadingResult OverloadResult = | ||||
14979 | CandidateSet->BestViableFunction(*this, Fn->getBeginLoc(), Best); | ||||
14980 | |||||
14981 | if (OverloadResult == OR_No_Viable_Function) { | ||||
14982 | *CallExpr = ExprError(); | ||||
14983 | return FRS_NoViableFunction; | ||||
14984 | } | ||||
14985 | *CallExpr = FinishOverloadedCallExpr(*this, S, Fn, Fn, Loc, Range, | ||||
14986 | Loc, nullptr, CandidateSet, &Best, | ||||
14987 | OverloadResult, | ||||
14988 | /*AllowTypoCorrection=*/false); | ||||
14989 | if (CallExpr->isInvalid() || OverloadResult != OR_Success) { | ||||
14990 | *CallExpr = ExprError(); | ||||
14991 | return FRS_DiagnosticIssued; | ||||
14992 | } | ||||
14993 | } | ||||
14994 | return FRS_Success; | ||||
14995 | } | ||||
14996 | |||||
14997 | |||||
14998 | /// FixOverloadedFunctionReference - E is an expression that refers to | ||||
14999 | /// a C++ overloaded function (possibly with some parentheses and | ||||
15000 | /// perhaps a '&' around it). We have resolved the overloaded function | ||||
15001 | /// to the function declaration Fn, so patch up the expression E to | ||||
15002 | /// refer (possibly indirectly) to Fn. Returns the new expr. | ||||
15003 | Expr *Sema::FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E, DeclAccessPair Found, | ||||
15004 | FunctionDecl *Fn) { | ||||
15005 | if (ParenExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(E)) { | ||||
15006 | Expr *SubExpr = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(PE->getSubExpr(), | ||||
15007 | Found, Fn); | ||||
15008 | if (SubExpr == PE->getSubExpr()) | ||||
15009 | return PE; | ||||
15010 | |||||
15011 | return new (Context) ParenExpr(PE->getLParen(), PE->getRParen(), SubExpr); | ||||
15012 | } | ||||
15013 | |||||
15014 | if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) { | ||||
15015 | Expr *SubExpr = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ICE->getSubExpr(), | ||||
15016 | Found, Fn); | ||||
15017 | assert(Context.hasSameType(ICE->getSubExpr()->getType(),((Context.hasSameType(ICE->getSubExpr()->getType(), SubExpr ->getType()) && "Implicit cast type cannot be determined from overload" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Context.hasSameType(ICE->getSubExpr()->getType(), SubExpr->getType()) && \"Implicit cast type cannot be determined from overload\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 15019, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
15018 | SubExpr->getType()) &&((Context.hasSameType(ICE->getSubExpr()->getType(), SubExpr ->getType()) && "Implicit cast type cannot be determined from overload" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Context.hasSameType(ICE->getSubExpr()->getType(), SubExpr->getType()) && \"Implicit cast type cannot be determined from overload\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 15019, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
15019 | "Implicit cast type cannot be determined from overload")((Context.hasSameType(ICE->getSubExpr()->getType(), SubExpr ->getType()) && "Implicit cast type cannot be determined from overload" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Context.hasSameType(ICE->getSubExpr()->getType(), SubExpr->getType()) && \"Implicit cast type cannot be determined from overload\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 15019, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
15020 | assert(ICE->path_empty() && "fixing up hierarchy conversion?")((ICE->path_empty() && "fixing up hierarchy conversion?" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ICE->path_empty() && \"fixing up hierarchy conversion?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 15020, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
15021 | if (SubExpr == ICE->getSubExpr()) | ||||
15022 | return ICE; | ||||
15023 | |||||
15024 | return ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, ICE->getType(), ICE->getCastKind(), | ||||
15025 | SubExpr, nullptr, ICE->getValueKind(), | ||||
15026 | CurFPFeatureOverrides()); | ||||
15027 | } | ||||
15028 | |||||
15029 | if (auto *GSE = dyn_cast<GenericSelectionExpr>(E)) { | ||||
15030 | if (!GSE->isResultDependent()) { | ||||
15031 | Expr *SubExpr = | ||||
15032 | FixOverloadedFunctionReference(GSE->getResultExpr(), Found, Fn); | ||||
15033 | if (SubExpr == GSE->getResultExpr()) | ||||
15034 | return GSE; | ||||
15035 | |||||
15036 | // Replace the resulting type information before rebuilding the generic | ||||
15037 | // selection expression. | ||||
15038 | ArrayRef<Expr *> A = GSE->getAssocExprs(); | ||||
15039 | SmallVector<Expr *, 4> AssocExprs(A.begin(), A.end()); | ||||
15040 | unsigned ResultIdx = GSE->getResultIndex(); | ||||
15041 | AssocExprs[ResultIdx] = SubExpr; | ||||
15042 | |||||
15043 | return GenericSelectionExpr::Create( | ||||
15044 | Context, GSE->getGenericLoc(), GSE->getControllingExpr(), | ||||
15045 | GSE->getAssocTypeSourceInfos(), AssocExprs, GSE->getDefaultLoc(), | ||||
15046 | GSE->getRParenLoc(), GSE->containsUnexpandedParameterPack(), | ||||
15047 | ResultIdx); | ||||
15048 | } | ||||
15049 | // Rather than fall through to the unreachable, return the original generic | ||||
15050 | // selection expression. | ||||
15051 | return GSE; | ||||
15052 | } | ||||
15053 | |||||
15054 | if (UnaryOperator *UnOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E)) { | ||||
15055 | assert(UnOp->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf &&((UnOp->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && "Can only take the address of an overloaded function" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("UnOp->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && \"Can only take the address of an overloaded function\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 15056, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
15056 | "Can only take the address of an overloaded function")((UnOp->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && "Can only take the address of an overloaded function" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("UnOp->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && \"Can only take the address of an overloaded function\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 15056, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
15057 | if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn)) { | ||||
15058 | if (Method->isStatic()) { | ||||
15059 | // Do nothing: static member functions aren't any different | ||||
15060 | // from non-member functions. | ||||
15061 | } else { | ||||
15062 | // Fix the subexpression, which really has to be an | ||||
15063 | // UnresolvedLookupExpr holding an overloaded member function | ||||
15064 | // or template. | ||||
15065 | Expr *SubExpr = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(UnOp->getSubExpr(), | ||||
15066 | Found, Fn); | ||||
15067 | if (SubExpr == UnOp->getSubExpr()) | ||||
15068 | return UnOp; | ||||
15069 | |||||
15070 | assert(isa<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr)((isa<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr) && "fixed to something other than a decl ref" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr) && \"fixed to something other than a decl ref\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 15071, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
15071 | && "fixed to something other than a decl ref")((isa<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr) && "fixed to something other than a decl ref" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr) && \"fixed to something other than a decl ref\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 15071, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
15072 | assert(cast<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr)->getQualifier()((cast<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr)->getQualifier() && "fixed to a member ref with no nested name qualifier") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("cast<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr)->getQualifier() && \"fixed to a member ref with no nested name qualifier\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 15073, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
15073 | && "fixed to a member ref with no nested name qualifier")((cast<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr)->getQualifier() && "fixed to a member ref with no nested name qualifier") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("cast<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr)->getQualifier() && \"fixed to a member ref with no nested name qualifier\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 15073, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
15074 | |||||
15075 | // We have taken the address of a pointer to member | ||||
15076 | // function. Perform the computation here so that we get the | ||||
15077 | // appropriate pointer to member type. | ||||
15078 | QualType ClassType | ||||
15079 | = Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Method->getDeclContext())); | ||||
15080 | QualType MemPtrType | ||||
15081 | = Context.getMemberPointerType(Fn->getType(), ClassType.getTypePtr()); | ||||
15082 | // Under the MS ABI, lock down the inheritance model now. | ||||
15083 | if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) | ||||
15084 | (void)isCompleteType(UnOp->getOperatorLoc(), MemPtrType); | ||||
15085 | |||||
15086 | return UnaryOperator::Create( | ||||
15087 | Context, SubExpr, UO_AddrOf, MemPtrType, VK_RValue, OK_Ordinary, | ||||
15088 | UnOp->getOperatorLoc(), false, CurFPFeatureOverrides()); | ||||
15089 | } | ||||
15090 | } | ||||
15091 | Expr *SubExpr = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(UnOp->getSubExpr(), | ||||
15092 | Found, Fn); | ||||
15093 | if (SubExpr == UnOp->getSubExpr()) | ||||
15094 | return UnOp; | ||||
15095 | |||||
15096 | return UnaryOperator::Create(Context, SubExpr, UO_AddrOf, | ||||
15097 | Context.getPointerType(SubExpr->getType()), | ||||
15098 | VK_RValue, OK_Ordinary, UnOp->getOperatorLoc(), | ||||
15099 | false, CurFPFeatureOverrides()); | ||||
15100 | } | ||||
15101 | |||||
15102 | if (UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(E)) { | ||||
15103 | // FIXME: avoid copy. | ||||
15104 | TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer, *TemplateArgs = nullptr; | ||||
15105 | if (ULE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) { | ||||
15106 | ULE->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TemplateArgsBuffer); | ||||
15107 | TemplateArgs = &TemplateArgsBuffer; | ||||
15108 | } | ||||
15109 | |||||
15110 | DeclRefExpr *DRE = | ||||
15111 | BuildDeclRefExpr(Fn, Fn->getType(), VK_LValue, ULE->getNameInfo(), | ||||
15112 | ULE->getQualifierLoc(), Found.getDecl(), | ||||
15113 | ULE->getTemplateKeywordLoc(), TemplateArgs); | ||||
15114 | DRE->setHadMultipleCandidates(ULE->getNumDecls() > 1); | ||||
15115 | return DRE; | ||||
15116 | } | ||||
15117 | |||||
15118 | if (UnresolvedMemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(E)) { | ||||
15119 | // FIXME: avoid copy. | ||||
15120 | TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer, *TemplateArgs = nullptr; | ||||
15121 | if (MemExpr->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) { | ||||
15122 | MemExpr->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TemplateArgsBuffer); | ||||
15123 | TemplateArgs = &TemplateArgsBuffer; | ||||
15124 | } | ||||
15125 | |||||
15126 | Expr *Base; | ||||
15127 | |||||
15128 | // If we're filling in a static method where we used to have an | ||||
15129 | // implicit member access, rewrite to a simple decl ref. | ||||
15130 | if (MemExpr->isImplicitAccess()) { | ||||
15131 | if (cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn)->isStatic()) { | ||||
15132 | DeclRefExpr *DRE = BuildDeclRefExpr( | ||||
15133 | Fn, Fn->getType(), VK_LValue, MemExpr->getNameInfo(), | ||||
15134 | MemExpr->getQualifierLoc(), Found.getDecl(), | ||||
15135 | MemExpr->getTemplateKeywordLoc(), TemplateArgs); | ||||
15136 | DRE->setHadMultipleCandidates(MemExpr->getNumDecls() > 1); | ||||
15137 | return DRE; | ||||
15138 | } else { | ||||
15139 | SourceLocation Loc = MemExpr->getMemberLoc(); | ||||
15140 | if (MemExpr->getQualifier()) | ||||
15141 | Loc = MemExpr->getQualifierLoc().getBeginLoc(); | ||||
15142 | Base = | ||||
15143 | BuildCXXThisExpr(Loc, MemExpr->getBaseType(), /*IsImplicit=*/true); | ||||
15144 | } | ||||
15145 | } else | ||||
15146 | Base = MemExpr->getBase(); | ||||
15147 | |||||
15148 | ExprValueKind valueKind; | ||||
15149 | QualType type; | ||||
15150 | if (cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn)->isStatic()) { | ||||
15151 | valueKind = VK_LValue; | ||||
15152 | type = Fn->getType(); | ||||
15153 | } else { | ||||
15154 | valueKind = VK_RValue; | ||||
15155 | type = Context.BoundMemberTy; | ||||
15156 | } | ||||
15157 | |||||
15158 | return BuildMemberExpr( | ||||
15159 | Base, MemExpr->isArrow(), MemExpr->getOperatorLoc(), | ||||
15160 | MemExpr->getQualifierLoc(), MemExpr->getTemplateKeywordLoc(), Fn, Found, | ||||
15161 | /*HadMultipleCandidates=*/true, MemExpr->getMemberNameInfo(), | ||||
15162 | type, valueKind, OK_Ordinary, TemplateArgs); | ||||
15163 | } | ||||
15164 | |||||
15165 | llvm_unreachable("Invalid reference to overloaded function")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Invalid reference to overloaded function" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 15165); | ||||
15166 | } | ||||
15167 | |||||
15168 | ExprResult Sema::FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult E, | ||||
15169 | DeclAccessPair Found, | ||||
15170 | FunctionDecl *Fn) { | ||||
15171 | return FixOverloadedFunctionReference(E.get(), Found, Fn); | ||||
15172 | } |
1 | //===- DeclCXX.h - Classes for representing C++ declarations --*- C++ -*-=====// |
2 | // |
3 | // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions. |
4 | // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. |
5 | // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception |
6 | // |
7 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
8 | // |
9 | /// \file |
10 | /// Defines the C++ Decl subclasses, other than those for templates |
11 | /// (found in DeclTemplate.h) and friends (in DeclFriend.h). |
12 | // |
13 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
14 | |
15 | #ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_DECLCXX_H |
16 | #define LLVM_CLANG_AST_DECLCXX_H |
17 | |
18 | #include "clang/AST/ASTUnresolvedSet.h" |
19 | #include "clang/AST/Decl.h" |
20 | #include "clang/AST/DeclBase.h" |
21 | #include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" |
22 | #include "clang/AST/Expr.h" |
23 | #include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h" |
24 | #include "clang/AST/LambdaCapture.h" |
25 | #include "clang/AST/NestedNameSpecifier.h" |
26 | #include "clang/AST/Redeclarable.h" |
27 | #include "clang/AST/Stmt.h" |
28 | #include "clang/AST/Type.h" |
29 | #include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" |
30 | #include "clang/AST/UnresolvedSet.h" |
31 | #include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h" |
32 | #include "clang/Basic/Lambda.h" |
33 | #include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h" |
34 | #include "clang/Basic/OperatorKinds.h" |
35 | #include "clang/Basic/SourceLocation.h" |
36 | #include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h" |
37 | #include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h" |
38 | #include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h" |
39 | #include "llvm/ADT/PointerIntPair.h" |
40 | #include "llvm/ADT/PointerUnion.h" |
41 | #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h" |
42 | #include "llvm/ADT/TinyPtrVector.h" |
43 | #include "llvm/ADT/iterator_range.h" |
44 | #include "llvm/Support/Casting.h" |
45 | #include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h" |
46 | #include "llvm/Support/PointerLikeTypeTraits.h" |
47 | #include "llvm/Support/TrailingObjects.h" |
48 | #include <cassert> |
49 | #include <cstddef> |
50 | #include <iterator> |
51 | #include <memory> |
52 | #include <vector> |
53 | |
54 | namespace clang { |
55 | |
56 | class ASTContext; |
57 | class ClassTemplateDecl; |
58 | class ConstructorUsingShadowDecl; |
59 | class CXXBasePath; |
60 | class CXXBasePaths; |
61 | class CXXConstructorDecl; |
62 | class CXXDestructorDecl; |
63 | class CXXFinalOverriderMap; |
64 | class CXXIndirectPrimaryBaseSet; |
65 | class CXXMethodDecl; |
66 | class DecompositionDecl; |
67 | class DiagnosticBuilder; |
68 | class FriendDecl; |
69 | class FunctionTemplateDecl; |
70 | class IdentifierInfo; |
71 | class MemberSpecializationInfo; |
72 | class TemplateDecl; |
73 | class TemplateParameterList; |
74 | class UsingDecl; |
75 | |
76 | /// Represents an access specifier followed by colon ':'. |
77 | /// |
78 | /// An objects of this class represents sugar for the syntactic occurrence |
79 | /// of an access specifier followed by a colon in the list of member |
80 | /// specifiers of a C++ class definition. |
81 | /// |
82 | /// Note that they do not represent other uses of access specifiers, |
83 | /// such as those occurring in a list of base specifiers. |
84 | /// Also note that this class has nothing to do with so-called |
85 | /// "access declarations" (C++98 11.3 [class.access.dcl]). |
86 | class AccessSpecDecl : public Decl { |
87 | /// The location of the ':'. |
88 | SourceLocation ColonLoc; |
89 | |
90 | AccessSpecDecl(AccessSpecifier AS, DeclContext *DC, |
91 | SourceLocation ASLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc) |
92 | : Decl(AccessSpec, DC, ASLoc), ColonLoc(ColonLoc) { |
93 | setAccess(AS); |
94 | } |
95 | |
96 | AccessSpecDecl(EmptyShell Empty) : Decl(AccessSpec, Empty) {} |
97 | |
98 | virtual void anchor(); |
99 | |
100 | public: |
101 | /// The location of the access specifier. |
102 | SourceLocation getAccessSpecifierLoc() const { return getLocation(); } |
103 | |
104 | /// Sets the location of the access specifier. |
105 | void setAccessSpecifierLoc(SourceLocation ASLoc) { setLocation(ASLoc); } |
106 | |
107 | /// The location of the colon following the access specifier. |
108 | SourceLocation getColonLoc() const { return ColonLoc; } |
109 | |
110 | /// Sets the location of the colon. |
111 | void setColonLoc(SourceLocation CLoc) { ColonLoc = CLoc; } |
112 | |
113 | SourceRange getSourceRange() const override LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { |
114 | return SourceRange(getAccessSpecifierLoc(), getColonLoc()); |
115 | } |
116 | |
117 | static AccessSpecDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, AccessSpecifier AS, |
118 | DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation ASLoc, |
119 | SourceLocation ColonLoc) { |
120 | return new (C, DC) AccessSpecDecl(AS, DC, ASLoc, ColonLoc); |
121 | } |
122 | |
123 | static AccessSpecDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID); |
124 | |
125 | // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc. |
126 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
127 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == AccessSpec; } |
128 | }; |
129 | |
130 | /// Represents a base class of a C++ class. |
131 | /// |
132 | /// Each CXXBaseSpecifier represents a single, direct base class (or |
133 | /// struct) of a C++ class (or struct). It specifies the type of that |
134 | /// base class, whether it is a virtual or non-virtual base, and what |
135 | /// level of access (public, protected, private) is used for the |
136 | /// derivation. For example: |
137 | /// |
138 | /// \code |
139 | /// class A { }; |
140 | /// class B { }; |
141 | /// class C : public virtual A, protected B { }; |
142 | /// \endcode |
143 | /// |
144 | /// In this code, C will have two CXXBaseSpecifiers, one for "public |
145 | /// virtual A" and the other for "protected B". |
146 | class CXXBaseSpecifier { |
147 | /// The source code range that covers the full base |
148 | /// specifier, including the "virtual" (if present) and access |
149 | /// specifier (if present). |
150 | SourceRange Range; |
151 | |
152 | /// The source location of the ellipsis, if this is a pack |
153 | /// expansion. |
154 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc; |
155 | |
156 | /// Whether this is a virtual base class or not. |
157 | unsigned Virtual : 1; |
158 | |
159 | /// Whether this is the base of a class (true) or of a struct (false). |
160 | /// |
161 | /// This determines the mapping from the access specifier as written in the |
162 | /// source code to the access specifier used for semantic analysis. |
163 | unsigned BaseOfClass : 1; |
164 | |
165 | /// Access specifier as written in the source code (may be AS_none). |
166 | /// |
167 | /// The actual type of data stored here is an AccessSpecifier, but we use |
168 | /// "unsigned" here to work around a VC++ bug. |
169 | unsigned Access : 2; |
170 | |
171 | /// Whether the class contains a using declaration |
172 | /// to inherit the named class's constructors. |
173 | unsigned InheritConstructors : 1; |
174 | |
175 | /// The type of the base class. |
176 | /// |
177 | /// This will be a class or struct (or a typedef of such). The source code |
178 | /// range does not include the \c virtual or the access specifier. |
179 | TypeSourceInfo *BaseTypeInfo; |
180 | |
181 | public: |
182 | CXXBaseSpecifier() = default; |
183 | CXXBaseSpecifier(SourceRange R, bool V, bool BC, AccessSpecifier A, |
184 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc) |
185 | : Range(R), EllipsisLoc(EllipsisLoc), Virtual(V), BaseOfClass(BC), |
186 | Access(A), InheritConstructors(false), BaseTypeInfo(TInfo) {} |
187 | |
188 | /// Retrieves the source range that contains the entire base specifier. |
189 | SourceRange getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { return Range; } |
190 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { return Range.getBegin(); } |
191 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { return Range.getEnd(); } |
192 | |
193 | /// Get the location at which the base class type was written. |
194 | SourceLocation getBaseTypeLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { |
195 | return BaseTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); |
196 | } |
197 | |
198 | /// Determines whether the base class is a virtual base class (or not). |
199 | bool isVirtual() const { return Virtual; } |
200 | |
201 | /// Determine whether this base class is a base of a class declared |
202 | /// with the 'class' keyword (vs. one declared with the 'struct' keyword). |
203 | bool isBaseOfClass() const { return BaseOfClass; } |
204 | |
205 | /// Determine whether this base specifier is a pack expansion. |
206 | bool isPackExpansion() const { return EllipsisLoc.isValid(); } |
207 | |
208 | /// Determine whether this base class's constructors get inherited. |
209 | bool getInheritConstructors() const { return InheritConstructors; } |
210 | |
211 | /// Set that this base class's constructors should be inherited. |
212 | void setInheritConstructors(bool Inherit = true) { |
213 | InheritConstructors = Inherit; |
214 | } |
215 | |
216 | /// For a pack expansion, determine the location of the ellipsis. |
217 | SourceLocation getEllipsisLoc() const { |
218 | return EllipsisLoc; |
219 | } |
220 | |
221 | /// Returns the access specifier for this base specifier. |
222 | /// |
223 | /// This is the actual base specifier as used for semantic analysis, so |
224 | /// the result can never be AS_none. To retrieve the access specifier as |
225 | /// written in the source code, use getAccessSpecifierAsWritten(). |
226 | AccessSpecifier getAccessSpecifier() const { |
227 | if ((AccessSpecifier)Access == AS_none) |
228 | return BaseOfClass? AS_private : AS_public; |
229 | else |
230 | return (AccessSpecifier)Access; |
231 | } |
232 | |
233 | /// Retrieves the access specifier as written in the source code |
234 | /// (which may mean that no access specifier was explicitly written). |
235 | /// |
236 | /// Use getAccessSpecifier() to retrieve the access specifier for use in |
237 | /// semantic analysis. |
238 | AccessSpecifier getAccessSpecifierAsWritten() const { |
239 | return (AccessSpecifier)Access; |
240 | } |
241 | |
242 | /// Retrieves the type of the base class. |
243 | /// |
244 | /// This type will always be an unqualified class type. |
245 | QualType getType() const { |
246 | return BaseTypeInfo->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); |
247 | } |
248 | |
249 | /// Retrieves the type and source location of the base class. |
250 | TypeSourceInfo *getTypeSourceInfo() const { return BaseTypeInfo; } |
251 | }; |
252 | |
253 | /// Represents a C++ struct/union/class. |
254 | class CXXRecordDecl : public RecordDecl { |
255 | friend class ASTDeclReader; |
256 | friend class ASTDeclWriter; |
257 | friend class ASTNodeImporter; |
258 | friend class ASTReader; |
259 | friend class ASTRecordWriter; |
260 | friend class ASTWriter; |
261 | friend class DeclContext; |
262 | friend class LambdaExpr; |
263 | |
264 | friend void FunctionDecl::setPure(bool); |
265 | friend void TagDecl::startDefinition(); |
266 | |
267 | /// Values used in DefinitionData fields to represent special members. |
268 | enum SpecialMemberFlags { |
269 | SMF_DefaultConstructor = 0x1, |
270 | SMF_CopyConstructor = 0x2, |
271 | SMF_MoveConstructor = 0x4, |
272 | SMF_CopyAssignment = 0x8, |
273 | SMF_MoveAssignment = 0x10, |
274 | SMF_Destructor = 0x20, |
275 | SMF_All = 0x3f |
276 | }; |
277 | |
278 | struct DefinitionData { |
279 | #define FIELD(Name, Width, Merge) \ |
280 | unsigned Name : Width; |
281 | #include "CXXRecordDeclDefinitionBits.def" |
282 | |
283 | /// Whether this class describes a C++ lambda. |
284 | unsigned IsLambda : 1; |
285 | |
286 | /// Whether we are currently parsing base specifiers. |
287 | unsigned IsParsingBaseSpecifiers : 1; |
288 | |
289 | /// True when visible conversion functions are already computed |
290 | /// and are available. |
291 | unsigned ComputedVisibleConversions : 1; |
292 | |
293 | unsigned HasODRHash : 1; |
294 | |
295 | /// A hash of parts of the class to help in ODR checking. |
296 | unsigned ODRHash = 0; |
297 | |
298 | /// The number of base class specifiers in Bases. |
299 | unsigned NumBases = 0; |
300 | |
301 | /// The number of virtual base class specifiers in VBases. |
302 | unsigned NumVBases = 0; |
303 | |
304 | /// Base classes of this class. |
305 | /// |
306 | /// FIXME: This is wasted space for a union. |
307 | LazyCXXBaseSpecifiersPtr Bases; |
308 | |
309 | /// direct and indirect virtual base classes of this class. |
310 | LazyCXXBaseSpecifiersPtr VBases; |
311 | |
312 | /// The conversion functions of this C++ class (but not its |
313 | /// inherited conversion functions). |
314 | /// |
315 | /// Each of the entries in this overload set is a CXXConversionDecl. |
316 | LazyASTUnresolvedSet Conversions; |
317 | |
318 | /// The conversion functions of this C++ class and all those |
319 | /// inherited conversion functions that are visible in this class. |
320 | /// |
321 | /// Each of the entries in this overload set is a CXXConversionDecl or a |
322 | /// FunctionTemplateDecl. |
323 | LazyASTUnresolvedSet VisibleConversions; |
324 | |
325 | /// The declaration which defines this record. |
326 | CXXRecordDecl *Definition; |
327 | |
328 | /// The first friend declaration in this class, or null if there |
329 | /// aren't any. |
330 | /// |
331 | /// This is actually currently stored in reverse order. |
332 | LazyDeclPtr FirstFriend; |
333 | |
334 | DefinitionData(CXXRecordDecl *D); |
335 | |
336 | /// Retrieve the set of direct base classes. |
337 | CXXBaseSpecifier *getBases() const { |
338 | if (!Bases.isOffset()) |
339 | return Bases.get(nullptr); |
340 | return getBasesSlowCase(); |
341 | } |
342 | |
343 | /// Retrieve the set of virtual base classes. |
344 | CXXBaseSpecifier *getVBases() const { |
345 | if (!VBases.isOffset()) |
346 | return VBases.get(nullptr); |
347 | return getVBasesSlowCase(); |
348 | } |
349 | |
350 | ArrayRef<CXXBaseSpecifier> bases() const { |
351 | return llvm::makeArrayRef(getBases(), NumBases); |
352 | } |
353 | |
354 | ArrayRef<CXXBaseSpecifier> vbases() const { |
355 | return llvm::makeArrayRef(getVBases(), NumVBases); |
356 | } |
357 | |
358 | private: |
359 | CXXBaseSpecifier *getBasesSlowCase() const; |
360 | CXXBaseSpecifier *getVBasesSlowCase() const; |
361 | }; |
362 | |
363 | struct DefinitionData *DefinitionData; |
364 | |
365 | /// Describes a C++ closure type (generated by a lambda expression). |
366 | struct LambdaDefinitionData : public DefinitionData { |
367 | using Capture = LambdaCapture; |
368 | |
369 | /// Whether this lambda is known to be dependent, even if its |
370 | /// context isn't dependent. |
371 | /// |
372 | /// A lambda with a non-dependent context can be dependent if it occurs |
373 | /// within the default argument of a function template, because the |
374 | /// lambda will have been created with the enclosing context as its |
375 | /// declaration context, rather than function. This is an unfortunate |
376 | /// artifact of having to parse the default arguments before. |
377 | unsigned Dependent : 1; |
378 | |
379 | /// Whether this lambda is a generic lambda. |
380 | unsigned IsGenericLambda : 1; |
381 | |
382 | /// The Default Capture. |
383 | unsigned CaptureDefault : 2; |
384 | |
385 | /// The number of captures in this lambda is limited 2^NumCaptures. |
386 | unsigned NumCaptures : 15; |
387 | |
388 | /// The number of explicit captures in this lambda. |
389 | unsigned NumExplicitCaptures : 13; |
390 | |
391 | /// Has known `internal` linkage. |
392 | unsigned HasKnownInternalLinkage : 1; |
393 | |
394 | /// The number used to indicate this lambda expression for name |
395 | /// mangling in the Itanium C++ ABI. |
396 | unsigned ManglingNumber : 31; |
397 | |
398 | /// The declaration that provides context for this lambda, if the |
399 | /// actual DeclContext does not suffice. This is used for lambdas that |
400 | /// occur within default arguments of function parameters within the class |
401 | /// or within a data member initializer. |
402 | LazyDeclPtr ContextDecl; |
403 | |
404 | /// The list of captures, both explicit and implicit, for this |
405 | /// lambda. |
406 | Capture *Captures = nullptr; |
407 | |
408 | /// The type of the call method. |
409 | TypeSourceInfo *MethodTyInfo; |
410 | |
411 | LambdaDefinitionData(CXXRecordDecl *D, TypeSourceInfo *Info, bool Dependent, |
412 | bool IsGeneric, LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault) |
413 | : DefinitionData(D), Dependent(Dependent), IsGenericLambda(IsGeneric), |
414 | CaptureDefault(CaptureDefault), NumCaptures(0), |
415 | NumExplicitCaptures(0), HasKnownInternalLinkage(0), ManglingNumber(0), |
416 | MethodTyInfo(Info) { |
417 | IsLambda = true; |
418 | |
419 | // C++1z [expr.prim.lambda]p4: |
420 | // This class type is not an aggregate type. |
421 | Aggregate = false; |
422 | PlainOldData = false; |
423 | } |
424 | }; |
425 | |
426 | struct DefinitionData *dataPtr() const { |
427 | // Complete the redecl chain (if necessary). |
428 | getMostRecentDecl(); |
429 | return DefinitionData; |
430 | } |
431 | |
432 | struct DefinitionData &data() const { |
433 | auto *DD = dataPtr(); |
434 | assert(DD && "queried property of class with no definition")((DD && "queried property of class with no definition" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("DD && \"queried property of class with no definition\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" , 434, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
435 | return *DD; |
436 | } |
437 | |
438 | struct LambdaDefinitionData &getLambdaData() const { |
439 | // No update required: a merged definition cannot change any lambda |
440 | // properties. |
441 | auto *DD = DefinitionData; |
442 | assert(DD && DD->IsLambda && "queried lambda property of non-lambda class")((DD && DD->IsLambda && "queried lambda property of non-lambda class" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("DD && DD->IsLambda && \"queried lambda property of non-lambda class\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" , 442, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
443 | return static_cast<LambdaDefinitionData&>(*DD); |
444 | } |
445 | |
446 | /// The template or declaration that this declaration |
447 | /// describes or was instantiated from, respectively. |
448 | /// |
449 | /// For non-templates, this value will be null. For record |
450 | /// declarations that describe a class template, this will be a |
451 | /// pointer to a ClassTemplateDecl. For member |
452 | /// classes of class template specializations, this will be the |
453 | /// MemberSpecializationInfo referring to the member class that was |
454 | /// instantiated or specialized. |
455 | llvm::PointerUnion<ClassTemplateDecl *, MemberSpecializationInfo *> |
456 | TemplateOrInstantiation; |
457 | |
458 | /// Called from setBases and addedMember to notify the class that a |
459 | /// direct or virtual base class or a member of class type has been added. |
460 | void addedClassSubobject(CXXRecordDecl *Base); |
461 | |
462 | /// Notify the class that member has been added. |
463 | /// |
464 | /// This routine helps maintain information about the class based on which |
465 | /// members have been added. It will be invoked by DeclContext::addDecl() |
466 | /// whenever a member is added to this record. |
467 | void addedMember(Decl *D); |
468 | |
469 | void markedVirtualFunctionPure(); |
470 | |
471 | /// Get the head of our list of friend declarations, possibly |
472 | /// deserializing the friends from an external AST source. |
473 | FriendDecl *getFirstFriend() const; |
474 | |
475 | /// Determine whether this class has an empty base class subobject of type X |
476 | /// or of one of the types that might be at offset 0 within X (per the C++ |
477 | /// "standard layout" rules). |
478 | bool hasSubobjectAtOffsetZeroOfEmptyBaseType(ASTContext &Ctx, |
479 | const CXXRecordDecl *X); |
480 | |
481 | protected: |
482 | CXXRecordDecl(Kind K, TagKind TK, const ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, |
483 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation IdLoc, |
484 | IdentifierInfo *Id, CXXRecordDecl *PrevDecl); |
485 | |
486 | public: |
487 | /// Iterator that traverses the base classes of a class. |
488 | using base_class_iterator = CXXBaseSpecifier *; |
489 | |
490 | /// Iterator that traverses the base classes of a class. |
491 | using base_class_const_iterator = const CXXBaseSpecifier *; |
492 | |
493 | CXXRecordDecl *getCanonicalDecl() override { |
494 | return cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RecordDecl::getCanonicalDecl()); |
495 | } |
496 | |
497 | const CXXRecordDecl *getCanonicalDecl() const { |
498 | return const_cast<CXXRecordDecl*>(this)->getCanonicalDecl(); |
499 | } |
500 | |
501 | CXXRecordDecl *getPreviousDecl() { |
502 | return cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>( |
503 | static_cast<RecordDecl *>(this)->getPreviousDecl()); |
504 | } |
505 | |
506 | const CXXRecordDecl *getPreviousDecl() const { |
507 | return const_cast<CXXRecordDecl*>(this)->getPreviousDecl(); |
508 | } |
509 | |
510 | CXXRecordDecl *getMostRecentDecl() { |
511 | return cast<CXXRecordDecl>( |
512 | static_cast<RecordDecl *>(this)->getMostRecentDecl()); |
513 | } |
514 | |
515 | const CXXRecordDecl *getMostRecentDecl() const { |
516 | return const_cast<CXXRecordDecl*>(this)->getMostRecentDecl(); |
517 | } |
518 | |
519 | CXXRecordDecl *getMostRecentNonInjectedDecl() { |
520 | CXXRecordDecl *Recent = |
521 | static_cast<CXXRecordDecl *>(this)->getMostRecentDecl(); |
522 | while (Recent->isInjectedClassName()) { |
523 | // FIXME: Does injected class name need to be in the redeclarations chain? |
524 | assert(Recent->getPreviousDecl())((Recent->getPreviousDecl()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Recent->getPreviousDecl()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" , 524, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
525 | Recent = Recent->getPreviousDecl(); |
526 | } |
527 | return Recent; |
528 | } |
529 | |
530 | const CXXRecordDecl *getMostRecentNonInjectedDecl() const { |
531 | return const_cast<CXXRecordDecl*>(this)->getMostRecentNonInjectedDecl(); |
532 | } |
533 | |
534 | CXXRecordDecl *getDefinition() const { |
535 | // We only need an update if we don't already know which |
536 | // declaration is the definition. |
537 | auto *DD = DefinitionData ? DefinitionData : dataPtr(); |
538 | return DD ? DD->Definition : nullptr; |
539 | } |
540 | |
541 | bool hasDefinition() const { return DefinitionData || dataPtr(); } |
542 | |
543 | static CXXRecordDecl *Create(const ASTContext &C, TagKind TK, DeclContext *DC, |
544 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation IdLoc, |
545 | IdentifierInfo *Id, |
546 | CXXRecordDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr, |
547 | bool DelayTypeCreation = false); |
548 | static CXXRecordDecl *CreateLambda(const ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, |
549 | TypeSourceInfo *Info, SourceLocation Loc, |
550 | bool DependentLambda, bool IsGeneric, |
551 | LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault); |
552 | static CXXRecordDecl *CreateDeserialized(const ASTContext &C, unsigned ID); |
553 | |
554 | bool isDynamicClass() const { |
555 | return data().Polymorphic || data().NumVBases != 0; |
556 | } |
557 | |
558 | /// @returns true if class is dynamic or might be dynamic because the |
559 | /// definition is incomplete of dependent. |
560 | bool mayBeDynamicClass() const { |
561 | return !hasDefinition() || isDynamicClass() || hasAnyDependentBases(); |
562 | } |
563 | |
564 | /// @returns true if class is non dynamic or might be non dynamic because the |
565 | /// definition is incomplete of dependent. |
566 | bool mayBeNonDynamicClass() const { |
567 | return !hasDefinition() || !isDynamicClass() || hasAnyDependentBases(); |
568 | } |
569 | |
570 | void setIsParsingBaseSpecifiers() { data().IsParsingBaseSpecifiers = true; } |
571 | |
572 | bool isParsingBaseSpecifiers() const { |
573 | return data().IsParsingBaseSpecifiers; |
574 | } |
575 | |
576 | unsigned getODRHash() const; |
577 | |
578 | /// Sets the base classes of this struct or class. |
579 | void setBases(CXXBaseSpecifier const * const *Bases, unsigned NumBases); |
580 | |
581 | /// Retrieves the number of base classes of this class. |
582 | unsigned getNumBases() const { return data().NumBases; } |
583 | |
584 | using base_class_range = llvm::iterator_range<base_class_iterator>; |
585 | using base_class_const_range = |
586 | llvm::iterator_range<base_class_const_iterator>; |
587 | |
588 | base_class_range bases() { |
589 | return base_class_range(bases_begin(), bases_end()); |
590 | } |
591 | base_class_const_range bases() const { |
592 | return base_class_const_range(bases_begin(), bases_end()); |
593 | } |
594 | |
595 | base_class_iterator bases_begin() { return data().getBases(); } |
596 | base_class_const_iterator bases_begin() const { return data().getBases(); } |
597 | base_class_iterator bases_end() { return bases_begin() + data().NumBases; } |
598 | base_class_const_iterator bases_end() const { |
599 | return bases_begin() + data().NumBases; |
600 | } |
601 | |
602 | /// Retrieves the number of virtual base classes of this class. |
603 | unsigned getNumVBases() const { return data().NumVBases; } |
604 | |
605 | base_class_range vbases() { |
606 | return base_class_range(vbases_begin(), vbases_end()); |
607 | } |
608 | base_class_const_range vbases() const { |
609 | return base_class_const_range(vbases_begin(), vbases_end()); |
610 | } |
611 | |
612 | base_class_iterator vbases_begin() { return data().getVBases(); } |
613 | base_class_const_iterator vbases_begin() const { return data().getVBases(); } |
614 | base_class_iterator vbases_end() { return vbases_begin() + data().NumVBases; } |
615 | base_class_const_iterator vbases_end() const { |
616 | return vbases_begin() + data().NumVBases; |
617 | } |
618 | |
619 | /// Determine whether this class has any dependent base classes which |
620 | /// are not the current instantiation. |
621 | bool hasAnyDependentBases() const; |
622 | |
623 | /// Iterator access to method members. The method iterator visits |
624 | /// all method members of the class, including non-instance methods, |
625 | /// special methods, etc. |
626 | using method_iterator = specific_decl_iterator<CXXMethodDecl>; |
627 | using method_range = |
628 | llvm::iterator_range<specific_decl_iterator<CXXMethodDecl>>; |
629 | |
630 | method_range methods() const { |
631 | return method_range(method_begin(), method_end()); |
632 | } |
633 | |
634 | /// Method begin iterator. Iterates in the order the methods |
635 | /// were declared. |
636 | method_iterator method_begin() const { |
637 | return method_iterator(decls_begin()); |
638 | } |
639 | |
640 | /// Method past-the-end iterator. |
641 | method_iterator method_end() const { |
642 | return method_iterator(decls_end()); |
643 | } |
644 | |
645 | /// Iterator access to constructor members. |
646 | using ctor_iterator = specific_decl_iterator<CXXConstructorDecl>; |
647 | using ctor_range = |
648 | llvm::iterator_range<specific_decl_iterator<CXXConstructorDecl>>; |
649 | |
650 | ctor_range ctors() const { return ctor_range(ctor_begin(), ctor_end()); } |
651 | |
652 | ctor_iterator ctor_begin() const { |
653 | return ctor_iterator(decls_begin()); |
654 | } |
655 | |
656 | ctor_iterator ctor_end() const { |
657 | return ctor_iterator(decls_end()); |
658 | } |
659 | |
660 | /// An iterator over friend declarations. All of these are defined |
661 | /// in DeclFriend.h. |
662 | class friend_iterator; |
663 | using friend_range = llvm::iterator_range<friend_iterator>; |
664 | |
665 | friend_range friends() const; |
666 | friend_iterator friend_begin() const; |
667 | friend_iterator friend_end() const; |
668 | void pushFriendDecl(FriendDecl *FD); |
669 | |
670 | /// Determines whether this record has any friends. |
671 | bool hasFriends() const { |
672 | return data().FirstFriend.isValid(); |
673 | } |
674 | |
675 | /// \c true if a defaulted copy constructor for this class would be |
676 | /// deleted. |
677 | bool defaultedCopyConstructorIsDeleted() const { |
678 | assert((!needsOverloadResolutionForCopyConstructor() ||(((!needsOverloadResolutionForCopyConstructor() || (data().DeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_CopyConstructor)) && "this property has not yet been computed by Sema" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(!needsOverloadResolutionForCopyConstructor() || (data().DeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_CopyConstructor)) && \"this property has not yet been computed by Sema\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" , 680, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
679 | (data().DeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_CopyConstructor)) &&(((!needsOverloadResolutionForCopyConstructor() || (data().DeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_CopyConstructor)) && "this property has not yet been computed by Sema" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(!needsOverloadResolutionForCopyConstructor() || (data().DeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_CopyConstructor)) && \"this property has not yet been computed by Sema\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" , 680, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
680 | "this property has not yet been computed by Sema")(((!needsOverloadResolutionForCopyConstructor() || (data().DeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_CopyConstructor)) && "this property has not yet been computed by Sema" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(!needsOverloadResolutionForCopyConstructor() || (data().DeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_CopyConstructor)) && \"this property has not yet been computed by Sema\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" , 680, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
681 | return data().DefaultedCopyConstructorIsDeleted; |
682 | } |
683 | |
684 | /// \c true if a defaulted move constructor for this class would be |
685 | /// deleted. |
686 | bool defaultedMoveConstructorIsDeleted() const { |
687 | assert((!needsOverloadResolutionForMoveConstructor() ||(((!needsOverloadResolutionForMoveConstructor() || (data().DeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_MoveConstructor)) && "this property has not yet been computed by Sema" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(!needsOverloadResolutionForMoveConstructor() || (data().DeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_MoveConstructor)) && \"this property has not yet been computed by Sema\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" , 689, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
688 | (data().DeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_MoveConstructor)) &&(((!needsOverloadResolutionForMoveConstructor() || (data().DeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_MoveConstructor)) && "this property has not yet been computed by Sema" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(!needsOverloadResolutionForMoveConstructor() || (data().DeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_MoveConstructor)) && \"this property has not yet been computed by Sema\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" , 689, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
689 | "this property has not yet been computed by Sema")(((!needsOverloadResolutionForMoveConstructor() || (data().DeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_MoveConstructor)) && "this property has not yet been computed by Sema" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(!needsOverloadResolutionForMoveConstructor() || (data().DeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_MoveConstructor)) && \"this property has not yet been computed by Sema\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" , 689, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
690 | return data().DefaultedMoveConstructorIsDeleted; |
691 | } |
692 | |
693 | /// \c true if a defaulted destructor for this class would be deleted. |
694 | bool defaultedDestructorIsDeleted() const { |
695 | assert((!needsOverloadResolutionForDestructor() ||(((!needsOverloadResolutionForDestructor() || (data().DeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_Destructor)) && "this property has not yet been computed by Sema" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(!needsOverloadResolutionForDestructor() || (data().DeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_Destructor)) && \"this property has not yet been computed by Sema\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" , 697, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
696 | (data().DeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_Destructor)) &&(((!needsOverloadResolutionForDestructor() || (data().DeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_Destructor)) && "this property has not yet been computed by Sema" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(!needsOverloadResolutionForDestructor() || (data().DeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_Destructor)) && \"this property has not yet been computed by Sema\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" , 697, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
697 | "this property has not yet been computed by Sema")(((!needsOverloadResolutionForDestructor() || (data().DeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_Destructor)) && "this property has not yet been computed by Sema" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(!needsOverloadResolutionForDestructor() || (data().DeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_Destructor)) && \"this property has not yet been computed by Sema\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" , 697, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
698 | return data().DefaultedDestructorIsDeleted; |
699 | } |
700 | |
701 | /// \c true if we know for sure that this class has a single, |
702 | /// accessible, unambiguous copy constructor that is not deleted. |
703 | bool hasSimpleCopyConstructor() const { |
704 | return !hasUserDeclaredCopyConstructor() && |
705 | !data().DefaultedCopyConstructorIsDeleted; |
706 | } |
707 | |
708 | /// \c true if we know for sure that this class has a single, |
709 | /// accessible, unambiguous move constructor that is not deleted. |
710 | bool hasSimpleMoveConstructor() const { |
711 | return !hasUserDeclaredMoveConstructor() && hasMoveConstructor() && |
712 | !data().DefaultedMoveConstructorIsDeleted; |
713 | } |
714 | |
715 | /// \c true if we know for sure that this class has a single, |
716 | /// accessible, unambiguous copy assignment operator that is not deleted. |
717 | bool hasSimpleCopyAssignment() const { |
718 | return !hasUserDeclaredCopyAssignment() && |
719 | !data().DefaultedCopyAssignmentIsDeleted; |
720 | } |
721 | |
722 | /// \c true if we know for sure that this class has a single, |
723 | /// accessible, unambiguous move assignment operator that is not deleted. |
724 | bool hasSimpleMoveAssignment() const { |
725 | return !hasUserDeclaredMoveAssignment() && hasMoveAssignment() && |
726 | !data().DefaultedMoveAssignmentIsDeleted; |
727 | } |
728 | |
729 | /// \c true if we know for sure that this class has an accessible |
730 | /// destructor that is not deleted. |
731 | bool hasSimpleDestructor() const { |
732 | return !hasUserDeclaredDestructor() && |
733 | !data().DefaultedDestructorIsDeleted; |
734 | } |
735 | |
736 | /// Determine whether this class has any default constructors. |
737 | bool hasDefaultConstructor() const { |
738 | return (data().DeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_DefaultConstructor) || |
739 | needsImplicitDefaultConstructor(); |
740 | } |
741 | |
742 | /// Determine if we need to declare a default constructor for |
743 | /// this class. |
744 | /// |
745 | /// This value is used for lazy creation of default constructors. |
746 | bool needsImplicitDefaultConstructor() const { |
747 | return (!data().UserDeclaredConstructor && |
748 | !(data().DeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_DefaultConstructor) && |
749 | (!isLambda() || lambdaIsDefaultConstructibleAndAssignable())) || |
750 | // FIXME: Proposed fix to core wording issue: if a class inherits |
751 | // a default constructor and doesn't explicitly declare one, one |
752 | // is declared implicitly. |
753 | (data().HasInheritedDefaultConstructor && |
754 | !(data().DeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_DefaultConstructor)); |
755 | } |
756 | |
757 | /// Determine whether this class has any user-declared constructors. |
758 | /// |
759 | /// When true, a default constructor will not be implicitly declared. |
760 | bool hasUserDeclaredConstructor() const { |
761 | return data().UserDeclaredConstructor; |
762 | } |
763 | |
764 | /// Whether this class has a user-provided default constructor |
765 | /// per C++11. |
766 | bool hasUserProvidedDefaultConstructor() const { |
767 | return data().UserProvidedDefaultConstructor; |
768 | } |
769 | |
770 | /// Determine whether this class has a user-declared copy constructor. |
771 | /// |
772 | /// When false, a copy constructor will be implicitly declared. |
773 | bool hasUserDeclaredCopyConstructor() const { |
774 | return data().UserDeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_CopyConstructor; |
775 | } |
776 | |
777 | /// Determine whether this class needs an implicit copy |
778 | /// constructor to be lazily declared. |
779 | bool needsImplicitCopyConstructor() const { |
780 | return !(data().DeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_CopyConstructor); |
781 | } |
782 | |
783 | /// Determine whether we need to eagerly declare a defaulted copy |
784 | /// constructor for this class. |
785 | bool needsOverloadResolutionForCopyConstructor() const { |
786 | // C++17 [class.copy.ctor]p6: |
787 | // If the class definition declares a move constructor or move assignment |
788 | // operator, the implicitly declared copy constructor is defined as |
789 | // deleted. |
790 | // In MSVC mode, sometimes a declared move assignment does not delete an |
791 | // implicit copy constructor, so defer this choice to Sema. |
792 | if (data().UserDeclaredSpecialMembers & |
793 | (SMF_MoveConstructor | SMF_MoveAssignment)) |
794 | return true; |
795 | return data().NeedOverloadResolutionForCopyConstructor; |
796 | } |
797 | |
798 | /// Determine whether an implicit copy constructor for this type |
799 | /// would have a parameter with a const-qualified reference type. |
800 | bool implicitCopyConstructorHasConstParam() const { |
801 | return data().ImplicitCopyConstructorCanHaveConstParamForNonVBase && |
802 | (isAbstract() || |
803 | data().ImplicitCopyConstructorCanHaveConstParamForVBase); |
804 | } |
805 | |
806 | /// Determine whether this class has a copy constructor with |
807 | /// a parameter type which is a reference to a const-qualified type. |
808 | bool hasCopyConstructorWithConstParam() const { |
809 | return data().HasDeclaredCopyConstructorWithConstParam || |
810 | (needsImplicitCopyConstructor() && |
811 | implicitCopyConstructorHasConstParam()); |
812 | } |
813 | |
814 | /// Whether this class has a user-declared move constructor or |
815 | /// assignment operator. |
816 | /// |
817 | /// When false, a move constructor and assignment operator may be |
818 | /// implicitly declared. |
819 | bool hasUserDeclaredMoveOperation() const { |
820 | return data().UserDeclaredSpecialMembers & |
821 | (SMF_MoveConstructor | SMF_MoveAssignment); |
822 | } |
823 | |
824 | /// Determine whether this class has had a move constructor |
825 | /// declared by the user. |
826 | bool hasUserDeclaredMoveConstructor() const { |
827 | return data().UserDeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_MoveConstructor; |
828 | } |
829 | |
830 | /// Determine whether this class has a move constructor. |
831 | bool hasMoveConstructor() const { |
832 | return (data().DeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_MoveConstructor) || |
833 | needsImplicitMoveConstructor(); |
834 | } |
835 | |
836 | /// Set that we attempted to declare an implicit copy |
837 | /// constructor, but overload resolution failed so we deleted it. |
838 | void setImplicitCopyConstructorIsDeleted() { |
839 | assert((data().DefaultedCopyConstructorIsDeleted ||(((data().DefaultedCopyConstructorIsDeleted || needsOverloadResolutionForCopyConstructor ()) && "Copy constructor should not be deleted") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(data().DefaultedCopyConstructorIsDeleted || needsOverloadResolutionForCopyConstructor()) && \"Copy constructor should not be deleted\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" , 841, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
840 | needsOverloadResolutionForCopyConstructor()) &&(((data().DefaultedCopyConstructorIsDeleted || needsOverloadResolutionForCopyConstructor ()) && "Copy constructor should not be deleted") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(data().DefaultedCopyConstructorIsDeleted || needsOverloadResolutionForCopyConstructor()) && \"Copy constructor should not be deleted\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" , 841, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
841 | "Copy constructor should not be deleted")(((data().DefaultedCopyConstructorIsDeleted || needsOverloadResolutionForCopyConstructor ()) && "Copy constructor should not be deleted") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(data().DefaultedCopyConstructorIsDeleted || needsOverloadResolutionForCopyConstructor()) && \"Copy constructor should not be deleted\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" , 841, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
842 | data().DefaultedCopyConstructorIsDeleted = true; |
843 | } |
844 | |
845 | /// Set that we attempted to declare an implicit move |
846 | /// constructor, but overload resolution failed so we deleted it. |
847 | void setImplicitMoveConstructorIsDeleted() { |
848 | assert((data().DefaultedMoveConstructorIsDeleted ||(((data().DefaultedMoveConstructorIsDeleted || needsOverloadResolutionForMoveConstructor ()) && "move constructor should not be deleted") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(data().DefaultedMoveConstructorIsDeleted || needsOverloadResolutionForMoveConstructor()) && \"move constructor should not be deleted\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" , 850, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
849 | needsOverloadResolutionForMoveConstructor()) &&(((data().DefaultedMoveConstructorIsDeleted || needsOverloadResolutionForMoveConstructor ()) && "move constructor should not be deleted") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(data().DefaultedMoveConstructorIsDeleted || needsOverloadResolutionForMoveConstructor()) && \"move constructor should not be deleted\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" , 850, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
850 | "move constructor should not be deleted")(((data().DefaultedMoveConstructorIsDeleted || needsOverloadResolutionForMoveConstructor ()) && "move constructor should not be deleted") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(data().DefaultedMoveConstructorIsDeleted || needsOverloadResolutionForMoveConstructor()) && \"move constructor should not be deleted\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" , 850, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
851 | data().DefaultedMoveConstructorIsDeleted = true; |
852 | } |
853 | |
854 | /// Set that we attempted to declare an implicit destructor, |
855 | /// but overload resolution failed so we deleted it. |
856 | void setImplicitDestructorIsDeleted() { |
857 | assert((data().DefaultedDestructorIsDeleted ||(((data().DefaultedDestructorIsDeleted || needsOverloadResolutionForDestructor ()) && "destructor should not be deleted") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(data().DefaultedDestructorIsDeleted || needsOverloadResolutionForDestructor()) && \"destructor should not be deleted\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" , 859, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
858 | needsOverloadResolutionForDestructor()) &&(((data().DefaultedDestructorIsDeleted || needsOverloadResolutionForDestructor ()) && "destructor should not be deleted") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(data().DefaultedDestructorIsDeleted || needsOverloadResolutionForDestructor()) && \"destructor should not be deleted\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" , 859, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
859 | "destructor should not be deleted")(((data().DefaultedDestructorIsDeleted || needsOverloadResolutionForDestructor ()) && "destructor should not be deleted") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(data().DefaultedDestructorIsDeleted || needsOverloadResolutionForDestructor()) && \"destructor should not be deleted\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" , 859, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
860 | data().DefaultedDestructorIsDeleted = true; |
861 | } |
862 | |
863 | /// Determine whether this class should get an implicit move |
864 | /// constructor or if any existing special member function inhibits this. |
865 | bool needsImplicitMoveConstructor() const { |
866 | return !(data().DeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_MoveConstructor) && |
867 | !hasUserDeclaredCopyConstructor() && |
868 | !hasUserDeclaredCopyAssignment() && |
869 | !hasUserDeclaredMoveAssignment() && |
870 | !hasUserDeclaredDestructor(); |
871 | } |
872 | |
873 | /// Determine whether we need to eagerly declare a defaulted move |
874 | /// constructor for this class. |
875 | bool needsOverloadResolutionForMoveConstructor() const { |
876 | return data().NeedOverloadResolutionForMoveConstructor; |
877 | } |
878 | |
879 | /// Determine whether this class has a user-declared copy assignment |
880 | /// operator. |
881 | /// |
882 | /// When false, a copy assignment operator will be implicitly declared. |
883 | bool hasUserDeclaredCopyAssignment() const { |
884 | return data().UserDeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_CopyAssignment; |
885 | } |
886 | |
887 | /// Set that we attempted to declare an implicit copy assignment |
888 | /// operator, but overload resolution failed so we deleted it. |
889 | void setImplicitCopyAssignmentIsDeleted() { |
890 | assert((data().DefaultedCopyAssignmentIsDeleted ||(((data().DefaultedCopyAssignmentIsDeleted || needsOverloadResolutionForCopyAssignment ()) && "copy assignment should not be deleted") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(data().DefaultedCopyAssignmentIsDeleted || needsOverloadResolutionForCopyAssignment()) && \"copy assignment should not be deleted\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" , 892, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
891 | needsOverloadResolutionForCopyAssignment()) &&(((data().DefaultedCopyAssignmentIsDeleted || needsOverloadResolutionForCopyAssignment ()) && "copy assignment should not be deleted") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(data().DefaultedCopyAssignmentIsDeleted || needsOverloadResolutionForCopyAssignment()) && \"copy assignment should not be deleted\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" , 892, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
892 | "copy assignment should not be deleted")(((data().DefaultedCopyAssignmentIsDeleted || needsOverloadResolutionForCopyAssignment ()) && "copy assignment should not be deleted") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(data().DefaultedCopyAssignmentIsDeleted || needsOverloadResolutionForCopyAssignment()) && \"copy assignment should not be deleted\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" , 892, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
893 | data().DefaultedCopyAssignmentIsDeleted = true; |
894 | } |
895 | |
896 | /// Determine whether this class needs an implicit copy |
897 | /// assignment operator to be lazily declared. |
898 | bool needsImplicitCopyAssignment() const { |
899 | return !(data().DeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_CopyAssignment); |
900 | } |
901 | |
902 | /// Determine whether we need to eagerly declare a defaulted copy |
903 | /// assignment operator for this class. |
904 | bool needsOverloadResolutionForCopyAssignment() const { |
905 | // C++20 [class.copy.assign]p2: |
906 | // If the class definition declares a move constructor or move assignment |
907 | // operator, the implicitly declared copy assignment operator is defined |
908 | // as deleted. |
909 | // In MSVC mode, sometimes a declared move constructor does not delete an |
910 | // implicit copy assignment, so defer this choice to Sema. |
911 | if (data().UserDeclaredSpecialMembers & |
912 | (SMF_MoveConstructor | SMF_MoveAssignment)) |
913 | return true; |
914 | return data().NeedOverloadResolutionForCopyAssignment; |
915 | } |
916 | |
917 | /// Determine whether an implicit copy assignment operator for this |
918 | /// type would have a parameter with a const-qualified reference type. |
919 | bool implicitCopyAssignmentHasConstParam() const { |
920 | return data().ImplicitCopyAssignmentHasConstParam; |
921 | } |
922 | |
923 | /// Determine whether this class has a copy assignment operator with |
924 | /// a parameter type which is a reference to a const-qualified type or is not |
925 | /// a reference. |
926 | bool hasCopyAssignmentWithConstParam() const { |
927 | return data().HasDeclaredCopyAssignmentWithConstParam || |
928 | (needsImplicitCopyAssignment() && |
929 | implicitCopyAssignmentHasConstParam()); |
930 | } |
931 | |
932 | /// Determine whether this class has had a move assignment |
933 | /// declared by the user. |
934 | bool hasUserDeclaredMoveAssignment() const { |
935 | return data().UserDeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_MoveAssignment; |
936 | } |
937 | |
938 | /// Determine whether this class has a move assignment operator. |
939 | bool hasMoveAssignment() const { |
940 | return (data().DeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_MoveAssignment) || |
941 | needsImplicitMoveAssignment(); |
942 | } |
943 | |
944 | /// Set that we attempted to declare an implicit move assignment |
945 | /// operator, but overload resolution failed so we deleted it. |
946 | void setImplicitMoveAssignmentIsDeleted() { |
947 | assert((data().DefaultedMoveAssignmentIsDeleted ||(((data().DefaultedMoveAssignmentIsDeleted || needsOverloadResolutionForMoveAssignment ()) && "move assignment should not be deleted") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(data().DefaultedMoveAssignmentIsDeleted || needsOverloadResolutionForMoveAssignment()) && \"move assignment should not be deleted\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" , 949, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
948 | needsOverloadResolutionForMoveAssignment()) &&(((data().DefaultedMoveAssignmentIsDeleted || needsOverloadResolutionForMoveAssignment ()) && "move assignment should not be deleted") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(data().DefaultedMoveAssignmentIsDeleted || needsOverloadResolutionForMoveAssignment()) && \"move assignment should not be deleted\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" , 949, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
949 | "move assignment should not be deleted")(((data().DefaultedMoveAssignmentIsDeleted || needsOverloadResolutionForMoveAssignment ()) && "move assignment should not be deleted") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(data().DefaultedMoveAssignmentIsDeleted || needsOverloadResolutionForMoveAssignment()) && \"move assignment should not be deleted\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" , 949, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
950 | data().DefaultedMoveAssignmentIsDeleted = true; |
951 | } |
952 | |
953 | /// Determine whether this class should get an implicit move |
954 | /// assignment operator or if any existing special member function inhibits |
955 | /// this. |
956 | bool needsImplicitMoveAssignment() const { |
957 | return !(data().DeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_MoveAssignment) && |
958 | !hasUserDeclaredCopyConstructor() && |
959 | !hasUserDeclaredCopyAssignment() && |
960 | !hasUserDeclaredMoveConstructor() && |
961 | !hasUserDeclaredDestructor() && |
962 | (!isLambda() || lambdaIsDefaultConstructibleAndAssignable()); |
963 | } |
964 | |
965 | /// Determine whether we need to eagerly declare a move assignment |
966 | /// operator for this class. |
967 | bool needsOverloadResolutionForMoveAssignment() const { |
968 | return data().NeedOverloadResolutionForMoveAssignment; |
969 | } |
970 | |
971 | /// Determine whether this class has a user-declared destructor. |
972 | /// |
973 | /// When false, a destructor will be implicitly declared. |
974 | bool hasUserDeclaredDestructor() const { |
975 | return data().UserDeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_Destructor; |
976 | } |
977 | |
978 | /// Determine whether this class needs an implicit destructor to |
979 | /// be lazily declared. |
980 | bool needsImplicitDestructor() const { |
981 | return !(data().DeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_Destructor); |
982 | } |
983 | |
984 | /// Determine whether we need to eagerly declare a destructor for this |
985 | /// class. |
986 | bool needsOverloadResolutionForDestructor() const { |
987 | return data().NeedOverloadResolutionForDestructor; |
988 | } |
989 | |
990 | /// Determine whether this class describes a lambda function object. |
991 | bool isLambda() const { |
992 | // An update record can't turn a non-lambda into a lambda. |
993 | auto *DD = DefinitionData; |
994 | return DD && DD->IsLambda; |
995 | } |
996 | |
997 | /// Determine whether this class describes a generic |
998 | /// lambda function object (i.e. function call operator is |
999 | /// a template). |
1000 | bool isGenericLambda() const; |
1001 | |
1002 | /// Determine whether this lambda should have an implicit default constructor |
1003 | /// and copy and move assignment operators. |
1004 | bool lambdaIsDefaultConstructibleAndAssignable() const; |
1005 | |
1006 | /// Retrieve the lambda call operator of the closure type |
1007 | /// if this is a closure type. |
1008 | CXXMethodDecl *getLambdaCallOperator() const; |
1009 | |
1010 | /// Retrieve the dependent lambda call operator of the closure type |
1011 | /// if this is a templated closure type. |
1012 | FunctionTemplateDecl *getDependentLambdaCallOperator() const; |
1013 | |
1014 | /// Retrieve the lambda static invoker, the address of which |
1015 | /// is returned by the conversion operator, and the body of which |
1016 | /// is forwarded to the lambda call operator. The version that does not |
1017 | /// take a calling convention uses the 'default' calling convention for free |
1018 | /// functions if the Lambda's calling convention was not modified via |
1019 | /// attribute. Otherwise, it will return the calling convention specified for |
1020 | /// the lambda. |
1021 | CXXMethodDecl *getLambdaStaticInvoker() const; |
1022 | CXXMethodDecl *getLambdaStaticInvoker(CallingConv CC) const; |
1023 | |
1024 | /// Retrieve the generic lambda's template parameter list. |
1025 | /// Returns null if the class does not represent a lambda or a generic |
1026 | /// lambda. |
1027 | TemplateParameterList *getGenericLambdaTemplateParameterList() const; |
1028 | |
1029 | /// Retrieve the lambda template parameters that were specified explicitly. |
1030 | ArrayRef<NamedDecl *> getLambdaExplicitTemplateParameters() const; |
1031 | |
1032 | LambdaCaptureDefault getLambdaCaptureDefault() const { |
1033 | assert(isLambda())((isLambda()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ( "isLambda()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" , 1033, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1034 | return static_cast<LambdaCaptureDefault>(getLambdaData().CaptureDefault); |
1035 | } |
1036 | |
1037 | /// Set the captures for this lambda closure type. |
1038 | void setCaptures(ASTContext &Context, ArrayRef<LambdaCapture> Captures); |
1039 | |
1040 | /// For a closure type, retrieve the mapping from captured |
1041 | /// variables and \c this to the non-static data members that store the |
1042 | /// values or references of the captures. |
1043 | /// |
1044 | /// \param Captures Will be populated with the mapping from captured |
1045 | /// variables to the corresponding fields. |
1046 | /// |
1047 | /// \param ThisCapture Will be set to the field declaration for the |
1048 | /// \c this capture. |
1049 | /// |
1050 | /// \note No entries will be added for init-captures, as they do not capture |
1051 | /// variables. |
1052 | void getCaptureFields(llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl *, FieldDecl *> &Captures, |
1053 | FieldDecl *&ThisCapture) const; |
1054 | |
1055 | using capture_const_iterator = const LambdaCapture *; |
1056 | using capture_const_range = llvm::iterator_range<capture_const_iterator>; |
1057 | |
1058 | capture_const_range captures() const { |
1059 | return capture_const_range(captures_begin(), captures_end()); |
1060 | } |
1061 | |
1062 | capture_const_iterator captures_begin() const { |
1063 | return isLambda() ? getLambdaData().Captures : nullptr; |
1064 | } |
1065 | |
1066 | capture_const_iterator captures_end() const { |
1067 | return isLambda() ? captures_begin() + getLambdaData().NumCaptures |
1068 | : nullptr; |
1069 | } |
1070 | |
1071 | unsigned capture_size() const { return getLambdaData().NumCaptures; } |
1072 | |
1073 | using conversion_iterator = UnresolvedSetIterator; |
1074 | |
1075 | conversion_iterator conversion_begin() const { |
1076 | return data().Conversions.get(getASTContext()).begin(); |
1077 | } |
1078 | |
1079 | conversion_iterator conversion_end() const { |
1080 | return data().Conversions.get(getASTContext()).end(); |
1081 | } |
1082 | |
1083 | /// Removes a conversion function from this class. The conversion |
1084 | /// function must currently be a member of this class. Furthermore, |
1085 | /// this class must currently be in the process of being defined. |
1086 | void removeConversion(const NamedDecl *Old); |
1087 | |
1088 | /// Get all conversion functions visible in current class, |
1089 | /// including conversion function templates. |
1090 | llvm::iterator_range<conversion_iterator> |
1091 | getVisibleConversionFunctions() const; |
1092 | |
1093 | /// Determine whether this class is an aggregate (C++ [dcl.init.aggr]), |
1094 | /// which is a class with no user-declared constructors, no private |
1095 | /// or protected non-static data members, no base classes, and no virtual |
1096 | /// functions (C++ [dcl.init.aggr]p1). |
1097 | bool isAggregate() const { return data().Aggregate; } |
1098 | |
1099 | /// Whether this class has any in-class initializers |
1100 | /// for non-static data members (including those in anonymous unions or |
1101 | /// structs). |
1102 | bool hasInClassInitializer() const { return data().HasInClassInitializer; } |
1103 | |
1104 | /// Whether this class or any of its subobjects has any members of |
1105 | /// reference type which would make value-initialization ill-formed. |
1106 | /// |
1107 | /// Per C++03 [dcl.init]p5: |
1108 | /// - if T is a non-union class type without a user-declared constructor, |
1109 | /// then every non-static data member and base-class component of T is |
1110 | /// value-initialized [...] A program that calls for [...] |
1111 | /// value-initialization of an entity of reference type is ill-formed. |
1112 | bool hasUninitializedReferenceMember() const { |
1113 | return !isUnion() && !hasUserDeclaredConstructor() && |
1114 | data().HasUninitializedReferenceMember; |
1115 | } |
1116 | |
1117 | /// Whether this class is a POD-type (C++ [class]p4) |
1118 | /// |
1119 | /// For purposes of this function a class is POD if it is an aggregate |
1120 | /// that has no non-static non-POD data members, no reference data |
1121 | /// members, no user-defined copy assignment operator and no |
1122 | /// user-defined destructor. |
1123 | /// |
1124 | /// Note that this is the C++ TR1 definition of POD. |
1125 | bool isPOD() const { return data().PlainOldData; } |
1126 | |
1127 | /// True if this class is C-like, without C++-specific features, e.g. |
1128 | /// it contains only public fields, no bases, tag kind is not 'class', etc. |
1129 | bool isCLike() const; |
1130 | |
1131 | /// Determine whether this is an empty class in the sense of |
1132 | /// (C++11 [meta.unary.prop]). |
1133 | /// |
1134 | /// The CXXRecordDecl is a class type, but not a union type, |
1135 | /// with no non-static data members other than bit-fields of length 0, |
1136 | /// no virtual member functions, no virtual base classes, |
1137 | /// and no base class B for which is_empty<B>::value is false. |
1138 | /// |
1139 | /// \note This does NOT include a check for union-ness. |
1140 | bool isEmpty() const { return data().Empty; } |
1141 | |
1142 | bool hasPrivateFields() const { |
1143 | return data().HasPrivateFields; |
1144 | } |
1145 | |
1146 | bool hasProtectedFields() const { |
1147 | return data().HasProtectedFields; |
1148 | } |
1149 | |
1150 | /// Determine whether this class has direct non-static data members. |
1151 | bool hasDirectFields() const { |
1152 | auto &D = data(); |
1153 | return D.HasPublicFields || D.HasProtectedFields || D.HasPrivateFields; |
1154 | } |
1155 | |
1156 | /// Whether this class is polymorphic (C++ [class.virtual]), |
1157 | /// which means that the class contains or inherits a virtual function. |
1158 | bool isPolymorphic() const { return data().Polymorphic; } |
1159 | |
1160 | /// Determine whether this class has a pure virtual function. |
1161 | /// |
1162 | /// The class is is abstract per (C++ [class.abstract]p2) if it declares |
1163 | /// a pure virtual function or inherits a pure virtual function that is |
1164 | /// not overridden. |
1165 | bool isAbstract() const { return data().Abstract; } |
1166 | |
1167 | /// Determine whether this class is standard-layout per |
1168 | /// C++ [class]p7. |
1169 | bool isStandardLayout() const { return data().IsStandardLayout; } |
1170 | |
1171 | /// Determine whether this class was standard-layout per |
1172 | /// C++11 [class]p7, specifically using the C++11 rules without any DRs. |
1173 | bool isCXX11StandardLayout() const { return data().IsCXX11StandardLayout; } |
1174 | |
1175 | /// Determine whether this class, or any of its class subobjects, |
1176 | /// contains a mutable field. |
1177 | bool hasMutableFields() const { return data().HasMutableFields; } |
1178 | |
1179 | /// Determine whether this class has any variant members. |
1180 | bool hasVariantMembers() const { return data().HasVariantMembers; } |
1181 | |
1182 | /// Determine whether this class has a trivial default constructor |
1183 | /// (C++11 [class.ctor]p5). |
1184 | bool hasTrivialDefaultConstructor() const { |
1185 | return hasDefaultConstructor() && |
1186 | (data().HasTrivialSpecialMembers & SMF_DefaultConstructor); |
1187 | } |
1188 | |
1189 | /// Determine whether this class has a non-trivial default constructor |
1190 | /// (C++11 [class.ctor]p5). |
1191 | bool hasNonTrivialDefaultConstructor() const { |
1192 | return (data().DeclaredNonTrivialSpecialMembers & SMF_DefaultConstructor) || |
1193 | (needsImplicitDefaultConstructor() && |
1194 | !(data().HasTrivialSpecialMembers & SMF_DefaultConstructor)); |
1195 | } |
1196 | |
1197 | /// Determine whether this class has at least one constexpr constructor |
1198 | /// other than the copy or move constructors. |
1199 | bool hasConstexprNonCopyMoveConstructor() const { |
1200 | return data().HasConstexprNonCopyMoveConstructor || |
1201 | (needsImplicitDefaultConstructor() && |
1202 | defaultedDefaultConstructorIsConstexpr()); |
1203 | } |
1204 | |
1205 | /// Determine whether a defaulted default constructor for this class |
1206 | /// would be constexpr. |
1207 | bool defaultedDefaultConstructorIsConstexpr() const { |
1208 | return data().DefaultedDefaultConstructorIsConstexpr && |
1209 | (!isUnion() || hasInClassInitializer() || !hasVariantMembers() || |
1210 | getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20); |
1211 | } |
1212 | |
1213 | /// Determine whether this class has a constexpr default constructor. |
1214 | bool hasConstexprDefaultConstructor() const { |
1215 | return data().HasConstexprDefaultConstructor || |
1216 | (needsImplicitDefaultConstructor() && |
1217 | defaultedDefaultConstructorIsConstexpr()); |
1218 | } |
1219 | |
1220 | /// Determine whether this class has a trivial copy constructor |
1221 | /// (C++ [class.copy]p6, C++11 [class.copy]p12) |
1222 | bool hasTrivialCopyConstructor() const { |
1223 | return data().HasTrivialSpecialMembers & SMF_CopyConstructor; |
1224 | } |
1225 | |
1226 | bool hasTrivialCopyConstructorForCall() const { |
1227 | return data().HasTrivialSpecialMembersForCall & SMF_CopyConstructor; |
1228 | } |
1229 | |
1230 | /// Determine whether this class has a non-trivial copy constructor |
1231 | /// (C++ [class.copy]p6, C++11 [class.copy]p12) |
1232 | bool hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor() const { |
1233 | return data().DeclaredNonTrivialSpecialMembers & SMF_CopyConstructor || |
1234 | !hasTrivialCopyConstructor(); |
1235 | } |
1236 | |
1237 | bool hasNonTrivialCopyConstructorForCall() const { |
1238 | return (data().DeclaredNonTrivialSpecialMembersForCall & |
1239 | SMF_CopyConstructor) || |
1240 | !hasTrivialCopyConstructorForCall(); |
1241 | } |
1242 | |
1243 | /// Determine whether this class has a trivial move constructor |
1244 | /// (C++11 [class.copy]p12) |
1245 | bool hasTrivialMoveConstructor() const { |
1246 | return hasMoveConstructor() && |
1247 | (data().HasTrivialSpecialMembers & SMF_MoveConstructor); |
1248 | } |
1249 | |
1250 | bool hasTrivialMoveConstructorForCall() const { |
1251 | return hasMoveConstructor() && |
1252 | (data().HasTrivialSpecialMembersForCall & SMF_MoveConstructor); |
1253 | } |
1254 | |
1255 | /// Determine whether this class has a non-trivial move constructor |
1256 | /// (C++11 [class.copy]p12) |
1257 | bool hasNonTrivialMoveConstructor() const { |
1258 | return (data().DeclaredNonTrivialSpecialMembers & SMF_MoveConstructor) || |
1259 | (needsImplicitMoveConstructor() && |
1260 | !(data().HasTrivialSpecialMembers & SMF_MoveConstructor)); |
1261 | } |
1262 | |
1263 | bool hasNonTrivialMoveConstructorForCall() const { |
1264 | return (data().DeclaredNonTrivialSpecialMembersForCall & |
1265 | SMF_MoveConstructor) || |
1266 | (needsImplicitMoveConstructor() && |
1267 | !(data().HasTrivialSpecialMembersForCall & SMF_MoveConstructor)); |
1268 | } |
1269 | |
1270 | /// Determine whether this class has a trivial copy assignment operator |
1271 | /// (C++ [class.copy]p11, C++11 [class.copy]p25) |
1272 | bool hasTrivialCopyAssignment() const { |
1273 | return data().HasTrivialSpecialMembers & SMF_CopyAssignment; |
1274 | } |
1275 | |
1276 | /// Determine whether this class has a non-trivial copy assignment |
1277 | /// operator (C++ [class.copy]p11, C++11 [class.copy]p25) |
1278 | bool hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment() const { |
1279 | return data().DeclaredNonTrivialSpecialMembers & SMF_CopyAssignment || |
1280 | !hasTrivialCopyAssignment(); |
1281 | } |
1282 | |
1283 | /// Determine whether this class has a trivial move assignment operator |
1284 | /// (C++11 [class.copy]p25) |
1285 | bool hasTrivialMoveAssignment() const { |
1286 | return hasMoveAssignment() && |
1287 | (data().HasTrivialSpecialMembers & SMF_MoveAssignment); |
1288 | } |
1289 | |
1290 | /// Determine whether this class has a non-trivial move assignment |
1291 | /// operator (C++11 [class.copy]p25) |
1292 | bool hasNonTrivialMoveAssignment() const { |
1293 | return (data().DeclaredNonTrivialSpecialMembers & SMF_MoveAssignment) || |
1294 | (needsImplicitMoveAssignment() && |
1295 | !(data().HasTrivialSpecialMembers & SMF_MoveAssignment)); |
1296 | } |
1297 | |
1298 | /// Determine whether a defaulted default constructor for this class |
1299 | /// would be constexpr. |
1300 | bool defaultedDestructorIsConstexpr() const { |
1301 | return data().DefaultedDestructorIsConstexpr && |
1302 | getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20; |
1303 | } |
1304 | |
1305 | /// Determine whether this class has a constexpr destructor. |
1306 | bool hasConstexprDestructor() const; |
1307 | |
1308 | /// Determine whether this class has a trivial destructor |
1309 | /// (C++ [class.dtor]p3) |
1310 | bool hasTrivialDestructor() const { |
1311 | return data().HasTrivialSpecialMembers & SMF_Destructor; |
1312 | } |
1313 | |
1314 | bool hasTrivialDestructorForCall() const { |
1315 | return data().HasTrivialSpecialMembersForCall & SMF_Destructor; |
1316 | } |
1317 | |
1318 | /// Determine whether this class has a non-trivial destructor |
1319 | /// (C++ [class.dtor]p3) |
1320 | bool hasNonTrivialDestructor() const { |
1321 | return !(data().HasTrivialSpecialMembers & SMF_Destructor); |
1322 | } |
1323 | |
1324 | bool hasNonTrivialDestructorForCall() const { |
1325 | return !(data().HasTrivialSpecialMembersForCall & SMF_Destructor); |
1326 | } |
1327 | |
1328 | void setHasTrivialSpecialMemberForCall() { |
1329 | data().HasTrivialSpecialMembersForCall = |
1330 | (SMF_CopyConstructor | SMF_MoveConstructor | SMF_Destructor); |
1331 | } |
1332 | |
1333 | /// Determine whether declaring a const variable with this type is ok |
1334 | /// per core issue 253. |
1335 | bool allowConstDefaultInit() const { |
1336 | return !data().HasUninitializedFields || |
1337 | !(data().HasDefaultedDefaultConstructor || |
1338 | needsImplicitDefaultConstructor()); |
1339 | } |
1340 | |
1341 | /// Determine whether this class has a destructor which has no |
1342 | /// semantic effect. |
1343 | /// |
1344 | /// Any such destructor will be trivial, public, defaulted and not deleted, |
1345 | /// and will call only irrelevant destructors. |
1346 | bool hasIrrelevantDestructor() const { |
1347 | return data().HasIrrelevantDestructor; |
1348 | } |
1349 | |
1350 | /// Determine whether this class has a non-literal or/ volatile type |
1351 | /// non-static data member or base class. |
1352 | bool hasNonLiteralTypeFieldsOrBases() const { |
1353 | return data().HasNonLiteralTypeFieldsOrBases; |
1354 | } |
1355 | |
1356 | /// Determine whether this class has a using-declaration that names |
1357 | /// a user-declared base class constructor. |
1358 | bool hasInheritedConstructor() const { |
1359 | return data().HasInheritedConstructor; |
1360 | } |
1361 | |
1362 | /// Determine whether this class has a using-declaration that names |
1363 | /// a base class assignment operator. |
1364 | bool hasInheritedAssignment() const { |
1365 | return data().HasInheritedAssignment; |
1366 | } |
1367 | |
1368 | /// Determine whether this class is considered trivially copyable per |
1369 | /// (C++11 [class]p6). |
1370 | bool isTriviallyCopyable() const; |
1371 | |
1372 | /// Determine whether this class is considered trivial. |
1373 | /// |
1374 | /// C++11 [class]p6: |
1375 | /// "A trivial class is a class that has a trivial default constructor and |
1376 | /// is trivially copyable." |
1377 | bool isTrivial() const { |
1378 | return isTriviallyCopyable() && hasTrivialDefaultConstructor(); |
1379 | } |
1380 | |
1381 | /// Determine whether this class is a literal type. |
1382 | /// |
1383 | /// C++11 [basic.types]p10: |
1384 | /// A class type that has all the following properties: |
1385 | /// - it has a trivial destructor |
1386 | /// - every constructor call and full-expression in the |
1387 | /// brace-or-equal-intializers for non-static data members (if any) is |
1388 | /// a constant expression. |
1389 | /// - it is an aggregate type or has at least one constexpr constructor |
1390 | /// or constructor template that is not a copy or move constructor, and |
1391 | /// - all of its non-static data members and base classes are of literal |
1392 | /// types |
1393 | /// |
1394 | /// We resolve DR1361 by ignoring the second bullet. We resolve DR1452 by |
1395 | /// treating types with trivial default constructors as literal types. |
1396 | /// |
1397 | /// Only in C++17 and beyond, are lambdas literal types. |
1398 | bool isLiteral() const { |
1399 | const LangOptions &LangOpts = getLangOpts(); |
1400 | return (LangOpts.CPlusPlus20 ? hasConstexprDestructor() |
1401 | : hasTrivialDestructor()) && |
1402 | (!isLambda() || LangOpts.CPlusPlus17) && |
1403 | !hasNonLiteralTypeFieldsOrBases() && |
1404 | (isAggregate() || isLambda() || |
1405 | hasConstexprNonCopyMoveConstructor() || |
1406 | hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()); |
1407 | } |
1408 | |
1409 | /// Determine whether this is a structural type. |
1410 | bool isStructural() const { |
1411 | return isLiteral() && data().StructuralIfLiteral; |
1412 | } |
1413 | |
1414 | /// If this record is an instantiation of a member class, |
1415 | /// retrieves the member class from which it was instantiated. |
1416 | /// |
1417 | /// This routine will return non-null for (non-templated) member |
1418 | /// classes of class templates. For example, given: |
1419 | /// |
1420 | /// \code |
1421 | /// template<typename T> |
1422 | /// struct X { |
1423 | /// struct A { }; |
1424 | /// }; |
1425 | /// \endcode |
1426 | /// |
1427 | /// The declaration for X<int>::A is a (non-templated) CXXRecordDecl |
1428 | /// whose parent is the class template specialization X<int>. For |
1429 | /// this declaration, getInstantiatedFromMemberClass() will return |
1430 | /// the CXXRecordDecl X<T>::A. When a complete definition of |
1431 | /// X<int>::A is required, it will be instantiated from the |
1432 | /// declaration returned by getInstantiatedFromMemberClass(). |
1433 | CXXRecordDecl *getInstantiatedFromMemberClass() const; |
1434 | |
1435 | /// If this class is an instantiation of a member class of a |
1436 | /// class template specialization, retrieves the member specialization |
1437 | /// information. |
1438 | MemberSpecializationInfo *getMemberSpecializationInfo() const; |
1439 | |
1440 | /// Specify that this record is an instantiation of the |
1441 | /// member class \p RD. |
1442 | void setInstantiationOfMemberClass(CXXRecordDecl *RD, |
1443 | TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); |
1444 | |
1445 | /// Retrieves the class template that is described by this |
1446 | /// class declaration. |
1447 | /// |
1448 | /// Every class template is represented as a ClassTemplateDecl and a |
1449 | /// CXXRecordDecl. The former contains template properties (such as |
1450 | /// the template parameter lists) while the latter contains the |
1451 | /// actual description of the template's |
1452 | /// contents. ClassTemplateDecl::getTemplatedDecl() retrieves the |
1453 | /// CXXRecordDecl that from a ClassTemplateDecl, while |
1454 | /// getDescribedClassTemplate() retrieves the ClassTemplateDecl from |
1455 | /// a CXXRecordDecl. |
1456 | ClassTemplateDecl *getDescribedClassTemplate() const; |
1457 | |
1458 | void setDescribedClassTemplate(ClassTemplateDecl *Template); |
1459 | |
1460 | /// Determine whether this particular class is a specialization or |
1461 | /// instantiation of a class template or member class of a class template, |
1462 | /// and how it was instantiated or specialized. |
1463 | TemplateSpecializationKind getTemplateSpecializationKind() const; |
1464 | |
1465 | /// Set the kind of specialization or template instantiation this is. |
1466 | void setTemplateSpecializationKind(TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); |
1467 | |
1468 | /// Retrieve the record declaration from which this record could be |
1469 | /// instantiated. Returns null if this class is not a template instantiation. |
1470 | const CXXRecordDecl *getTemplateInstantiationPattern() const; |
1471 | |
1472 | CXXRecordDecl *getTemplateInstantiationPattern() { |
1473 | return const_cast<CXXRecordDecl *>(const_cast<const CXXRecordDecl *>(this) |
1474 | ->getTemplateInstantiationPattern()); |
1475 | } |
1476 | |
1477 | /// Returns the destructor decl for this class. |
1478 | CXXDestructorDecl *getDestructor() const; |
1479 | |
1480 | /// Returns true if the class destructor, or any implicitly invoked |
1481 | /// destructors are marked noreturn. |
1482 | bool isAnyDestructorNoReturn() const; |
1483 | |
1484 | /// If the class is a local class [class.local], returns |
1485 | /// the enclosing function declaration. |
1486 | const FunctionDecl *isLocalClass() const { |
1487 | if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(getDeclContext())) |
1488 | return RD->isLocalClass(); |
1489 | |
1490 | return dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(getDeclContext()); |
1491 | } |
1492 | |
1493 | FunctionDecl *isLocalClass() { |
1494 | return const_cast<FunctionDecl*>( |
1495 | const_cast<const CXXRecordDecl*>(this)->isLocalClass()); |
1496 | } |
1497 | |
1498 | /// Determine whether this dependent class is a current instantiation, |
1499 | /// when viewed from within the given context. |
1500 | bool isCurrentInstantiation(const DeclContext *CurContext) const; |
1501 | |
1502 | /// Determine whether this class is derived from the class \p Base. |
1503 | /// |
1504 | /// This routine only determines whether this class is derived from \p Base, |
1505 | /// but does not account for factors that may make a Derived -> Base class |
1506 | /// ill-formed, such as private/protected inheritance or multiple, ambiguous |
1507 | /// base class subobjects. |
1508 | /// |
1509 | /// \param Base the base class we are searching for. |
1510 | /// |
1511 | /// \returns true if this class is derived from Base, false otherwise. |
1512 | bool isDerivedFrom(const CXXRecordDecl *Base) const; |
1513 | |
1514 | /// Determine whether this class is derived from the type \p Base. |
1515 | /// |
1516 | /// This routine only determines whether this class is derived from \p Base, |
1517 | /// but does not account for factors that may make a Derived -> Base class |
1518 | /// ill-formed, such as private/protected inheritance or multiple, ambiguous |
1519 | /// base class subobjects. |
1520 | /// |
1521 | /// \param Base the base class we are searching for. |
1522 | /// |
1523 | /// \param Paths will contain the paths taken from the current class to the |
1524 | /// given \p Base class. |
1525 | /// |
1526 | /// \returns true if this class is derived from \p Base, false otherwise. |
1527 | /// |
1528 | /// \todo add a separate parameter to configure IsDerivedFrom, rather than |
1529 | /// tangling input and output in \p Paths |
1530 | bool isDerivedFrom(const CXXRecordDecl *Base, CXXBasePaths &Paths) const; |
1531 | |
1532 | /// Determine whether this class is virtually derived from |
1533 | /// the class \p Base. |
1534 | /// |
1535 | /// This routine only determines whether this class is virtually |
1536 | /// derived from \p Base, but does not account for factors that may |
1537 | /// make a Derived -> Base class ill-formed, such as |
1538 | /// private/protected inheritance or multiple, ambiguous base class |
1539 | /// subobjects. |
1540 | /// |
1541 | /// \param Base the base class we are searching for. |
1542 | /// |
1543 | /// \returns true if this class is virtually derived from Base, |
1544 | /// false otherwise. |
1545 | bool isVirtuallyDerivedFrom(const CXXRecordDecl *Base) const; |
1546 | |
1547 | /// Determine whether this class is provably not derived from |
1548 | /// the type \p Base. |
1549 | bool isProvablyNotDerivedFrom(const CXXRecordDecl *Base) const; |
1550 | |
1551 | /// Function type used by forallBases() as a callback. |
1552 | /// |
1553 | /// \param BaseDefinition the definition of the base class |
1554 | /// |
1555 | /// \returns true if this base matched the search criteria |
1556 | using ForallBasesCallback = |
1557 | llvm::function_ref<bool(const CXXRecordDecl *BaseDefinition)>; |
1558 | |
1559 | /// Determines if the given callback holds for all the direct |
1560 | /// or indirect base classes of this type. |
1561 | /// |
1562 | /// The class itself does not count as a base class. This routine |
1563 | /// returns false if the class has non-computable base classes. |
1564 | /// |
1565 | /// \param BaseMatches Callback invoked for each (direct or indirect) base |
1566 | /// class of this type until a call returns false. |
1567 | bool forallBases(ForallBasesCallback BaseMatches) const; |
1568 | |
1569 | /// Function type used by lookupInBases() to determine whether a |
1570 | /// specific base class subobject matches the lookup criteria. |
1571 | /// |
1572 | /// \param Specifier the base-class specifier that describes the inheritance |
1573 | /// from the base class we are trying to match. |
1574 | /// |
1575 | /// \param Path the current path, from the most-derived class down to the |
1576 | /// base named by the \p Specifier. |
1577 | /// |
1578 | /// \returns true if this base matched the search criteria, false otherwise. |
1579 | using BaseMatchesCallback = |
1580 | llvm::function_ref<bool(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, |
1581 | CXXBasePath &Path)>; |
1582 | |
1583 | /// Look for entities within the base classes of this C++ class, |
1584 | /// transitively searching all base class subobjects. |
1585 | /// |
1586 | /// This routine uses the callback function \p BaseMatches to find base |
1587 | /// classes meeting some search criteria, walking all base class subobjects |
1588 | /// and populating the given \p Paths structure with the paths through the |
1589 | /// inheritance hierarchy that resulted in a match. On a successful search, |
1590 | /// the \p Paths structure can be queried to retrieve the matching paths and |
1591 | /// to determine if there were any ambiguities. |
1592 | /// |
1593 | /// \param BaseMatches callback function used to determine whether a given |
1594 | /// base matches the user-defined search criteria. |
1595 | /// |
1596 | /// \param Paths used to record the paths from this class to its base class |
1597 | /// subobjects that match the search criteria. |
1598 | /// |
1599 | /// \param LookupInDependent can be set to true to extend the search to |
1600 | /// dependent base classes. |
1601 | /// |
1602 | /// \returns true if there exists any path from this class to a base class |
1603 | /// subobject that matches the search criteria. |
1604 | bool lookupInBases(BaseMatchesCallback BaseMatches, CXXBasePaths &Paths, |
1605 | bool LookupInDependent = false) const; |
1606 | |
1607 | /// Base-class lookup callback that determines whether the given |
1608 | /// base class specifier refers to a specific class declaration. |
1609 | /// |
1610 | /// This callback can be used with \c lookupInBases() to determine whether |
1611 | /// a given derived class has is a base class subobject of a particular type. |
1612 | /// The base record pointer should refer to the canonical CXXRecordDecl of the |
1613 | /// base class that we are searching for. |
1614 | static bool FindBaseClass(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, |
1615 | CXXBasePath &Path, const CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecord); |
1616 | |
1617 | /// Base-class lookup callback that determines whether the |
1618 | /// given base class specifier refers to a specific class |
1619 | /// declaration and describes virtual derivation. |
1620 | /// |
1621 | /// This callback can be used with \c lookupInBases() to determine |
1622 | /// whether a given derived class has is a virtual base class |
1623 | /// subobject of a particular type. The base record pointer should |
1624 | /// refer to the canonical CXXRecordDecl of the base class that we |
1625 | /// are searching for. |
1626 | static bool FindVirtualBaseClass(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, |
1627 | CXXBasePath &Path, |
1628 | const CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecord); |
1629 | |
1630 | /// Retrieve the final overriders for each virtual member |
1631 | /// function in the class hierarchy where this class is the |
1632 | /// most-derived class in the class hierarchy. |
1633 | void getFinalOverriders(CXXFinalOverriderMap &FinaOverriders) const; |
1634 | |
1635 | /// Get the indirect primary bases for this class. |
1636 | void getIndirectPrimaryBases(CXXIndirectPrimaryBaseSet& Bases) const; |
1637 | |
1638 | /// Determine whether this class has a member with the given name, possibly |
1639 | /// in a non-dependent base class. |
1640 | /// |
1641 | /// No check for ambiguity is performed, so this should never be used when |
1642 | /// implementing language semantics, but it may be appropriate for warnings, |
1643 | /// static analysis, or similar. |
1644 | bool hasMemberName(DeclarationName N) const; |
1645 | |
1646 | /// Performs an imprecise lookup of a dependent name in this class. |
1647 | /// |
1648 | /// This function does not follow strict semantic rules and should be used |
1649 | /// only when lookup rules can be relaxed, e.g. indexing. |
1650 | std::vector<const NamedDecl *> |
1651 | lookupDependentName(DeclarationName Name, |
1652 | llvm::function_ref<bool(const NamedDecl *ND)> Filter); |
1653 | |
1654 | /// Renders and displays an inheritance diagram |
1655 | /// for this C++ class and all of its base classes (transitively) using |
1656 | /// GraphViz. |
1657 | void viewInheritance(ASTContext& Context) const; |
1658 | |
1659 | /// Calculates the access of a decl that is reached |
1660 | /// along a path. |
1661 | static AccessSpecifier MergeAccess(AccessSpecifier PathAccess, |
1662 | AccessSpecifier DeclAccess) { |
1663 | assert(DeclAccess != AS_none)((DeclAccess != AS_none) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("DeclAccess != AS_none", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" , 1663, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1664 | if (DeclAccess == AS_private) return AS_none; |
1665 | return (PathAccess > DeclAccess ? PathAccess : DeclAccess); |
1666 | } |
1667 | |
1668 | /// Indicates that the declaration of a defaulted or deleted special |
1669 | /// member function is now complete. |
1670 | void finishedDefaultedOrDeletedMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD); |
1671 | |
1672 | void setTrivialForCallFlags(CXXMethodDecl *MD); |
1673 | |
1674 | /// Indicates that the definition of this class is now complete. |
1675 | void completeDefinition() override; |
1676 | |
1677 | /// Indicates that the definition of this class is now complete, |
1678 | /// and provides a final overrider map to help determine |
1679 | /// |
1680 | /// \param FinalOverriders The final overrider map for this class, which can |
1681 | /// be provided as an optimization for abstract-class checking. If NULL, |
1682 | /// final overriders will be computed if they are needed to complete the |
1683 | /// definition. |
1684 | void completeDefinition(CXXFinalOverriderMap *FinalOverriders); |
1685 | |
1686 | /// Determine whether this class may end up being abstract, even though |
1687 | /// it is not yet known to be abstract. |
1688 | /// |
1689 | /// \returns true if this class is not known to be abstract but has any |
1690 | /// base classes that are abstract. In this case, \c completeDefinition() |
1691 | /// will need to compute final overriders to determine whether the class is |
1692 | /// actually abstract. |
1693 | bool mayBeAbstract() const; |
1694 | |
1695 | /// Determine whether it's impossible for a class to be derived from this |
1696 | /// class. This is best-effort, and may conservatively return false. |
1697 | bool isEffectivelyFinal() const; |
1698 | |
1699 | /// If this is the closure type of a lambda expression, retrieve the |
1700 | /// number to be used for name mangling in the Itanium C++ ABI. |
1701 | /// |
1702 | /// Zero indicates that this closure type has internal linkage, so the |
1703 | /// mangling number does not matter, while a non-zero value indicates which |
1704 | /// lambda expression this is in this particular context. |
1705 | unsigned getLambdaManglingNumber() const { |
1706 | assert(isLambda() && "Not a lambda closure type!")((isLambda() && "Not a lambda closure type!") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isLambda() && \"Not a lambda closure type!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" , 1706, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1707 | return getLambdaData().ManglingNumber; |
1708 | } |
1709 | |
1710 | /// The lambda is known to has internal linkage no matter whether it has name |
1711 | /// mangling number. |
1712 | bool hasKnownLambdaInternalLinkage() const { |
1713 | assert(isLambda() && "Not a lambda closure type!")((isLambda() && "Not a lambda closure type!") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isLambda() && \"Not a lambda closure type!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" , 1713, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1714 | return getLambdaData().HasKnownInternalLinkage; |
1715 | } |
1716 | |
1717 | /// Retrieve the declaration that provides additional context for a |
1718 | /// lambda, when the normal declaration context is not specific enough. |
1719 | /// |
1720 | /// Certain contexts (default arguments of in-class function parameters and |
1721 | /// the initializers of data members) have separate name mangling rules for |
1722 | /// lambdas within the Itanium C++ ABI. For these cases, this routine provides |
1723 | /// the declaration in which the lambda occurs, e.g., the function parameter |
1724 | /// or the non-static data member. Otherwise, it returns NULL to imply that |
1725 | /// the declaration context suffices. |
1726 | Decl *getLambdaContextDecl() const; |
1727 | |
1728 | /// Set the mangling number and context declaration for a lambda |
1729 | /// class. |
1730 | void setLambdaMangling(unsigned ManglingNumber, Decl *ContextDecl, |
1731 | bool HasKnownInternalLinkage = false) { |
1732 | assert(isLambda() && "Not a lambda closure type!")((isLambda() && "Not a lambda closure type!") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isLambda() && \"Not a lambda closure type!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" , 1732, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1733 | getLambdaData().ManglingNumber = ManglingNumber; |
1734 | getLambdaData().ContextDecl = ContextDecl; |
1735 | getLambdaData().HasKnownInternalLinkage = HasKnownInternalLinkage; |
1736 | } |
1737 | |
1738 | /// Set the device side mangling number. |
1739 | void setDeviceLambdaManglingNumber(unsigned Num) const; |
1740 | |
1741 | /// Retrieve the device side mangling number. |
1742 | unsigned getDeviceLambdaManglingNumber() const; |
1743 | |
1744 | /// Returns the inheritance model used for this record. |
1745 | MSInheritanceModel getMSInheritanceModel() const; |
1746 | |
1747 | /// Calculate what the inheritance model would be for this class. |
1748 | MSInheritanceModel calculateInheritanceModel() const; |
1749 | |
1750 | /// In the Microsoft C++ ABI, use zero for the field offset of a null data |
1751 | /// member pointer if we can guarantee that zero is not a valid field offset, |
1752 | /// or if the member pointer has multiple fields. Polymorphic classes have a |
1753 | /// vfptr at offset zero, so we can use zero for null. If there are multiple |
1754 | /// fields, we can use zero even if it is a valid field offset because |
1755 | /// null-ness testing will check the other fields. |
1756 | bool nullFieldOffsetIsZero() const; |
1757 | |
1758 | /// Controls when vtordisps will be emitted if this record is used as a |
1759 | /// virtual base. |
1760 | MSVtorDispMode getMSVtorDispMode() const; |
1761 | |
1762 | /// Determine whether this lambda expression was known to be dependent |
1763 | /// at the time it was created, even if its context does not appear to be |
1764 | /// dependent. |
1765 | /// |
1766 | /// This flag is a workaround for an issue with parsing, where default |
1767 | /// arguments are parsed before their enclosing function declarations have |
1768 | /// been created. This means that any lambda expressions within those |
1769 | /// default arguments will have as their DeclContext the context enclosing |
1770 | /// the function declaration, which may be non-dependent even when the |
1771 | /// function declaration itself is dependent. This flag indicates when we |
1772 | /// know that the lambda is dependent despite that. |
1773 | bool isDependentLambda() const { |
1774 | return isLambda() && getLambdaData().Dependent; |
1775 | } |
1776 | |
1777 | TypeSourceInfo *getLambdaTypeInfo() const { |
1778 | return getLambdaData().MethodTyInfo; |
1779 | } |
1780 | |
1781 | // Determine whether this type is an Interface Like type for |
1782 | // __interface inheritance purposes. |
1783 | bool isInterfaceLike() const; |
1784 | |
1785 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
1786 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { |
1787 | return K >= firstCXXRecord && K <= lastCXXRecord; |
1788 | } |
1789 | }; |
1790 | |
1791 | /// Store information needed for an explicit specifier. |
1792 | /// Used by CXXDeductionGuideDecl, CXXConstructorDecl and CXXConversionDecl. |
1793 | class ExplicitSpecifier { |
1794 | llvm::PointerIntPair<Expr *, 2, ExplicitSpecKind> ExplicitSpec{ |
1795 | nullptr, ExplicitSpecKind::ResolvedFalse}; |
1796 | |
1797 | public: |
1798 | ExplicitSpecifier() = default; |
1799 | ExplicitSpecifier(Expr *Expression, ExplicitSpecKind Kind) |
1800 | : ExplicitSpec(Expression, Kind) {} |
1801 | ExplicitSpecKind getKind() const { return ExplicitSpec.getInt(); } |
1802 | const Expr *getExpr() const { return ExplicitSpec.getPointer(); } |
1803 | Expr *getExpr() { return ExplicitSpec.getPointer(); } |
1804 | |
1805 | /// Determine if the declaration had an explicit specifier of any kind. |
1806 | bool isSpecified() const { |
1807 | return ExplicitSpec.getInt() != ExplicitSpecKind::ResolvedFalse || |
1808 | ExplicitSpec.getPointer(); |
1809 | } |
1810 | |
1811 | /// Check for equivalence of explicit specifiers. |
1812 | /// \return true if the explicit specifier are equivalent, false otherwise. |
1813 | bool isEquivalent(const ExplicitSpecifier Other) const; |
1814 | /// Determine whether this specifier is known to correspond to an explicit |
1815 | /// declaration. Returns false if the specifier is absent or has an |
1816 | /// expression that is value-dependent or evaluates to false. |
1817 | bool isExplicit() const { |
1818 | return ExplicitSpec.getInt() == ExplicitSpecKind::ResolvedTrue; |
1819 | } |
1820 | /// Determine if the explicit specifier is invalid. |
1821 | /// This state occurs after a substitution failures. |
1822 | bool isInvalid() const { |
1823 | return ExplicitSpec.getInt() == ExplicitSpecKind::Unresolved && |
1824 | !ExplicitSpec.getPointer(); |
1825 | } |
1826 | void setKind(ExplicitSpecKind Kind) { ExplicitSpec.setInt(Kind); } |
1827 | void setExpr(Expr *E) { ExplicitSpec.setPointer(E); } |
1828 | // Retrieve the explicit specifier in the given declaration, if any. |
1829 | static ExplicitSpecifier getFromDecl(FunctionDecl *Function); |
1830 | static const ExplicitSpecifier getFromDecl(const FunctionDecl *Function) { |
1831 | return getFromDecl(const_cast<FunctionDecl *>(Function)); |
1832 | } |
1833 | static ExplicitSpecifier Invalid() { |
1834 | return ExplicitSpecifier(nullptr, ExplicitSpecKind::Unresolved); |
1835 | } |
1836 | }; |
1837 | |
1838 | /// Represents a C++ deduction guide declaration. |
1839 | /// |
1840 | /// \code |
1841 | /// template<typename T> struct A { A(); A(T); }; |
1842 | /// A() -> A<int>; |
1843 | /// \endcode |
1844 | /// |
1845 | /// In this example, there will be an explicit deduction guide from the |
1846 | /// second line, and implicit deduction guide templates synthesized from |
1847 | /// the constructors of \c A. |
1848 | class CXXDeductionGuideDecl : public FunctionDecl { |
1849 | void anchor() override; |
1850 | |
1851 | private: |
1852 | CXXDeductionGuideDecl(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
1853 | ExplicitSpecifier ES, |
1854 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, QualType T, |
1855 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation EndLocation) |
1856 | : FunctionDecl(CXXDeductionGuide, C, DC, StartLoc, NameInfo, T, TInfo, |
1857 | SC_None, false, ConstexprSpecKind::Unspecified), |
1858 | ExplicitSpec(ES) { |
1859 | if (EndLocation.isValid()) |
1860 | setRangeEnd(EndLocation); |
1861 | setIsCopyDeductionCandidate(false); |
1862 | } |
1863 | |
1864 | ExplicitSpecifier ExplicitSpec; |
1865 | void setExplicitSpecifier(ExplicitSpecifier ES) { ExplicitSpec = ES; } |
1866 | |
1867 | public: |
1868 | friend class ASTDeclReader; |
1869 | friend class ASTDeclWriter; |
1870 | |
1871 | static CXXDeductionGuideDecl * |
1872 | Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
1873 | ExplicitSpecifier ES, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, QualType T, |
1874 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation EndLocation); |
1875 | |
1876 | static CXXDeductionGuideDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID); |
1877 | |
1878 | ExplicitSpecifier getExplicitSpecifier() { return ExplicitSpec; } |
1879 | const ExplicitSpecifier getExplicitSpecifier() const { return ExplicitSpec; } |
1880 | |
1881 | /// Return true if the declartion is already resolved to be explicit. |
1882 | bool isExplicit() const { return ExplicitSpec.isExplicit(); } |
1883 | |
1884 | /// Get the template for which this guide performs deduction. |
1885 | TemplateDecl *getDeducedTemplate() const { |
1886 | return getDeclName().getCXXDeductionGuideTemplate(); |
1887 | } |
1888 | |
1889 | void setIsCopyDeductionCandidate(bool isCDC = true) { |
1890 | FunctionDeclBits.IsCopyDeductionCandidate = isCDC; |
1891 | } |
1892 | |
1893 | bool isCopyDeductionCandidate() const { |
1894 | return FunctionDeclBits.IsCopyDeductionCandidate; |
1895 | } |
1896 | |
1897 | // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc. |
1898 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
1899 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == CXXDeductionGuide; } |
1900 | }; |
1901 | |
1902 | /// \brief Represents the body of a requires-expression. |
1903 | /// |
1904 | /// This decl exists merely to serve as the DeclContext for the local |
1905 | /// parameters of the requires expression as well as other declarations inside |
1906 | /// it. |
1907 | /// |
1908 | /// \code |
1909 | /// template<typename T> requires requires (T t) { {t++} -> regular; } |
1910 | /// \endcode |
1911 | /// |
1912 | /// In this example, a RequiresExpr object will be generated for the expression, |
1913 | /// and a RequiresExprBodyDecl will be created to hold the parameter t and the |
1914 | /// template argument list imposed by the compound requirement. |
1915 | class RequiresExprBodyDecl : public Decl, public DeclContext { |
1916 | RequiresExprBodyDecl(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc) |
1917 | : Decl(RequiresExprBody, DC, StartLoc), DeclContext(RequiresExprBody) {} |
1918 | |
1919 | public: |
1920 | friend class ASTDeclReader; |
1921 | friend class ASTDeclWriter; |
1922 | |
1923 | static RequiresExprBodyDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, |
1924 | SourceLocation StartLoc); |
1925 | |
1926 | static RequiresExprBodyDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID); |
1927 | |
1928 | // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc. |
1929 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
1930 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == RequiresExprBody; } |
1931 | }; |
1932 | |
1933 | /// Represents a static or instance method of a struct/union/class. |
1934 | /// |
1935 | /// In the terminology of the C++ Standard, these are the (static and |
1936 | /// non-static) member functions, whether virtual or not. |
1937 | class CXXMethodDecl : public FunctionDecl { |
1938 | void anchor() override; |
1939 | |
1940 | protected: |
1941 | CXXMethodDecl(Kind DK, ASTContext &C, CXXRecordDecl *RD, |
1942 | SourceLocation StartLoc, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
1943 | QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, StorageClass SC, |
1944 | bool isInline, ConstexprSpecKind ConstexprKind, |
1945 | SourceLocation EndLocation, |
1946 | Expr *TrailingRequiresClause = nullptr) |
1947 | : FunctionDecl(DK, C, RD, StartLoc, NameInfo, T, TInfo, SC, isInline, |
1948 | ConstexprKind, TrailingRequiresClause) { |
1949 | if (EndLocation.isValid()) |
1950 | setRangeEnd(EndLocation); |
1951 | } |
1952 | |
1953 | public: |
1954 | static CXXMethodDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, CXXRecordDecl *RD, |
1955 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
1956 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, QualType T, |
1957 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, StorageClass SC, |
1958 | bool isInline, ConstexprSpecKind ConstexprKind, |
1959 | SourceLocation EndLocation, |
1960 | Expr *TrailingRequiresClause = nullptr); |
1961 | |
1962 | static CXXMethodDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID); |
1963 | |
1964 | bool isStatic() const; |
1965 | bool isInstance() const { return !isStatic(); } |
1966 | |
1967 | /// Returns true if the given operator is implicitly static in a record |
1968 | /// context. |
1969 | static bool isStaticOverloadedOperator(OverloadedOperatorKind OOK) { |
1970 | // [class.free]p1: |
1971 | // Any allocation function for a class T is a static member |
1972 | // (even if not explicitly declared static). |
1973 | // [class.free]p6 Any deallocation function for a class X is a static member |
1974 | // (even if not explicitly declared static). |
1975 | return OOK == OO_New || OOK == OO_Array_New || OOK == OO_Delete || |
1976 | OOK == OO_Array_Delete; |
1977 | } |
1978 | |
1979 | bool isConst() const { return getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()->isConst(); } |
1980 | bool isVolatile() const { return getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()->isVolatile(); } |
1981 | |
1982 | bool isVirtual() const { |
1983 | CXXMethodDecl *CD = const_cast<CXXMethodDecl*>(this)->getCanonicalDecl(); |
1984 | |
1985 | // Member function is virtual if it is marked explicitly so, or if it is |
1986 | // declared in __interface -- then it is automatically pure virtual. |
1987 | if (CD->isVirtualAsWritten() || CD->isPure()) |
1988 | return true; |
1989 | |
1990 | return CD->size_overridden_methods() != 0; |
1991 | } |
1992 | |
1993 | /// If it's possible to devirtualize a call to this method, return the called |
1994 | /// function. Otherwise, return null. |
1995 | |
1996 | /// \param Base The object on which this virtual function is called. |
1997 | /// \param IsAppleKext True if we are compiling for Apple kext. |
1998 | CXXMethodDecl *getDevirtualizedMethod(const Expr *Base, bool IsAppleKext); |
1999 | |
2000 | const CXXMethodDecl *getDevirtualizedMethod(const Expr *Base, |
2001 | bool IsAppleKext) const { |
2002 | return const_cast<CXXMethodDecl *>(this)->getDevirtualizedMethod( |
2003 | Base, IsAppleKext); |
2004 | } |
2005 | |
2006 | /// Determine whether this is a usual deallocation function (C++ |
2007 | /// [basic.stc.dynamic.deallocation]p2), which is an overloaded delete or |
2008 | /// delete[] operator with a particular signature. Populates \p PreventedBy |
2009 | /// with the declarations of the functions of the same kind if they were the |
2010 | /// reason for this function returning false. This is used by |
2011 | /// Sema::isUsualDeallocationFunction to reconsider the answer based on the |
2012 | /// context. |
2013 | bool isUsualDeallocationFunction( |
2014 | SmallVectorImpl<const FunctionDecl *> &PreventedBy) const; |
2015 | |
2016 | /// Determine whether this is a copy-assignment operator, regardless |
2017 | /// of whether it was declared implicitly or explicitly. |
2018 | bool isCopyAssignmentOperator() const; |
2019 | |
2020 | /// Determine whether this is a move assignment operator. |
2021 | bool isMoveAssignmentOperator() const; |
2022 | |
2023 | CXXMethodDecl *getCanonicalDecl() override { |
2024 | return cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FunctionDecl::getCanonicalDecl()); |
2025 | } |
2026 | const CXXMethodDecl *getCanonicalDecl() const { |
2027 | return const_cast<CXXMethodDecl*>(this)->getCanonicalDecl(); |
2028 | } |
2029 | |
2030 | CXXMethodDecl *getMostRecentDecl() { |
2031 | return cast<CXXMethodDecl>( |
2032 | static_cast<FunctionDecl *>(this)->getMostRecentDecl()); |
2033 | } |
2034 | const CXXMethodDecl *getMostRecentDecl() const { |
2035 | return const_cast<CXXMethodDecl*>(this)->getMostRecentDecl(); |
2036 | } |
2037 | |
2038 | void addOverriddenMethod(const CXXMethodDecl *MD); |
2039 | |
2040 | using method_iterator = const CXXMethodDecl *const *; |
2041 | |
2042 | method_iterator begin_overridden_methods() const; |
2043 | method_iterator end_overridden_methods() const; |
2044 | unsigned size_overridden_methods() const; |
2045 | |
2046 | using overridden_method_range = llvm::iterator_range< |
2047 | llvm::TinyPtrVector<const CXXMethodDecl *>::const_iterator>; |
2048 | |
2049 | overridden_method_range overridden_methods() const; |
2050 | |
2051 | /// Return the parent of this method declaration, which |
2052 | /// is the class in which this method is defined. |
2053 | const CXXRecordDecl *getParent() const { |
2054 | return cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FunctionDecl::getParent()); |
2055 | } |
2056 | |
2057 | /// Return the parent of this method declaration, which |
2058 | /// is the class in which this method is defined. |
2059 | CXXRecordDecl *getParent() { |
2060 | return const_cast<CXXRecordDecl *>( |
2061 | cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FunctionDecl::getParent())); |
2062 | } |
2063 | |
2064 | /// Return the type of the \c this pointer. |
2065 | /// |
2066 | /// Should only be called for instance (i.e., non-static) methods. Note |
2067 | /// that for the call operator of a lambda closure type, this returns the |
2068 | /// desugared 'this' type (a pointer to the closure type), not the captured |
2069 | /// 'this' type. |
2070 | QualType getThisType() const; |
2071 | |
2072 | /// Return the type of the object pointed by \c this. |
2073 | /// |
2074 | /// See getThisType() for usage restriction. |
2075 | QualType getThisObjectType() const; |
2076 | |
2077 | static QualType getThisType(const FunctionProtoType *FPT, |
2078 | const CXXRecordDecl *Decl); |
2079 | |
2080 | static QualType getThisObjectType(const FunctionProtoType *FPT, |
2081 | const CXXRecordDecl *Decl); |
2082 | |
2083 | Qualifiers getMethodQualifiers() const { |
2084 | return getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getMethodQuals(); |
2085 | } |
2086 | |
2087 | /// Retrieve the ref-qualifier associated with this method. |
2088 | /// |
2089 | /// In the following example, \c f() has an lvalue ref-qualifier, \c g() |
2090 | /// has an rvalue ref-qualifier, and \c h() has no ref-qualifier. |
2091 | /// @code |
2092 | /// struct X { |
2093 | /// void f() &; |
2094 | /// void g() &&; |
2095 | /// void h(); |
2096 | /// }; |
2097 | /// @endcode |
2098 | RefQualifierKind getRefQualifier() const { |
2099 | return getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getRefQualifier(); |
2100 | } |
2101 | |
2102 | bool hasInlineBody() const; |
2103 | |
2104 | /// Determine whether this is a lambda closure type's static member |
2105 | /// function that is used for the result of the lambda's conversion to |
2106 | /// function pointer (for a lambda with no captures). |
2107 | /// |
2108 | /// The function itself, if used, will have a placeholder body that will be |
2109 | /// supplied by IR generation to either forward to the function call operator |
2110 | /// or clone the function call operator. |
2111 | bool isLambdaStaticInvoker() const; |
2112 | |
2113 | /// Find the method in \p RD that corresponds to this one. |
2114 | /// |
2115 | /// Find if \p RD or one of the classes it inherits from override this method. |
2116 | /// If so, return it. \p RD is assumed to be a subclass of the class defining |
2117 | /// this method (or be the class itself), unless \p MayBeBase is set to true. |
2118 | CXXMethodDecl * |
2119 | getCorrespondingMethodInClass(const CXXRecordDecl *RD, |
2120 | bool MayBeBase = false); |
2121 | |
2122 | const CXXMethodDecl * |
2123 | getCorrespondingMethodInClass(const CXXRecordDecl *RD, |
2124 | bool MayBeBase = false) const { |
2125 | return const_cast<CXXMethodDecl *>(this) |
2126 | ->getCorrespondingMethodInClass(RD, MayBeBase); |
2127 | } |
2128 | |
2129 | /// Find if \p RD declares a function that overrides this function, and if so, |
2130 | /// return it. Does not search base classes. |
2131 | CXXMethodDecl *getCorrespondingMethodDeclaredInClass(const CXXRecordDecl *RD, |
2132 | bool MayBeBase = false); |
2133 | const CXXMethodDecl * |
2134 | getCorrespondingMethodDeclaredInClass(const CXXRecordDecl *RD, |
2135 | bool MayBeBase = false) const { |
2136 | return const_cast<CXXMethodDecl *>(this) |
2137 | ->getCorrespondingMethodDeclaredInClass(RD, MayBeBase); |
2138 | } |
2139 | |
2140 | // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc. |
2141 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
2142 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { |
2143 | return K >= firstCXXMethod && K <= lastCXXMethod; |
2144 | } |
2145 | }; |
2146 | |
2147 | /// Represents a C++ base or member initializer. |
2148 | /// |
2149 | /// This is part of a constructor initializer that |
2150 | /// initializes one non-static member variable or one base class. For |
2151 | /// example, in the following, both 'A(a)' and 'f(3.14159)' are member |
2152 | /// initializers: |
2153 | /// |
2154 | /// \code |
2155 | /// class A { }; |
2156 | /// class B : public A { |
2157 | /// float f; |
2158 | /// public: |
2159 | /// B(A& a) : A(a), f(3.14159) { } |
2160 | /// }; |
2161 | /// \endcode |
2162 | class CXXCtorInitializer final { |
2163 | /// Either the base class name/delegating constructor type (stored as |
2164 | /// a TypeSourceInfo*), an normal field (FieldDecl), or an anonymous field |
2165 | /// (IndirectFieldDecl*) being initialized. |
2166 | llvm::PointerUnion<TypeSourceInfo *, FieldDecl *, IndirectFieldDecl *> |
2167 | Initializee; |
2168 | |
2169 | /// The argument used to initialize the base or member, which may |
2170 | /// end up constructing an object (when multiple arguments are involved). |
2171 | Stmt *Init; |
2172 | |
2173 | /// The source location for the field name or, for a base initializer |
2174 | /// pack expansion, the location of the ellipsis. |
2175 | /// |
2176 | /// In the case of a delegating |
2177 | /// constructor, it will still include the type's source location as the |
2178 | /// Initializee points to the CXXConstructorDecl (to allow loop detection). |
2179 | SourceLocation MemberOrEllipsisLocation; |
2180 | |
2181 | /// Location of the left paren of the ctor-initializer. |
2182 | SourceLocation LParenLoc; |
2183 | |
2184 | /// Location of the right paren of the ctor-initializer. |
2185 | SourceLocation RParenLoc; |
2186 | |
2187 | /// If the initializee is a type, whether that type makes this |
2188 | /// a delegating initialization. |
2189 | unsigned IsDelegating : 1; |
2190 | |
2191 | /// If the initializer is a base initializer, this keeps track |
2192 | /// of whether the base is virtual or not. |
2193 | unsigned IsVirtual : 1; |
2194 | |
2195 | /// Whether or not the initializer is explicitly written |
2196 | /// in the sources. |
2197 | unsigned IsWritten : 1; |
2198 | |
2199 | /// If IsWritten is true, then this number keeps track of the textual order |
2200 | /// of this initializer in the original sources, counting from 0. |
2201 | unsigned SourceOrder : 13; |
2202 | |
2203 | public: |
2204 | /// Creates a new base-class initializer. |
2205 | explicit |
2206 | CXXCtorInitializer(ASTContext &Context, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, bool IsVirtual, |
2207 | SourceLocation L, Expr *Init, SourceLocation R, |
2208 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); |
2209 | |
2210 | /// Creates a new member initializer. |
2211 | explicit |
2212 | CXXCtorInitializer(ASTContext &Context, FieldDecl *Member, |
2213 | SourceLocation MemberLoc, SourceLocation L, Expr *Init, |
2214 | SourceLocation R); |
2215 | |
2216 | /// Creates a new anonymous field initializer. |
2217 | explicit |
2218 | CXXCtorInitializer(ASTContext &Context, IndirectFieldDecl *Member, |
2219 | SourceLocation MemberLoc, SourceLocation L, Expr *Init, |
2220 | SourceLocation R); |
2221 | |
2222 | /// Creates a new delegating initializer. |
2223 | explicit |
2224 | CXXCtorInitializer(ASTContext &Context, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
2225 | SourceLocation L, Expr *Init, SourceLocation R); |
2226 | |
2227 | /// \return Unique reproducible object identifier. |
2228 | int64_t getID(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
2229 | |
2230 | /// Determine whether this initializer is initializing a base class. |
2231 | bool isBaseInitializer() const { |
2232 | return Initializee.is<TypeSourceInfo*>() && !IsDelegating; |
2233 | } |
2234 | |
2235 | /// Determine whether this initializer is initializing a non-static |
2236 | /// data member. |
2237 | bool isMemberInitializer() const { return Initializee.is<FieldDecl*>(); } |
2238 | |
2239 | bool isAnyMemberInitializer() const { |
2240 | return isMemberInitializer() || isIndirectMemberInitializer(); |
2241 | } |
2242 | |
2243 | bool isIndirectMemberInitializer() const { |
2244 | return Initializee.is<IndirectFieldDecl*>(); |
2245 | } |
2246 | |
2247 | /// Determine whether this initializer is an implicit initializer |
2248 | /// generated for a field with an initializer defined on the member |
2249 | /// declaration. |
2250 | /// |
2251 | /// In-class member initializers (also known as "non-static data member |
2252 | /// initializations", NSDMIs) were introduced in C++11. |
2253 | bool isInClassMemberInitializer() const { |
2254 | return Init->getStmtClass() == Stmt::CXXDefaultInitExprClass; |
2255 | } |
2256 | |
2257 | /// Determine whether this initializer is creating a delegating |
2258 | /// constructor. |
2259 | bool isDelegatingInitializer() const { |
2260 | return Initializee.is<TypeSourceInfo*>() && IsDelegating; |
2261 | } |
2262 | |
2263 | /// Determine whether this initializer is a pack expansion. |
2264 | bool isPackExpansion() const { |
2265 | return isBaseInitializer() && MemberOrEllipsisLocation.isValid(); |
2266 | } |
2267 | |
2268 | // For a pack expansion, returns the location of the ellipsis. |
2269 | SourceLocation getEllipsisLoc() const { |
2270 | assert(isPackExpansion() && "Initializer is not a pack expansion")((isPackExpansion() && "Initializer is not a pack expansion" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isPackExpansion() && \"Initializer is not a pack expansion\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" , 2270, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
2271 | return MemberOrEllipsisLocation; |
2272 | } |
2273 | |
2274 | /// If this is a base class initializer, returns the type of the |
2275 | /// base class with location information. Otherwise, returns an NULL |
2276 | /// type location. |
2277 | TypeLoc getBaseClassLoc() const; |
2278 | |
2279 | /// If this is a base class initializer, returns the type of the base class. |
2280 | /// Otherwise, returns null. |
2281 | const Type *getBaseClass() const; |
2282 | |
2283 | /// Returns whether the base is virtual or not. |
2284 | bool isBaseVirtual() const { |
2285 | assert(isBaseInitializer() && "Must call this on base initializer!")((isBaseInitializer() && "Must call this on base initializer!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isBaseInitializer() && \"Must call this on base initializer!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" , 2285, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
2286 | |
2287 | return IsVirtual; |
2288 | } |
2289 | |
2290 | /// Returns the declarator information for a base class or delegating |
2291 | /// initializer. |
2292 | TypeSourceInfo *getTypeSourceInfo() const { |
2293 | return Initializee.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo *>(); |
2294 | } |
2295 | |
2296 | /// If this is a member initializer, returns the declaration of the |
2297 | /// non-static data member being initialized. Otherwise, returns null. |
2298 | FieldDecl *getMember() const { |
2299 | if (isMemberInitializer()) |
2300 | return Initializee.get<FieldDecl*>(); |
2301 | return nullptr; |
2302 | } |
2303 | |
2304 | FieldDecl *getAnyMember() const { |
2305 | if (isMemberInitializer()) |
2306 | return Initializee.get<FieldDecl*>(); |
2307 | if (isIndirectMemberInitializer()) |
2308 | return Initializee.get<IndirectFieldDecl*>()->getAnonField(); |
2309 | return nullptr; |
2310 | } |
2311 | |
2312 | IndirectFieldDecl *getIndirectMember() const { |
2313 | if (isIndirectMemberInitializer()) |
2314 | return Initializee.get<IndirectFieldDecl*>(); |
2315 | return nullptr; |
2316 | } |
2317 | |
2318 | SourceLocation getMemberLocation() const { |
2319 | return MemberOrEllipsisLocation; |
2320 | } |
2321 | |
2322 | /// Determine the source location of the initializer. |
2323 | SourceLocation getSourceLocation() const; |
2324 | |
2325 | /// Determine the source range covering the entire initializer. |
2326 | SourceRange getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)); |
2327 | |
2328 | /// Determine whether this initializer is explicitly written |
2329 | /// in the source code. |
2330 | bool isWritten() const { return IsWritten; } |
2331 | |
2332 | /// Return the source position of the initializer, counting from 0. |
2333 | /// If the initializer was implicit, -1 is returned. |
2334 | int getSourceOrder() const { |
2335 | return IsWritten ? static_cast<int>(SourceOrder) : -1; |
2336 | } |
2337 | |
2338 | /// Set the source order of this initializer. |
2339 | /// |
2340 | /// This can only be called once for each initializer; it cannot be called |
2341 | /// on an initializer having a positive number of (implicit) array indices. |
2342 | /// |
2343 | /// This assumes that the initializer was written in the source code, and |
2344 | /// ensures that isWritten() returns true. |
2345 | void setSourceOrder(int Pos) { |
2346 | assert(!IsWritten &&((!IsWritten && "setSourceOrder() used on implicit initializer" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!IsWritten && \"setSourceOrder() used on implicit initializer\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" , 2347, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
2347 | "setSourceOrder() used on implicit initializer")((!IsWritten && "setSourceOrder() used on implicit initializer" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!IsWritten && \"setSourceOrder() used on implicit initializer\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" , 2347, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
2348 | assert(SourceOrder == 0 &&((SourceOrder == 0 && "calling twice setSourceOrder() on the same initializer" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("SourceOrder == 0 && \"calling twice setSourceOrder() on the same initializer\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" , 2349, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
2349 | "calling twice setSourceOrder() on the same initializer")((SourceOrder == 0 && "calling twice setSourceOrder() on the same initializer" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("SourceOrder == 0 && \"calling twice setSourceOrder() on the same initializer\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" , 2349, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
2350 | assert(Pos >= 0 &&((Pos >= 0 && "setSourceOrder() used to make an initializer implicit" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Pos >= 0 && \"setSourceOrder() used to make an initializer implicit\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" , 2351, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
2351 | "setSourceOrder() used to make an initializer implicit")((Pos >= 0 && "setSourceOrder() used to make an initializer implicit" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Pos >= 0 && \"setSourceOrder() used to make an initializer implicit\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" , 2351, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
2352 | IsWritten = true; |
2353 | SourceOrder = static_cast<unsigned>(Pos); |
2354 | } |
2355 | |
2356 | SourceLocation getLParenLoc() const { return LParenLoc; } |
2357 | SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; } |
2358 | |
2359 | /// Get the initializer. |
2360 | Expr *getInit() const { return static_cast<Expr *>(Init); } |
2361 | }; |
2362 | |
2363 | /// Description of a constructor that was inherited from a base class. |
2364 | class InheritedConstructor { |
2365 | ConstructorUsingShadowDecl *Shadow = nullptr; |
2366 | CXXConstructorDecl *BaseCtor = nullptr; |
2367 | |
2368 | public: |
2369 | InheritedConstructor() = default; |
2370 | InheritedConstructor(ConstructorUsingShadowDecl *Shadow, |
2371 | CXXConstructorDecl *BaseCtor) |
2372 | : Shadow(Shadow), BaseCtor(BaseCtor) {} |
2373 | |
2374 | explicit operator bool() const { return Shadow; } |
2375 | |
2376 | ConstructorUsingShadowDecl *getShadowDecl() const { return Shadow; } |
2377 | CXXConstructorDecl *getConstructor() const { return BaseCtor; } |
2378 | }; |
2379 | |
2380 | /// Represents a C++ constructor within a class. |
2381 | /// |
2382 | /// For example: |
2383 | /// |
2384 | /// \code |
2385 | /// class X { |
2386 | /// public: |
2387 | /// explicit X(int); // represented by a CXXConstructorDecl. |
2388 | /// }; |
2389 | /// \endcode |
2390 | class CXXConstructorDecl final |
2391 | : public CXXMethodDecl, |
2392 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<CXXConstructorDecl, InheritedConstructor, |
2393 | ExplicitSpecifier> { |
2394 | // This class stores some data in DeclContext::CXXConstructorDeclBits |
2395 | // to save some space. Use the provided accessors to access it. |
2396 | |
2397 | /// \name Support for base and member initializers. |
2398 | /// \{ |
2399 | /// The arguments used to initialize the base or member. |
2400 | LazyCXXCtorInitializersPtr CtorInitializers; |
2401 | |
2402 | CXXConstructorDecl(ASTContext &C, CXXRecordDecl *RD, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
2403 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, QualType T, |
2404 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, ExplicitSpecifier ES, bool isInline, |
2405 | bool isImplicitlyDeclared, ConstexprSpecKind ConstexprKind, |
2406 | InheritedConstructor Inherited, |
2407 | Expr *TrailingRequiresClause); |
2408 | |
2409 | void anchor() override; |
2410 | |
2411 | size_t numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<InheritedConstructor>) const { |
2412 | return CXXConstructorDeclBits.IsInheritingConstructor; |
2413 | } |
2414 | size_t numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<ExplicitSpecifier>) const { |
2415 | return CXXConstructorDeclBits.HasTrailingExplicitSpecifier; |
2416 | } |
2417 | |
2418 | ExplicitSpecifier getExplicitSpecifierInternal() const { |
2419 | if (CXXConstructorDeclBits.HasTrailingExplicitSpecifier) |
2420 | return *getTrailingObjects<ExplicitSpecifier>(); |
2421 | return ExplicitSpecifier( |
2422 | nullptr, CXXConstructorDeclBits.IsSimpleExplicit |
2423 | ? ExplicitSpecKind::ResolvedTrue |
2424 | : ExplicitSpecKind::ResolvedFalse); |
2425 | } |
2426 | |
2427 | enum TraillingAllocKind { |
2428 | TAKInheritsConstructor = 1, |
2429 | TAKHasTailExplicit = 1 << 1, |
2430 | }; |
2431 | |
2432 | uint64_t getTraillingAllocKind() const { |
2433 | return numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<InheritedConstructor>()) | |
2434 | (numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<ExplicitSpecifier>()) << 1); |
2435 | } |
2436 | |
2437 | public: |
2438 | friend class ASTDeclReader; |
2439 | friend class ASTDeclWriter; |
2440 | friend TrailingObjects; |
2441 | |
2442 | static CXXConstructorDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID, |
2443 | uint64_t AllocKind); |
2444 | static CXXConstructorDecl * |
2445 | Create(ASTContext &C, CXXRecordDecl *RD, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
2446 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
2447 | ExplicitSpecifier ES, bool isInline, bool isImplicitlyDeclared, |
2448 | ConstexprSpecKind ConstexprKind, |
2449 | InheritedConstructor Inherited = InheritedConstructor(), |
2450 | Expr *TrailingRequiresClause = nullptr); |
2451 | |
2452 | void setExplicitSpecifier(ExplicitSpecifier ES) { |
2453 | assert((!ES.getExpr() ||(((!ES.getExpr() || CXXConstructorDeclBits.HasTrailingExplicitSpecifier ) && "cannot set this explicit specifier. no trail-allocated space for " "explicit") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(!ES.getExpr() || CXXConstructorDeclBits.HasTrailingExplicitSpecifier) && \"cannot set this explicit specifier. no trail-allocated space for \" \"explicit\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" , 2456, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
2454 | CXXConstructorDeclBits.HasTrailingExplicitSpecifier) &&(((!ES.getExpr() || CXXConstructorDeclBits.HasTrailingExplicitSpecifier ) && "cannot set this explicit specifier. no trail-allocated space for " "explicit") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(!ES.getExpr() || CXXConstructorDeclBits.HasTrailingExplicitSpecifier) && \"cannot set this explicit specifier. no trail-allocated space for \" \"explicit\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" , 2456, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
2455 | "cannot set this explicit specifier. no trail-allocated space for "(((!ES.getExpr() || CXXConstructorDeclBits.HasTrailingExplicitSpecifier ) && "cannot set this explicit specifier. no trail-allocated space for " "explicit") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(!ES.getExpr() || CXXConstructorDeclBits.HasTrailingExplicitSpecifier) && \"cannot set this explicit specifier. no trail-allocated space for \" \"explicit\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" , 2456, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
2456 | "explicit")(((!ES.getExpr() || CXXConstructorDeclBits.HasTrailingExplicitSpecifier ) && "cannot set this explicit specifier. no trail-allocated space for " "explicit") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(!ES.getExpr() || CXXConstructorDeclBits.HasTrailingExplicitSpecifier) && \"cannot set this explicit specifier. no trail-allocated space for \" \"explicit\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" , 2456, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
2457 | if (ES.getExpr()) |
2458 | *getCanonicalDecl()->getTrailingObjects<ExplicitSpecifier>() = ES; |
2459 | else |
2460 | CXXConstructorDeclBits.IsSimpleExplicit = ES.isExplicit(); |
2461 | } |
2462 | |
2463 | ExplicitSpecifier getExplicitSpecifier() { |
2464 | return getCanonicalDecl()->getExplicitSpecifierInternal(); |
2465 | } |
2466 | const ExplicitSpecifier getExplicitSpecifier() const { |
2467 | return getCanonicalDecl()->getExplicitSpecifierInternal(); |
2468 | } |
2469 | |
2470 | /// Return true if the declartion is already resolved to be explicit. |
2471 | bool isExplicit() const { return getExplicitSpecifier().isExplicit(); } |
2472 | |
2473 | /// Iterates through the member/base initializer list. |
2474 | using init_iterator = CXXCtorInitializer **; |
2475 | |
2476 | /// Iterates through the member/base initializer list. |
2477 | using init_const_iterator = CXXCtorInitializer *const *; |
2478 | |
2479 | using init_range = llvm::iterator_range<init_iterator>; |
2480 | using init_const_range = llvm::iterator_range<init_const_iterator>; |
2481 | |
2482 | init_range inits() { return init_range(init_begin(), init_end()); } |
2483 | init_const_range inits() const { |
2484 | return init_const_range(init_begin(), init_end()); |
2485 | } |
2486 | |
2487 | /// Retrieve an iterator to the first initializer. |
2488 | init_iterator init_begin() { |
2489 | const auto *ConstThis = this; |
2490 | return const_cast<init_iterator>(ConstThis->init_begin()); |
2491 | } |
2492 | |
2493 | /// Retrieve an iterator to the first initializer. |
2494 | init_const_iterator init_begin() const; |
2495 | |
2496 | /// Retrieve an iterator past the last initializer. |
2497 | init_iterator init_end() { |
2498 | return init_begin() + getNumCtorInitializers(); |
2499 | } |
2500 | |
2501 | /// Retrieve an iterator past the last initializer. |
2502 | init_const_iterator init_end() const { |
2503 | return init_begin() + getNumCtorInitializers(); |
2504 | } |
2505 | |
2506 | using init_reverse_iterator = std::reverse_iterator<init_iterator>; |
2507 | using init_const_reverse_iterator = |
2508 | std::reverse_iterator<init_const_iterator>; |
2509 | |
2510 | init_reverse_iterator init_rbegin() { |
2511 | return init_reverse_iterator(init_end()); |
2512 | } |
2513 | init_const_reverse_iterator init_rbegin() const { |
2514 | return init_const_reverse_iterator(init_end()); |
2515 | } |
2516 | |
2517 | init_reverse_iterator init_rend() { |
2518 | return init_reverse_iterator(init_begin()); |
2519 | } |
2520 | init_const_reverse_iterator init_rend() const { |
2521 | return init_const_reverse_iterator(init_begin()); |
2522 | } |
2523 | |
2524 | /// Determine the number of arguments used to initialize the member |
2525 | /// or base. |
2526 | unsigned getNumCtorInitializers() const { |
2527 | return CXXConstructorDeclBits.NumCtorInitializers; |
2528 | } |
2529 | |
2530 | void setNumCtorInitializers(unsigned numCtorInitializers) { |
2531 | CXXConstructorDeclBits.NumCtorInitializers = numCtorInitializers; |
2532 | // This assert added because NumCtorInitializers is stored |
2533 | // in CXXConstructorDeclBits as a bitfield and its width has |
2534 | // been shrunk from 32 bits to fit into CXXConstructorDeclBitfields. |
2535 | assert(CXXConstructorDeclBits.NumCtorInitializers ==((CXXConstructorDeclBits.NumCtorInitializers == numCtorInitializers && "NumCtorInitializers overflow!") ? static_cast< void> (0) : __assert_fail ("CXXConstructorDeclBits.NumCtorInitializers == numCtorInitializers && \"NumCtorInitializers overflow!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" , 2536, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
2536 | numCtorInitializers && "NumCtorInitializers overflow!")((CXXConstructorDeclBits.NumCtorInitializers == numCtorInitializers && "NumCtorInitializers overflow!") ? static_cast< void> (0) : __assert_fail ("CXXConstructorDeclBits.NumCtorInitializers == numCtorInitializers && \"NumCtorInitializers overflow!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" , 2536, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
2537 | } |
2538 | |
2539 | void setCtorInitializers(CXXCtorInitializer **Initializers) { |
2540 | CtorInitializers = Initializers; |
2541 | } |
2542 | |
2543 | /// Determine whether this constructor is a delegating constructor. |
2544 | bool isDelegatingConstructor() const { |
2545 | return (getNumCtorInitializers() == 1) && |
2546 | init_begin()[0]->isDelegatingInitializer(); |
2547 | } |
2548 | |
2549 | /// When this constructor delegates to another, retrieve the target. |
2550 | CXXConstructorDecl *getTargetConstructor() const; |
2551 | |
2552 | /// Whether this constructor is a default |
2553 | /// constructor (C++ [class.ctor]p5), which can be used to |
2554 | /// default-initialize a class of this type. |
2555 | bool isDefaultConstructor() const; |
2556 | |
2557 | /// Whether this constructor is a copy constructor (C++ [class.copy]p2, |
2558 | /// which can be used to copy the class. |
2559 | /// |
2560 | /// \p TypeQuals will be set to the qualifiers on the |
2561 | /// argument type. For example, \p TypeQuals would be set to \c |
2562 | /// Qualifiers::Const for the following copy constructor: |
2563 | /// |
2564 | /// \code |
2565 | /// class X { |
2566 | /// public: |
2567 | /// X(const X&); |
2568 | /// }; |
2569 | /// \endcode |
2570 | bool isCopyConstructor(unsigned &TypeQuals) const; |
2571 | |
2572 | /// Whether this constructor is a copy |
2573 | /// constructor (C++ [class.copy]p2, which can be used to copy the |
2574 | /// class. |
2575 | bool isCopyConstructor() const { |
2576 | unsigned TypeQuals = 0; |
2577 | return isCopyConstructor(TypeQuals); |
2578 | } |
2579 | |
2580 | /// Determine whether this constructor is a move constructor |
2581 | /// (C++11 [class.copy]p3), which can be used to move values of the class. |
2582 | /// |
2583 | /// \param TypeQuals If this constructor is a move constructor, will be set |
2584 | /// to the type qualifiers on the referent of the first parameter's type. |
2585 | bool isMoveConstructor(unsigned &TypeQuals) const; |
2586 | |
2587 | /// Determine whether this constructor is a move constructor |
2588 | /// (C++11 [class.copy]p3), which can be used to move values of the class. |
2589 | bool isMoveConstructor() const { |
2590 | unsigned TypeQuals = 0; |
2591 | return isMoveConstructor(TypeQuals); |
2592 | } |
2593 | |
2594 | /// Determine whether this is a copy or move constructor. |
2595 | /// |
2596 | /// \param TypeQuals Will be set to the type qualifiers on the reference |
2597 | /// parameter, if in fact this is a copy or move constructor. |
2598 | bool isCopyOrMoveConstructor(unsigned &TypeQuals) const; |
2599 | |
2600 | /// Determine whether this a copy or move constructor. |
2601 | bool isCopyOrMoveConstructor() const { |
2602 | unsigned Quals; |
2603 | return isCopyOrMoveConstructor(Quals); |
2604 | } |
2605 | |
2606 | /// Whether this constructor is a |
2607 | /// converting constructor (C++ [class.conv.ctor]), which can be |
2608 | /// used for user-defined conversions. |
2609 | bool isConvertingConstructor(bool AllowExplicit) const; |
2610 | |
2611 | /// Determine whether this is a member template specialization that |
2612 | /// would copy the object to itself. Such constructors are never used to copy |
2613 | /// an object. |
2614 | bool isSpecializationCopyingObject() const; |
2615 | |
2616 | /// Determine whether this is an implicit constructor synthesized to |
2617 | /// model a call to a constructor inherited from a base class. |
2618 | bool isInheritingConstructor() const { |
2619 | return CXXConstructorDeclBits.IsInheritingConstructor; |
2620 | } |
2621 | |
2622 | /// State that this is an implicit constructor synthesized to |
2623 | /// model a call to a constructor inherited from a base class. |
2624 | void setInheritingConstructor(bool isIC = true) { |
2625 | CXXConstructorDeclBits.IsInheritingConstructor = isIC; |
2626 | } |
2627 | |
2628 | /// Get the constructor that this inheriting constructor is based on. |
2629 | InheritedConstructor getInheritedConstructor() const { |
2630 | return isInheritingConstructor() ? |
2631 | *getTrailingObjects<InheritedConstructor>() : InheritedConstructor(); |
2632 | } |
2633 | |
2634 | CXXConstructorDecl *getCanonicalDecl() override { |
2635 | return cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FunctionDecl::getCanonicalDecl()); |
2636 | } |
2637 | const CXXConstructorDecl *getCanonicalDecl() const { |
2638 | return const_cast<CXXConstructorDecl*>(this)->getCanonicalDecl(); |
2639 | } |
2640 | |
2641 | // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc. |
2642 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
2643 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == CXXConstructor; } |
2644 | }; |
2645 | |
2646 | /// Represents a C++ destructor within a class. |
2647 | /// |
2648 | /// For example: |
2649 | /// |
2650 | /// \code |
2651 | /// class X { |
2652 | /// public: |
2653 | /// ~X(); // represented by a CXXDestructorDecl. |
2654 | /// }; |
2655 | /// \endcode |
2656 | class CXXDestructorDecl : public CXXMethodDecl { |
2657 | friend class ASTDeclReader; |
2658 | friend class ASTDeclWriter; |
2659 | |
2660 | // FIXME: Don't allocate storage for these except in the first declaration |
2661 | // of a virtual destructor. |
2662 | FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = nullptr; |
2663 | Expr *OperatorDeleteThisArg = nullptr; |
2664 | |
2665 | CXXDestructorDecl(ASTContext &C, CXXRecordDecl *RD, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
2666 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, QualType T, |
2667 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, bool isInline, |
2668 | bool isImplicitlyDeclared, ConstexprSpecKind ConstexprKind, |
2669 | Expr *TrailingRequiresClause = nullptr) |
2670 | : CXXMethodDecl(CXXDestructor, C, RD, StartLoc, NameInfo, T, TInfo, |
2671 | SC_None, isInline, ConstexprKind, SourceLocation(), |
2672 | TrailingRequiresClause) { |
2673 | setImplicit(isImplicitlyDeclared); |
2674 | } |
2675 | |
2676 | void anchor() override; |
2677 | |
2678 | public: |
2679 | static CXXDestructorDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, CXXRecordDecl *RD, |
2680 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
2681 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
2682 | QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
2683 | bool isInline, bool isImplicitlyDeclared, |
2684 | ConstexprSpecKind ConstexprKind, |
2685 | Expr *TrailingRequiresClause = nullptr); |
2686 | static CXXDestructorDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext & C, unsigned ID); |
2687 | |
2688 | void setOperatorDelete(FunctionDecl *OD, Expr *ThisArg); |
2689 | |
2690 | const FunctionDecl *getOperatorDelete() const { |
2691 | return getCanonicalDecl()->OperatorDelete; |
2692 | } |
2693 | |
2694 | Expr *getOperatorDeleteThisArg() const { |
2695 | return getCanonicalDecl()->OperatorDeleteThisArg; |
2696 | } |
2697 | |
2698 | CXXDestructorDecl *getCanonicalDecl() override { |
2699 | return cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(FunctionDecl::getCanonicalDecl()); |
2700 | } |
2701 | const CXXDestructorDecl *getCanonicalDecl() const { |
2702 | return const_cast<CXXDestructorDecl*>(this)->getCanonicalDecl(); |
2703 | } |
2704 | |
2705 | // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc. |
2706 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
2707 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == CXXDestructor; } |
2708 | }; |
2709 | |
2710 | /// Represents a C++ conversion function within a class. |
2711 | /// |
2712 | /// For example: |
2713 | /// |
2714 | /// \code |
2715 | /// class X { |
2716 | /// public: |
2717 | /// operator bool(); |
2718 | /// }; |
2719 | /// \endcode |
2720 | class CXXConversionDecl : public CXXMethodDecl { |
2721 | CXXConversionDecl(ASTContext &C, CXXRecordDecl *RD, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
2722 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, QualType T, |
2723 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, bool isInline, ExplicitSpecifier ES, |
2724 | ConstexprSpecKind ConstexprKind, SourceLocation EndLocation, |
2725 | Expr *TrailingRequiresClause = nullptr) |
2726 | : CXXMethodDecl(CXXConversion, C, RD, StartLoc, NameInfo, T, TInfo, |
2727 | SC_None, isInline, ConstexprKind, EndLocation, |
2728 | TrailingRequiresClause), |
2729 | ExplicitSpec(ES) {} |
2730 | void anchor() override; |
2731 | |
2732 | ExplicitSpecifier ExplicitSpec; |
2733 | |
2734 | public: |
2735 | friend class ASTDeclReader; |
2736 | friend class ASTDeclWriter; |
2737 | |
2738 | static CXXConversionDecl * |
2739 | Create(ASTContext &C, CXXRecordDecl *RD, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
2740 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
2741 | bool isInline, ExplicitSpecifier ES, ConstexprSpecKind ConstexprKind, |
2742 | SourceLocation EndLocation, Expr *TrailingRequiresClause = nullptr); |
2743 | static CXXConversionDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID); |
2744 | |
2745 | ExplicitSpecifier getExplicitSpecifier() { |
2746 | return getCanonicalDecl()->ExplicitSpec; |
2747 | } |
2748 | |
2749 | const ExplicitSpecifier getExplicitSpecifier() const { |
2750 | return getCanonicalDecl()->ExplicitSpec; |
2751 | } |
2752 | |
2753 | /// Return true if the declartion is already resolved to be explicit. |
2754 | bool isExplicit() const { return getExplicitSpecifier().isExplicit(); } |
2755 | void setExplicitSpecifier(ExplicitSpecifier ES) { ExplicitSpec = ES; } |
2756 | |
2757 | /// Returns the type that this conversion function is converting to. |
2758 | QualType getConversionType() const { |
2759 | return getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(); |
2760 | } |
2761 | |
2762 | /// Determine whether this conversion function is a conversion from |
2763 | /// a lambda closure type to a block pointer. |
2764 | bool isLambdaToBlockPointerConversion() const; |
2765 | |
2766 | CXXConversionDecl *getCanonicalDecl() override { |
2767 | return cast<CXXConversionDecl>(FunctionDecl::getCanonicalDecl()); |
2768 | } |
2769 | const CXXConversionDecl *getCanonicalDecl() const { |
2770 | return const_cast<CXXConversionDecl*>(this)->getCanonicalDecl(); |
2771 | } |
2772 | |
2773 | // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc. |
2774 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
2775 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == CXXConversion; } |
2776 | }; |
2777 | |
2778 | /// Represents a linkage specification. |
2779 | /// |
2780 | /// For example: |
2781 | /// \code |
2782 | /// extern "C" void foo(); |
2783 | /// \endcode |
2784 | class LinkageSpecDecl : public Decl, public DeclContext { |
2785 | virtual void anchor(); |
2786 | // This class stores some data in DeclContext::LinkageSpecDeclBits to save |
2787 | // some space. Use the provided accessors to access it. |
2788 | public: |
2789 | /// Represents the language in a linkage specification. |
2790 | /// |
2791 | /// The values are part of the serialization ABI for |
2792 | /// ASTs and cannot be changed without altering that ABI. |
2793 | enum LanguageIDs { lang_c = 1, lang_cxx = 2 }; |
2794 | |
2795 | private: |
2796 | /// The source location for the extern keyword. |
2797 | SourceLocation ExternLoc; |
2798 | |
2799 | /// The source location for the right brace (if valid). |
2800 | SourceLocation RBraceLoc; |
2801 | |
2802 | LinkageSpecDecl(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation ExternLoc, |
2803 | SourceLocation LangLoc, LanguageIDs lang, bool HasBraces); |
2804 | |
2805 | public: |
2806 | static LinkageSpecDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, |
2807 | SourceLocation ExternLoc, |
2808 | SourceLocation LangLoc, LanguageIDs Lang, |
2809 | bool HasBraces); |
2810 | static LinkageSpecDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID); |
2811 | |
2812 | /// Return the language specified by this linkage specification. |
2813 | LanguageIDs getLanguage() const { |
2814 | return static_cast<LanguageIDs>(LinkageSpecDeclBits.Language); |
2815 | } |
2816 | |
2817 | /// Set the language specified by this linkage specification. |
2818 | void setLanguage(LanguageIDs L) { LinkageSpecDeclBits.Language = L; } |
2819 | |
2820 | /// Determines whether this linkage specification had braces in |
2821 | /// its syntactic form. |
2822 | bool hasBraces() const { |
2823 | assert(!RBraceLoc.isValid() || LinkageSpecDeclBits.HasBraces)((!RBraceLoc.isValid() || LinkageSpecDeclBits.HasBraces) ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!RBraceLoc.isValid() || LinkageSpecDeclBits.HasBraces" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" , 2823, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
2824 | return LinkageSpecDeclBits.HasBraces; |
2825 | } |
2826 | |
2827 | SourceLocation getExternLoc() const { return ExternLoc; } |
2828 | SourceLocation getRBraceLoc() const { return RBraceLoc; } |
2829 | void setExternLoc(SourceLocation L) { ExternLoc = L; } |
2830 | void setRBraceLoc(SourceLocation L) { |
2831 | RBraceLoc = L; |
2832 | LinkageSpecDeclBits.HasBraces = RBraceLoc.isValid(); |
2833 | } |
2834 | |
2835 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { |
2836 | if (hasBraces()) |
2837 | return getRBraceLoc(); |
2838 | // No braces: get the end location of the (only) declaration in context |
2839 | // (if present). |
2840 | return decls_empty() ? getLocation() : decls_begin()->getEndLoc(); |
2841 | } |
2842 | |
2843 | SourceRange getSourceRange() const override LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { |
2844 | return SourceRange(ExternLoc, getEndLoc()); |
2845 | } |
2846 | |
2847 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
2848 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == LinkageSpec; } |
2849 | |
2850 | static DeclContext *castToDeclContext(const LinkageSpecDecl *D) { |
2851 | return static_cast<DeclContext *>(const_cast<LinkageSpecDecl*>(D)); |
2852 | } |
2853 | |
2854 | static LinkageSpecDecl *castFromDeclContext(const DeclContext *DC) { |
2855 | return static_cast<LinkageSpecDecl *>(const_cast<DeclContext*>(DC)); |
2856 | } |
2857 | }; |
2858 | |
2859 | /// Represents C++ using-directive. |
2860 | /// |
2861 | /// For example: |
2862 | /// \code |
2863 | /// using namespace std; |
2864 | /// \endcode |
2865 | /// |
2866 | /// \note UsingDirectiveDecl should be Decl not NamedDecl, but we provide |
2867 | /// artificial names for all using-directives in order to store |
2868 | /// them in DeclContext effectively. |
2869 | class UsingDirectiveDecl : public NamedDecl { |
2870 | /// The location of the \c using keyword. |
2871 | SourceLocation UsingLoc; |
2872 | |
2873 | /// The location of the \c namespace keyword. |
2874 | SourceLocation NamespaceLoc; |
2875 | |
2876 | /// The nested-name-specifier that precedes the namespace. |
2877 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc; |
2878 | |
2879 | /// The namespace nominated by this using-directive. |
2880 | NamedDecl *NominatedNamespace; |
2881 | |
2882 | /// Enclosing context containing both using-directive and nominated |
2883 | /// namespace. |
2884 | DeclContext *CommonAncestor; |
2885 | |
2886 | UsingDirectiveDecl(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation UsingLoc, |
2887 | SourceLocation NamespcLoc, |
2888 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, |
2889 | SourceLocation IdentLoc, |
2890 | NamedDecl *Nominated, |
2891 | DeclContext *CommonAncestor) |
2892 | : NamedDecl(UsingDirective, DC, IdentLoc, getName()), UsingLoc(UsingLoc), |
2893 | NamespaceLoc(NamespcLoc), QualifierLoc(QualifierLoc), |
2894 | NominatedNamespace(Nominated), CommonAncestor(CommonAncestor) {} |
2895 | |
2896 | /// Returns special DeclarationName used by using-directives. |
2897 | /// |
2898 | /// This is only used by DeclContext for storing UsingDirectiveDecls in |
2899 | /// its lookup structure. |
2900 | static DeclarationName getName() { |
2901 | return DeclarationName::getUsingDirectiveName(); |
2902 | } |
2903 | |
2904 | void anchor() override; |
2905 | |
2906 | public: |
2907 | friend class ASTDeclReader; |
2908 | |
2909 | // Friend for getUsingDirectiveName. |
2910 | friend class DeclContext; |
2911 | |
2912 | /// Retrieve the nested-name-specifier that qualifies the |
2913 | /// name of the namespace, with source-location information. |
2914 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc getQualifierLoc() const { return QualifierLoc; } |
2915 | |
2916 | /// Retrieve the nested-name-specifier that qualifies the |
2917 | /// name of the namespace. |
2918 | NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { |
2919 | return QualifierLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier(); |
2920 | } |
2921 | |
2922 | NamedDecl *getNominatedNamespaceAsWritten() { return NominatedNamespace; } |
2923 | const NamedDecl *getNominatedNamespaceAsWritten() const { |
2924 | return NominatedNamespace; |
2925 | } |
2926 | |
2927 | /// Returns the namespace nominated by this using-directive. |
2928 | NamespaceDecl *getNominatedNamespace(); |
2929 | |
2930 | const NamespaceDecl *getNominatedNamespace() const { |
2931 | return const_cast<UsingDirectiveDecl*>(this)->getNominatedNamespace(); |
2932 | } |
2933 | |
2934 | /// Returns the common ancestor context of this using-directive and |
2935 | /// its nominated namespace. |
2936 | DeclContext *getCommonAncestor() { return CommonAncestor; } |
2937 | const DeclContext *getCommonAncestor() const { return CommonAncestor; } |
2938 | |
2939 | /// Return the location of the \c using keyword. |
2940 | SourceLocation getUsingLoc() const { return UsingLoc; } |
2941 | |
2942 | // FIXME: Could omit 'Key' in name. |
2943 | /// Returns the location of the \c namespace keyword. |
2944 | SourceLocation getNamespaceKeyLocation() const { return NamespaceLoc; } |
2945 | |
2946 | /// Returns the location of this using declaration's identifier. |
2947 | SourceLocation getIdentLocation() const { return getLocation(); } |
2948 | |
2949 | static UsingDirectiveDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, |
2950 | SourceLocation UsingLoc, |
2951 | SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, |
2952 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, |
2953 | SourceLocation IdentLoc, |
2954 | NamedDecl *Nominated, |
2955 | DeclContext *CommonAncestor); |
2956 | static UsingDirectiveDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID); |
2957 | |
2958 | SourceRange getSourceRange() const override LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { |
2959 | return SourceRange(UsingLoc, getLocation()); |
2960 | } |
2961 | |
2962 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
2963 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == UsingDirective; } |
2964 | }; |
2965 | |
2966 | /// Represents a C++ namespace alias. |
2967 | /// |
2968 | /// For example: |
2969 | /// |
2970 | /// \code |
2971 | /// namespace Foo = Bar; |
2972 | /// \endcode |
2973 | class NamespaceAliasDecl : public NamedDecl, |
2974 | public Redeclarable<NamespaceAliasDecl> { |
2975 | friend class ASTDeclReader; |
2976 | |
2977 | /// The location of the \c namespace keyword. |
2978 | SourceLocation NamespaceLoc; |
2979 | |
2980 | /// The location of the namespace's identifier. |
2981 | /// |
2982 | /// This is accessed by TargetNameLoc. |
2983 | SourceLocation IdentLoc; |
2984 | |
2985 | /// The nested-name-specifier that precedes the namespace. |
2986 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc; |
2987 | |
2988 | /// The Decl that this alias points to, either a NamespaceDecl or |
2989 | /// a NamespaceAliasDecl. |
2990 | NamedDecl *Namespace; |
2991 | |
2992 | NamespaceAliasDecl(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, |
2993 | SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, SourceLocation AliasLoc, |
2994 | IdentifierInfo *Alias, NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, |
2995 | SourceLocation IdentLoc, NamedDecl *Namespace) |
2996 | : NamedDecl(NamespaceAlias, DC, AliasLoc, Alias), redeclarable_base(C), |
2997 | NamespaceLoc(NamespaceLoc), IdentLoc(IdentLoc), |
2998 | QualifierLoc(QualifierLoc), Namespace(Namespace) {} |
2999 | |
3000 | void anchor() override; |
3001 | |
3002 | using redeclarable_base = Redeclarable<NamespaceAliasDecl>; |
3003 | |
3004 | NamespaceAliasDecl *getNextRedeclarationImpl() override; |
3005 | NamespaceAliasDecl *getPreviousDeclImpl() override; |
3006 | NamespaceAliasDecl *getMostRecentDeclImpl() override; |
3007 | |
3008 | public: |
3009 | static NamespaceAliasDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, |
3010 | SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, |
3011 | SourceLocation AliasLoc, |
3012 | IdentifierInfo *Alias, |
3013 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, |
3014 | SourceLocation IdentLoc, |
3015 | NamedDecl *Namespace); |
3016 | |
3017 | static NamespaceAliasDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID); |
3018 | |
3019 | using redecl_range = redeclarable_base::redecl_range; |
3020 | using redecl_iterator = redeclarable_base::redecl_iterator; |
3021 | |
3022 | using redeclarable_base::redecls_begin; |
3023 | using redeclarable_base::redecls_end; |
3024 | using redeclarable_base::redecls; |
3025 | using redeclarable_base::getPreviousDecl; |
3026 | using redeclarable_base::getMostRecentDecl; |
3027 | |
3028 | NamespaceAliasDecl *getCanonicalDecl() override { |
3029 | return getFirstDecl(); |
3030 | } |
3031 | const NamespaceAliasDecl *getCanonicalDecl() const { |
3032 | return getFirstDecl(); |
3033 | } |
3034 | |
3035 | /// Retrieve the nested-name-specifier that qualifies the |
3036 | /// name of the namespace, with source-location information. |
3037 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc getQualifierLoc() const { return QualifierLoc; } |
3038 | |
3039 | /// Retrieve the nested-name-specifier that qualifies the |
3040 | /// name of the namespace. |
3041 | NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { |
3042 | return QualifierLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier(); |
3043 | } |
3044 | |
3045 | /// Retrieve the namespace declaration aliased by this directive. |
3046 | NamespaceDecl *getNamespace() { |
3047 | if (auto *AD = dyn_cast<NamespaceAliasDecl>(Namespace)) |
3048 | return AD->getNamespace(); |
3049 | |
3050 | return cast<NamespaceDecl>(Namespace); |
3051 | } |
3052 | |
3053 | const NamespaceDecl *getNamespace() const { |
3054 | return const_cast<NamespaceAliasDecl *>(this)->getNamespace(); |
3055 | } |
3056 | |
3057 | /// Returns the location of the alias name, i.e. 'foo' in |
3058 | /// "namespace foo = ns::bar;". |
3059 | SourceLocation getAliasLoc() const { return getLocation(); } |
3060 | |
3061 | /// Returns the location of the \c namespace keyword. |
3062 | SourceLocation getNamespaceLoc() const { return NamespaceLoc; } |
3063 | |
3064 | /// Returns the location of the identifier in the named namespace. |
3065 | SourceLocation getTargetNameLoc() const { return IdentLoc; } |
3066 | |
3067 | /// Retrieve the namespace that this alias refers to, which |
3068 | /// may either be a NamespaceDecl or a NamespaceAliasDecl. |
3069 | NamedDecl *getAliasedNamespace() const { return Namespace; } |
3070 | |
3071 | SourceRange getSourceRange() const override LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { |
3072 | return SourceRange(NamespaceLoc, IdentLoc); |
3073 | } |
3074 | |
3075 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
3076 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == NamespaceAlias; } |
3077 | }; |
3078 | |
3079 | /// Implicit declaration of a temporary that was materialized by |
3080 | /// a MaterializeTemporaryExpr and lifetime-extended by a declaration |
3081 | class LifetimeExtendedTemporaryDecl final |
3082 | : public Decl, |
3083 | public Mergeable<LifetimeExtendedTemporaryDecl> { |
3084 | friend class MaterializeTemporaryExpr; |
3085 | friend class ASTDeclReader; |
3086 | |
3087 | Stmt *ExprWithTemporary = nullptr; |
3088 | |
3089 | /// The declaration which lifetime-extended this reference, if any. |
3090 | /// Either a VarDecl, or (for a ctor-initializer) a FieldDecl. |
3091 | ValueDecl *ExtendingDecl = nullptr; |
3092 | unsigned ManglingNumber; |
3093 | |
3094 | mutable APValue *Value = nullptr; |
3095 | |
3096 | virtual void anchor(); |
3097 | |
3098 | LifetimeExtendedTemporaryDecl(Expr *Temp, ValueDecl *EDecl, unsigned Mangling) |
3099 | : Decl(Decl::LifetimeExtendedTemporary, EDecl->getDeclContext(), |
3100 | EDecl->getLocation()), |
3101 | ExprWithTemporary(Temp), ExtendingDecl(EDecl), |
3102 | ManglingNumber(Mangling) {} |
3103 | |
3104 | LifetimeExtendedTemporaryDecl(EmptyShell) |
3105 | : Decl(Decl::LifetimeExtendedTemporary, EmptyShell{}) {} |
3106 | |
3107 | public: |
3108 | static LifetimeExtendedTemporaryDecl *Create(Expr *Temp, ValueDecl *EDec, |
3109 | unsigned Mangling) { |
3110 | return new (EDec->getASTContext(), EDec->getDeclContext()) |
3111 | LifetimeExtendedTemporaryDecl(Temp, EDec, Mangling); |
3112 | } |
3113 | static LifetimeExtendedTemporaryDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, |
3114 | unsigned ID) { |
3115 | return new (C, ID) LifetimeExtendedTemporaryDecl(EmptyShell{}); |
3116 | } |
3117 | |
3118 | ValueDecl *getExtendingDecl() { return ExtendingDecl; } |
3119 | const ValueDecl *getExtendingDecl() const { return ExtendingDecl; } |
3120 | |
3121 | /// Retrieve the storage duration for the materialized temporary. |
3122 | StorageDuration getStorageDuration() const; |
3123 | |
3124 | /// Retrieve the expression to which the temporary materialization conversion |
3125 | /// was applied. This isn't necessarily the initializer of the temporary due |
3126 | /// to the C++98 delayed materialization rules, but |
3127 | /// skipRValueSubobjectAdjustments can be used to find said initializer within |
3128 | /// the subexpression. |
3129 | Expr *getTemporaryExpr() { return cast<Expr>(ExprWithTemporary); } |
3130 | const Expr *getTemporaryExpr() const { return cast<Expr>(ExprWithTemporary); } |
3131 | |
3132 | unsigned getManglingNumber() const { return ManglingNumber; } |
3133 | |
3134 | /// Get the storage for the constant value of a materialized temporary |
3135 | /// of static storage duration. |
3136 | APValue *getOrCreateValue(bool MayCreate) const; |
3137 | |
3138 | APValue *getValue() const { return Value; } |
3139 | |
3140 | // Iterators |
3141 | Stmt::child_range childrenExpr() { |
3142 | return Stmt::child_range(&ExprWithTemporary, &ExprWithTemporary + 1); |
3143 | } |
3144 | |
3145 | Stmt::const_child_range childrenExpr() const { |
3146 | return Stmt::const_child_range(&ExprWithTemporary, &ExprWithTemporary + 1); |
3147 | } |
3148 | |
3149 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
3150 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { |
3151 | return K == Decl::LifetimeExtendedTemporary; |
3152 | } |
3153 | }; |
3154 | |
3155 | /// Represents a shadow declaration introduced into a scope by a |
3156 | /// (resolved) using declaration. |
3157 | /// |
3158 | /// For example, |
3159 | /// \code |
3160 | /// namespace A { |
3161 | /// void foo(); |
3162 | /// } |
3163 | /// namespace B { |
3164 | /// using A::foo; // <- a UsingDecl |
3165 | /// // Also creates a UsingShadowDecl for A::foo() in B |
3166 | /// } |
3167 | /// \endcode |
3168 | class UsingShadowDecl : public NamedDecl, public Redeclarable<UsingShadowDecl> { |
3169 | friend class UsingDecl; |
3170 | |
3171 | /// The referenced declaration. |
3172 | NamedDecl *Underlying = nullptr; |
3173 | |
3174 | /// The using declaration which introduced this decl or the next using |
3175 | /// shadow declaration contained in the aforementioned using declaration. |
3176 | NamedDecl *UsingOrNextShadow = nullptr; |
3177 | |
3178 | void anchor() override; |
3179 | |
3180 | using redeclarable_base = Redeclarable<UsingShadowDecl>; |
3181 | |
3182 | UsingShadowDecl *getNextRedeclarationImpl() override { |
3183 | return getNextRedeclaration(); |
3184 | } |
3185 | |
3186 | UsingShadowDecl *getPreviousDeclImpl() override { |
3187 | return getPreviousDecl(); |
3188 | } |
3189 | |
3190 | UsingShadowDecl *getMostRecentDeclImpl() override { |
3191 | return getMostRecentDecl(); |
3192 | } |
3193 | |
3194 | protected: |
3195 | UsingShadowDecl(Kind K, ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation Loc, |
3196 | UsingDecl *Using, NamedDecl *Target); |
3197 | UsingShadowDecl(Kind K, ASTContext &C, EmptyShell); |
3198 | |
3199 | public: |
3200 | friend class ASTDeclReader; |
3201 | friend class ASTDeclWriter; |
3202 | |
3203 | static UsingShadowDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, |
3204 | SourceLocation Loc, UsingDecl *Using, |
3205 | NamedDecl *Target) { |
3206 | return new (C, DC) UsingShadowDecl(UsingShadow, C, DC, Loc, Using, Target); |
3207 | } |
3208 | |
3209 | static UsingShadowDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID); |
3210 | |
3211 | using redecl_range = redeclarable_base::redecl_range; |
3212 | using redecl_iterator = redeclarable_base::redecl_iterator; |
3213 | |
3214 | using redeclarable_base::redecls_begin; |
3215 | using redeclarable_base::redecls_end; |
3216 | using redeclarable_base::redecls; |
3217 | using redeclarable_base::getPreviousDecl; |
3218 | using redeclarable_base::getMostRecentDecl; |
3219 | using redeclarable_base::isFirstDecl; |
3220 | |
3221 | UsingShadowDecl *getCanonicalDecl() override { |
3222 | return getFirstDecl(); |
3223 | } |
3224 | const UsingShadowDecl *getCanonicalDecl() const { |
3225 | return getFirstDecl(); |
3226 | } |
3227 | |
3228 | /// Gets the underlying declaration which has been brought into the |
3229 | /// local scope. |
3230 | NamedDecl *getTargetDecl() const { return Underlying; } |
3231 | |
3232 | /// Sets the underlying declaration which has been brought into the |
3233 | /// local scope. |
3234 | void setTargetDecl(NamedDecl *ND) { |
3235 | assert(ND && "Target decl is null!")((ND && "Target decl is null!") ? static_cast<void > (0) : __assert_fail ("ND && \"Target decl is null!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" , 3235, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
3236 | Underlying = ND; |
3237 | // A UsingShadowDecl is never a friend or local extern declaration, even |
3238 | // if it is a shadow declaration for one. |
3239 | IdentifierNamespace = |
3240 | ND->getIdentifierNamespace() & |
3241 | ~(IDNS_OrdinaryFriend | IDNS_TagFriend | IDNS_LocalExtern); |
3242 | } |
3243 | |
3244 | /// Gets the using declaration to which this declaration is tied. |
3245 | UsingDecl *getUsingDecl() const; |
3246 | |
3247 | /// The next using shadow declaration contained in the shadow decl |
3248 | /// chain of the using declaration which introduced this decl. |
3249 | UsingShadowDecl *getNextUsingShadowDecl() const { |
3250 | return dyn_cast_or_null<UsingShadowDecl>(UsingOrNextShadow); |
3251 | } |
3252 | |
3253 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
3254 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { |
3255 | return K == Decl::UsingShadow || K == Decl::ConstructorUsingShadow; |
3256 | } |
3257 | }; |
3258 | |
3259 | /// Represents a shadow constructor declaration introduced into a |
3260 | /// class by a C++11 using-declaration that names a constructor. |
3261 | /// |
3262 | /// For example: |
3263 | /// \code |
3264 | /// struct Base { Base(int); }; |
3265 | /// struct Derived { |
3266 | /// using Base::Base; // creates a UsingDecl and a ConstructorUsingShadowDecl |
3267 | /// }; |
3268 | /// \endcode |
3269 | class ConstructorUsingShadowDecl final : public UsingShadowDecl { |
3270 | /// If this constructor using declaration inherted the constructor |
3271 | /// from an indirect base class, this is the ConstructorUsingShadowDecl |
3272 | /// in the named direct base class from which the declaration was inherited. |
3273 | ConstructorUsingShadowDecl *NominatedBaseClassShadowDecl = nullptr; |
3274 | |
3275 | /// If this constructor using declaration inherted the constructor |
3276 | /// from an indirect base class, this is the ConstructorUsingShadowDecl |
3277 | /// that will be used to construct the unique direct or virtual base class |
3278 | /// that receives the constructor arguments. |
3279 | ConstructorUsingShadowDecl *ConstructedBaseClassShadowDecl = nullptr; |
3280 | |
3281 | /// \c true if the constructor ultimately named by this using shadow |
3282 | /// declaration is within a virtual base class subobject of the class that |
3283 | /// contains this declaration. |
3284 | unsigned IsVirtual : 1; |
3285 | |
3286 | ConstructorUsingShadowDecl(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation Loc, |
3287 | UsingDecl *Using, NamedDecl *Target, |
3288 | bool TargetInVirtualBase) |
3289 | : UsingShadowDecl(ConstructorUsingShadow, C, DC, Loc, Using, |
3290 | Target->getUnderlyingDecl()), |
3291 | NominatedBaseClassShadowDecl( |
3292 | dyn_cast<ConstructorUsingShadowDecl>(Target)), |
3293 | ConstructedBaseClassShadowDecl(NominatedBaseClassShadowDecl), |
3294 | IsVirtual(TargetInVirtualBase) { |
3295 | // If we found a constructor that chains to a constructor for a virtual |
3296 | // base, we should directly call that virtual base constructor instead. |
3297 | // FIXME: This logic belongs in Sema. |
3298 | if (NominatedBaseClassShadowDecl && |
3299 | NominatedBaseClassShadowDecl->constructsVirtualBase()) { |
3300 | ConstructedBaseClassShadowDecl = |
3301 | NominatedBaseClassShadowDecl->ConstructedBaseClassShadowDecl; |
3302 | IsVirtual = true; |
3303 | } |
3304 | } |
3305 | |
3306 | ConstructorUsingShadowDecl(ASTContext &C, EmptyShell Empty) |
3307 | : UsingShadowDecl(ConstructorUsingShadow, C, Empty), IsVirtual(false) {} |
3308 | |
3309 | void anchor() override; |
3310 | |
3311 | public: |
3312 | friend class ASTDeclReader; |
3313 | friend class ASTDeclWriter; |
3314 | |
3315 | static ConstructorUsingShadowDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, |
3316 | SourceLocation Loc, |
3317 | UsingDecl *Using, NamedDecl *Target, |
3318 | bool IsVirtual); |
3319 | static ConstructorUsingShadowDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, |
3320 | unsigned ID); |
3321 | |
3322 | /// Returns the parent of this using shadow declaration, which |
3323 | /// is the class in which this is declared. |
3324 | //@{ |
3325 | const CXXRecordDecl *getParent() const { |
3326 | return cast<CXXRecordDecl>(getDeclContext()); |
3327 | } |
3328 | CXXRecordDecl *getParent() { |
3329 | return cast<CXXRecordDecl>(getDeclContext()); |
3330 | } |
3331 | //@} |
3332 | |
3333 | /// Get the inheriting constructor declaration for the direct base |
3334 | /// class from which this using shadow declaration was inherited, if there is |
3335 | /// one. This can be different for each redeclaration of the same shadow decl. |
3336 | ConstructorUsingShadowDecl *getNominatedBaseClassShadowDecl() const { |
3337 | return NominatedBaseClassShadowDecl; |
3338 | } |
3339 | |
3340 | /// Get the inheriting constructor declaration for the base class |
3341 | /// for which we don't have an explicit initializer, if there is one. |
3342 | ConstructorUsingShadowDecl *getConstructedBaseClassShadowDecl() const { |
3343 | return ConstructedBaseClassShadowDecl; |
3344 | } |
3345 | |
3346 | /// Get the base class that was named in the using declaration. This |
3347 | /// can be different for each redeclaration of this same shadow decl. |
3348 | CXXRecordDecl *getNominatedBaseClass() const; |
3349 | |
3350 | /// Get the base class whose constructor or constructor shadow |
3351 | /// declaration is passed the constructor arguments. |
3352 | CXXRecordDecl *getConstructedBaseClass() const { |
3353 | return cast<CXXRecordDecl>((ConstructedBaseClassShadowDecl |
3354 | ? ConstructedBaseClassShadowDecl |
3355 | : getTargetDecl()) |
3356 | ->getDeclContext()); |
3357 | } |
3358 | |
3359 | /// Returns \c true if the constructed base class is a virtual base |
3360 | /// class subobject of this declaration's class. |
3361 | bool constructsVirtualBase() const { |
3362 | return IsVirtual; |
3363 | } |
3364 | |
3365 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
3366 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == ConstructorUsingShadow; } |
3367 | }; |
3368 | |
3369 | /// Represents a C++ using-declaration. |
3370 | /// |
3371 | /// For example: |
3372 | /// \code |
3373 | /// using someNameSpace::someIdentifier; |
3374 | /// \endcode |
3375 | class UsingDecl : public NamedDecl, public Mergeable<UsingDecl> { |
3376 | /// The source location of the 'using' keyword itself. |
3377 | SourceLocation UsingLocation; |
3378 | |
3379 | /// The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name. |
3380 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc; |
3381 | |
3382 | /// Provides source/type location info for the declaration name |
3383 | /// embedded in the ValueDecl base class. |
3384 | DeclarationNameLoc DNLoc; |
3385 | |
3386 | /// The first shadow declaration of the shadow decl chain associated |
3387 | /// with this using declaration. |
3388 | /// |
3389 | /// The bool member of the pair store whether this decl has the \c typename |
3390 | /// keyword. |
3391 | llvm::PointerIntPair<UsingShadowDecl *, 1, bool> FirstUsingShadow; |
3392 | |
3393 | UsingDecl(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation UL, |
3394 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, |
3395 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, bool HasTypenameKeyword) |
3396 | : NamedDecl(Using, DC, NameInfo.getLoc(), NameInfo.getName()), |
3397 | UsingLocation(UL), QualifierLoc(QualifierLoc), |
3398 | DNLoc(NameInfo.getInfo()), FirstUsingShadow(nullptr, HasTypenameKeyword) { |
3399 | } |
3400 | |
3401 | void anchor() override; |
3402 | |
3403 | public: |
3404 | friend class ASTDeclReader; |
3405 | friend class ASTDeclWriter; |
3406 | |
3407 | /// Return the source location of the 'using' keyword. |
3408 | SourceLocation getUsingLoc() const { return UsingLocation; } |
3409 | |
3410 | /// Set the source location of the 'using' keyword. |
3411 | void setUsingLoc(SourceLocation L) { UsingLocation = L; } |
3412 | |
3413 | /// Retrieve the nested-name-specifier that qualifies the name, |
3414 | /// with source-location information. |
3415 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc getQualifierLoc() const { return QualifierLoc; } |
3416 | |
3417 | /// Retrieve the nested-name-specifier that qualifies the name. |
3418 | NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { |
3419 | return QualifierLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier(); |
3420 | } |
3421 | |
3422 | DeclarationNameInfo getNameInfo() const { |
3423 | return DeclarationNameInfo(getDeclName(), getLocation(), DNLoc); |
3424 | } |
3425 | |
3426 | /// Return true if it is a C++03 access declaration (no 'using'). |
3427 | bool isAccessDeclaration() const { return UsingLocation.isInvalid(); } |
3428 | |
3429 | /// Return true if the using declaration has 'typename'. |
3430 | bool hasTypename() const { return FirstUsingShadow.getInt(); } |
3431 | |
3432 | /// Sets whether the using declaration has 'typename'. |
3433 | void setTypename(bool TN) { FirstUsingShadow.setInt(TN); } |
3434 | |
3435 | /// Iterates through the using shadow declarations associated with |
3436 | /// this using declaration. |
3437 | class shadow_iterator { |
3438 | /// The current using shadow declaration. |
3439 | UsingShadowDecl *Current = nullptr; |
3440 | |
3441 | public: |
3442 | using value_type = UsingShadowDecl *; |
3443 | using reference = UsingShadowDecl *; |
3444 | using pointer = UsingShadowDecl *; |
3445 | using iterator_category = std::forward_iterator_tag; |
3446 | using difference_type = std::ptrdiff_t; |
3447 | |
3448 | shadow_iterator() = default; |
3449 | explicit shadow_iterator(UsingShadowDecl *C) : Current(C) {} |
3450 | |
3451 | reference operator*() const { return Current; } |
3452 | pointer operator->() const { return Current; } |
3453 | |
3454 | shadow_iterator& operator++() { |
3455 | Current = Current->getNextUsingShadowDecl(); |
3456 | return *this; |
3457 | } |
3458 | |
3459 | shadow_iterator operator++(int) { |
3460 | shadow_iterator tmp(*this); |
3461 | ++(*this); |
3462 | return tmp; |
3463 | } |
3464 | |
3465 | friend bool operator==(shadow_iterator x, shadow_iterator y) { |
3466 | return x.Current == y.Current; |
3467 | } |
3468 | friend bool operator!=(shadow_iterator x, shadow_iterator y) { |
3469 | return x.Current != y.Current; |
3470 | } |
3471 | }; |
3472 | |
3473 | using shadow_range = llvm::iterator_range<shadow_iterator>; |
3474 | |
3475 | shadow_range shadows() const { |
3476 | return shadow_range(shadow_begin(), shadow_end()); |
3477 | } |
3478 | |
3479 | shadow_iterator shadow_begin() const { |
3480 | return shadow_iterator(FirstUsingShadow.getPointer()); |
3481 | } |
3482 | |
3483 | shadow_iterator shadow_end() const { return shadow_iterator(); } |
3484 | |
3485 | /// Return the number of shadowed declarations associated with this |
3486 | /// using declaration. |
3487 | unsigned shadow_size() const { |
3488 | return std::distance(shadow_begin(), shadow_end()); |
3489 | } |
3490 | |
3491 | void addShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *S); |
3492 | void removeShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *S); |
3493 | |
3494 | static UsingDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, |
3495 | SourceLocation UsingL, |
3496 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, |
3497 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
3498 | bool HasTypenameKeyword); |
3499 | |
3500 | static UsingDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID); |
3501 | |
3502 | SourceRange getSourceRange() const override LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)); |
3503 | |
3504 | /// Retrieves the canonical declaration of this declaration. |
3505 | UsingDecl *getCanonicalDecl() override { return getFirstDecl(); } |
3506 | const UsingDecl *getCanonicalDecl() const { return getFirstDecl(); } |
3507 | |
3508 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
3509 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == Using; } |
3510 | }; |
3511 | |
3512 | /// Represents a pack of using declarations that a single |
3513 | /// using-declarator pack-expanded into. |
3514 | /// |
3515 | /// \code |
3516 | /// template<typename ...T> struct X : T... { |
3517 | /// using T::operator()...; |
3518 | /// using T::operator T...; |
3519 | /// }; |
3520 | /// \endcode |
3521 | /// |
3522 | /// In the second case above, the UsingPackDecl will have the name |
3523 | /// 'operator T' (which contains an unexpanded pack), but the individual |
3524 | /// UsingDecls and UsingShadowDecls will have more reasonable names. |
3525 | class UsingPackDecl final |
3526 | : public NamedDecl, public Mergeable<UsingPackDecl>, |
3527 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<UsingPackDecl, NamedDecl *> { |
3528 | /// The UnresolvedUsingValueDecl or UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl from |
3529 | /// which this waas instantiated. |
3530 | NamedDecl *InstantiatedFrom; |
3531 | |
3532 | /// The number of using-declarations created by this pack expansion. |
3533 | unsigned NumExpansions; |
3534 | |
3535 | UsingPackDecl(DeclContext *DC, NamedDecl *InstantiatedFrom, |
3536 | ArrayRef<NamedDecl *> UsingDecls) |
3537 | : NamedDecl(UsingPack, DC, |
3538 | InstantiatedFrom ? InstantiatedFrom->getLocation() |
3539 | : SourceLocation(), |
3540 | InstantiatedFrom ? InstantiatedFrom->getDeclName() |
3541 | : DeclarationName()), |
3542 | InstantiatedFrom(InstantiatedFrom), NumExpansions(UsingDecls.size()) { |
3543 | std::uninitialized_copy(UsingDecls.begin(), UsingDecls.end(), |
3544 | getTrailingObjects<NamedDecl *>()); |
3545 | } |
3546 | |
3547 | void anchor() override; |
3548 | |
3549 | public: |
3550 | friend class ASTDeclReader; |
3551 | friend class ASTDeclWriter; |
3552 | friend TrailingObjects; |
3553 | |
3554 | /// Get the using declaration from which this was instantiated. This will |
3555 | /// always be an UnresolvedUsingValueDecl or an UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl |
3556 | /// that is a pack expansion. |
3557 | NamedDecl *getInstantiatedFromUsingDecl() const { return InstantiatedFrom; } |
3558 | |
3559 | /// Get the set of using declarations that this pack expanded into. Note that |
3560 | /// some of these may still be unresolved. |
3561 | ArrayRef<NamedDecl *> expansions() const { |
3562 | return llvm::makeArrayRef(getTrailingObjects<NamedDecl *>(), NumExpansions); |
3563 | } |
3564 | |
3565 | static UsingPackDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, |
3566 | NamedDecl *InstantiatedFrom, |
3567 | ArrayRef<NamedDecl *> UsingDecls); |
3568 | |
3569 | static UsingPackDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID, |
3570 | unsigned NumExpansions); |
3571 | |
3572 | SourceRange getSourceRange() const override LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { |
3573 | return InstantiatedFrom->getSourceRange(); |
3574 | } |
3575 | |
3576 | UsingPackDecl *getCanonicalDecl() override { return getFirstDecl(); } |
3577 | const UsingPackDecl *getCanonicalDecl() const { return getFirstDecl(); } |
3578 | |
3579 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
3580 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == UsingPack; } |
3581 | }; |
3582 | |
3583 | /// Represents a dependent using declaration which was not marked with |
3584 | /// \c typename. |
3585 | /// |
3586 | /// Unlike non-dependent using declarations, these *only* bring through |
3587 | /// non-types; otherwise they would break two-phase lookup. |
3588 | /// |
3589 | /// \code |
3590 | /// template \<class T> class A : public Base<T> { |
3591 | /// using Base<T>::foo; |
3592 | /// }; |
3593 | /// \endcode |
3594 | class UnresolvedUsingValueDecl : public ValueDecl, |
3595 | public Mergeable<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl> { |
3596 | /// The source location of the 'using' keyword |
3597 | SourceLocation UsingLocation; |
3598 | |
3599 | /// If this is a pack expansion, the location of the '...'. |
3600 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc; |
3601 | |
3602 | /// The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name. |
3603 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc; |
3604 | |
3605 | /// Provides source/type location info for the declaration name |
3606 | /// embedded in the ValueDecl base class. |
3607 | DeclarationNameLoc DNLoc; |
3608 | |
3609 | UnresolvedUsingValueDecl(DeclContext *DC, QualType Ty, |
3610 | SourceLocation UsingLoc, |
3611 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, |
3612 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
3613 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc) |
3614 | : ValueDecl(UnresolvedUsingValue, DC, |
3615 | NameInfo.getLoc(), NameInfo.getName(), Ty), |
3616 | UsingLocation(UsingLoc), EllipsisLoc(EllipsisLoc), |
3617 | QualifierLoc(QualifierLoc), DNLoc(NameInfo.getInfo()) {} |
3618 | |
3619 | void anchor() override; |
3620 | |
3621 | public: |
3622 | friend class ASTDeclReader; |
3623 | friend class ASTDeclWriter; |
3624 | |
3625 | /// Returns the source location of the 'using' keyword. |
3626 | SourceLocation getUsingLoc() const { return UsingLocation; } |
3627 | |
3628 | /// Set the source location of the 'using' keyword. |
3629 | void setUsingLoc(SourceLocation L) { UsingLocation = L; } |
3630 | |
3631 | /// Return true if it is a C++03 access declaration (no 'using'). |
3632 | bool isAccessDeclaration() const { return UsingLocation.isInvalid(); } |
3633 | |
3634 | /// Retrieve the nested-name-specifier that qualifies the name, |
3635 | /// with source-location information. |
3636 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc getQualifierLoc() const { return QualifierLoc; } |
3637 | |
3638 | /// Retrieve the nested-name-specifier that qualifies the name. |
3639 | NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { |
3640 | return QualifierLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier(); |
3641 | } |
3642 | |
3643 | DeclarationNameInfo getNameInfo() const { |
3644 | return DeclarationNameInfo(getDeclName(), getLocation(), DNLoc); |
3645 | } |
3646 | |
3647 | /// Determine whether this is a pack expansion. |
3648 | bool isPackExpansion() const { |
3649 | return EllipsisLoc.isValid(); |
3650 | } |
3651 | |
3652 | /// Get the location of the ellipsis if this is a pack expansion. |
3653 | SourceLocation getEllipsisLoc() const { |
3654 | return EllipsisLoc; |
3655 | } |
3656 | |
3657 | static UnresolvedUsingValueDecl * |
3658 | Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation UsingLoc, |
3659 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, |
3660 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); |
3661 | |
3662 | static UnresolvedUsingValueDecl * |
3663 | CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID); |
3664 | |
3665 | SourceRange getSourceRange() const override LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)); |
3666 | |
3667 | /// Retrieves the canonical declaration of this declaration. |
3668 | UnresolvedUsingValueDecl *getCanonicalDecl() override { |
3669 | return getFirstDecl(); |
3670 | } |
3671 | const UnresolvedUsingValueDecl *getCanonicalDecl() const { |
3672 | return getFirstDecl(); |
3673 | } |
3674 | |
3675 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
3676 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == UnresolvedUsingValue; } |
3677 | }; |
3678 | |
3679 | /// Represents a dependent using declaration which was marked with |
3680 | /// \c typename. |
3681 | /// |
3682 | /// \code |
3683 | /// template \<class T> class A : public Base<T> { |
3684 | /// using typename Base<T>::foo; |
3685 | /// }; |
3686 | /// \endcode |
3687 | /// |
3688 | /// The type associated with an unresolved using typename decl is |
3689 | /// currently always a typename type. |
3690 | class UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl |
3691 | : public TypeDecl, |
3692 | public Mergeable<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl> { |
3693 | friend class ASTDeclReader; |
3694 | |
3695 | /// The source location of the 'typename' keyword |
3696 | SourceLocation TypenameLocation; |
3697 | |
3698 | /// If this is a pack expansion, the location of the '...'. |
3699 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc; |
3700 | |
3701 | /// The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name. |
3702 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc; |
3703 | |
3704 | UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation UsingLoc, |
3705 | SourceLocation TypenameLoc, |
3706 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, |
3707 | SourceLocation TargetNameLoc, |
3708 | IdentifierInfo *TargetName, |
3709 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc) |
3710 | : TypeDecl(UnresolvedUsingTypename, DC, TargetNameLoc, TargetName, |
3711 | UsingLoc), |
3712 | TypenameLocation(TypenameLoc), EllipsisLoc(EllipsisLoc), |
3713 | QualifierLoc(QualifierLoc) {} |
3714 | |
3715 | void anchor() override; |
3716 | |
3717 | public: |
3718 | /// Returns the source location of the 'using' keyword. |
3719 | SourceLocation getUsingLoc() const { return getBeginLoc(); } |
3720 | |
3721 | /// Returns the source location of the 'typename' keyword. |
3722 | SourceLocation getTypenameLoc() const { return TypenameLocation; } |
3723 | |
3724 | /// Retrieve the nested-name-specifier that qualifies the name, |
3725 | /// with source-location information. |
3726 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc getQualifierLoc() const { return QualifierLoc; } |
3727 | |
3728 | /// Retrieve the nested-name-specifier that qualifies the name. |
3729 | NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { |
3730 | return QualifierLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier(); |
3731 | } |
3732 | |
3733 | DeclarationNameInfo getNameInfo() const { |
3734 | return DeclarationNameInfo(getDeclName(), getLocation()); |
3735 | } |
3736 | |
3737 | /// Determine whether this is a pack expansion. |
3738 | bool isPackExpansion() const { |
3739 | return EllipsisLoc.isValid(); |
3740 | } |
3741 | |
3742 | /// Get the location of the ellipsis if this is a pack expansion. |
3743 | SourceLocation getEllipsisLoc() const { |
3744 | return EllipsisLoc; |
3745 | } |
3746 | |
3747 | static UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl * |
3748 | Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation UsingLoc, |
3749 | SourceLocation TypenameLoc, NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, |
3750 | SourceLocation TargetNameLoc, DeclarationName TargetName, |
3751 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); |
3752 | |
3753 | static UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl * |
3754 | CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID); |
3755 | |
3756 | /// Retrieves the canonical declaration of this declaration. |
3757 | UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *getCanonicalDecl() override { |
3758 | return getFirstDecl(); |
3759 | } |
3760 | const UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *getCanonicalDecl() const { |
3761 | return getFirstDecl(); |
3762 | } |
3763 | |
3764 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
3765 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == UnresolvedUsingTypename; } |
3766 | }; |
3767 | |
3768 | /// Represents a C++11 static_assert declaration. |
3769 | class StaticAssertDecl : public Decl { |
3770 | llvm::PointerIntPair<Expr *, 1, bool> AssertExprAndFailed; |
3771 | StringLiteral *Message; |
3772 | SourceLocation RParenLoc; |
3773 | |
3774 | StaticAssertDecl(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, |
3775 | Expr *AssertExpr, StringLiteral *Message, |
3776 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, bool Failed) |
3777 | : Decl(StaticAssert, DC, StaticAssertLoc), |
3778 | AssertExprAndFailed(AssertExpr, Failed), Message(Message), |
3779 | RParenLoc(RParenLoc) {} |
3780 | |
3781 | virtual void anchor(); |
3782 | |
3783 | public: |
3784 | friend class ASTDeclReader; |
3785 | |
3786 | static StaticAssertDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, |
3787 | SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, |
3788 | Expr *AssertExpr, StringLiteral *Message, |
3789 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, bool Failed); |
3790 | static StaticAssertDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID); |
3791 | |
3792 | Expr *getAssertExpr() { return AssertExprAndFailed.getPointer(); } |
3793 | const Expr *getAssertExpr() const { return AssertExprAndFailed.getPointer(); } |
3794 | |
3795 | StringLiteral *getMessage() { return Message; } |
3796 | const StringLiteral *getMessage() const { return Message; } |
3797 | |
3798 | bool isFailed() const { return AssertExprAndFailed.getInt(); } |
3799 | |
3800 | SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; } |
3801 | |
3802 | SourceRange getSourceRange() const override LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { |
3803 | return SourceRange(getLocation(), getRParenLoc()); |
3804 | } |
3805 | |
3806 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
3807 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == StaticAssert; } |
3808 | }; |
3809 | |
3810 | /// A binding in a decomposition declaration. For instance, given: |
3811 | /// |
3812 | /// int n[3]; |
3813 | /// auto &[a, b, c] = n; |
3814 | /// |
3815 | /// a, b, and c are BindingDecls, whose bindings are the expressions |
3816 | /// x[0], x[1], and x[2] respectively, where x is the implicit |
3817 | /// DecompositionDecl of type 'int (&)[3]'. |
3818 | class BindingDecl : public ValueDecl { |
3819 | /// The declaration that this binding binds to part of. |
3820 | LazyDeclPtr Decomp; |
3821 | /// The binding represented by this declaration. References to this |
3822 | /// declaration are effectively equivalent to this expression (except |
3823 | /// that it is only evaluated once at the point of declaration of the |
3824 | /// binding). |
3825 | Expr *Binding = nullptr; |
3826 | |
3827 | BindingDecl(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id) |
3828 | : ValueDecl(Decl::Binding, DC, IdLoc, Id, QualType()) {} |
3829 | |
3830 | void anchor() override; |
3831 | |
3832 | public: |
3833 | friend class ASTDeclReader; |
3834 | |
3835 | static BindingDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, |
3836 | SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id); |
3837 | static BindingDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID); |
3838 | |
3839 | /// Get the expression to which this declaration is bound. This may be null |
3840 | /// in two different cases: while parsing the initializer for the |
3841 | /// decomposition declaration, and when the initializer is type-dependent. |
3842 | Expr *getBinding() const { return Binding; } |
3843 | |
3844 | /// Get the decomposition declaration that this binding represents a |
3845 | /// decomposition of. |
3846 | ValueDecl *getDecomposedDecl() const; |
3847 | |
3848 | /// Get the variable (if any) that holds the value of evaluating the binding. |
3849 | /// Only present for user-defined bindings for tuple-like types. |
3850 | VarDecl *getHoldingVar() const; |
3851 | |
3852 | /// Set the binding for this BindingDecl, along with its declared type (which |
3853 | /// should be a possibly-cv-qualified form of the type of the binding, or a |
3854 | /// reference to such a type). |
3855 | void setBinding(QualType DeclaredType, Expr *Binding) { |
3856 | setType(DeclaredType); |
3857 | this->Binding = Binding; |
3858 | } |
3859 | |
3860 | /// Set the decomposed variable for this BindingDecl. |
3861 | void setDecomposedDecl(ValueDecl *Decomposed) { Decomp = Decomposed; } |
3862 | |
3863 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
3864 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == Decl::Binding; } |
3865 | }; |
3866 | |
3867 | /// A decomposition declaration. For instance, given: |
3868 | /// |
3869 | /// int n[3]; |
3870 | /// auto &[a, b, c] = n; |
3871 | /// |
3872 | /// the second line declares a DecompositionDecl of type 'int (&)[3]', and |
3873 | /// three BindingDecls (named a, b, and c). An instance of this class is always |
3874 | /// unnamed, but behaves in almost all other respects like a VarDecl. |
3875 | class DecompositionDecl final |
3876 | : public VarDecl, |
3877 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<DecompositionDecl, BindingDecl *> { |
3878 | /// The number of BindingDecl*s following this object. |
3879 | unsigned NumBindings; |
3880 | |
3881 | DecompositionDecl(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
3882 | SourceLocation LSquareLoc, QualType T, |
3883 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, StorageClass SC, |
3884 | ArrayRef<BindingDecl *> Bindings) |
3885 | : VarDecl(Decomposition, C, DC, StartLoc, LSquareLoc, nullptr, T, TInfo, |
3886 | SC), |
3887 | NumBindings(Bindings.size()) { |
3888 | std::uninitialized_copy(Bindings.begin(), Bindings.end(), |
3889 | getTrailingObjects<BindingDecl *>()); |
3890 | for (auto *B : Bindings) |
3891 | B->setDecomposedDecl(this); |
3892 | } |
3893 | |
3894 | void anchor() override; |
3895 | |
3896 | public: |
3897 | friend class ASTDeclReader; |
3898 | friend TrailingObjects; |
3899 | |
3900 | static DecompositionDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, |
3901 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
3902 | SourceLocation LSquareLoc, |
3903 | QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
3904 | StorageClass S, |
3905 | ArrayRef<BindingDecl *> Bindings); |
3906 | static DecompositionDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID, |
3907 | unsigned NumBindings); |
3908 | |
3909 | ArrayRef<BindingDecl *> bindings() const { |
3910 | return llvm::makeArrayRef(getTrailingObjects<BindingDecl *>(), NumBindings); |
3911 | } |
3912 | |
3913 | void printName(raw_ostream &os) const override; |
3914 | |
3915 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
3916 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == Decomposition; } |
3917 | }; |
3918 | |
3919 | /// An instance of this class represents the declaration of a property |
3920 | /// member. This is a Microsoft extension to C++, first introduced in |
3921 | /// Visual Studio .NET 2003 as a parallel to similar features in C# |
3922 | /// and Managed C++. |
3923 | /// |
3924 | /// A property must always be a non-static class member. |
3925 | /// |
3926 | /// A property member superficially resembles a non-static data |
3927 | /// member, except preceded by a property attribute: |
3928 | /// __declspec(property(get=GetX, put=PutX)) int x; |
3929 | /// Either (but not both) of the 'get' and 'put' names may be omitted. |
3930 | /// |
3931 | /// A reference to a property is always an lvalue. If the lvalue |
3932 | /// undergoes lvalue-to-rvalue conversion, then a getter name is |
3933 | /// required, and that member is called with no arguments. |
3934 | /// If the lvalue is assigned into, then a setter name is required, |
3935 | /// and that member is called with one argument, the value assigned. |
3936 | /// Both operations are potentially overloaded. Compound assignments |
3937 | /// are permitted, as are the increment and decrement operators. |
3938 | /// |
3939 | /// The getter and putter methods are permitted to be overloaded, |
3940 | /// although their return and parameter types are subject to certain |
3941 | /// restrictions according to the type of the property. |
3942 | /// |
3943 | /// A property declared using an incomplete array type may |
3944 | /// additionally be subscripted, adding extra parameters to the getter |
3945 | /// and putter methods. |
3946 | class MSPropertyDecl : public DeclaratorDecl { |
3947 | IdentifierInfo *GetterId, *SetterId; |
3948 | |
3949 | MSPropertyDecl(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation L, DeclarationName N, |
3950 | QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation StartL, |
3951 | IdentifierInfo *Getter, IdentifierInfo *Setter) |
3952 | : DeclaratorDecl(MSProperty, DC, L, N, T, TInfo, StartL), |
3953 | GetterId(Getter), SetterId(Setter) {} |
3954 | |
3955 | void anchor() override; |
3956 | public: |
3957 | friend class ASTDeclReader; |
3958 | |
3959 | static MSPropertyDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, |
3960 | SourceLocation L, DeclarationName N, QualType T, |
3961 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation StartL, |
3962 | IdentifierInfo *Getter, IdentifierInfo *Setter); |
3963 | static MSPropertyDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID); |
3964 | |
3965 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return D->getKind() == MSProperty; } |
3966 | |
3967 | bool hasGetter() const { return GetterId != nullptr; } |
3968 | IdentifierInfo* getGetterId() const { return GetterId; } |
3969 | bool hasSetter() const { return SetterId != nullptr; } |
3970 | IdentifierInfo* getSetterId() const { return SetterId; } |
3971 | }; |
3972 | |
3973 | /// Parts of a decomposed MSGuidDecl. Factored out to avoid unnecessary |
3974 | /// dependencies on DeclCXX.h. |
3975 | struct MSGuidDeclParts { |
3976 | /// {01234567-... |
3977 | uint32_t Part1; |
3978 | /// ...-89ab-... |
3979 | uint16_t Part2; |
3980 | /// ...-cdef-... |
3981 | uint16_t Part3; |
3982 | /// ...-0123-456789abcdef} |
3983 | uint8_t Part4And5[8]; |
3984 | |
3985 | uint64_t getPart4And5AsUint64() const { |
3986 | uint64_t Val; |
3987 | memcpy(&Val, &Part4And5, sizeof(Part4And5)); |
3988 | return Val; |
3989 | } |
3990 | }; |
3991 | |
3992 | /// A global _GUID constant. These are implicitly created by UuidAttrs. |
3993 | /// |
3994 | /// struct _declspec(uuid("01234567-89ab-cdef-0123-456789abcdef")) X{}; |
3995 | /// |
3996 | /// X is a CXXRecordDecl that contains a UuidAttr that references the (unique) |
3997 | /// MSGuidDecl for the specified UUID. |
3998 | class MSGuidDecl : public ValueDecl, |
3999 | public Mergeable<MSGuidDecl>, |
4000 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4001 | public: |
4002 | using Parts = MSGuidDeclParts; |
4003 | |
4004 | private: |
4005 | /// The decomposed form of the UUID. |
4006 | Parts PartVal; |
4007 | |
4008 | /// The resolved value of the UUID as an APValue. Computed on demand and |
4009 | /// cached. |
4010 | mutable APValue APVal; |
4011 | |
4012 | void anchor() override; |
4013 | |
4014 | MSGuidDecl(DeclContext *DC, QualType T, Parts P); |
4015 | |
4016 | static MSGuidDecl *Create(const ASTContext &C, QualType T, Parts P); |
4017 | static MSGuidDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID); |
4018 | |
4019 | // Only ASTContext::getMSGuidDecl and deserialization create these. |
4020 | friend class ASTContext; |
4021 | friend class ASTReader; |
4022 | friend class ASTDeclReader; |
4023 | |
4024 | public: |
4025 | /// Print this UUID in a human-readable format. |
4026 | void printName(llvm::raw_ostream &OS) const override; |
4027 | |
4028 | /// Get the decomposed parts of this declaration. |
4029 | Parts getParts() const { return PartVal; } |
4030 | |
4031 | /// Get the value of this MSGuidDecl as an APValue. This may fail and return |
4032 | /// an absent APValue if the type of the declaration is not of the expected |
4033 | /// shape. |
4034 | APValue &getAsAPValue() const; |
4035 | |
4036 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, Parts P) { |
4037 | ID.AddInteger(P.Part1); |
4038 | ID.AddInteger(P.Part2); |
4039 | ID.AddInteger(P.Part3); |
4040 | ID.AddInteger(P.getPart4And5AsUint64()); |
4041 | } |
4042 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { Profile(ID, PartVal); } |
4043 | |
4044 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
4045 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == Decl::MSGuid; } |
4046 | }; |
4047 | |
4048 | /// Insertion operator for diagnostics. This allows sending an AccessSpecifier |
4049 | /// into a diagnostic with <<. |
4050 | const StreamingDiagnostic &operator<<(const StreamingDiagnostic &DB, |
4051 | AccessSpecifier AS); |
4052 | |
4053 | } // namespace clang |
4054 | |
4055 | #endif // LLVM_CLANG_AST_DECLCXX_H |